GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS INC
10-K, 1997-08-13
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: SEROLOGICALS CORP, 10-Q, 1997-08-13
Next: CYBEROPTICS CORP, 10-Q, 1997-08-13



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            -----------------------

                                   FORM 10-K

          X                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
                             SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)

                           For the fiscal year ended APRIL 30, 1997
                                                        OR
         ___               TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF
                           THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)

                           For the Transition period from ________ to ________

                           Commission File No. 0-20688

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                DELAWARE                                 94-2914253
                --------                                 ----------
          (State of Incorporation)          (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

      20C COMMERCE WAY, TOTOWA, NJ                        07512-1154
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:     (201) 890-4800
                                                        ------------------------


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

TITLE OF EACH CLASS                   NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH  REGISTERED
- -------------------                   ------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par value         Boston  Stock  Exchange
Common Stock Purchase Warrants

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

         None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                  YES X    NO
                                      --      ---
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The  aggregate   market  value  of  the   Registrant's   voting  stock  held  by
non-affiliates at July 31, 1997 was approximately  $59,903,000.  For purposes of
computing  such market  value,  the  Registrant  has deemed as  affiliates  only
executive officers, directors and their affiliates.

     The total number of shares of Common Stock of the Registrant outstanding at
July 31, 1997 was 23,708,689.


<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



PART I                                                                 PAGE #
                                                                       ------

Item 1.     Business                                                      3
Item 2.     Properties                                                   16
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings                                            16
Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders          16


PART II

Item 5.     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
            Stockholder Matters                                          17
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data                                      20
Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
            and Results of Operations                                    22
Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                  26
Item 9.     Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
            and Financial Disclosure                                     52


PART III

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant           53
Item 11.    Executive Compensation                                       57
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
            and Management                                               61
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions               64


PART IV

Item 14.    Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules and Reports
            on Form 8-K                                                  65

                                       2

<PAGE>
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

         IN ADDITION TO  HISTORICAL  INFORMATION,  THIS ANNUAL  REPORT  CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES.  THE COMPANY'S
ACTUAL  RESULT  COULD  DIFFER   MATERIALLY  FROM  THOSE   ANTICIPATED  IN  THESE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE, BUT
ARE NOT LIMITED TO,  COMPETITION,  TECHNOLOGICAL  ADVANCES AND  AVAILABILITY  OF
MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL. READERS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS,  WHICH REFLECT MANAGEMENT'S ANALYSIS ONLY AS OF THE
DATE HEREOF. GLASGAL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC. UNDERTAKES NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY
REVISE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES THAT
ARISE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS

         The Company is in the business of providing  software-enabled technical
configuration,   integration  and  implementation   services  to  Fortune  2,000
customers in the United States and Canada. What this translates into is a unique
capability to provide  implementation  services to large organizations to enable
them to rapidly deploy new networking  technologies with minimal risk of failure
at very competitive prices.

         The Company's market advantages include:

o        A  proprietary  software  tool,  THE  INTEGRATOR'S   WORKBENCH  PRODUCT
         SERIES(TM)(IWPS),  that  significantly  reduces  the risk and time and,
         therefore,  labor costs of  providing  what are highly  labor-intensive
         services.
o        A nationwide deployment team capable of delivering complex technologies
         to any North  American  organization  including any manner of computing
         platform, cabling or electrical issues.
o        A   nationwide   salesforce   focused   exclusively   on  the  sale  of
         configuration,  integration and deployment services to direct end users
         and  the  indirect  channel  (OEMs,  VARs,   systems   integrators  and
         telecommunications suppliers).

         This unique  combination  of  software-enabled  configuration  services
coupled with nationwide  deployment  provides Glasgal with a strong  proprietary
position in the market.

         The  Company  was  incorporated  in  California  in 1983 under the name
Sellectek  Incorporated.  The Company changed its name to Glasgal Communications
in May 1994  after  merging  with  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.,  a New Jersey
corporation  (the  "Predecessor").  The Company  reincorporated  in the state of
Delaware in January 1996. Unless the context otherwise  requires,  the "Company"
or "Glasgal"  refers to Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., its predecessors and its
subsidiaries which include Signatel, Ltd. ("Signatel"), HH Communications, Inc.,
Computer-Aided Software Integration,  Inc. ("CASI") and Datatec Industries, Inc.
The Company  maintains its executive  offices at 20C Commerce Way,  Totowa,  New
Jersey 07512. Its telephone number is (201) 890-4800.


                                       3

<PAGE>
BACKGROUND

         Over the past five  years the  Company  has  repositioned  itself  from
selling network devices to providing customers with networking  solutions with a
focus on  Information  Technology  (IT)  services.  This shift was  required  to
buttress the  continuing  fall in gross  margins  from  hardware  sales.  As the
Company moved  increasingly into IT services its margins improved but so did the
need to increase the  engineering  staff.  Despite  standard  gross margins from
services being some  twenty-five to thirty  percentage  points higher than those
from  hardware  sales,  there  is  still a direct  linear  relationship  between
increased  service  revenues and their  attendant  labor costs.  Unlike hardware
margins,  however,  service margins can be positively impacted through increased
efficiencies. As a result, the Company's thrust into services was coupled with a
move towards increased efficiencies. Through the development of THE INTEGRATOR'S
WORKBENCH  PRODUCT SERIES (TM)(IWPS),  the  Company  created  the base engine to
dramatically  increase  efficiencies  and drive up service  margins  well beyond
industry standards.

         In June 1997,  the Company  decided to no longer  resell  hardware  and
concentrate entirely on providing only integration, configuration and deployment
services.  Today customers take title to their products and have them shipped to
one of the Company's five STAGING & CONFIGURATION CENTERS for implementation. In
this way,  the  Company's  limited  resources  can be applied to  business  that
historically  generates  35% to 40% margins  rather  than 10% or less.  By being
non-aligned  to any  particular  manufacturer  or vendor  the  company  can work
independently  and in a  non-threatening  manner with all  manufacturers,  VARs,
systems integrators and software developers/vendors.

STRATEGY

         The  Company's  objective  is  to  be  the  premier  provider  for  the
configuration,   integration   service  and  deployment  of  complex  networking
solutions.  To achieve  this  objective  the Company is pursuing  the  following
strategies:

o        Developing  automated tools and methodologies to maintain a competitive
         edge in the Company's chosen market niche.
o        Creating,  through the Datatec  Relationship Cycle, close and long-term
         relationships  with  its  customers  thereby  providing  a  source  for
         repeatable  business  and as a result of high  satisfaction  ratios,  a
         source of business referrals.
o        Focusing  the  Company's  direct  marketing  efforts on seven  vertical
         markets  comprising  of Retail,  Financial,  Hospitality,  Health Care,
         Travel,  Insurance  and  Entertainment.  Each of  these  verticals  was
         selected for  comprising  of industries  that are commonly  multi-sited
         with large internetworking environments.
o        Leveraging the Company's  indirect intra sales channel to create strong
         strategic   partnerships  with  OEMs,  systems  integrators,   software
         developers/distributors, VARs, and telecommunications carriers. Through
         these  relationships  the Company  leverages its clients sales force by
         presenting  joint  solutions  to its  clients  customers.  Because  the
         Company is no longer aligned with manufacturers or reselling  products,
         its indirect  partners are much more willing to introduce the Company's
         sales  professionals  into  their  own  opportunities.   In return, the
         indirect partners get the benefit of the Company's flexible process and
         aggressive pricing that these companies can rarely compete with.


                                       4

<PAGE>
o        The Company intends to pursue  strategic  acquisitions to expand within
         existing markets,  address new markets, and acquire technical expertise
         and technology to leverage its existing technology.

THE MARKET

         Today the vast  majority of PCs sold to  businesses  are  attached to a
network.  The proliferation of PC users and information residing on networks has
created an  explosive  demand for not only PCs and  Servers  but for  networking
products like routers,  hubs and switches.  These products,  which allow for the
orderly flow of information over networks, are constantly being improved to meet
the  ever-increasing  traffic and speed with which data travels along  networks.
Before a workstation,  server,  router,  hub or switch can work effectively on a
network, it needs to be properly configured and customized to be compatible with
each of the unique  features and parameters of a clients  network.  In addition,
great  care must be taken to ensure  that  each of these  new  devices  works in
concert with existing or legacy equipment on that same network.

         The Company knows of no independent  research  company that has focused
on the market size for  configuration  and  deployment  services.  However,  the
Yankee  Group  recently  stated  that the IT  sector  as a whole is  growing  by
approximately  17% per annum and will be worth  $231  billion  by the end of the
decade.  Glasgal's  management  estimates that  configuration,  integration  and
deployment  services  probably  account  for  approximately  10% of the total IT
market.

         The dynamics creating strong demand for Glasgal's new software assisted
service offerings include the following:

o    Due to shorter  product life cycles,  hardware  manufacturers  and software
     vendors alike must find ways to rapidly  bring their  products to market or
     face losing market share.
o    In order to maintain a  competitive  edge in the market,  corporations  are
     constantly  looking to become more  efficient and  technology  has become a
     major source of competitive advantage.
o    Technologies are becoming increasingly complex,  which makes them extremely
     difficult   and  costly  to   implement,   especially   without  tools  and
     methodologies.  Given  the  downsizing  of many MIS  departments  and their
     preoccupation  with  their  core  operations,  companies  are  increasingly
     looking to outsource the deployment of new technologies.

GLASGAL'S SOLUTIONS

         Glasgal is uniquely  positioned  to address the  burgeoning  demand for
configuring,  integrating and deploying workstations, servers, routers, hubs and
switches onto networks through its software-enabled orientation.  Through proper
utilization  of its  INTEGRATOR'S  WORKBENCH  tools  developed by Glasgal's CASI
subsidiary  and the  Company's  proprietary  documented  processes,  many  labor
intensive  configuration,  integration,  and deployment services provided by the
Company are being  automated and  increasing the Company's  effective  yield and
profitability.

         The  benefits  that  accrue to the  Company  by  software-enabling  its
implementation processes are:

o        REDUCTIONIN  LABOR  COSTS AND  SIGNIFICANTLY  HIGHER  PRODUCTIVITY  PER
         PERSON.   Typical   time   reductions   achieved  by  using   Glasgal's
         software-enabled  process range  between 40% and 90%. For example,  the
         typical  router that takes between  forty-five  minutes and one hour to
         configure  and document  manually  using a highly  skilled  engineer is
         reduced to five minutes using the Company's software-enabled process.
o        THE ABILITY TO LEVERAGE  TECHNICAL  SKILLS.  Leveraging  the  Company's
         software-enabled process,  technical staffers with lower skill sets can
         implement highly complex technical solutions. In addition, the market's
         demand for experienced  engineering resources continues to grow causing
         many IT companies to face a  "revolving  door"  syndrome in finding and
         keeping their high priced,  highly  skilled  engineers.  Given the fact
         that

                                       5

<PAGE>

         Glasgal has software-enabled its methodologies, its knowledge base does
         not go out of the door with engineers.
o        A HIGHER  DEGREE  OF  ACCURACY  IN THE  CONFIGURATION  AND  INTEGRATION
         PROCESS LEADS TO VIRTUAL "PLUG AND PLAY"  INSTALLATIONS.  The automated
         process  eliminates the risk of input mistakes which account for almost
         50% of all errors.  As a result,  highly  complex and fully  customized
         devices convert into "plug and play" products for Glasgal's  deployment
         teams. In this way the Company not only saves  significant  time during
         the  configuration   and  integration   process  but  also  during  the
         installation process.  Time spent on rework,  normally at the Company's
         expense, is also reduced to insignificant levels.

         The  benefits  that  accrue to our  clients  by  software-enabling  the
implementation process are:

o        HIGHLY  COMPETITIVE  PRICING.  Because of the  automation and increased
         productivity  provided by the  Company's  software-enabled  process for
         what  are  highly  labor-intensive  tasks,  Glasgal  can  afford  to be
         significantly more price competitive without compromising margins.
o        FAST,  ACCURATE,   FIXED  TIME/FIXED  PRICE  QUOTATIONS.   Clients  are
         understandably   resentful  of  cost   overruns   when   deploying  new
         technologies. Cost overruns occur as a result of IT companies providing
         clients  with an hourly  rate and the  estimated  hours it will take to
         implement  new  systems.  Inevitably,  however,  the tasks  are  rarely
         completed on time. Using the software-enabled process,  projecting task
         times  becomes  significantly  more accurate as these tasks become less
         dependent  on  human  intervention  and  increasingly  automated.  As a
         result, Glasgal eliminates the risk of cost overruns for its clients.
o        DIRECT RAPID DEPLOYMENT.  The Company's  services are particularly well
         suited to  organizations  with multiple  sites across the United States
         and  Canada  who  require a high  level of  technical  assistance.  The
         Company's  450 plus  field  engineering  staff  are fully  equipped  to
         address any computing,  cabling or electrical  tasks  associated with a
         technology deployment.  As a result, it usually takes only one visit to
         a site to  complete  the  installation.  In  addition,  because  of the
         methodologies employed at our configuration centers, products arrive at
         our customer's site in a "plug and play" state.
o        ERROR   ELIMINATION  AND  RISK  REDUCTION  -  Most   configuration  and
         integration  tasks are extremely precise and detailed in nature as well
         as manually intensive. This environment is, therefore,  prone to error.
         Clearly,  the   software-enabled   process  results  in  a  significant
         reduction in errors and risks of failure.

GLASGAL'S SOFTWARE-ENABLED SERVICES

         One   of   the   Company's   true   competitive   advantages   is   the
software-enabled  process.  Glasgal's  software-enabled  methodology  and  tools
result in  significant  advantages in securing  highly  distributed  and complex
customer  engagements  and improves the  Company's  yield on delivered  services
while reducing  overall costs and defect rates. In conjunction with our existing
infrastructures and geographically  dispersed national field force,  Glasgal has
leveraged its  proprietary  software and  methodologies  into  creating  several
branded solutions to meet the configuration and  implementation  concerns of our
customers.

         CLIENT-SERVER DEPLOYMENT SOLUTIONS (CSD). The rise in popularity of new
high  performance  platforms  and  32-bit   applications/technologies   such  as
Microsoft's   Windows  NT  Server  and  Novell's  Network   Directory   Services
architecture  are driving  organizations  to  consider  and install a variety of
complex  solutions  to meet their  computing  needs and increase  their  overall
competitiveness.  While most modern  development  efforts are meeting the demand
for improved  functionality and product  usability,  much of the frustration end
users have in  installing  these  solutions is the lack of a highly  defined and
easy to use means of implementing these new solutions.  Companies require access
to their new systems and  applications  in the shortest  period of time to allow
their  users to reach  critical  information  sources.  These  frustrations  are
equally  mirrored  by  all  of  the  Original  Equipment  Manufacturers  (OEMs),
Independent Software Vendors (ISVs) and Value-Added Resellers (VARs) who develop
and package these new  technologies  into customer  solutions.  In order to meet
business demands and capital market  expectations,  both groups are incentivized
to deliver their wares and services as quickly and profitably as possible.

                                       6

<PAGE>

         To meet these growing demands, Glasgal has introduced its Client Server
Deployment  solutions,  branded as APPWORKS  (application  and ISV  deployment),
TECREFRESH  (migration and technology  upgrades) and NETWORKS  (workstation  and
server  deployment)  to provide  the high  levels of  service  to its  corporate
customers as well as VARs, Systems  Integrators and OEM accounts.  These branded
service offerings combine superior design skills, process automation, "as built"
deliverables  and  enhanced  implementation  and  support  tools  into a  single
packaged solution that far exceeds that of the Company's  competition.  Finally,
Glasgal is able to deliver any of its software-  enabled  services  across North
America on time and within tight budgetary constraints.

PRODUCT COMPONENTS

1.  APPWORKS

The  Company's  APPWORKS  service  package for  application  or ISV  deployments
provides  for the  distribution  and  installation  of new  software or software
upgrades.  Deployments  may be for software only, or may include system upgrades
or complete turn-key installation.

2.  TECHREFRESH

System and network  migration,  and technology upgrade projects are supported by
the Company's  TECHREFRESH service package.  Once a target or "end-state" system
environment  has been  selected  and  tested,  the  Company  will take  complete
ownership for deployment from planning through turn-up and certification.

NETWORKS

NETWORKS is the Company's service package for the deployment of workstations and
servers.   Service  begins  with  understanding  the  target  environment,   and
developing a comprehensive plan for deployment. The Company then takes ownership
of the entire process from data  collection and gap analysis,  for  environments
that are to be upgraded,  through  configuration,  deployment,  installation and
certification testing.

         NETWORK  DEVICE  DEPLOYMENT   SOLUTIONS  (NDD).  The  proliferation  of
networking  technologies  and the rise in  popularity  of such  technologies  as
groupware,  remote access and the Internet are driving organizations to consider
and install a variety of complex  solutions  to meet their  computing  needs and
increase their overall  competitiveness.  While networking device  manufacturers
continue  to  set  the  pace  with   ever-improved   products   and   technology
enhancements,  their frustrations in delivering and deploying these solutions to
an eager  marketplace  are much  the same as their  client-server  counterparts.
Companies  require access to their new systems and  applications in the shortest
period of time to allow their users to reach critical information sources.

         This sense of  frustration  is also  shared by the  Original  Equipment
Manufacturers    (OEMs)    who   create   the    devices    and   the    Systems
Integrators/Value-Added  Resellers  (VARs) who develop and package these devices
into customer  solutions.  In order to meet business  demands and capital market
expectations,  both groups are  incentivized to deliver their wares and services
as quickly and profitably as possible.

         To meet these growing  demands,  Glasgal  introduced two Network Device
Deployment   solutions,   branded  as  ROUTER   CENTRAL,   for  the  design  and
implementation of routers and switches into business  locations,  and HOMEWORKS,
designed to deliver the remote access  solutions that support the "work at home"
initiatives  of major  corporations.  These branded  service  offering  combines
superior design skills, process automation, "as built" deliverables and enhanced
implementation  and  support  tools  into a single  packaged  solution  that far
exceeds that of our competition.

                                       7

<PAGE>
PRODUCT COMPONENTS

The Company's NDD set of service packages provides for the deployment of network
devices such as routers, hubs, switches,  ISDN terminal adapters,  remote access
devices, etc. These deployments may be at central sites, remote branches,  small
or home offices  (SOHO),  or private  residences.  Each service package is built
from the following set of components:


o        Deployment  Process  Definition
o        Data Collection with IWPS
o        GAP Analysis
o        Asset Management
o        Hardware Procurement, Receive and  Stage
o        Order,  Confirm  and  Test  Circuit
o        Configuration  using  the  IWPS technologies
o        As  Built  Documentation   (includes  IWPS  Object  Base)
o        On-site Installation of Hardware and Software
o        Documentation as Installed
o        Test

INDUSTRY-SPECIFIC  DEPLOYMENT  SOLUTIONS.  To ensure customer  satisfaction  and
increase our added value,  Glasgal  often  develops  innovative  solutions  that
combine many of the methods and processes  from our CSD and NDD  solutions  into
new service  offerings that meet the unique  objectives of our customers.  These
solutions are developed in close  cooperation  with our strategic  customers and
truly leverage the collective  experience and personnel from both organizations.
Due to enhanced levels of customer intimacy and gained institutional  knowledge,
Customer-Specific  Deployment  solutions  provide  long  term  benefits  to both
Glasgal and its customers.

PRODUCT SPECIFICS

The Company's customers span numerous industry segments,  including retail, fast
food, hospitality,  financial services, healthcare, and transportation. We offer
service  packages  specific  to certain  environments  within  and across  these
vertical industry segments.

OFFICELINK

The Company's OFFICELINK service provides for the deployment and installation of
technology,  from simple  upgrades to  comprehensive  new systems and  networks,
within the remote or branch office, or SOHO environment. Typical deployments may
be for property  management or office management  systems tied back to a central
site.  The Company can  provide  rapid and  efficient  deployment  with  minimal
disruption  to  the  existing  environment,   with  off-hours  installations  if
required.

RAPIDRESTAURANT

For  the  fast  food,   or   traditional   restaurant   chain,   the   Company's
RAPIDRESTAURANT service package delivers turn-key deployment and installation of
point-of-sale, communications and associated technologies.

PRACTICECENTRAL

The Company's  PRACTICECENTRAL  service package for practice  management systems
for physicians,  dentists,  attorneys,  brokers and accountants provides for the
specific needs of the professional office environment.

                                       8

<PAGE>

SALES AND MARKETING

         The  Company  has two  sales  forces  comprising  of  approximately  50
national  account  managers.  The direct sales division is dedicated to bringing
solutions to end users while the indirect  division  provides  solutions to OEMs
and Software  Vendors and other Systems  Integrators.  Both sales teams follow a
rigorous  methodology  called "The Datatec  Relationship  Cycle" (DRC) which has
been  instrumental  in  creating  long-term  relationships  with  the  Company's
customers and providing a recurring revenue stream for the Company. The DRC goes
through five stages of Initiation,  Definition,  Testing, Rollout, and Feedback.
This  process  has not only led to  repeatable  business  (the vast  majority of
Glasgal's  revenues  are from  existing  customers)  but also to achieving a 97%
satisfaction rating with our customers.

         There is significant interaction between the various departments in the
Company  to bring  optimal  solutions  to its  customers.  The  Company's  sales
functions work as a team with Glasgal's  Professional  Services division who, in
turn,  work  closely  with the CASI  development  staff to provide the most cost
effective  solutions  to our  customers.  The chart  below shows how the process
works within the organization of bringing optimal solutions to its customers.

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                        PROVIDING SOLUTIONS TO CUSTOMERS


         The Company's  marketing  efforts are focused toward  Glasgal's  target
customers who are those  organizations  requiring more complex  solutions from a
technical and/or  geographic  dispersion and/or time sensitive point of view. In
this segment the competition appears sparse and the Company's closing ratios are
comparatively high.

CUSTOMERS

         The  Company  performs  configuration  and  deployment  services  for a
variety of customers across a broad range of industries.  Glasgal's customers in
fiscal 1997 included:

         - American International Group, Inc.    - Ross Stores, Inc.
         - Bell Atlantic Network Integration     - Bristol Myers-Squibb/Zimmer
         - Beneficial Corporation                - Starbucks Coffee Company

                                       9

<PAGE>

         - Blockbuster Entertainment Corporation  - TDK Corp of America
         - Coca-Cola (Canada)                     - Toys "R" Us, Inc.
         - Federated Department Stores/FSG        - Trans Canada Pipelines
         - US Dept of Justice/INS                 - Walgreens
         - Lowe's Companies, Inc.
         - Merrill Lynch

         The Company's  customers  represent a variety of  industries,  with one
industry,  retail representing 57%. Two customers,  Federated Department Stores,
Inc. and Lowes Companies, Inc., each accounted for more than 10% of net sales in
the  fiscal  year ended  April 30,  1997,  with such  customers  accounting  for
approximately 12% and 10% of net sales, respectively.


COMPETITION

         The Company believes that it has properly positioned itself to increase
its market  share  within the stated  sections  of its  business  focus as shown
below:

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

         While the Company has capabilities and competencies in the functions on
either  side of its  stated  business  focus,  it has chosen to  concentrate  on
software-enabled  configuration,  integration and implementation services due to
both the absence of major competition and the Company's strategic  advantages in
these areas of expertise.

                                       10

<PAGE>
         However,  the Company does compete with other  organizations whose core
competencies are in areas outside its focus. These include systems  integrators,
VARs,  local and regional network service firms,  telecommunications  providers,
network  equipment  vendors and  computer  systems  vendors,  many of which have
significantly  greater financial,  technical and marketing resources and greater
name recognition and generate greater service revenues than Glasgal.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         Glasgal's proven methodology for managing the software-enabled  process
relies on several  automated tools that  collectively  comprise The Integrator's
Workbench  Product  Series(TM)  (IWPS).  The IWPS tools,  developed by Glasgal's
Computer-Aided  Software  Integration,  Inc.  subsidiary,   provide  a  systemic
foundation  for the collection and use of structured  design  information.  This
unique series of software tools  combines  computer-aided  software  engineering
(CASE)  techniques and workflow  technologies  to streamline the  configuration,
integration and management of distributed  networks and connectivity  devices as
well as software  applications,  desktop computers and distributed servers. With
IWPS,  the  effort and  associated  costs of  systems  development,  information
exchange,  platform migration, and enterprise management are more easily managed
while improving the quality of these efforts.

         The IWPS  tools  were first  developed  by CASI in 1995 to address  the
continued  challenges  faced by designers,  systems  managers and integrators in
implementing complex,  ever-evolving information systems solutions.  These tools
allow IT teams to  aggregate  the  collective  wisdom of process and  technology
experts into repeatable  methodologies  and "best  practices",  creating greater
ease of customization and  implementation.  Today, IWPS tools act as the process
management vehicle for managing all of Glasgal's customer  interactions for each
of our software-enabled solutions.

                                       11

<PAGE>

RECENT BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS

         On April 24,  1996,  the Company  acquired  80% of the common  stock of
CASI.  CASI develops and licenses a suite of system  engineering  software tools
collectively  known  as the  Integrator's  Workbench  Product  Series(TM).  This
software  automates  the  design,  implementation,   migration  and  support  of
client/server computing environments.  The acquisition has been accounted for as
a  purchase;   operations  of  CASI  have  been  included  in  the  accompanying
consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition.

         On July 31, 1996,  the Company  acquired 100% of the common stock of HH
Communications,  Inc.  The  acquisition  provided  the  Company  with a  midwest
presence it previously did not have. The acquisition has been accounted for as a
pooling of interest.

                                       12

<PAGE>
         On October 31, 1996, the Company  acquired 98.5% of the common stock of
Datatec  Industries,  Inc. This  acquisition  enhanced the Company's  ability to
stage,  integrate  and  implement  technology  solutions  for its Fortune  2,000
customer base. The acquisition has been accounted for as a pooling of interest.

         In June 1997,  Management of the Company with the consent of the Board,
agreed to  discontinue  its  business as a  distributor  of data  communications
equipment and services (see Note 4 to financial statements).

HUMAN RESOURCES

         The Company has 560 full-time employees.  Of these full-time employees,
235  are  employed  under  contracts  with  the  International   Brotherhood  of
Electrical Workers and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local
1430. The Company believes its relationship with its employees is satisfactory.

                                       13

<PAGE>
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         The Company's Corporate  headquarters is located in Totowa, New Jersey.
The  headquarters  leased  office space of 19,245  square feet,  also houses the
Company's New York/New Jersey office. In addition to its headquarters  building,
the Company leases throughout the United States approximately 89,269 square feet
of office  space in 19  locations  for its branch  operations.  The Company also
leases an aggregate of approximately  18,080 square feet of office space in five
locations in Canada.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDING

         The Company is not a party to any legal proceedings which  individually
or in the aggregate, is believed to be material to the Company's business.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         None.

                                       14

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The Company's  Common Stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Small Cap
Market ("Nasdaq") under the symbol "GLAS".  The Company's Common Stock commenced
listing on Nasdaq on May 3, 1994.  The  following  table sets forth the high and
low bid prices on Nasdaq for the periods  indicated,  prices without  adjustment
for retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions, and do not necessarily represent
actual  transactions.  These prices may not  necessarily  be  indicative  of any
reliable market value.

                                                     HIGH                LOW
                                                     ----                ---

         August 1, 1995 - October 31, 1995.........   $4               $2-1/2
         November 1, 1995 - January  31, 1996......   $10-1/2          $3-3/4
         February 1, 1996 - April 30, 1996.........   $12-3/4          $6-1/2
         May 3, 1996 - July 31, 1996...............   $11-5/8          $6-3/4
         August 1, 1996 - October 31, 1996.........   $8-7/8           $4-3/4
         November 1, 1996 - January  31, 1997......   $6-3/8           $4
         February 1, 1997 - April 30, 1997.........   $6               $25-4/64
         May 3, 1997 - July 31, 1997...............   $5               $2-3/4

         On July 31, 1997, the closing bid price for the Company's  common Stock
as reported on Nasdaq was $4-1/8. As of July 31, 1997, there were  approximately
205 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock.

         The Company has not paid any cash  dividends  on its Common Stock since
its inception, other than distributions to shareholders in amounts sufficient to
reimburse the Predecessor's shareholders for federal (and some state) income tax
liabilities arising from the Predecessor's  former status as an "S" corporation.
The Company currently intends to retain any earnings for use in the business and
does not anticipate  paying any dividends to its shareholders in the foreseeable
future.  The  Company's  loan  agreement  with its bank  includes a  restriction
prohibiting the payment of dividends.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

         During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997,  the following  securities
were sold by the Company without  registration  under the Securities Act. Except
as otherwise indicated, the securities were sold by the Company in reliance upon
the exemption  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, among others,  on
the basis that such  transactions  did not involve any public  offering  and the
purchasers   were   sophisticated   with  access  to  the  kind  of  information
registration would provide.

                                       15

<PAGE>
         In July 1996,  the Company  acquired  100% of the Common Stock of HH in
exchange for  1,500,000  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  HH was in the
business of selling  computer  networking  equipment and  providing  value-added
services in connection with such equipment.

         In July 1996, the Company issued warrants to Joseph Stevens to purchase
an aggregate of 100,000  shares of Common Stock at a per share exercise price of
$6.25 in consideration for services rendered to the Company.

         In  September  1996,  October  1996  and  November  1996,  the  Company
consummated three separate financings with Southbrook International Investments,
Ltd. (the "Southbrook Placements") pursuant to which it issued 250,000 shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock,  25,000 shares of Series B Preferred  Stock and 75,00
shares  of Series C  Preferred  Stock,  respectively.  The  Preferred  Stock was
subsequently converted into approximately  2,500,000 shares of Common Stock. The
net proceeds of the Southbrook Placements aggregating  approximately  $6,562,000
was used to fund the  working  capital  needs of the Company  and  Datatec.  The
Company has also issued to Southbrook International Investments,  Ltd. a warrant
to purchase an aggregate of 175,000  shares of Common Stock at a per share price
of $5.25.

         In September  1996, the Company issued  warrants to Wharton Capital and
State Capital Market Group to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock,  each at a
per share exercise price of $7.15.

         In October 1996,  the Company  issued  warrants to Wharton  Capital and
State Capital Market Group to purchase  5,000 shares of Common Stock,  each at a
per share exercise price of $5.78.

         In October 1996, the Company acquired approximately 98.5% of the Common
Stock of Datatec in exchange for 4,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.
Datatec is a network  integrator  which provides full integration and deployment
services to a wide range of customers concentrated in the retail market.

         In December  1996, the Company issued an aggregate of 132,460 shares of
Common Stock to RAD Data  Communications,  Ltd. in exchange for the cancellation
of accounts payable of the Company in the amount of approximately $361,000.

                                       16

<PAGE>

         In January  1997,  the Company  issued an  aggregate  26,087  shares of
Common  Stock to Amtech  Associates,  Inc. in exchange for the  cancellation  of
accounts payable of the Company in the amount of approximately $150,000.

         In February 1997, the Company entered into two  convertible  loans each
for  $1,000,000.  The  loans are  convertible  into  Common  Stock at 80% of the
average  closing  bid price per share of the Common  Stock for the five  trading
days  immediately  preceding the conversion date. The loans bear interest at 10%
which is due at the time of conversion.  If not previously converted,  the loans
mature in February  1999. In connection  with this  financing,  the Company also
issued  warrants to purchase an aggregate of 700,000 shares of Common Stock at a
per share exercise price of $5.25.

         In March 1997,  the Company  issued an  aggregate  of 12,500  shares of
Common  Stock to Tonar  Industries,  Inc. in exchange  for the  cancellation  of
accounts payable of the Company in the amount of approximately $50,000.






                                       17


<PAGE>
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The  following  table sets  forth the  selected  financial  data of the
Company  for,  and at the end of (i) each of the  years in the  two-year  period
ended December  31,1993,  (ii) the four months ended April 30, 1993 and 1994 and
(iii) the years ended April 30, 1995,  1996 and 1997 after giving  effect in all
periods presented for the  discontinuance of a segment of the Company's business
(See  Note 4 to the  financial  statements).  The  Company  changed  its  fiscal
year-end  from  December  31 to April 30 on May 2, 1994.  The  Company  acquired
Signatel  on  October  28,  1994.  On July 31,  1996  the  Company  acquired  HH
Communications,  Inc. On October 31, 1996 the Company  acquired 98.5% of Datatec
Industries,  Inc. All three acquisitions were accounted for using the pooling of
interests method of accounting;  consequently all periods  presented reflect the
combined  accounts of all companies.  On April 24, 1996 the Company acquired 80%
of CASI which was accounted for as a purchase and the results of CASI operations
from the date of acquisition are included below.

         The  financial  data  presented  below for, and at the end of, the four
month  period  ended  April  30,  1993,  has been  derived  from  the  unaudited
consolidated  financial statements of the Company. In the opinion of management,
the financial data includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of such data.

         The  data  presented   below  should  be  read  in   conjunction   with
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and the Company's  consolidated  financial  statements and the notes
thereto appearing elsewhere herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Year Ended               Four Months                       Year Ended
                                          December 31,            Ended April 30,                      April 30,

                                                             (In thousands, except per share data)

Statement of Operations Data:           1992        1993        1993         1994          1995         1996           1997
                                       --------  -----------  ---------   -----------   -----------  -----------   ------------

<S>                                     <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>    
Net Sales                               $42,905      $50,629    $13,795       $16,332       $55,876      $59,169        $59,481
Operating Income                          2,935       13,244      2,299         1,191         3,204      (4,248)          1,538
Net income (loss) from Continuing
  Operations                              2,402       12,316      2,040         1,081         2,596      (5,149)            702
Discontinued Operations                  (1,460)      (6,491)    (1,700)       (2,600)       (4,989)     (8,046)         (5,662)
Extraordinary item                                                                                      (223)(a)
Net Income (loss)                           941        5,825        340        (1,519)       (2,393)     (13,418)        (4,960)
Loss Per Share:
  Income (loss) from Continuing
    Operations                                                                                 .14         (.28)           .03
  Discontinued Operations                                                                     (.27)        (.44)          (.24)
  Extraordinary Item                                                                             --        (.01)             --
                                                                                              -----        ----          ------
Net Loss Per Share                                                                            (.13)        (.73)          (.21)
                                                                                        ===========  ===========   ============
Average number of shares outstanding                                                     17,981,000   18,354,000     23,557,000
</TABLE>

                                       18

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        DECEMBER 31,                                   April 30,
                                 --------------------------   ------------------------------------------------------------

                                    1992             1993        1993            1994           1995         1996        1997
                                    ----             ----        ----            ----           ----         ----        ----

Balance Sheet Data:

<S>                                <C>             <C>         <C>               <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Working Capital (deficiency)       $    181        $ 5,447     $ 1,442           $444         $(585)        $(7,664)     $(2,957)
Total Assets                         13,510         13,877      13,103         17,665         22,334          23,494       27,804
Long-term debt                        1,242          1,057       2,170          2,509          3,642           2,338        5,001
Total shareholders'
  equity (deficit)                    1,511          6,893       1,761          4,768          1,967         (3,706)      (2,000)
</TABLE>


Write  off of  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees as a result  of the  early
extinguishment of debt.



                                       19


<PAGE>

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following  discussion  and analysis  should be read in  conjunction
with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto appearing
elsewhere  herein.  On October 28, 1994, July 31, 1996 and October 31, 1996, the
Company acquired Signatel, HH and Datatec, respectively. These acquisitions have
been accounted for as a pooling of interests and the financial  information  for
all periods  represent the combined results of all companies.  On April 24, 1996
the Company  acquired CASI. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase
and the operations of CASI have been included from the date of acquisition.  See
Note 2 to Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The financial  information below
gives effect to the  discontinuance of a segment of the Company's  business (See
Note 4 to the Financial Statements).

         In  conjunction  with the Company's  merger with Sellectek in May 1994,
the Company changed its fiscal year end from December 31 to April 30.

         In  addition,  certain  matters  discussed  herein are forward  looking
statements that are subject to risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual
results to differ materially from those presented.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FISCAL YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1997 AND 1996

         Net sales for the year ended April 30, 1997 were  $59,481,000  compared
to $59,169,000 for the year ended April 30, 1996.

         The current year was a year of significant change for the Company.  The
Company acquired two businesses  during the year as well as discontinued a major
segment of its  business,  the resale of  computer  and  network  equipment.  In
addition,  the Company has more fully integrated the utilization of the software
tools  developed  by CASI.  The  Company  believes  all of these  changes  to be
positive long-term strategic decisions.  However,  during the current year these
changes  required  a  significant  refocusing  of the  business  as  well  as an
assimilation process that will take several more months to fully complete.

         Gross  profits  for the year  ended  April 30,  1997  were  $22,322,000
compared to $24,952,000 for the year ended April 30, 1996,  representing  37% of
sales for the year ended  April 30,  1997  compared to 42% of sales for the year
ended April 30, 1996. The decrease in gross margin is primarily  attributable to
a lack of working  capital.  During the year the Company  experienced  delays in
receiving materials, was incurring additional costs in delivering materials on a
rush basis and was less  efficient in delivering  its services to customers as a
result of delays caused by a lack of working capital.

                                       20

<PAGE>

         Selling,  general and administrative  expenses for the year ended April
30, 1997 were  $20,784,000  compared to $29,200,000 for the year ended April 30,
1996.  Included in the year ended April 30,  1996 is a  restructuring  charge of
$6,756,000.  In April,  1995 the Company began an expansion  plan which included
the addition of a marketing group,  additional  salespeople,  a new headquarters
facility,  a west coast configuration center and a new facility in the southeast
and furniture to equip these offices.  In April 1996,  the Company  realized the
expansion  plan, at the time,  was  overaggressive  and began taking  corrective
actions.  The Company  relocated  its  headquarters  facility  to smaller,  less
expensive offices,  and sold certain furniture and fixtures  associated with the
old  headquarters  facility.  These actions along with the Company's  continuing
efforts to improve  efficiency  and reduce  costs have  resulted  in  additional
savings.

         During  June,  1997,  the  Company   discontinued  its  business  as  a
distributor of hardware.  As a result of this  decision,  the operations of that
business for all years presented in the accompanying  financial  statements have
been included as a loss from  discontinued  operations.  In the year ended April
30, 1997 the loss was  $4,709,000.  In  addition  to the loss from  discontinued
operations  the  Company's  has provided a reserve of $953,000 for future losses
relating  to the phase out of this  segment of its  business  (See Note 4 to the
Financial Statements).

FISCAL YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1996 AND 1995

         Net sales for the year ended April 30, 1996 were  $59,169,000  compared
to $55,876,000  for the year ended April 30, 1995. The increase of 6% is largely
attributable to a 41% increase in configuration services.

         Gross  profits  for the year  ended  April 30,  1996  were  $24,952,000
compared to $23,260,000 for the year ended April 30, 1995,  representing 42% for
both years.

         Selling,  general and administrative  expenses for the year ended April
30, 1996 were  $29,200,000  compared to $20,057,000 for the year ended April 30,
1995. As previously  mentioned,  the Company began an expansion  program in late
1995 and felt the full  effects of the  additional  costs  during  fiscal  1996.
During April 1996 the Company realized the expansion plan was overaggressive and
took action to  restructure  its business.  Included in the year ended April 30,
1996 are  $6,756,000  or  restructuring  changes.  These  restructuring  changes
included  projected  cash  outflows  for  personnel   severance  and  facilities
consolidation  as well as write  downs of  certain of the  Company's  long-lived
assets.


BACKLOG

         The Company  records  revenue up on the  performance of services.  Many
orders are performed  over several  months and often exceed one year,  and, as a
result, are added to the Company's backlog, which was approximately  $38,000,000
and $36,000,000 as of July 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.  The Company expects
that all of the backlog as of July 31, 1997 will be shipped by July 31, 1998.

                                       21

<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

EQUITY TRANSACTIONS

         In September  1996,  October,  1996,  and November,  1996,  the Company
issued  350,000  shares of  preferred  stock for net  proceeds of  approximately
$6,561,000.  The preferred stock was subsequently  converted into  approximately
2,500,000 shares of common stock.  The proceeds were used to reduce  outstanding
debt and accounts payable of the Company's newly acquired subsidiary, Datatec.

         In June 1997 and July 1997, the Company issued 859,000 shares of common
stock in private equity placements, raising approximately $3,120,000.

FINANCINGS

         In March,  1997, the Company replaced existing credit facilities with a
$17,000,000 credit facility consisting of (i) a $15,000,000 three year revolving
credit facility and (ii)  $2,000,000  three year term loan payable in 36 monthly
installments of principal and interest.  The borrowings under the revolving line
of credit  are  based on a formula  of 85% of  eligible  receivables  and 50% of
eligible  inventory.  The revolving  line of credit bears interest at prime plus
 .75% and the term loan bears  interest at prime plus 1.5%.  As of April 30, 1997
approximately  $11,675,000 was outstanding  under the revolving  credit facility
and $2,000,000 was outstanding under the term loan.

         In February 1997, the Company issued  convertible  notes of $2,000,000,
which  mature in  February  1999.  These  notes bear  interest  at 10% per annum
payable at conversion or maturity.  These notes,  however,  are convertible into
the Company's  common stock following the expiration of six months following the
closing date, at the Company's option. Upon conversion,  the aggregate amount of
the notes plus accrued  interest  converts  into common stock at 80% of the then
quoted price of a share of the Company's  common stock. In connection with these
notes,  the Company issued warrants to purchase  700,000 shares of the Company's
common stock at $5.25 per share,  the fair market value on the date of issuance.
It is anticipated  that the notes will be converted into shares of the Company's
Common  Stock  prior to  maturity.

         As of April 30, 1997, the Company had a working  capital  deficiency of
$2,957,000  compared to a working capital  deficiency of $7,664,000 at April 30,
1996. The  improvement in working capital is attributable to the above mentioned
equity offering and loans.

                                       22

<PAGE>



         As of April 30, 1997, the Company had net operating loss  carryforwards
for income tax purposes of $10,200,000 to offset future taxable income. Such net
operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2011.

         The Company believes it has adequate liquidity and resources to sustain
current operations for the next twelve (12) months.

INFLATION

         In the opinion of management,  inflation has not had a material adverse
effect on its results of operations.






                                       23

<PAGE>

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statements Schedules

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                                               <C>
Reports of Independent Public Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 1996 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended April 30, 1995,
  1996 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) for the
  years ended April 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
 April 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
</TABLE>


                                    SCHEDULES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                <C>
Schedule II       -        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
</TABLE>

Schedules  other than the one  listed  above  have been  omitted  since they are
either not required, are not applicable, or the required information is shown in
the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Glasgal Communications, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Glasgal
Communications,  Inc. (a Delaware  corporation) and subsidiaries as of April 30,
1996 and 1997 and the related consolidated statements of operations,  changes in
shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended April 30, 1997.  These  consolidated  financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Glasgal
Communications,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of April 30,  1996 and 1997 and the
results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the  period  ended  April  30,  1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

Our  audits  were  made for the  purpose  of  forming  an  opinion  on the basic
consolidated  financial  statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the
index  of  consolidated  financial  statements  is  presented  for  purposes  of
complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of
the basic consolidated financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to
the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic consolidated financial
statements  and, in our  opinion,  fairly  states in all  material  respects the
financial  data  required  to be set  forth  therein  in  relation  to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.



                                                      /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
                                                      -----------------------
Roseland, New Jersey                                  ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
August 9, 1997

                                       25

<PAGE>

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            April 30,
                                                                            ---------

                                                                      1996                1997
                                                                      ----                ----
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>         
Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 1 and 4)                    $2,219,000           $ 1,135,000
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $538,000 and
     $520,000 in 1996 and 1997, respectively, for doubtful
     accounts (Note 4)                                        7,470,000            11,289,000
Inventory (Notes 1 and 4)                                     3,238,000            2,134,000
Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets (Note 1)                                          1,045,000            1,446,000
Net assets from discontinued operations (Note 4)              3,226,000            4,816,000
                                                              ---------            ---------
         Total current assets                                 17,198,000           20,820,000
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
   (Notes 1, 3 and 6)                                         3,299,000            3,634,000
GOODWILL (Note 2)                                             1,866,000            1,680,000
OTHER ASSETS  (Note 1 )                                       1,131,000            1,670,000
                                                            -----------          ------------
         Total assets                                       $23,494,000          $27,804,000
                                                            ===========          ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Short-term borrowings (Note 5)                               $8,337,000          $11,675,000
Current portion of long-term
     obligations (Note 6)                                     2,555,000              850,000
Accounts payable                                              7,701,000            5,415,000
Accrued liabilities                                           6,251,000            5,331,000
Other current liabilities                                        18,000              506,000
                                                             ----------          -----------
         Total current liabilities                           24,862,000           23,777,000
                                                             ----------          =----------
DUE TO RELATED PARTIES (NOTE 9)                                      --            1,026,000
                                                              ----------         ------------
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS (Note 6)                                2,338,000           5,001,000
                                                              ----------          ----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):

   Preferred stock, $.001 par value (4,000,000 shares
   authorized, no shares issued and outstanding)                     --                  --
Common stock, $.001 par value (authorized 34,000,000
     shares; issued and outstanding 20,341,000 and
     23,661,000 shares, respectively) (Notes 7 and 14)           20,000              24,000
Additional paid-in capital                                   11,662,000          10,341,000
Accumulated deficit                                         (15,141,000)        (12,080,000)
Cumulative translation adjustment (Note 1)                     (247,000)           (285,000)
                                                            ------------        ------------
     Total shareholders' equity (deficit)                    (3,706,000)         (2,000,000)
                                                            ------------        ------------
       Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
       (deficit)                                            $23,494,000         $27,804,000
                                                            ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

           THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
             ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS.

                                       26

<PAGE>
                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        For the Years Ended
                                                                                             April 30,
                                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                            1995                  1996                  1997
                                                                            ----                  ----                  ----

<S>                                                                 <C>                    <C>                   <C>           
Net Sales                                                           $   55,876,000         $   59,169,000        $   59,481,000
Cost of sales                                                           32,616,000             34,217,000            37,159,000
                                                                    --------------         --------------        --------------
Gross Profit                                                            23,260,000             24,952,000            22,322,000


Selling, general and administrative expenses (Note 13)                  20,057,000             29,200,000            20,784,000
                                                                    --------------         --------------        --------------
Operating  income                                                        3,203,000             (4,248,000)            1,538,000

Other Income                                                                    --                     --               430,000

Interest Expense (Notes 5 and 6)                                          (495,000)              (938,000)           (1,155,000)
                                                                    --------------         --------------        --------------
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes                2,708,000             (5,186,000)              813,000
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (Notes 1& 8)                          112,000                (37,000)              111,000
                                                                    --------------         --------------        --------------
Income (loss) from Continuing Operations                                 2,596,000             (5,149,000)              702,000
Discontinued Operations (Note 4):
  Loss from operations                                                  (4,989,000)            (5,762,000)           (4,709,000)
  Provision for future losses                                                   --             (2,284,000)             (953,000)
                                                                    --------------         --------------        --------------

LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                          (2,393,000)           (13,195,000)           (4,960,000)

Extraordinary Item                                                               -               (223,000)                    -
                                                                    --------------         --------------        --------------

NET LOSS                                                            $   (2,393,000)        $  (13,418,000)      $    (4,960,000)
                                                                    ===============        ==============       ================


INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
  Income (loss) from continuing operations                          $           .14        $         (.28)      $           .03
  Discontinued operations                                                      (.27)                 (.44)                 (.24)
  Extraordinary item                                                             --                  (.01)                   --
                                                                      --------------         --------------        --------------

NET LOSS PER SHARE                                                  $          (.13)       $         (.73)      $          (.21)
                                                                   =================       ===============      =================

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON AND COMMON
   EQUIVALENT SHARES (Note 1)                                            17,981,000             18,354,000           23,557,000
                                                                   ----------------         --------------        --------------
</TABLE>

                 THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                    STATEMENTS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE
                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS.

                                       27

<PAGE>
                          Glasgal Communications, Inc.
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) (Note 5)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Preferred Stock                    Common Stock
                                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              Issued
                                                               --------------   ---------------  ---------------------------------
                                                                  Shares           Dollars            Shares           Dollars
                                                               --------------   ---------------  -----------------  --------------

<S>                                                            <C>               <C>                <C>           <C>
Balance at April 30, 1994                                                  -   - $           -      15,817,000    $             - 
                                                               --------------   ---------------  -----------------  --------------

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                                                     
  Sellectek merger ( Note 7)                                                                                                      
  Private Placement Offerings of
    Common stock                                                                                       180,000                    
  Conversion of accounts payable
    into Common stock                                                                                  100,000                    
  Exercise of warrants                                                                                 125,000                    
  Net loss                                                                                                                        
  Effect of exchange rate changes                                                                                                 
  Common stock issued for options exercised                                                             19,000                    
  Stock exchanged for cancellation of loan (Note 9)                                                   (442,000)                   


                                                               --------------   ---------------  -----------------  --------------
Balance at April 30, 1995                                                      - $           -      15,799,000    $           -   
                                                               ==============   ===============  =================  ==============

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                                                     
  Private placement offering of common stock and
      warrants and bridge financing (Note 7)                                                           443,000                    
  Public offering of common stock
      and warrants (Note 7)                                                                          3,566,000                    
  Acquisition and cancellation of
      common stock                                                                                     (13,000)                   
  Common stock issued for options exercised                                                            189,000                    
  Change in par value of common stock (Note 14)                                                                            20,000 
  Private placement offering of common stock                                                           313,000                  - 
  Stock issued for business acquisition (Note 2)                                                        44,000                  - 
  Net loss                                                                                                                        
  Effect of exchange rate changes                                                                                               - 

                                                               --------------   ---------------  -----------------  --------------
Balance at April 30,1996                                                       - $              -      20,341,000      $   20,000 
                                                               --------------   ---------------  -----------------  --------------

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                                                     
  Issuance of preferred stock (Note 7)                               350,000                     -                                
  Conversion of preferred stock into common stock (Note 7)          (350,000)                    -      2,500,000           3,000 
  Exercise of warrants and options                                                                        649,000           1,000 
  Conversion of accounts payable into common stock                                                        171,000               - 
  Conversion from S corporation status to C corporation                                                                           
  Net loss                                                                                                                        
  Effect of exchange rates changes                                                                                                

                                                               --------------   ---------------  -----------------  --------------
Balance at April 30, 1997                                                      - $              -      23,661,000      $   24,000 
                                                               ==============   ===============  =================  ==============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Additional           Additional              Retained
                                                                    Paid-in-capital     Paid-in-capital           Earnings
                                                                     Preferred              Common               (Deficit)
                                                                   ---------------    --------------------   -------------------

<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>                     <C>                
Balance at April 30, 1994                                        $             -     $       2,264,000       $     3,177,000    
                                                                   ---------------    --------------------   -------------------

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                                     (1,790,000)   
  Sellectek merger ( Note 7)                                                                    190,000                         
  Private Placement Offerings of
    Common stock                                                                                428,000                         
  Conversion of accounts payable
    into Common stock                                                                           237,000                         
  Exercise of warrants                                                                          237,000                         
  Net loss                                                                                                           (2,393,000)
  Effect of exchange rate changes                                                                                               
  Common stock issued for options exercised                                                     94,000                        
  Stock exchanged for cancellation of loan (Note 9)                                           (476,000)                         


                                                                   ---------------    --------------------   -------------------
Balance at April 30, 1995                                        $             -     $       2,974,000       $    (1,006,000)   
                                                                   ===============    ====================   ===================

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                                       (667,000)
  Private placement offering of common stock and
      warrants and bridge financing (Note 7)                                                   579,000                         
  Public offering of common stock
      and warrants (Note 7)                                                                  6,535,000              (50,000)  
  Acquisition and cancellation of
      common stock                                                                             (27,000)                        
  Common stock issued for options exercised                                                    123,000                         
  Change in par value of common stock (Note 14)                                                (20,000)                     
  Private placement offering of common stock (Note 2)                                        1,207,000                          
  Stock issued for business acquisition (Note 2)                                               291,000                         
  Net loss                                                                                 (13,418,000)
  Effect of exchange rate changes                                                                                               

                                                                   ---------------    -------------------- -------------------
Balance at April 30,1996                                            $          -         $     11,662,000     $  (15,141,000)
                                                                   ---------------    -------------------- -------------------

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                                          (837,000)
  Issuance of preferred stock (Note 7)                                  6,562,000                                               
  Conversion of preferred stock into common stock (Note 7)             (6,562,000)              6,559,000                       
  Exercise of warrants and options                                                                429,000                      
  Conversion of accounts payable into common stock                              -                 549,000                      
  Conversion from S corporation status to C corporation                                        (8,858,000)            8,858,000 
  Net loss                                                                                                           (4,960,000)
  Effect of exchange rates changes                                                                                              


                                                                   ---------------    --------------------   -------------------
Balance at April 30, 1997                                           $          -         $     10,341,000        $  (12,080,000)
                                                                   ===============    ====================   ===================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Cumulative               Total
                                                                   Translation          Shareholders'
                                                                   Adjustment              Equity
                                                                 ----------------    --------------------

<S>              <C> <C>                                         <C>                <C>              
Balance at April 30, 1994                                        $   (272,000)      $       5,169,000
                                                                 ----------------    --------------------

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                              (1,790,000)
  Sellectek merger ( Note 7)                                                                   190,000
  Private Placement Offerings of
    Common stock                                                                               428,000
  Conversion of accounts payable
    into Common stock                                                                          237,000
  Exercise of warrants                                                                         237,000
  Net loss                                                                                  (2,393,000)
  Effect of exchange rate changes                                      174,000                 174,000
  Common stock issued for options exercised                                                     94,000
  Stock exchanged for cancellation of loan (Note 9)                                           (476,000)


                                                                 ----------------    --------------------
Balance at April 30, 1995                                             (98,000)      $        1,870,000
                                                                 ================    ====================

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                 (667,000)
  Private placement offering of common stock and
      warrants and bridge financing (Note 7)                                                   579,000
  Public offering of common stock
      and warrants (Note 7)                                                                  6,485,000
  Acquisition and cancellation of
      common stock                                                                             (27,000)
  Common stock issued for options exercised                                                    123,000
  Change in par value of common stock (Note 14)                                                      -
  Private placement offering of common stock (Note 2)                                        1,207,000
  Stock issued for business acquisition (Note 2)                                               291,000
  Net loss                                                                                 (13,418,000)
  Effect of exchange rate changes                                       (149,000)             (149,000)

                                                                 ----------------    --------------------
Balance at April 30,1996                                            $   (247,000)       $   (3,706,000)
                                                                 ----------------    --------------------

  Distributions to S Corporation Shareholders                                                 (837,000)
  Issuance of preferred stock (Note 7)                                                       6,562,000
  Conversion of preferred stock into common stock (Note 7)                                           -
  Exercise of warrants and options                                                             430,000
  Conversion of accounts payable into common stock                                             549,000
  Conversion from S corporation status to C corporation                                              -
  Net loss                                                                                  (4,960,000)
  Effect of exchange rates changes                                       (38,000)              (38,000)


                                                                 ----------------    --------------------
Balance at April 30, 1997                                           $   (285,000)       $   (2,000,000)
                                                                 ================    ====================
</TABLE>


                     The accompanying notes to consolidated
                   financial statements are an integral part
                        of these consolidated statements


                                       28

<PAGE>

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              For the Years Ended
                                                                                   April 30,
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               1995                   1996                     1997
                                                               ----                   ----                     ----

 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                            <C>                    <C>                       <C>           
Net loss                                                       $  (2,393,000)         $  (13,418,000)           $  (4,960,000)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
cash provided by (used in) operating
   activities--
   Depreciation and amortization                                     862,000               1,114,000                1,200,000
   Extraordinary item                                                     --                 223,000                       --
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities net
     of effects from purchase of CASI
      (Increase) decrease in accounts
      receivable, net                                             (1,641,000)              1,860,000               (3,819,000)
      (Increase) decrease in inventory                               (39,000)               (378,000)               1,104,000
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and
     other assets                                                   (572,000)              2,044,000                 (940,000)
      Increase in net assets from discontinued
     operations                                                     (725,000)               (777,000)               (1,590,000)
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable,
     accrued liabilities and other                                 3,262,000               3,661,000                (2,169,000)
                                                             ---------------          --------------              -------------
      Net cash used in
      Operating activities                                       (1,246,000)              (5,671,000)              (11,174,000)
                                                            ----------------          --------------              -------------

 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment, net                          2,884,000                 (725,000)              (1,349,000)
  Net cash used for CASI acquisition                                     --                 (705,000)                      -- 
  Advances to CASI                                                       --               (1,135,000)                      --
                                                            ------------------        --------------              -------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing                    2,884,000               (2,565,000)               (1,349,000)
                                                            ------------------        --------------              -------------
     activities

 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net proceeds from short-term borrowings                                 --               8,337,000                3,338,000
Net Proceeds (Payments) of  indebtedness                           4,457,000              (5,103,000)                 958,000
Net Proceeds from Common Stock/Warrant
   issuances                                                         958,000               7,772,000                6,992,000
Net proceeds from related parties                                        --                       --                1,026,000
Distributions to Stockholders                                     (1,790,000)               (667,000)                (837,000)
                                                            -----------------          -------------               -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities                                                  3,625,000              10,339,000               11,477,000
                                                            ----------------          -------------               -----------
        Net effect of foreign currency translation
       on cash                                                       173,000               (149,000)                 (38,000)
                                                            ----------------          -------------               -----------
        Net (decrease) increase in cash                             (332,000)             1,954,000               (1,084,000)

CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                          597,000                265,000                 2,219,000
                                                            ----------------          -------------               -----------
CASH AT END OF PERIOD                                          $     265,000          $   2,219,000            $    1,135,000
                                                              ==============          =============            ==============
</TABLE>

                                       29

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:

<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>                   <C>            
Interest paid                                                 $     624,000         $    1,020,000        $     1,313,000

Income taxes paid                                             $     600,000         $       14,000        $       397,000
</TABLE>


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING
ACTIVITIES:

On June 6, 1994, a vendor converted  $250,000 of Glasgal's accounts payable into
100,000 shares of Glasgal's Common Stock.

On April 30, 1995,  Mr.  Glasgal  contributed  442,478 shares of Common Stock in
consideration for the cancellation of $476,000 owed to the Company.

On  April  24,  1996,  the  Company   purchased  80%  of  the  common  stock  of
Computer-Aided  Software  Integration,  Inc.  (CASI) for  $500,000  in cash plus
44,260 shares of common stock of the Company valued at $290,000.


Goodwill                                            $1,866,000
Cash Paid for Common Stock (including expenses)      (705,000)
Common Stock Issued                                  (290,000)
                                                    ----------
Liabilities Assumed                                 $  871,000
                                                    ==========

During 1997,  the Company  converted  $561,000 of accounts  payable into 171,000
shares of common stock.



                THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                    STATEMENTS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE
                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS.

                                       30

<PAGE>

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(1)      BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

         Business--

         Glasgal  Communications,  Inc. (the  "Company" or  "Glasgal"),  and its
         subsidiaries   are  in  the  business  of  providing   software-enabled
         technical  configuration,  integration and implementation services (See
         Note 4).

         Basis of Presentation -

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of the
         Company and its subsidiaries.  These consolidated  financial statements
         include,  for all periods  presented,  the  accounts  of all  companies
         acquired under the pooling of interests  method of accounting (See Note
         2). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

         Theaccompanying  consolidated  financial  statements have been prepared
         assuming  that  the  Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As
         reflected in the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the Company has
         incurred net losses and  operating  cash flow  deficits.  During Fiscal
         1997, the Company completed two acquisitions  which have  substantially
         increased  its revenues and the  integration  of these  operations  has
         resulted  in  significant  cash   requirements   (See  Note  4).  As  a
         consequence,   the  Company  has  had  to  rely  primarily  on  private
         placements of equity to fund its working capital requirements.

         Subsequent  to  April  30,  1997,  the  Company  raised   approximately
         $3,120,000  in private  equity  placements  for  859,000  shares of its
         common stock.  Although there can be no assurance that additional funds
         will be obtained,  if needed,  management believes that its fiscal 1998
         operating plan is attainable and, together with the funds received from
         the private  placements  subsequent  to April 30,  1997,  will  provide
         sufficient  funds to enable the  Company to meet its debt  service  and
         working capital requirements.

         Significant Accounting Policies-

         Revenue Recognition--

         Revenues from configuration, deployment and implementation services are
         recognized as the services are provided.

                                       31

<PAGE>

         Contract Costs-

         Precontract  costs incurred in connection  with defining and clarifying
         technical  requirements and designing  technical solutions are deferred
         and  amortized  as the  services  are  provided.  As of April 30, 1997,
         approximately  $980,000  of such costs are  included  in other  current
         assets.

         Cash and Cash Equivalents-

         The Company considers as cash equivalents all highly liquid investments
         with an  original  maturity  of three  months or less.  The Company has
         $210,000 of restricted cash as of April 30, 1997.

         Inventory--

         Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
         market.

         Property and Equipment--

         Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation
         and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are computed using the
         straight-line  and declining  balance methods over the estimated useful
         lives or lease terms of the related assets, whichever is shorter.

           Capitalized Software Costs --

         The Company  capitalized  certain  software  costs which are  amortized
         utilizing  the  straight-line  method  over the  economic  lives of the
         related products, not to exceed three years.  Approximately $300,000 of
         capitalized  software  costs  are  included  in  other  assets  in  the
         accompanying consolidated financial statements as of April 30, 1997.

         Long-Lived Assets --

         Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121,  "Accounting for
         the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS 121") requires, among other
         things, that an entity review its long-lived assets and certain related
         intangibles for impairment  whenever changes in circumstances  indicate
         that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. As a
         result of its review,  reserves  have been  provided to record  certain
         assets at net realizable value (See Notes 4 and 13).

         Stock Based Compensation --

         Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123,  "Accounting for
         Stock-Based  Compensation" ("SFAS 123") requires that an entity account
         for employee stock-based

                                       32

<PAGE>

         compensation  under a fair value based method.  However,  SFAS 123 also
         allows an entity to continue to measure  compensation cost for employee
         stock-based  compensation  arrangements using the intrinsic value based
         method of accounting  prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for
         Stock  Issued to  Employees".  The  Company  continues  to account  for
         employee  stock-based  compensation  using the  intrinsic  value  based
         method and is required to make pro forma  disclosures of net income and
         earnings  per share as if the fair  value  based  method of  accounting
         under SFAS 123 had been applied (See Note 7).

         Income Taxes--

         The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance  with Statement of
         Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 109  "Accounting for Income Taxes"
         ("SFAS 109").  Certain  transactions  are recorded in the accounts in a
         period different from that in which these transactions are reported for
         income tax purposes.  These  transactions,  as well as other  temporary
         differences  between the basis in assets and  liabilities for financial
         reporting and income tax purposes, result in deferred income taxes.

         Earnings (Loss) per Share --

         Earnings  (loss) per share is computed based upon the weighted  average
         number of common shares and common equivalent shares outstanding during
         each  period.  Common  equivalent  shares  have not been  included,  if
         antidilutive.

         In  March  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
         Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128,  "Earnings  per
         Share" which makes certain  changes to the manner in which earnings per
         share is reported.  The Company is required to adopt this  standard for
         the year ending April 30,  1998.  The  adoption of this  standard  will
         require restatement of prior years' earnings per share.

         If the Company had adopted  the new  standard in 1997,  basic  earnings
         (loss)  per  common  share  from  continuing  operations,  discontinued
         operations and net loss per common share would have been $.03,  ($.27),
         and $(.24),  respectively,  based on 21,151,000  basic weighted average
         shares.  Diluted  earnings per share from continuing  operations  would
         have been the same as basic earnings per share.

         Foreign Currency Translation --

         The  local  currency  of  the  Company's  foreign  subsidiaries is  its
         functional  currency.  Assets and liabilities of the Company's  foreign
         subsidiaries  are  translated  into US dollars at the current  exchange
         rate.  Income statement  accounts are translated at the average rate of
         exchange  prevailing during the year.  Translation  adjustments arising
         from the use of  differing  exchange  rates  from  period to period are
         included as a separate component of shareholders' equity (deficit).

                                       33

<PAGE>
         Use of Estimates --

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
         accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates
         and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
         liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the
         date of the financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues
         and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
         from those estimates.

         Reclassifications --

         Certain  prior year  amounts have been  reclassified  to conform to the
         current year financial statement presentation.

(2)      MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS:

         CASI --

         On April 24, 1996, the Company  acquired 80% of the outstanding  common
         stock of CASI, a company that develops and licenses software  products,
         in  exchange  for  $500,000  and 44,260  shares of common  stock of the
         Company valued at $6.57 per share based on the average trading price of
         the  Company's  common stock for several days before and after the date
         of the  acquisition  agreement.  The acquisition was accounted for as a
         purchase.  The excess of  purchase  price over fair value of net assets
         acquired is included in goodwill and is being  amortized  over 10 years
         on a straight-line basis.  Revenues of CASI, which commenced operations
         in February, 1995, were immaterial and CASI recorded losses of $490,000
         and $415,000 in the period from inception through December 31, 1995 and
         the four months ended April 30, 1996, respectively.

         In  connection  with  this  transaction,  in  March  1996  the  Company
         completed  a private  placement  offering  of 312,500  shares of common
         stock. The net proceeds of the private placement offering,  $1,207,000,
         were used to acquire 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of common
         stock of CASI, and to provide CASI with working capital.

         HH Communications, Inc. --

         On  July  31,  1996,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  issued  and
         outstanding  shares of HH  Communications,  Inc.  (HH),  a  value-added
         reseller of computer hardware,  in exchange for 1,500,000 shares of its
         common stock.  The  transaction  has been accounted for as a pooling of
         interests.

                                       34

<PAGE>
         Datatec Industries, Inc. --

         On October  31,  1996,  the  Company  acquired  98.5% of the issued and
         outstanding  shares  of  Datatec   Industries,   Inc.   (Datatec),   an
         implementor of  information  communications  networks,  in exchange for
         4,000,000  shares  of  its  common  stock.  The  transaction  has  been
         accounted for as a pooling of interests.

         Presented  below  are the  individual  entity  and  combined  financial
         information, after giving effect to classifying certain segments of the
         Company's business as discontinued operations (See Note 4).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          GLASGAL                     HH                    Datatec                  Combined
                                         ----------------     -------------------   ------------------------   --------------------

For the year ended April 30, 1995

<S>                                         <C>              <C>                       <C>                    <C>
Net Sales                                   $  3,252,000     $           -             $   52,624,000         $   55,876,000
Income  from Continuing Operations               673,000                 -                  1,923,000              2,590,000
Loss from Discontinued Operations             (2,317,000)          (92,000)                (2,580,000)            (4,989,000)
Net loss                                      (1,644,000)          (92,000)                  (657,000)            (2,393,000)

For the year ended April 30, 1996

Net Sales                                   $  5,055,000      $          -            $   54,114,000          $   59,169,000
Income (loss) from Continuing Operations       2,298,000                 -                (7,447,000)             (5,149,000)
Loss from Discontinued Operations             (3,255,000)         (289,000)               (4,502,000)             (8,046,000)
Extraordinary loss                              (223,000)                -                          -               (223,000)
Net loss                                      (1,180,000)         (289,000)               (11,949,000)           (13,418,000)

For the year ended April 30, 1997


Net Sales                                   $  4,835,000      $          -            $   54,646,000          $   59,481,000
Income (loss) from Continuing Operations        (226,000)                -                   928,000                 702,000

Loss from Discontinued Operations             (5,267,000)         (395,000)                        -              (5,662,000)
Net income (loss)                             (5,493,000)         (395,000)                  928,000              (4,960,000)
</TABLE>

         The combined  results are not  necessarily  indicative of what actually
         would  have  occurred  if the  acquisitions  had been in effect for the
         entire periods  presented.  In addition,  the combined  results are not
         intended to be a  projection  of future  results and do not reflect any
         synergies that might be achieved from operations.

                                       35

<PAGE>

(3)       PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

           The following is a summary of property and equipment.


                                                            April 30,
                                                            ---------
                                                    1996              1997
                                                    ----              ----
Equipment                                        $1,078,000       $  977,000
Computer Equipment                                2,893,000        3,158,000
Furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements    2,548,000        2,444,000
                                                  ---------       ----------
                                                  6,519,000        6,579,000
 Less--Accumulated depreciation and
  amortization                                    3,220,000        2,945,000
                                                  ---------        ---------

  Property and equipment, net                    $3,299,000       $3,634,000
                                                 ==========       ==========

(4)      DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

         Prior to fiscal 1997,  the Company had primarily  been a distributor of
         data   communications   equipment.   Commencing   with  the   Company's
         acquisition  of  Signatel  in October  1994,  the  Company  revised its
         business   strategy  to  expand  its   implementation   of  information
         communication  network  services.  The  acquisition of Datatec and CASI
         (See Note 2) enabled the Company to  transition  from  predominantly  a
         reseller of data  communications  network  equipment to an open systems
         integrator,  providing software enabled  configuration,  deployment and
         implementation  services.  The  acquisition of HH (See Note 2), a value
         added  reseller  of  computer  equipment,   provided  the  Company  the
         opportunity  to introduce  these  services to HH's  premier  customers.
         Datatec's prior services were typically of short duration.  As of April
         30,  1997,  the  Company  has  entered  into  long  term  contracts  of
         significant value.

         After  several  months of  assimilating  the  Datatec  acquisition  and
         repositioning  its  services,  the  Company,  in June  1997,  with  the
         concurrence   of  its  Board  of  Directors,   discontinued   its  data
         communications   equipment   distribution   business.  The  Company  is
         currently  winding down this business which is expected to be completed
         by the end of fiscal 1998.  The Company is no longer a  distributor  of
         data  communications   equipment  and  will  only  honor  its  existing
         commitments.

         The net losses of this business prior to April 30, 1997 are included in
         the consolidated  statements of operations as discontinued  operations.
         Revenues  from  such  operations  were  $35,004,000,   $43,033,000  and
         $35,178,000  for the  years  ended  April  30,  1995,  1996  and  1997,
         respectively.  Substantially all assets to be disposed of were those of
         Glasgal.  Included in net assets from  discontinued  operations is a 10
         year mortgage agreement with a bank for $977,000, with an interest rate
         of 8.05% per annum.  Beginning in the year 2002,  the interest  rate is
         subject to adjustment, as defined.

                                       36

<PAGE>
         The provision for future losses of discontinued  operations included in
         the  consolidated  statements of operations  includes the write-down of
         assets to estimated net realizable value.

         As of April  30,  1996,  Datatec  had  discontinued  its  international
         operations,  which was a  distributor  of  computer  hardware,  and its
         Shoppertrak  division,  which  developed and sold a proprietary  system
         that provided shopper traffic  information.  The loss from current year
         operations  was  approximately  $2,579,000  and  $2,218,000 in 1995 and
         1996,   respectively,   and  the   provision   for  future  losses  was
         approximately  $2,284,000  as of April 30, 1996,  substantially  all of
         which was utilized in 1997.  Revenues relating to these operations were
         approximately $14,000,000 in 1995 and 1996.

(5)      SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS:

         In October 1996,  the Company  amended its credit  facility with a bank
         which was outstanding as of April 30, 1996. The Amended  agreement that
         provided for the borrowing of the lesser of  $10,500,000 or a sum based
         on a formula of  qualified  assets.  As of April 30, 1996 the  interest
         rate was 9.0%.  The  outstanding  borrowings  under this  facility were
         repaid during 1997 with the proceeds  obtained from the revolving  loan
         discussed below.

         During 1997,  the Company  entered into a revolving loan agreement that
         provides for maximum borrowings of $15,000,000.  Availability under the
         revolving  loan is  calculated  at the sum of 85% of eligible  accounts
         receivable,  as defined,  and 50% of the cost or wholesale market value
         of eligible inventory,  as defined. The amount of available borrowings,
         as defined, was  $11,989,000  as of April 30, 1997.  The revolving loan
         accrues  interest  at the  prime  rate plus  0.75%  (9.25% at April 30,
         1997).

(6)      LONG-TERM DEBT:

         Long term debt consists of the following:



                                                  April 30,
                                     --------------------------------------

                                          1996                    1997
                                     -----------------      -----------------

Term loan (a)                               $2,023,000      $              --
New Jersey EDA Note (b)                        895,000                680,000
Term note (c)                                       --              2,000,000
Convertible notes (d)                               --              2,000,000
Capital leases                               1,975,000              1,171,000
                                     -----------------      -----------------
        Total Debt                           4,893,000              5,851,000
Less - Current maturities                   (2,555,000)              (850,000)
                                     -----------------      ------------------
   Long-term debt, net of current
      maturities                            $2,338,000             $5,001,000
                                     =================      ===================

                                       37

<PAGE>

         (a)    The $2,800,000 term loan provided for equal monthly installments
                of $78,000  commencing  July 1995 through June 1998. As of April
                28, 1996 the  interest  rate was  10.25%.  The  borrowings  were
                repaid during 1997.

         (b)    The Company  entered into a $1,320,000  loan  agreement with the
                New Jersey Economic Development  Authority  ("NJEDA").  The note
                provides for monthly  payments of principal and interest through
                June 1, 2002.  Monthly  principal  payments range from $9,000 to
                $14,000.  Interest  is based  on a  floating  rate  equal to the
                variable rate borne by the NJEDA  Economic  Growth Bonds.  As of
                April 30, 1997 the interest  rate was 4.5%.  The note is secured
                by the assets acquired with the loan proceeds.

         (c)    In March 1997, the Company  entered into a $2,000,000 term note.
                The term note bears  interest  at a  variable  rate equal to the
                prime  rate  plus 1.5% (10.0% at April 30,  1997) and is payable
                monthly.  The  outstanding  principal  is  payable in 36 monthly
                installments  and  matures  in  April  2000.  The  term  note is
                collateralized by certain assets, as defined.

         (d)    In  February  1997,  the  Company  issued  convertible  notes of
                $2,000,000,  which  mature in  February  1999.  These notes bear
                interest at 10% per annum  payable at  conversion  or  maturity.
                These notes,  however, are convertible into the Company's common
                stock  following  the  expiration  of six months  following  the
                closing  date at the  Company's  option.  Upon  conversion,  the
                aggregate  amount of the notes plus  accrued  interest  converts
                into common  stock at 80% of the then quoted price of a share of
                the Company's  common stock. In connection with these notes, the
                Company  issued  warrants  to  purchase  700,000  shares  of the
                Company's common stock at $5.25 per share, the fair market value
                on the date of  issuance.  It is the  intent of the  Company  to
                convert the notes into common shares in August 1997.

           The scheduled repayments of long-term debt are as follows:



1998                             $     850,000
1999                                 2,725,000
2000                                 1,757,000
2001                                   371,000
2002                                   148,000


                                       38

<PAGE>

 (7)     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

         On  May  2,  1994,  the  Company   merged  with  and  into   Sellectek,
         Incorporated  (Sellectek),  a  public  company  which  had  cash and no
         liabilities. For accounting purposes, the merger has been recorded as a
         recapitalization  of the  Company  with  the  Company  as the  acquirer
         (reverse acquisition). Sellectek changed its name to Glasgal.

         In connection with a January 1994 common stock purchase  agreement with
         Direct Connect International,  Inc. (DCI), DCI converted  approximately
         $2,000,000 of indebtedness into 2,723,973 shares of common stock of the
         Company. Under the agreement,  the Company has the right to require DCI
         to purchase up to 1,337,230 additional shares ("Additional  Shares") of
         Common  Stock of the  Company  for an  aggregate  of  $8,750,000,  less
         current warrant  solicitation  fees (the "Additional DCI  Investment").
         The Company may require the Additional DCI Investment if, and then only
         to the extent, that DCI receives proceeds from the exercise of existing
         warrants.   If  the  Company  does  not  require  the   Additional  DCI
         Investment,  DCI may still purchase,  on the same terms, up to one-half
         of the additional shares.

         Public Offering --

         During  1995,  the  Company   consummated  two  bridge  financings  for
         aggregate  proceeds of $1,270,000.  In connection  with the financings,
         442,478  shares  of  common  stock  were  issued at $1.13 per share and
         warrants  were  issued for the  purchase  of  950,000  shares of common
         stock.  Each warrant was  subsequently  converted into a warrant having
         terms  identical  to  those  of  the  redeemable   warrants  issued  in
         connection with the public offering (the Offering) discussed below. The
         bridge  financings  were  repaid  from  the  proceeds  of the  Offering
         resulting in the write-off of the  unamortized  original issue discount
         and deferred financing costs of $223,000 as an extraordinary loss.

         On September 28, 1995, the Company  completed the Offering of 1,783,000
         units at $5.00 per unit (including an overallotment of 258,000 units in
         October 1995) for net proceeds of approximately  $6,485,000.  Each unit
         consisted  of two shares of Common  Stock and one  redeemable  warrant.
         Each  redeemable  warrant  entitles the holder to purchase one share of
         Common  Stock at an  initial  exercise  price of $3.75  per  share.  In
         addition, in connection with the sale of 400,000 shares of common stock
         by  certain  selling  shareholders,  the  Company  contributed  200,000
         redeemable  warrants  (valued at  $50,000)  that were  included  in the
         200,000 units sold by such shareholders.

                                       39

<PAGE>
         Preferred Stock --

         During 1997, the Company issued 350,000 shares of convertible preferred
         stock.  The  net  proceeds  from  these  issuances  were  approximately
         $6,562,000.   The  preferred  stock  was  subsequently  converted  into
         2,500,264 shares of common stock.

         Common Stock Options --

         The 1990 Stock  Option Plan (the "1990  Plan")  provides  for grants of
         1,500,000 common stock options to employees, directors, and consultants
         to purchase  common stock at a price at least equal to 100% of the fair
         market value of such shares on the grant date.  The  exercise  price of
         any options  granted to a person  owning more than 10% of the  combined
         voting   power  of  all   classes  of  stock  of  the   Company   ("10%
         shareholder"), shall be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value
         of the share on the grant  date.  The  options  are granted for no more
         than a 10-year  term (5 years  for 10%  shareholders)  and the  vesting
         periods range from 2 to 4 years.

         The 1993  Consultant  Stock Option Plan (the "1993 Plan")  provides for
         grants of 30,000 shares of common stock to selected persons who provide
         consulting  and  advisory  services  to the Company at a price at least
         equal to 100% of the fair  market  value of such  shares  on the  grant
         date, as determined  by the Board of Directors.  The exercise  price of
         any options  granted to a person  owning more than 10% of the  combined
         voting   power  of  all   classes  of  stock  of  the   Company   ("10%
         shareholder"), shall be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value
         of such shares on the grant  date.  The options are granted for no more
         than a 10-year  term (5 years  for 10%  shareholders)  and the  vesting
         periods are determined by the Board of Directors.

         The following table represents a summary of stock option activity under
         the 1990 Plan and the 1993 Plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    1993 CONSULTANT STOCK

                                                           1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN                        OPTION PLAN
                                               -----------------------------------------------     --------------------------

                                                   SHARES                      PRICE                  SHARES             PRICE
                                               --------------      ------------------------------  -------------      -----------
<S>                                                   <C>                <C>       <C>                     <C>        <C>     
Options outstanding at April 30, 1995                 486,849             $ 1.25 - $ 15.63                 4,000      $   5.00



Granted                                               353,000            $ 2.775 - $ 10.55                 5,000      $   2.50

Exercised                                            (91,248)                  $ 1.25                      4,000      $   5.00
Canceled                                             (53,320)                  $ 1.25                          -           -
                                               --------------      ------------------------------  -------------      ------------

Options outstanding at April 30, 1996                 695,281             $ 1.25 - $ 15.63                 5,000      $   2.50



Granted                                                63,500             $ 6.00 - $ 10.55                     -             -
Exercised                                           (122,107)                  $ 1.25                          -             -
Canceled                                             (81,243)              $1.25 - $10.55                      -             -
                                               --------------      ------------------------------  -------------      ------------

Options outstanding at April 30, 1997                 555,431             $ 1.25 - $ 15.63                 5,000      $    2.50
                                               ==============      ==============================  =============      ============

Exercisable at April 30, 1997                         293,396             $ 1.25 - $ 15.63                 5,000      $   2.50
                                               ==============      ==============================  =============      ============
</TABLE>
         As of April  30,  1997,  a total of  597,000  and 4,000  shares  remain
         reserved  for  future  grants  under the 1990  Plan and the 1993  Plan,
         respectively.

         The 1995 Directors  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors  Plan") provides
         for grants of 500,000 shares of Common Stock.  All members of the Board
         of  Directors  who  are  not   employees  of  the  Company   ("Eligible
         Directors")  are eligible to receive  grants of options.  Each Eligible
         Director is granted an option to purchase 24,000 shares of Common Stock
         on the date the Eligible Director is elected to the Board of Directors,
         and will be granted  another option to purchase 24,000 shares of Common
         Stock annually  thereafter so long as he remains an Eligible  Director.
         Generally,  each option vests ratably over a three-year period provided
         such individual continues to serve as a Director of the Company.

                                       40

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  1995 DIRECTORS STOCK
                                                                      OPTION PLAN
                                                            ------------------------------------------

                                                                  Shares                     Price
                                                                  ------                     -----

<S>                                                              <C>                    <C>
Options Outstanding at April 30, 1995                             48,000                     $1.25

Granted during 1996                                               72,000                $2.552 - $2.775
Exercised                                                           --                         --
Canceled                                                            --                         --
                                                             -----------------        --------------------
Options outstanding at April 30, 1996                            120,000                $1.25 - $2.775

Granted                                                           96,000                 $6.73 - $8.33
Exercised                                                           --                         --
Canceled                                                            --                         --
                                                             -----------------        --------------------
Options outstanding at April 30, 1997                            216,000                 $1.25 - $8.33
                                                             =================        ====================

Shares exercisable at April 30, 1997                              88,000                 $1.25 - $2.775
                                                             =================        ====================
</TABLE>

         As of April 30, 1997, 284,000 shares were available for future issuance
         under the Directors Plan.

         During January 1992, the Company granted options to purchase  1,386,742
         shares of its common  stock,  at an exercise  price of $.005 per share.
         The  options  may be  exercised  at any time  prior to January 1, 2002.
         345,000  options have been  exercised  as of April 30,  1997.  In April
         1993,  the Company  granted  options,  which  expire in April 2003,  to
         purchase 109,755 shares of common stock to a consultant/advisor  to the
         Company at an exercise price of $.005 per share.  As of April 30, 1997,
         93,291 options have been exercised.

         In March 1995, the Company granted  options to purchase  165,000 shares
         of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $1.25 to  certain  executive
         officers of the  Company.  These  options vest over a three year period
         beginning August 24, 1995. The options expire in March 2005. No options
         have been exercised as of April 30, 1997.

         On April 25,  1995 the  Company  granted  options to  purchase  350,000
         shares of  Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of  $1.75,  to  certain
         officers of the Company. These options are exercisable, at any time and
         from time to time, prior to April 21, 2005. During 1996, 95,455 options
         were canceled. As of April 30, 1997 no options have been exercised.

         The table  below  sets forth the  activity  relating  to stock  options
         referred  to above  which were  originally  granted by the  Company not
         pursuant to any option plan.

                                       41

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         SHARES                  PRICE
                                                    ----------------     ----------------------
<S>                                                        <C>               <C>
Options Outstanding at April 30, 1995                      2,011,497         $.005 - $1.75


Granted                                                           --               --

Exercised                                                   (94,000)              $.005
Canceled                                                    (95,455)              $1.75
                                                     ---------------      ---------------------

Options Outstanding at April 30, 1996                      1,822,042         $.005 - $1.75

Granted                                                           --               --
Exercised                                                    349,293             $.005
Canceled                                                          --               --
                                                    ----------------     ----------------------
Options Outstanding at April 30, 1997                      1,472,749         $.005 - $1.75
                                                    ================     ======================
</TABLE>

         In 1996,  the Company  adopted the 1996 Employee and  Consultant  Stock
         Option Plan (the "1996 Plan"),  under which 2,000,000  shares of common
         stock are  reserved  for  issuance.  The 1996 Plan was  established  to
         attract, retain, and provide equity incentives to selected employees to
         promote the financial success of the Company.

           The following table represents a summary of the stock option activity
under the 1996 Plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1996 EMPLOYEE AND CONSULTANT
                                                                  STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                                           -------------------------------------

                                                                SHARES                 PRICE
                                                          -------------------      -------------
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>
Options outstanding at April 30, 1996                                  --      $          --

Granted                                                         1,500,000         $5.82 - $6.928
Exercised                                                              --               --
Canceled                                                          121,000         $5.82 - $6.928
                                                      -------------------      ---------------------
Options outstanding at April 30, 1997                           1,379,000         $5.82 - $6.928
                                                      ===================      =====================
</TABLE>


         In 1996,  the Company  adopted the senior  executive  stock option plan
         (the "1996 Executive  Plan") under which 560,000 shares of common stock
         are reserved for issuance to senior  executive  officers of the Company
         at an exercise price as determined by the plan committee at the time of
         grant.

                                       42

<PAGE>

         Thefollowing  table represents a summary of stock option activity under
         the 1996 Executive Plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SENIOR EXECUTIVE PLAN
                                                    --------------------------------------------

                                                            SHARES                     PRICE
                                                      -------------------      ---------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                  <C>  
Options outstanding at April 30, 1996                                  --      $          --

Granted                                                           535,000              $5.25
Exercised                                                              --               --
Canceled                                                               --               --
                                                      -------------------      ---------------------
Options outstanding at April 30, 1997                             535,000              $5.25
                                                      ===================      =====================
</TABLE>


         The 1996 Stock  Option  Conversion  Plan was  established  to primarily
         replace stock options previously  granted by the Company's  subsidiary,
         Datatec  Industries,  Inc.,  with Glasgal  options on the same terms as
         indicated in the merger  agreement.  The maximum  number of shares that
         may be issued  pursuant  to  options  granted  under the plan shall not
         exceed 470,442.  As of April 30, 1997 447,270 options were outstanding,
         with no options  exercised  during the year ended April 30,  1997.  The
         options outstanding have exercise prices ranging from $.86 to $3.14.

         On July 17, 1995, Mr. Glasgal granted to five executive officers of the
         Company,  options to purchase  an  aggregate  of 300,000  shares of his
         common stock.  The options  granted by Mr. Glasgal vest 1/3 on July 17,
         1996 (at an exercise  price of $2.775 per share,  the fair market value
         at the date of grant),  1/3 on July 17, 1997 (at an  exercise  price of
         $3.50 per  share)  and 1/3 on July 17,  1998 (at an  exercise  price of
         $4.50  per  share).  As of April  30,  1997,  6,884  shares  have  been
         exercised.

         Effective May 1, 1996,  the Company  adopted the provisions of SFAS 123
         "Accounting  for  Stock-Based   Compensation".   As  permitted  by  the
         statement,   the  Company  has  elected  to  continue  to  account  for
         stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method. Accordingly,
         no  compensation  expense  has  been  recognized  for  its  stock-based
         compensation  plans.  Had the fair  value  method  of  accounting  been
         applied to the Company's stock option plans during 1996 and 1997, which
         requires  recognition of compensation  expense ratably over the vesting
         period of the underlying equity  instruments,  net loss would have been
         increased  by $106,000  with no per share  effect in 1996 and  $589,000
         with a $.02 per share effect in 1997.  This pro forma impact takes into
         account  options granted since May 1, 1995 and is likely to increase in
         future years as additional  options are granted and  amortized  ratably
         over the vesting period. The weighted average

                                       43

<PAGE>

         fair value of options granted during 1996 and 1997 was $2.60 and $3.58,
         respectively.  The fair  value was  estimated  using the  Black-Scholes
         option  pricing  model based on the  weighted  average  market price at
         grant  date of  $4.45  in 1996  and  $5.57  in 1997  and the  following
         weighted average  assumptions;  risk risk free interest rate of 8.5% in
         1996 and 1997 and volatility of 75% in 1996 and 1997.



 (8)     INCOME TAXES:

         Under the provisions of SFAS 109  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes",  the
         statement   requires  that  deferred   income  taxes  reflect  the  tax
         consequences  on future years of  differences  between the tax bases of
         assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts.

         Deferred  income taxes result  primarily from temporary  differences in
         the recognition of expenses for tax and financial  reporting  purposes.
         Deferred income taxes consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   April 30,                   April 30,
                                           -------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                      1996                       1997
                                           -------------------------- ---------------------------
<S>                                        <C>                        <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards           $    1,406,000             $    3,462,000

Accelerated depreciation                         (316,000)                (1,159,000)

Allowance for doubtful accounts                   109,000                    280,000

Inventory obsolescence                            112,000                    257,000

Other                                              19,000                    480,000
                                           --------------------      -----------------------

                                                1,330,000                  3,320,000
Valuation Allowance                            (1,330,000)                (3,320,000)
                                           ------------------        -----------------------

                                            $          --             $           --
                                           ===================       =======================
</TABLE>

         The Company has  recorded a full  valuation  allowance  against the net
         deferred tax asset due to  uncertainty  relating to the  realization of
         this asset.

         The Company does not provide for US income  taxes on the  undistributed
         earnings of its foreign  subsidiaries  as the Company does not have any
         current intention of repatriating such earnings.

         As of April 30,  1997,  the Company has  $10,200,000  available  of net
         operating  loss  carryforwards,  which  may be  used to  offset  future
         taxable income.  These net operating loss carryforwards  expire through
         2012.

                                       44

<PAGE>

 (9)     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

         On April 30,  1995,  and in  contemplation  of the closing of the First
         Bridge Financing (see Note 7), Mr. Glasgal, the majority shareholder of
         the Company,  contributed to the Company 442,478 shares of Common Stock
         in  consideration  for the  cancellation of $476,000 owed by him to the
         Company.  The 442,478 shares of Common Stock contributed to the Company
         were canceled.

         During the year ended April 30, 1997,  the Company  loaned  $410,000 to
         certain executive officers of the Company. These loans bear interest at
         8% per annum. Two of these loans,  representing $210,000, are repayable
         with the proceeds  from the future  exercise of stock  options of these
         executives. All of these loans mature on December 31, 1999.

         Datatec had previously leased a facility owned by a company  controlled
         by a majority  shareholder.  Under an agreement with the lender, if the
         facility were sold, the majority shareholder would be required to apply
         any  proceeds in excess of the  mortgage to  repayment  of Datatec debt
         with  that  lender.   In  January  1997,  the  facility  was  sold  and
         approximately  $1,686,000 of excess  proceeds were used by the majority
         shareholder  to repay  Datatec debt.  This amount,  net of repayment of
         $250,000,  is included in due to related parties. The Company continues
         to lease two facilities from companies with whom a majority shareholder
         is affiliated.  The annual lease payments on the facilities is included
         in Note 11.

(10)     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

         The Company  currently has two  contributory  401(k)  salary  reduction
         plans which  permit  employees  to  contribute  if they are at least 21
         years of age and have been a full time  employee of the Company for six
         months.

         The Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.  Salary  Reduction  Plan  requires a
         minimum  contribution  of 2% of the gross earnings and no more than 15%
         of the gross  earnings  up to the maximum  allowed by the IRS.  Glasgal
         matches a maximum  of $600  annually,  per  participant.  The  matching
         contributions  for the three years  ended April 30, 1997 were  $27,000,
         $17,000 and $15,000, respectively.

         The Datatec  Industries,  Inc.  401(k)  Savings Plan requires a minimum
         contribution  of 1% of the  gross  earning  and no more than 15% of the
         gross  earnings up to the maximum  allowed by the IRS. The Datatec plan
         does not match any of the employee's contributions.

(11)     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         The Company leases sales offices and warehouse  facilities from related
         and unrelated  parties  throughout  the United  States and Canada.  The
         minimum annual rentals for future years are as follows:

                                       45

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   (in thousands)

      TWELVE MONTH PERIOD              Related                                    Sublease
         ENDING APRIL                   Party                Other                 Income                  Net
- -------------------------------      ------------      ------------------     -----------------       --------------

<S>          <C>                      <C>              <C>                    <C>                     <C>
             1998                     $    545         $  1,059               $     (404)             $  1,200
             1999                          545              984                     (453)                1,076
             2000                          545              801                     (372)                  974
             2001                          545              449                     (270)                  724
             2002                          545              333                     (210)                  668
          Thereafter                     3,818              423                      (18)                4,223
</TABLE>

         Rent expense was  $1,194,000,  $1,785,000  and $1,713,000 for the years
         ended April 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

         The Company has one-year lease  commitments  for its fleet of vehicles.
         Lease expense  related to these  vehicles was $943,000,  $1,155,000 and
         $1,347,000  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  1995,  1996  and  1997,
         respectively.  The  leases  expire  throughout  the year,  most with an
         option for renewal. Future commitments are not reflected in the amounts
         above but are expected to approximate the 1997 expense.

         The Company has entered into  employment  agreements  with thirteen key
         employees.  These agreements  provide for an aggregate annual salary of
         $2,400,000,  increased  annually  by  the  percentage  increase  in the
         consumer  price index.  The  agreements  are  generally  three years in
         duration and begin to expire through April 2001.

         The Company,  from time to time, is involved in routine  litigation and
         various legal matters in the ordinary  course of business.  The Company
         does not expect that the ultimate  outcome of this litigation will have
         a material  adverse  effect on the results of  operations  or financial
         position.

(12)     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK:

         The  Company's  financial   instruments  subject  to  credit  risk  are
         primarily trade accounts  receivable.  Generally,  the Company does not
         require  collateral or other security to support customer  receivables.
         At April 30, 1996, the Company's  customers  were primarily  within the
         continental   United   States  and   Canada.   Customers   representing
         approximately 57% of the Company's revenues are in the retail industry.

                                       46

<PAGE>
         In the year ended April 30, 1995, 2 customers had sales of  $9,200,000,
         $6,500,000, for the year ended April 30, 1996, 2 customers had sales of
         $5,000,000,  $4,700,000, for the year ended April 30, 1997, 2 customers
         had sales of $7,000,000, $6,000,000.

(13)     RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS:

         In April 1996, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $6,756,000
         relating to reducing  costs and  improving  the  Company's  efficiency.
         These charges included in selling,  general and administration  expense
         and  included  $2,049,000  in  noncash  write-downs  of  certain of the
         Company's long-lived assets based upon the criteria described in Note 1
         as well as the  establishment  of  $4,707,000  of accrued  liabilities,
         which  included  $1,984,000  of projected  cash  outflows for personnel
         severance and facilities consolidation plans.

(14)     RECAPITALIZATION

         In  January  1996,  the  Company  was  reincorporated  in the  State of
         Delaware and each outstanding share of the old California  Corporation,
         no par value  common  stock,  was  converted  into one share of the new
         Delaware Corporation $.001 par value common stock. This change resulted
         in the transfer of $20,000 from the additional  paid-in capital account
         to the common stock account.  In conjunction with the  reincorporation,
         the Company  increased  the  authorized  common  stock from  21,000,000
         shares to 34,000,000 shares.

                                       47

<PAGE>

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                 SCHEDULE II, VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Balance,           Charges to
                                               beginning           cost and                                     Balance, end of
                                               of period           expenses                Deductions               period
                                             -------------      ---------------         -----------------     -------------------
<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                     <C>                       <C>      
Year ended April 30, 1997
Allowance for doubtful accounts                  $ 538,000            $ 163,000               $ (181,000)               $ 520,000

Year ended April 30, 1996
Allowance for doubtful accounts                    456,000              542,000                 (460,000)                 538,000

Year ended April 30, 1995
Allowance for doubtful accounts                    208,000              252,000                   (4,000)                 456,000
</TABLE>
 .






                                       48

<PAGE>


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.






                                       49

<PAGE>
                                    PART III


ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The  directors and  executive  officers of the Company,  their ages and
present positions with the Company are as follows:


      NAME             Age   POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
      ----                   -------------------------
Ralph Glasgal          64    Chairman of the Board and President
Isaac J. Gaon          48    Director and Chief Executive Officer
Christopher J. Carey   45    Director and Chief Executive Officer of Datatec
Robert F. Gadd         35    Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
James M. Caci          32    Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
Dr. David Milch        42    Director
Robert H. Friedman     44    Director
Joseph M. Salvani      40    Director
Maurice Kulik          58    Director
Thomas J. Berry        72    Director

         The  directors  are elected for one year terms which expire at the next
annual meeting of shareholders.  Executive  officers are elected annually by the
Board of Directors to hold office until the first meeting of the Board following
the next annual meeting of  shareholders  and until their  successors  have been
elected and qualified.

         The following is a brief summary of the background of each director and
executive officer of the Company.

         RALPH  GLASGAL,  Director,  Chairman of the Board and  President,  with
degrees  in  Engineering  Physics  and  Electrical   Engineering,   founded  the
Predecessor  in  1975 as a  distributor  of data  communications  equipment  and
services.  Prior to 1975 he held various engineering positions with RCA, Siemens
and  Timeplex.  He is the author of  numerous  articles  and three books on data
communications.

                                       50

<PAGE>
         ISAAC J.  GAON,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Director,  joined  the
Predecessor in April 1992. He served as Chief Financial  Officer from April 1992
until  October  1994.  Prior to joining  the  Predecessor,  Mr. Gaon served as a
consultant to the Predecessor, developing the strategic plan and financial model
for the Predecessor's  nationwide enterprise networking strategy. From September
1987 to December 1991, Mr. Gaon, a chartered accountant, served as President and
Chief Executive  Officer of Toronto-based  NRG, Inc., (a subsidiary of Gestetner
International)  an  office  equipment  supplier,   and  in  several  key  senior
management roles within Gestetner Canada and Gestetner USA.

         CHRISTOPHER  J.  CAREY,  Director  since  November  1,  1996,  is Chief
Executive  Officer and founder of Datatec.  Mr.  Carey,  a graduate of Princeton
University,  led  a  management  buy-  out  of  a  data  communications  network
installation  company  and  founded  Datatec  in  1976.  In 20 years  under  his
leadership,  Datatec grew from $480,000 in sales and 9 employees to  $65,000,000
in sales and 500 employees in 1996. In October 1996, Datatec merged with Glasgal
Communications,  Inc. Datatec's unique line of products and services,  have been
extolled in various  publications,  including INC.  magazine,  FORBES,  THE WALL
STREET JOURNAL,  and BUSINESS WEEK. Mr. Carey was selected by NEW JERSEY MONTHLY
magazine as Entrepreneurial Leader of the Year.

         ROBERT F. GADD,  Senior Vice  President and Chief  Technology  Officer,
joined  the  Company  in April  1992.  Mr.  Gadd has  been the  Company's  Chief
Technology Officer since November 1996. From August 1992 until November 1996 Mr.
Gadd was the Vice  President of the  Company's  Federal and  Enterprise  Systems
group.  Mr. Gadd served as Director of Technical  Operations of the Company from
April 1992 until August  1992.  Prior to joining the  Predecessor,  Mr. Gadd was
co-founder  of  Automation   Partners   International,   Inc.  ("API"),   a  San
Francisco-based  systems  integration firm which has provided open  architecture
solutions to the legal industry  since 1986.  Prior to API, Mr. Gadd had his own
automation consulting firm and specialized in developing integrated solutions to
meeting  specific  objectives  in a variety of business  disciplines,  including
political campaigns, oil and gas, real estate, and banking.

         JAMES M. CACI, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, joined
the Company in October  1994.  Mr. Caci has been the Company's  Chief  Financial
Officer since October 1994 and the Company's  Secretary and Treasurer since June
1995.  From  April 1994 to October  1994 Mr.  Caci was a manager in the  finance
department  of Merck & Co.,  and from  July  1986 to April  1994,  Mr.  Caci was
associated  with the  accounting  firm of Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  most  recently
holding the position of Manager.

                                       51

<PAGE>

         DR. DAVID MILCH,  Director  since  October 3, 1996 has been a principal
and officer of Bermil Industries  Corporation,  a closely held business owned by
the Milch family,  since 1983. Bermil, with annual sales over $50,000,000,  is a
diversified  company  involved  in  the  manufacture,   sale,   financing,   and
distribution  of capital  equipment,  and in real estate  development.  In 1989,
after the sale of a portion of Bermil Industries Corporation to a public company
in  1988,  Dr.  Milch  formed  Davco  Consultants,   Inc.  for  the  purpose  of
identifying,   advising,   and   investing  in   interesting   emerging   growth
technologies. Dr. Milch is also a registered New York State Physician.

         ROBERT H. FRIEDMAN, Director since August 1994, has been a partner with
Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig, a New York City law firm, since August 1992.
Prior to that time and since September 1983 he was associated with Cahill Gordon
& Reindel,  also a New York City law firm. Mr. Friedman specializes in corporate
and securities law matters.

         JOSEPH M. SALVANI,  Director  since August 1994, has been the President
of Salvani  Investments,  Inc.,  an  investment  and  consulting  firm that is a
consultant to Brookehill Equities, Inc. since 1991. Mr. Salvani was a registered
broker with  Brookehill  Equities,  Inc. from March 1991 to July 1992. From July
1989 through 1991, he was a founder,  general  partner and Hedge Fund Manager of
EGS Associates,  LP, a private  investment limited  partnership.  He served as a
general partner of Steinhardt Partners from October 1986 until April 1989 and as
a general partner of Institutional Partners, LP from January 1987 to April 1989.
He began his career in 1981 as an analyst with Goldman,  Sachs & Co. Mr. Salvani
is a graduate of Rutgers College with Bachelor of Science degrees in Accounting,
Economics and Finance. He also holds a Masters Degree in Business Administration
from Columbia University.  Mr. Salvani is Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer of Direct Connect  International  Inc. ("DCI"), a Nasdaq
traded company and a director of Medicis Pharmaceutical,  Inc., a pharmaceutical
company.

         MAURICE  KULIK,  Director  since October 1994, is also Chief  Executive
Officer and  President  of Signatel  which he founded in 1977.  Prior to 1977 he
held various engineering,  sales and marketing management positions with ATELCO,
ROR Associates,  Beckman  Instruments and  SPERRY/UNIVAC.  From 1985 to 1989 Mr.
Kulik also served as President,  Chief  Executive  Officer and Director of Black
Box Canada  Corporation,  a joint venture corporation with Black Box Corporation
of  Pittsburgh,  PA. Mr.  Kulik  currently  oversees  Signatel's  financial  and
strategic planning as well as its marketing and sales management functions.

         THOMAS J. BERRY,  Director since July 1995, is currently  retired.  Mr.
Berry was an  executive  with the U.S.  Postal  Service  from  November  1986 to
December 1992, serving as executive assistant to the Postmaster  General.  Prior
to that time and until November 1986, Mr. Berry held various executive positions
at AT&T.  Mr. Berry is a director of Computer  Horizons  Corp.,  a Nasdaq traded
company.

                                       52

<PAGE>

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

         Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,
requires the Company's directors, and persons who own more than ten percent of a
registered  class  of the  Company's  equity  securities,  to  file  reports  of
ownership and changes in ownership with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the   "Commission").   Officers,   directors   and  greater  than  ten  percent
stockholders are required by the Commission's regulations to furnish the Company
with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

         Each of the  following  persons  failed  to file on a timely  basis one
report for a single  transaction  required  by Section  16(a) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  (the "Exchange  Act"),  during the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997:
James Caci and Isaac Gaon.  Christopher  Carey  failed to file on a timely basis
two reports covering  transactions required by section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
during the fiscal year ended April 30,1 997.  Ralph Glasgal  failed to file on a
timely basis four reports covering transactions required by Section 16(a) of the
Exchange  Act  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  1997.  Each  of the
transactions for the above named individuals were  subsequently  reported to the
Commission on a Form 4.

                                       53

<PAGE>

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following  table sets forth  information  for the years ended April
30, 1995,  1996 and 1997 with respect to annual and long-term  compensation  for
services in all  capacities to the Company of (i) the chief  executive  officer,
and (ii) the other  four  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers  of the
Company at April 30, 1997 who received  compensation of at least $100,000 during
fiscal year ended April 30, 1997 (collectively, the "Named Officers").

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION                   LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                         -------------------                   ----------------------
                                                                                               AWARDS         PAYOUTS
                                                                                               ------         -------
                                                                                                Stock        LONG-TERM
                                                                                               Options       INCENTIVE
             Name and position                  Year             Salary           Bonus         (SHARES)       PAYMENTS

             -----------------                  ----             ------           -----         --------       --------
<S>                                             <C>               <C>          <C>               <C>         <C>
Ralph Glasgal(1)                                1997              $250,000       --                    --        --
     Chairman of the Board and President        1996               250,000     $74,800                 --        --
                                                1995(1)             26,700       --                    --        --

Isaac Gaon                                      1997              $250,000       --               350,000
     Chief Executive Officer                    1996              $204,800       --               108,821        --
                                                1995               192,300       --                90,000        --

Robert Gadd                                     1997              $155,000       --                    --        --
     Chief Technology Officer                   1996               136,433     $22,500            103,985        --
                                                1995               113,900       --                60,000        --

Christopher Carey                               1997              $345,000     $95,000            120,353        --
     Chief Executive Officer - Datatec          1996               416,000       --                    --        --
                                                1995               416,000       --                    --        --

James M. Caci                                   1997              $128,100       --               175,000        --
     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer ,       1996               100,000       --                43,528        --
Secretary
                                                1995(2)             40,000       --                52,000        --
</TABLE>

(1)      During  1995  Mr.  Glasgal  spent  the  majority  of his  time  pursing
         interests  outside  of the  Company.  Mr.  Glasgal  contributed  to the
         Company  442,478  shares  of  Common  Stock  in  consideration  for the
         cancellation  by the Company of the $476,000  owed as of April 30, 1995
         by Mr.  Glasgal to the  Company.  Mr.  Glasgal is  currently  receiving
         salary  compensation of $250,000 per year. Mr. Glasgal may also receive
         a bonus at the  discretion  of, and to be  determined  by, the Board of
         Directors.

(2)      Mr. Caci joined the  Company on October 31,  1994,  the salary for 1995
         represents six months.

                                       54

<PAGE>

STOCK OPTION TABLE

         The following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  stock
option  grants made to each of the Named  Officers  during the fiscal year ended
April 30, 1997,


                      OPTIONS GRANTED IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                 APRIL 30, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          
                                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                          POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                               -----------------                          AT ASSUMED RATES OF ANNUAL
                           Shares of         % of Total       Exercise                       RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                         Common Stock      Options Granted     or Base                    APPRECIATION FOR OPTION (1)
                          Underlying       to Employees in      Price                     ---------------------------
        NAME                Granted          Fiscal Year       ($/Sh)     Expiration Date      5%          10%
        ----                -------          -----------       ------     ---------------      --          ---

<S>                       <C>                    <C>          <C>     <C>                 <C>           <C>
Ralph Glasgal                  --                  --           --         --              --             --
Isaac J. Gaon             350,000                15.1         $5.25   October 31, 2006    $1,155,594    $2,928,502
Robert Gadd                    --                  --           --         --                --           --
Christopher Carey         120,353                 5.2          3.19   April 15, 2007         241,260       611,400
James M. Caci             175,000                 7.5          5.25    October 31, 2006      577,797     1,464,251
</TABLE>

 (1)     The potential  realizable  portion of the foregoing  table  illustrates
         value that might be realized upon exercise of options immediately prior
         to the expiration of their term,  assuming (for  illustrative  purposes
         only) the specified  compounded  rates of appreciation on the Company's
         Common  Stock over the term of the  option.  These  numbers do not take
         into  account  provisions  providing  for  termination  of  the  option
         following  termination of employment,  nontransferability or difference
         in vesting periods.

                                       55

<PAGE>

AGGREGATED  OPTION  EXERCISES  IN LAST  FISCAL  YEAR AND FISCAL  YEAR END OPTION
VALUES

         The  following  table  sets forth  information  as to each of the named
officers concerning  exercises of options during the fiscal year ended April 30,
1997 and unexercised stock options held as of April 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Value Realized
                                      (Market Price at
                    Shares Acquired    Exercise less     Number of Unexercised Options Held at  Value of Unexercised In-The-Money
                     on Exercise      Exercise Price)             April 30, 1997                 Options at April 30, 1997(1)
                    --------------    ---------------    --------------------------------       ------------------------------

      Name                                                Exercisable         Unexercisable        Exercisable        Unexercisable
      ----                                                -----------         -------------        -----------        -------------
<S>                      <C>               <C>             <C>                  <C>               <C>                 <C>   
Ralph Glasgal             --               $ --                 --                   --      $           --      $        --

Isaac J. Gaon             --                 --            708,185              335,881           1,744,300           94,460
Robert Gadd               --                 --            371,809               89,323           1,060,706           72,929
Christopher Carey         --                 --                 --              120,353                  --            7,221
James M. Caci             --                 --            128,843              145,685             110,892           13,784
</TABLE>

(1)      Assuming  a price of $3.25  per share of  Common  Stock,  which was the
         closing bid price per share as of April 30, 1997.


         The value of personal  benefits for  executive  officers of the Company
during  the fiscal  year ended  April 30,  1997 that  might be  attributable  to
management as executive fringe benefits such as automobiles and club dues cannot
be specifically or precisely  determined;  however,  it would not exceed 10% for
any  individual  named  above or,  with  respect to the group,  would not in the
aggregate exceed 10% of the compensation reported above.

DIRECTORS COMPENSATION

         Each director who is not an employee of the Company  receives an annual
grant of options to  purchase  24,000  shares of Common  Stock  pursuant  to the
Directors  Plan at an exercise  price equal to fair market  value on the date of
grant and a fee of $1,000 per meeting attended.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

         Isaac  Gaon is  employed  as the Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Glasgal
pursuant to an  employment  agreement  dated as of October 31, 1996,  for a term
ending on October 31, 1999. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of
US$250,000 annually and incentive compensation based on achieving Projected EBIT
(as defined in the agreement).  In the event of his  disability,  Mr. Gaon is to
receive  the full  amount of his base  salary for six  months.  Upon a change of
control of the Company that  results in Mr.  Gaon's  removal from the  Company's
Board of Directors,  a significant change in the conditions of his employment or
other breach of the agreement, he is to receive liquidated damages equal to 2.99
times the "base amount",  as defined in the United States Internal  Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), of his compensation.

         Effective  as  of  October  31,  1996,  the  Company  entered  into  an
employment agreement with James Caci on terms substantially  similar to those of
Isaac Gaon's

                                       56

<PAGE>

employment  agreement.  Mr. Caci's agreement  provides for his employment by the
Company as its Chief  Financial  Officer at an initial base salary of US$150,000
annually.

         The Company  entered into an Employment  Agreement dated as of December
31,  1996 with  Robert  Gadd on terms  substantially  similar  to those of Isaac
Gaon's employment agreement. Mr. Gadd's agreement provides for his employment by
the Company as its Senior Vice President at an initial base salary of US$155,000
annually. The agreement has a term ending on December 31, 1999.

         The Company  entered into an Employment  Agreement dated as of December
31, 1996 with Ralph  Glasgal  under which Mr.  Glasgal  serves as the  Company's
Chairman of the Board and  President for a term ending on October 31, 1997 or at
such earlier date upon 6 months  written  notice.  The agreement  provides for a
base salary of US$250,000 annually.

         The Company  entered into an Employment and  Non-Competition  Agreement
dated November 1, 1996 with Christopher J. Carey under which Mr. Carey serves as
the Chief  Executive  Officer of Datatec  Industries  Inc.  for a term ending on
October  31,  1999.  The  agreement  provides  for an  initial  base  salary  of
US$250,000  annually  and  non-discretionary  incentive  compensation  based  on
achieving  performance goals. The agreement contains convanents  restricting Mr.
Carey's  ability to engage in activities  competitive  with those of the Company
for a period ending three years after his termination.

         Effective  as  of  November  1,  1996,  the  Company  entered  into  an
Employment  Agreement  with  Raymond R. Koch on terms  substantially  similar to
those of Christopher Carey's employment agreement. Mr. Koch's agreement provides
for his  employment  by the  Company as the Chief  Operating  Officer of Datatec
Industries Inc. at an initial base salary of US$250,000 annually.

         The Company has entered  into an  Employment  Agreement  with Mr. Kulik
pursuant to which he is employed  full-time as the Chief  Executive  Officer and
President of Signatel Ltd., the Company's Canadian subsidiary commencing October
28, 1994 and until  terminated  in  accordance  with the  agreement.  Mr.  Kulik
receives an annual base salary of $115,000; provided that the base salary shall,
at a minimum,  be increased  after each 12 months of  employment by a percentage
equal to the percentage  increase in the Consumer Price Index over such 12 month
period,  with the  increased  amount to remain in effect  for the next 12- month
period.

                                       57

<PAGE>

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The following table sets forth information  concerning ownership of the
Common Stock  outstanding  as of July 31, 1997,  by (i) each person known by the
Company  to be the  beneficial  owner  of more  than  five  percent  (5%) of the
Company's Common Stock, (ii) each director, (iii) each of the executive officers
named in the summary  compensation table, and (iv) by all executive officers and
directors of the Company as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


     NAME AND ADDRESS OF              Amount of Shares          
     BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)           Beneficially Owned (2)       Percent of Class
- -----------------------------      ----------------------      -------------------


<S>                                          <C>                             <C>  
Ralph Glasgal                                4,906,387(3)                    20.7%

Isaac Gaon                                     714,003(4)                     2.9%

Robert F. Gadd                                 479,566(5)                     2.0%

Christopher J. Carey                         3,612,036(6)                    15.2%

James M. Caci                                  112,000(7)                        *

Robert H. Friedman                              55,146(8)                        *
  505 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10022

Joseph Salvani                                  40,000(9)                        *
  4800 Highway A-1-A
  Vero Beach, FL   32963

Maurice Kulik                                 457,636(10)                     1.9%

Thomas Berry(11)                               24,000(11)                        *

David Milch                                       344,505                     1.5%

All directors and officers as a
group (10 persons)                         10,608,011(12)                    42.0%
</TABLE>

* Less than 1%


(1)      Unless   otherwise   indicated,   all   addresses   are   c/o   Glasgal
         Communications, Inc., 20C Commerce Way, Totowa, New Jersey 07512.

(2)      Beneficial  ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3
         under the Exchange Act ("Rule 13d-3") and unless  otherwise  indicated,
         represents  shares for which the  beneficial  owner has sole voting and
         investment  power.  The percentage of class is calculated in accordance
         with Rule 13d-3 and includes options or other rights to subscribe which
         are exercisable within sixty (60) days of July 31, 1997.

(3)      Mr.  Glasgal's  beneficial  ownership  includes  (i) 146,752  shares of
         Common Stock owned by Ralph  Glasgal's  wife and (ii) 917,306 shares of
         Common Stock owned by Direct Connect  International  Inc. ("DCI") which
         Ralph Glasgal has the right to vote pursuant to a voting agreement with
         DCI.

                                       58

<PAGE>

(4)      Mr. Gaon's beneficial  ownership  includes options  exercisable  within
         sixty (60) days from July 31,  1997 to purchase  (i) 495,245  shares of
         Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $.005 per  share,  (ii)  90,000
         shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $1.25 per share,  (iii)
         62,879 shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $2.775 per share
         (includes  options to purchase  26,605  shares of Common  Stock held by
         Ralph  Glasgal),  and (iv) 62,879 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
         price of $3.50 per share (includes options to purchase 26,605 shares of
         Common Stock held by Ralph Glasgal).

(5)      Mr. Gadd's beneficial  ownership  includes options  exercisable  within
         sixty (60) days from July 31,  1997 to purchase  (i) 297,166  shares of
         Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $.005 per  share,  (ii)  60,000
         shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $1.25 per share,  (iii)
         61,200 shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $2.775 per share
         (includes  options to purchase  26,538  shares of Common  Stock held by
         Ralph  Glasgal),  and (iv) 61,200 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
         price of $3.50 per share (includes  options to purchase 26,538 share of
         Common Stock held by Ralph Glasgal.

(6)      Mr. Carey's beneficial  ownership includes (i) 118,518 shares of Common
         Stock owned by Mary Carey, Mr. Carey's wife, (ii) 96,296 shares held by
         Amy Carey GRAT, a trust formed for the benefit of Mr. Carey's daughter,
         and (iii) 96,296 shares held by Christopher  Carey GRAT, a trust formed
         for the benefit of Mr. Carey's son.

(7)      Mr. Caci's beneficial  ownership  includes options  exercisable  within
         sixty (60) days from July 31,  1997 to  purchase  (i) 52,000  shares of
         Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $1.25 per  share,  (ii)  30,000
         shares  of  Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of  $2.775  per  share
         (includes  options to purchase  15,491  shares of Common  Stock held by
         Ralph Glasgal),  and (iii) 30,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
         price of $3.50 per share (includes options to purchase 15,491 shares of
         Common Stock held by Ralph Glasgal).

(8)      Mr. Friedman's  beneficial  ownership  includes options exercise within
         sixty (60) days from July 31,  1997 to  purchase  (i) 24,000  shares of
         Common Stock at an exercise  price of $1.25 per share,  and (ii) 16,000
         shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.525 per share.

(9)      Mr. Salvani's  beneficial ownership includes options exercisable within
         sixty  (60) days of July 31,  1997 to  purchase  (i)  24,000  shares of
         Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $1.25 per share and (ii) 16,000
         shares of Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $2.525 per share.  Mr.
         Salvani  is also the  Chairman  of the Board of DCI but has no power to
         direct DCI's voting or disposition of its interest in the Company. Thus
         the shares of the Company's Common Stock owned by DCI are not deemed to
         be attributable to Mr. Salvani.

                                       59

<PAGE>

(10)     Mr. Kulik's beneficial  ownership  includes options  exercisable within
         sixty (60) days of July 31, 1997 to purchase  203,636  shares of Common
         Stock at an exercise price of $1.75 per share.

(11)     Mr. Berry's beneficial  ownership  includes options  exercisable within
         sixty days of July 31, 1997 to purchase  24,000  shares of Common Stock
         at an exercise price of $2.775 per share.

(12)     Includes (i) options  exercisable  within (60) days of July 31, 1997 to
         purchase an aggregate  of 1,556,770  shares of Common Stock held by the
         directors and executive  officers of the Company  (excludes  options to
         purchase  137,268  shares  of Common  Stock  already  counted  as being
         beneficially  owned by Ralph Glasgal) and (ii) 917,306 shares of Common
         Stock owned by DCI which Ralph  Glasgal has the right to vote  pursuant
         to a voting agreement with DCI.



                                       60


<PAGE>

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         The Company has entered into a common  stock  purchase  agreement  (the
"DCI  Agreement")  with DCI, a principal  shareholder of the Company,  governing
certain  equity  investments  which DCI has made,  and in the future  intends to
make, in the Company's Common Stock.  Pursuant to the DCI Agreement,  in January
1994 DCI converted $1.9 million of outstanding  indebtedness of the Company owed
to DCI into equity of the Company (the "DCI Conversion").  In addition,  the DCI
Agreement  gives the Company the right to require DCI to purchase an  additional
number of shares of Common Stock equal to 13.5% of the outstanding shares on the
date of the  agreement  (the  "Additional  Share")  for an  aggregate  of  $8.75
million,   less  certain  warrant   solicitation   fees  (the   "Additional  DCI
Investment").  The Company may require  this  purchase  if, and then only to the
extent,  that DCI receives  proceeds  from the exercise of certain  existing DCI
warrants.  DCI has the right to retain the first  $500,000 of warrant  proceeds;
however,  such amount must be used by DCI to purchase  shares of Common Stock if
the  aggregate  amount of warrant  proceeds  applied to the  purchase  of Common
Stock,  after the earlier of the  expiration  or exercise of all  warrants or 24
months after the  effectiveness of the registration  statement  covering the DCI
common stock underlying the warrants,  is less than $8.4 million. If the Company
does not require the Additional DCI Investment,  DCI may still purchase,  on the
same terms, up to one-half of the Additional Shares.

         During the year ending April 30, 1997, the company  loaned  $410,000 to
certain executive  officers of the Company.  These loans bear interest at 8% per
annum.  Two of  these  loans,  representing  $210,000,  are  repayable  with the
proceeds from the future exercise of stock options of these  executives.  All of
these loans mature on December 31,1999.

         In January 1997,  and pursuant to a prior  agreement  between  Glasgal,
Datatec,  Datatec's  previous  lender and an affiliated  company of the majority
shareholder  of Datatec,  prior to the  acquisition  of Datatec by Glasgal,  the
affiliated company loaned the Company approximately  $1,660,000.  The loan bears
interest at 12.5% per annum with interest payable monthly. The principal balance
of the loan is due in January 1999. In consideration for subordinating this loan
to the Company's credit facility,  the affiliated company was granted options to
purchase  30,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share,
which was the market value at that time.

         In June 1997, the Company's  Chairman  purchased  160,000 shares of the
Company's  common stock,  in a private  placement  offering,  for $620,000.  The
proceeds from this offering are being used for working capital purposes.

                           RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         Pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated July 10,  1997,  Direct
Connect  International Inc. ("DCI") purchased 130,000 shares of Common Stock for
an aggregate  purchase  price of  $500,000.  Joseph  Salvani,  a director of the
Company,  is also Chairman of the Board of DCI.  Pursuant to the agreement,  the
Company  terminated a prior  obligation of DCI to transfer to the Company,  at a
price of $3.00 per share,  200,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock in the
event  that the  Company  does not  receive  $8.25  million  from the  Purchaser
pursuant to the terms of a certain Common Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated as of
January 7, 1994 (the "1994 Agreement") prior to October 10, 1997.

         Pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated July 25,  1997,  Direct
Connect  International  Inc. ("DCI")  purchased an additional  350,000 shares of
Common Stock for an aggregate  purchase price of $1,356,250.  In connection with
the  transaction,  the parties  amended  Section 3.2(b) of the 1994 Agreement to
increase  DCI's  conditional  right to purchase  shares of the Company's  Common
Stock to 1,207,239 shares (the "Call Shares") at  approximately  $6.54 per share
on the terms and conditions set forth in the 1994 Agreement.  The 1994 Agreement
provides the Company with an equivalent  right to sell such shares to DCI on the
terms and  conditions  set forth  therein.  DCI has also  agreed to suspend  the
Company's  obligation  to issue the Call  Shares  until such time as the Company
amends its charter to increase its authorized Common Stock.



                                       61

<PAGE>

                                     PART IV


ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS OF FORM 8-K

         (a)(1) The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item
                8:

                CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                Reports of Independent Public Accountants
                Financial Statements:
                Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 1996 and 1997
                Consolidated  Statements of Operations for the years ended April
                30, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
                Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Shareholders'  Equity
                (Deficit) for the years ended April 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
                Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April
                30,  1995,  1997  and  1997.  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
                Statements

            (2) The following financial statement schedules are included in this
                Form 10-K report:

                 Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

                  All other schedules are omitted because they are not required,
                  are inapplicable, or the information is otherwise shown in the
                  financial statements or notes thereto.

         (b)  Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter of 1997:
                  None

         (c)  Exhibits:
                  EXHIBIT #

                  3.1      Articles   of   Incorporation   of  the  Company  (as
                           amended), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
                           the  Company's  Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended
                           April 30.1996.

                  3.2      Bylaws of the Company,  incorporated  by reference to
                           Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal
                           year ended April 30, 1996.

                                       62

<PAGE>

                  4.1      Specimen  Common Stock  Certificate,  incorporated by
                           reference to the Company's  registration statement on
                           Form  S-3  (File  No.   333-03414)   filed  with  the
                           Commission on April 8, 1996.

                  4.2      Specimen   Warrant   Certificate,   incorporated   by
                           reference to the Company's  registration statement on
                           Form  S-1  (File  No.   33-93470)   filed   with  the
                           Commission on June 14, 1995.

                 *4.3      Form of Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrant  dated as of
                           January 27, 1997 in favor of Southbrook International
                           Investments.

                 10.1      1990  Stock   Option   Plan,   as  amended  to  date,
                           incorporated    by   reference   to   the   Company's
                           registration   statement   on  Form  S-8   (File  No.
                           333-08381)  filed  with  the  Commission  on June 18,
                           1996.

                 10.2      1993  Consultant  Stock Option Plan,  incorporated by
                           reference to the Company's  registration statement on
                           Form  S-1  (File  No.   33-93470)   filed   with  the
                           Commission on June 14, 1995.

                 10.3      1995  Director's  Stock Option Plan,  incorporated by
                           reference to the Company's  registration statement on
                           Form  S-1  (File  No.   33-93470)   filed   with  the
                           Commission on June 14, 1995.

                 10.4      1996  Employee  and  Consultant  Stock  Option  Plan,
                           incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.8  to the
                           Company's  Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended April
                           30, 1996.

                  *10.5    1996 Stock Option Conversion Plan

                  *10.6    Senior Executive Stock Option Plan

                *10.7      Employment  Agreement dated December 31, 1996 between
                           the Company and Ralph Glasgal.

                *10.8      Employment  Agreement  dated October 31, 1996 between
                           the Company and Isaac Gaon.

                *10.9      Employment  Agreement  dated October 31, 1996 between
                           the Company and James Caci.

                *10.10     Employment  Agreement  dated October 31, 1996 between
                           the Company and Robert Gadd.

                *10.11     Employment  and   Non-Competition   Agreement   dated
                           November 1, 1996 between the Company and  Christopher
                           J. Carey.

                                       63

<PAGE>

                *10.12     Employment  and   Non-Competition   Agreement   dated
                           November  1, 1996  between  the  Company  and Raymond
                           Koch.

                *10.13     Employment Agreement dated April 24, 1996 between the
                           Company,  Computer-Aided  Software Integration,  Inc.
                           and David Tobey.

                  10.14    Employment  Agreement  dated October 28, 1994 between
                           the  Company,   Signatel,  Ltd.  and  Maurice  Kulik,
                           incorporated    by   reference   to   the   Company's
                           registration   statement   on  Form  S-1   (File  No.
                           33-93470) filed with the Commission on June 14, 1995.

                 *10.15    Employment  Agreement dated July 31, 1996 between the
                           Company and HH Communications, Inc. and Frank Frazel.

                 *10.16    Employment  Agreement dated July 31, 1996 between the
                           Company, HH Communications and Steven Grubner.

                 *10.17    Employment  Agreement dated July 31, 1996 between the
                           Company, HH Communications, Inc. and Mark Herzog.

                 *10.18    Employment  Agreement dated July 31, 1996 between the
                           Company, HH Communications, Inc. and George Terlizzi.

                  10.19    Warrant Agreement between  Continental Stock Transfer
                           &  Trust  Co.  and  the  Company,   incorporated   by
                           reference to the Company's  registration statement on
                           Form  S-1  (File  No.   33-93470)   filed   with  the
                           Commission on June 14, 1995. *10.20 Loan and Security
                           Agreement  dated March 17,  1997  between the Company
                           and Finova Capital Corporation.

                  10.21    Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of February  15,
                           1996 by and among  the  Company,  David H.  Tobey and
                           Computer-Aided     Software    Integration,     Inc.,
                           incorporated    by   reference   to   the   Company's
                           registration   statement   on  Form  S-3   (File  No.
                           333-03414)  filed  with  the  Commission  on April 8,
                           1996.

                  10.22    Stockholders  Agreement  dated  April 24, 1996 by and
                           among the Company,  David H. Tobey and Computer-Aided
                           Software Integration, Inc., incorporated by reference
                           to Exhibit 10.20 to the  Company's  Form 10-K for the
                           fiscal year ended April 30, 1996.

                                       64

<PAGE>
                  10.23    Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 1996 by
                           and among Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.,  Francis J.
                           Frazel,  Stephen  M.  Grubner,  Mark  Herzog,  George
                           Terlizzi and HH Communications, Inc., incorporated by
                           reference  to  Exhibit  2 to the  Company's  Form 8-K
                           dated July 31, 1996.

                  10.24    Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 31, 1996
                           by and among Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.,  Datatec
                           Industries  Inc.  and  those  stockholders  listed on
                           Schedule  1.1 thereto,  incorporated  by reference to
                           Exhibit 2 to the Company's Form 8-K dated October 31,
                           1996.

                 *10.25    Notes  and  Warrant  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of
                           February  18,  1997,  by  and  between  the  Company,
                           Tinicum Investors and Frank Brosens (Exhibit A - Form
                           of  Convertible  Note,  Exhibit B - Form of  Warrant,
                           Exhibit C - Form of Conditional Warrant).

                   10.26   Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated
                           as of  September  30,  1996,  by and between  Glasgal
                           Communications,  Inc.  and  Southbrook  International
                           Investments,   Ltd.,  incorporated  by  reference  to
                           Exhibit  10.1  to  the   Company's   Form  8-K  dated
                           September 30, 1996.

                   10.27   Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated
                           as of  October  29,  1996,  by  and  between  Glasgal
                           Communications,  Inc.  and  Southbrook  International
                           Investments,   Ltd.,  incorporated  by  reference  to
                           Exhibit  10.2  to  the   Company's   Form  8-K  dated
                           September 30, 1996.

                  *10.29   Stock Purchase  Agreement dated July 10, 1997 between
                           Direct Connect International, Inc. and the Company.

                  *10.30   Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated July 25, 1997 by and
                           among the  Company  and the  Purchasers  lised on the
                           Signature Pages thereto.

                  *10.31   Letter  Agreement  dated July 25, 1997 between Direct
                           Connect International, Inc., and the Company.

                  *10.32   Stock Purchase  Agreement dated June 30, 1997 between
                           the Company and Ralph Glasgal.

                  *11.1    Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings

                  *21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company.

                  *23.1    Consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the
                           Company's  Registration  Statements  on Forms S-3 and
                           S-8 of the  report of Arthur  Andersen  LLP  included
                           herein.

                  *27.1    Financial Data Schedule

- ---------------------
*  Filed herewith


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Ace of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                              (Registrant)

Date: AUGUST 12, 1997                   By:/S/ ISAAC J. GAON
      ---------------                      -----------------


                                        Name: ISAAC J. GAON

                                        Title:CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         SIGNATURE                             TITLE                      DATE
         ---------                             -----                      ----

<S>                        <C>                                        <C>
/S/ RALPH GLASGAL
- ------------------         Chairman of the Board and President        August 12, 1997
Ralph Glasgal


/S/ ISAAC J. GAON 
- ------------------------   Chief Executive Officer and Director       August 12, 1997
Isaac J. Gaon              (principal executive officer)
                           Director


/S/ CHRISTOPHER J. CAREY
- ------------------------   Chief Executive Officer - Datatec          August 12, 1997
Christopher J. Carey       and Director



/S/ David Milch 
- ------------------------   Director                                   August 12, 1997
David Milch


- -----------------------
Joseph M. Salvani          Director                                   August 12, 1997


/S/ ROBERT H. FRIEDMAN
- -----------------------
Robert H. Friedman

/S/ MAURICE KULIK          Director                                   August 12, 1997
- -----------------------
Maurice Kulik


                           Director                                   August 12, 1997
- -----------------------
Thomas Berry

/S/ JAMES M. CACI
- ------------------------   Chief Financial Officer                    August 12, 1997
James M. Caci              (principal financial
                           and accounting officer)

</TABLE>


NEITHER THESE  SECURITIES  NOR THE  SECURITIES  INTO WHICH THESE  SECURITIES ARE
EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR
THE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  OF ANY STATE IN  RELIANCE  UPON AN  EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION  UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"),
AND,  ACCORDINGLY,  MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT  PURSUANT TO AN  EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN  AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  THEREUNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                           WARRANT (REPLACEMENT NO. 1)

                             Dated January 27, 1997


         GLASGAL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
hereby certifies that, for value received, Southbrook International Investments,
Ltd., or its registered assigns  ("Holder"),  is entitled,  subject to the terms
set forth below, to purchase from the Company up to a total of 175,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  par value $.001 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  of the Company
(each such share, a "Warrant Share" and all such shares,  the "Warrant  Shares")
at an exercise  price equal to $5.25 per share (as adjusted from time to time as
provided in Section 7, the "Exercise Price"),  at any time and from time to time
from and after  March 27,  1997 and until and  including  January  27, 2002 (the
"Expiration Date"), and subject to the following terms and conditions:

         1.  REGISTRATION  OF WARRANT.  The Company shall register this Warrant,
upon records to be  maintained  by the Company for that  purpose  (the  "Warrant
Register"),  in the name of the  record  Holder  hereof  from time to time.  The
Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute
owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise  hereof or any  distribution to the
Holder,  and for all other  purposes,  and the Company  shall not be affected by
notice to the contrary.

         2. REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.

                  (a) The Company shall  register the transfer of any portion of
this Warrant in the Warrant Register,  upon surrender of this Warrant,  with the
Form of Assignment


<PAGE>

attached  hereto duly  completed  and signed,  to the  Transfer  Agent or to the
Company at the office  specified in or pursuant to Section  3(b).  Upon any such
registration   or  transfer,   a  new  warrant  to  purchase  Common  Stock,  in
substantially the form of this Warrant (any such new warrant,  a "New Warrant"),
evidencing  the portion of this  Warrant so  transferred  shall be issued to the
transferee and a New Warrant  evidencing  the remaining  portion of this Warrant
not so transferred, if any, shall be issued to the transferring Holder.

                           (b) This Warrant is exchangeable,  upon the surrender
hereof by the Holder to the office of the  Company  specified  in or pursuant to
Section 3(b) for one or more New Warrants, evidencing in the aggregate the right
to purchase the number of Warrant Shares which may then be purchased  hereunder.
Any such New Warrant will be dated the date of such exchange.

         3. DURATION AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS.

                  (a) This Warrant shall be exercisable by the registered Holder
on any business day before 5:30 P.M.,  New York time,  at any time and from time
to time on or after the date hereof to and  including  the  Expiration  Date. At
5:30 P.M., New York time on the Expiration Date, the portion of this Warrant not
exercised prior thereto shall be and become void and of no value.

                  (b) Subject to Sections  2(b), 4 and 8, upon surrender of this
Warrant,  with the Form of Election to Purchase  attached  hereto duly completed
and signed, to the Company at its office at 151 Veterans Drive,  Northvale,  New
Jersey 07647,  Attention:  Chief Executive Officer,  or at such other address as
the  Company  may  specify in writing to the then  registered  Holder,  and upon
payment of the Exercise  Price  multiplied by the number of Warrant  Shares that
the Holder intends to purchase  hereunder,  in lawful money of the United States
of America,  in cash or by  certified or official  bank check or checks,  all as
specified by the Holder in the Form of Election to Purchase,  the Company  shall
promptly (but in no event later than 3 business days thereafter)  issue or cause
to be  issued  and cause to be  delivered  to or upon the  written  order of the
Holder and in such name or names as the Holder may designate,  a certificate for
the Warrant  Shares  issuable upon such exercise,  free of  restrictive  legends
other than as required by applicable law. Any person so designated by the Holder
to receive  Warrant  Shares  shall be deemed to have become  holder of record of
such Warrant Shares as of the Date of Exercise of this Warrant.

                  A "Date of Exercise" means the date on which the Company shall
have  received (i) this Warrant (or any New Warrant,  as  applicable),  with the
Form of Election to Purchase  attached  hereto (or attached to such New Warrant)
appropriately  completed and duly signed, and (ii) payment of the Exercise Price
for the  number  of  Warrant  Shares so  indicated  by the  holder  hereof to be
purchased.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
                  (c) This Warrant shall be exercisable,  either in its entirety
or, from time to time,  for a portion of the number of Warrant Shares so long as
at least 50,000 Warrant  Shares are purchased in any one exercise.  If less than
all of the  Warrant  Shares  which  may be  purchased  under  this  Warrant  are
exercised  at any time,  the Company  shall issue or cause to be issued,  at its
expense,  a New Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of
Warrant Shares for which no exercise has been evidenced by this Warrant.

         4. PAYMENT OF TAXES.  The Company will pay all documentary  stamp taxes
attributable  to the  issuance  of  Warrant  Shares  upon the  exercise  of this
Warrant;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall not be required to pay any
tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration
of any  certificates for Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder,
and the Company  shall not be required to issue or cause to be issued or deliver
or cause to be delivered the certificates for Warrant Shares unless or until the
person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company
the  amount of such tax or shall have  established  to the  satisfaction  of the
Company  that such tax has been paid.  The Holder shall be  responsible  for all
other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or  transferring  this
Warrant or receiving Warrant Shares upon exercise hereof.


         5. REPLACEMENT OF WARRANT.  If this Warrant is mutilated,  lost, stolen
or destroyed,  the Company may in its discretion  issue or cause to be issued in
exchange and substitution for and upon  cancellation  hereof,  or in lieu of and
substitution for this Warrant, a New Warrant,  but only upon receipt of evidence
reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company of such loss,  theft or destruction and
indemnity, if requested,  satisfactory to it. Applicants for a New Warrant under
such circumstances shall also comply with such other reasonable  regulations and
pay such other reasonable charges as the Company may prescribe.

         6. RESERVATION OF WARRANT SHARES. The Company covenants that it will at
all times reserve and keep  available out of the aggregate of its authorized but
unissued  Common  Stock,  solely for the purpose of enabling it to issue Warrant
Shares upon exercise of this Warrant as herein  provided,  the number of Warrant
Shares which are then issuable and deliverable  upon the exercise of this entire
Warrant,  free from preemptive  rights or any other actual  contingent  purchase
rights of persons  other than the Holders  (taking into account the  adjustments
and  restrictions  of Section 7). The Company  covenants that all Warrant Shares
that shall be so issuable and deliverable shall, upon issue, be duly and validly
authorized, issued and fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradeable.

         7. CERTAIN ADJUSTMENTS. The Exercise Price and number of Warrant Shares
issuable upon  exercise of this Warrant are subject to  adjustment  from time to
time as set forth in this Section 7. Upon each such  adjustment  of the Exercise
Price  pursuant  to this  Section 7, the Holder  shall  thereafter  prior to the
Expiration  Date be entitled to purchase,  at the Exercise Price  resulting from
such  adjustment,  the number of Warrant  Shares  obtained  by  multiplying  the
Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to such adjustment by the number of
Warrant Shares

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

issuable upon exercise of this Warrant  immediately prior to such adjustment and
dividing  the  product  thereof  by  the  Exercise  Price  resulting  from  such
adjustment.

                  (a)  If the  Company,  at  any  time  while  this  Warrant  is
outstanding,  (i) shall pay a stock dividend or otherwise make a distribution or
distributions on shares of its Junior Securities (as such term is defined in the
Debenture) payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide  outstanding shares
of Common Stock into a larger  number of shares,  or (iii)  combine  outstanding
shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price shall
be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock (excluding  treasury shares,  if any, but including  warrants or
options that would be included for purposes of determining earnings per share in
accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principals)  outstanding before
such event and of which the denominator  shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any, but including warrants or options that
would be included for purposes of  determining  earnings per share in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principals) outstanding after such event. Any
adjustment  made  pursuant to this Section  shall become  effective  immediately
after the record date for the determination of stockholders  entitled to receive
such dividend or distribution and shall become effective  immediately  after the
effective date in the case of a subdivision or  combination,  and shall apply to
successive subdivisions and combinations.

                  (b) In case of any  reclassification  of the Common Stock, any
consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another person,  the sale or
transfer  of  all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company  or any
compulsory  share exchange  pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted into
other  securities,  cash or  property,  then the  Holder  shall  have the  right
thereafter  to  exercise  this  Warrant  only into the shares of stock and other
securities  and  property  receivable  upon or deemed to be held by  holders  of
Common Stock  following  such  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,
transfer or share exchange,  and the Holder shall be entitled upon such event to
receive  such amount of  securities  or property  equal to the amount of Warrant
Shares such Holder would have been  entitled to had such Holder  exercised  this
Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale,
transfer or share exchange.  The terms of any such consolidation,  merger, sale,
transfer or share exchange shall include such terms so as to continue to give to
the Holder the right to receive the  securities  or  property  set forth in this
Section 7(b) upon any  exercise  following  such  consolidation,  merger,  sale,
transfer or share  exchange.  This provision shall similarly apply to successive
reclassifications, consolidations, mergers, sales, transfers or share exchanges.

                  (c)  If the  Company,  at  any  time  while  this  Warrant  is
outstanding, shall distribute to all holders of Common Stock (and not to holders
of this Warrant)  evidences of its  indebtedness or assets or rights or warrants
to  subscribe  for or purchase  any  security  (excluding  those  referred to in
Sections 7(a), (b) and (d)),  then in each such case the Exercise Price shall be
determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect  immediately prior to the
record date fixed for  determination  of  stockholders  entitled to receive such
distribution by a fraction of which the denominator  shall be the Exercise Price
determined  as of the record date  mentioned  above,  and of which the numerator
shall be such Exercise Price on such record date less the then

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

fair market  value at such record date of the portion of such assets or evidence
of  indebtedness so distributed  applicable to one  outstanding  share of Common
Stock as determined  by a nationally  recognized  or major  regional  investment
banking firm or firm of independent  certified public  accountants of recognized
standing (which may be the firm that regularly examines the financial statements
of the  Company)  (an  "APPRAISER")  selected  in good faith by the holders of a
majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding.

                  (d) If, at any time while this  Warrant  is  outstanding,  the
Company  shall  issue or cause to be issued  rights or  warrants  to  acquire or
otherwise  sell or  distribute  shares of Common  Stock to all holders of Common
Stock for a consideration per share less than the Exercise Price then in effect,
then,  forthwith upon such issue or sale, the Exercise Price shall be reduced to
the price  (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by dividing (i) an amount
equal  to the sum of (A) the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  prior to such issue or sale multiplied by the Exercise  Price,  and
(B) the  consideration,  if any, received or receivable by the Company upon such
issue or sale by (ii) the total  number of  shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately after such issue or sale.

                  (e) For the purposes of this Section 7, the following  clauses
shall also be applicable:

                         (i)  RECORD  DATE.  In case the  Company  shall  take a
record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling  them (A)
to  receive a  dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in Common  Stock or in
Convertible  Securities,  or (B) to  subscribe  for or purchase  Common Stock or
Convertible Securities,  then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of
the issue or sale of the shares of Common  Stock  deemed to have been  issued or
sold  upon  the  declaration  of such  dividend  or the  making  of  such  other
distribution  or the  date of the  granting  of such  right of  subscription  or
purchase, as the case may be.

                         (ii)  TREASURY  SHARES.  The number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or
for the account of the Company,  and the disposition of any such shares shall be
considered an issue or sale of Common Stock.

                  (f) All calculations under this Section 7 shall be made to the
nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be.

                  (g)  Whenever  the  Exercise  Price is  adjusted  pursuant  to
Section 7(c) above or Section  7(i) below,  the  Company,  after  receipt of the
determination  by the  Appraiser  shall  have the right to select an  additional
Appraiser,  in good faith,  in which case the  adjustment  shall be equal to the
average of the  adjustments  recommended  by each  Appraiser.  The Company shall
promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder,  a notice  setting forth the
Exercise Price after such  adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the
facts  requiring  such  adjustment.   Such  adjustment  shall  become  effective
immediately after the record date mentioned above;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that no
such  adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made which in the opinion of the
Appraiser(s)  giving  the  aforesaid  opinion  or  opinions  would  result in an
increase

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

of the  Exercise  Price to more than the  Exercise  Price  then in  effect.  All
determinations  with respect to  adjustments by the Company  hereunder  shall be
made by the Board of Directors in good faith.

                  (h)      If:

                                    (i)  the  Company  shall  declare a dividend
                                         (or  any  other  distribution)  on  its
                                         Common Stock; or

                                    (ii) the  Company  shall  declare  a special
                                         nonrecurring  cash  dividend  on  or  a
                                         redemption of its Common Stock; or

                                    (iii)the   Company   shall   authorize   the
                                         granting  to all  holders of the Common
                                         Stock  rights or warrants to  subscribe
                                         for or  purchase  any shares of capital
                                         stock of any class or of any rights; or

                                    (iv) the approval of any stockholders of the
                                         Company shall be required in connection
                                         with any reclassification of the Common
                                         Stock of the Company, any consolidation
                                         or  merger to which  the  Company  is a
                                         party,  any sale or  transfer of all or
                                         substantially  all of the assets of the
                                         Company,   or  any   compulsory   share
                                         exchange  whereby  the Common  Stock is
                                         converted into other  securities,  cash
                                         or property; or

                                    (v)  the   Company   shall   authorize   the
                                         voluntary or  involuntary  dissolution,
                                         liquidation   or   winding  up  of  the
                                         affairs of the Company,

then the Company shall cause to be mailed to each Holder at their last addresses
as they shall appear upon the Warrant Register,  at least 30 calendar days prior
to the  applicable  record or effective  date  hereinafter  specified,  a notice
stating  (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the  purpose  of such
dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to
be taken,  the date as of which  the  holders  of  Common  Stock of record to be
entitled to such dividend, distributions,  redemption, rights or warrants are to
be  determined  or (y) the date on which such  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger,  sale,  transfer or share  exchange is expected to become  effective  or
close,  and the date as of which it is expected  that holders of Common Stock of
record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

securities,  cash or other  property  deliverable  upon  such  reclassification,
consolidation,  merger, sale, transfer, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation
or winding up;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the failure to mail such notice or any
defect  therein or in the mailing  thereof  shall not affect the validity of the
corporate action required to be specified in such notice.

                  (i) If at any time conditions  shall arise by reason of action
taken by the  Company  which in the  opinion of the Board of  Directors  are not
adequately  covered by the other  provisions  hereof and which might  materially
affect the  rights of the  Holders  (different  than or  distinguished  from the
effect  generally  on rights of  holders of any class of the  Company's  capital
stock) or if any time such  conditions  are  expected  to arise by reason of any
action  contemplated  by the Company,  the Company  shall mail a written  notice
briefly  describing the action  contemplated and the material adverse effects of
such action on the rights of the Holders at least 30 calendar  days prior to the
effective  date of such  action,  and an  Appraiser  selected  by the Holders of
majority  in  interest  of  this  Warrant  shall  give  its  opinion  as to  the
adjustment,  if any (not inconsistent with the standards  established in Section
7(e)), of the Exercise Price (including,  if necessary, any adjustment as to the
Warrant  Shares  to  be  purchased  upon  exercise  of  this  Warrant)  and  any
distribution  which is or would be required to be preserved without diluting the
rights of the Holders.

         8.  FRACTIONAL  SHARES.  The Company  shall not be required to issue or
cause to be issued  fractional  Warrant  Shares on the exercise of this Warrant.
The number of full Warrant  Shares which shall be issuable  upon the exercise of
this Warrant shall be computed on the basis of the  aggregate  number of Warrant
Shares purchasable on exercise of this Warrant so presented.  If any fraction of
a Warrant Share would,  except for the provisions of this Section 8, be issuable
on the exercise of this Warrant,  the Company shall,  at its option,  (a) pay an
amount in cash equal to the Exercise  Price  multiplied  by such fraction or (b)
shall round the number of Warrant Shares  issuable,  up to the next whole number
of such shares.

         9. NOTICES.  Any and all notices or other  communications or deliveries
hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be deemed  given and  effective  on the
earliest of (i) the date of  transmission,  if such notice or  communication  is
delivered  via  facsimile at the facsimile  telephone  number  specified in this
Section prior to 4:30 p.m.  (Eastern  Standard Time) on a business day, (ii) the
business day after the date of transmission,  if such notice or communication is
delivered  via  facsimile at the facsimile  telephone  number  specified in this
Section  later than 4:30 p.m.  (Eastern  Standard  Time) on any date and earlier
than 11:59 p.m.  (Eastern  Standard  Time) on such date,  (iii) the business day
following  the  date of  mailing,  if sent by  nationally  recognized  overnight
courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is
required to be given. The addresses for such communications  shall be: (1) if to
the Company, to Glasgal Communications, Inc., 151 Veterans Drive, Northvale, New
Jersey 07647,  Attention:  Chief  Executive  Officer,  or to facsimile no. (201)
768-2947,  or (ii) if to the Holder,  to the Holder at the address or  facsimile
number  appearing  on the Warrant  Register or such other  address or  facsimile
number as the Holder may provide to the Company in accordance  with this Section
9.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

         10.      WARRANT AGENT.

                  (a) The  Company  shall  serve as  warrant  agent  under  this
Warrant. Upon thirty (30) days' notice to the Holder, the Company and the Holder
may appoint a new warrant agent.

                  (b) Any corporation  into which the Company or any new warrant
agent may be merged or any corporation resulting from any consolidation to which
the Company or any new  warrant  agent  shall be a party or any  corporation  to
which the Company or any new warrant agent  transfers  substantially  all of its
corporate trust or shareholders  services  business shall be a successor warrant
agent under this Warrant  without any further act.  Any such  successor  warrant
agent shall  promptly  cause  notice of its  succession  as warrant  agent to be
mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder at the Holder's last
address as shown on the register  maintained  by the warrant  agent  pursuant to
this Warrant.

         11.      MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a) This Warrant  shall be binding on and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their  respective  successors  and permitted  assigns.
This  Warrant  may be amended  only in  writing  signed by the  Company  and the
Holder.

                  (b) Subject to Section 11(a),  above,  nothing in this Warrant
shall be construed to give to any person or corporation  other than the Company,
the Holder and any  registered  holder of Warrant  Shares any legal or equitable
right,  remedy or cause under this  Warrant;  this Warrant shall be for the sole
and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Holder and any other registered holder
of Warrant Shares.

                  (c)  This  Warrant  shall be  governed  by and  construed  and
enforced in  accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New York without
regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

                  (d) The  headings  herein  are for  convenience  only,  do not
constitute a part of this Warrant and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any
of the provisions hereof.

                  (e) In case any one or more of the  provisions of this Warrant
shall  be  invalid  or   unenforceable   in  any   respect,   the  validity  and
enforceability  of the remaining  terms and provisions of this Warrant shall not
in any way be affected or impaired  thereby and the parties will attempt in good
faith  to  agree  upon a  valid  and  enforceable  provision  which  shall  be a
commercially  reasonable  substitute  therefor,  and  upon  so  agreeing,  shall
incorporate such substitute provision in this Warrant.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company  has caused  this  Warrant to be duly
executed by its authorized officer as of the date first indicated above.


                                              GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                              By:_______________________________

                                              Name:_____________________________

                                              Title:____________________________


<PAGE>

                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed by the Holder to exercise the right to purchase shares of Common
Stock under the foregoing Warrant)

To Glasgal Communications, Inc.:

         In accordance  with the Warrant  enclosed with this Form of Election to
Purchase,  the undersigned hereby  irrevocably elects to purchase  _____________
shares of Common Stock ("Common  Stock"),  par value $.001 per share, of Glasgal
Communications,  Inc.  and  encloses  herewith  $________  in cash (or  encloses
herewith  evidence of payment of such sum),  which sum  represents  the Exercise
Price (as defined in the  Warrant)  for the number of shares of Common  Stock to
which this Form of Election to Purchase  relates,  together with any  applicable
taxes payable by the undersigned pursuant to the Warrant.

         The  undersigned  requests that  certificates  for the shares of Common
Stock issuable upon this exercise be issued in the name of

                                         PLEASE  INSERT  SOCIAL  SECURITY OR TAX
                                         IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

                                         _______________________________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         If the number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon this  exercise
shall not be all of the shares of Common Stock which the undersigned is entitled
to purchase in accordance with the enclosed  Warrant,  the undersigned  requests
that a New Warrant (as defined in the Warrant)  evidencing the right to purchase
the shares of Common  Stock not  issuable  pursuant  to the  exercise  evidenced
hereby be issued in the name of and delivered to:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dated: _______________, ___________            Name of Holder:


                                               (Print)__________________________

                                               (By:)____________________________
                                               (Title:)


<PAGE>

           [To be completed and signed only upon transfer of Warrant]

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto  ________________________________  the  right  represented  by  the  within
Warrant   to   purchase   ____________   shares  of  Common   Stock  of  Glasgal
Communications,   Inc.  to  which  the  within  Warrant   relates  and  appoints
________________  attorney  to  transfer  said  right on the  books  of  Glasgal
Communications, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

- ---------------, ----


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     (Signature must conform in all respects to
                                     name of holder as specified on the face of
                                     the Warrant)


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Address


In the presence of:


- --------------------------


                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                        1996 STOCK OPTION CONVERSION PLAN

                             Dated October 31, 1996

                  1.  PURPOSE.  This  1996  Stock  Option  Conversion  Plan (the
"Plan")  is  established  to replace  stock  options  previously  granted by the
Company's  subsidiary,  Datatec Industries Inc.  ("Datatec") to selected Datatec
employees.  The Plan is further  intended to attract,  retain and provide equity
incentives to such Datatec  employees  and to promote the  financial  success of
Glasgal   Communications,   Inc.  (the  "Company")  and  its   Subsidiaries  and
Affiliates.  Capitalized  terms not  previously  defined  herein are  defined in
Section 16 of the Plan.

                  2.  SHARES.  The  shares of stock that may be  purchased  upon
exercise  of Options  granted  under the Plan (the  "Shares")  are shares of the
common stock, $.001 par value (the "Common Stock") of the Company.

                  3. NUMBER OF SHARES.  The maximum number of Shares that may be
issued  pursuant to Options  granted under the Plan shall not exceed  470,442 in
total,  subject to  adjustment  as provided in the Plan. At all times during the
term of the Plan,  the Company shall reserve and keep  available  such number of
Shares as shall be required to satisfy the  requirements of outstanding  Options
under the Plan.

                  4. ELIGIBILITY. Options may be granted only to past or present
employees  of  Datatec  to  replace  stock  options  previously  granted to such
employees by Datatec (the "Datatec  Options").  The Company's Board of Directors
(the "Board of Directors") in its sole discretion shall select the recipients of
Options ("Optionees"). An Optionee may be granted more than one Option under the
Plan.

                  5. TERMS AND  CONDITIONS  OF OPTIONS.  The Board of  Directors
shall  determine the number of Shares subject to the Option,  the exercise price
of the Option,  the period  during  which the Option may be  exercised,  and all
other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

                         5.1 FORM OF OPTION GRANT. Each Option granted under the
Plan shall be  evidenced by a written  Stock Option Grant (the  "Grant") in such
form (which need not be the same for each  Optionee)  as the Board of  Directors
shall from time to time approve.


<PAGE>

                         5.2 DATE OF GRANT. The date of grant of an Option shall
be the date on which the Board of  Directors  makes the  determination  to grant
such Option  unless  otherwise  specified by the Board of  Directors.  The Grant
representing  the Option will be delivered  to the  Optionee  with a copy of the
Plan within a reasonable time after the date of grant.

                         5.3 EXERCISE  PRICE.  The  exercise  price of an Option
shall be the exercise price of the Datatec Options divided by a conversion price
of $.58 per Option.

                         5.4  EXERCISE  PERIOD.  Options  shall  be  exercisable
within the times or upon the events  determined by the Board of Directors as set
forth in the Grant.

                         5.5 OPTIONS  TRANSFERABLE.  Options  granted  under the
Plan may be  transferred  or assigned by the Optionee as determined by the Board
of Directors.

                  6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

                         6.1 NOTICE.  Options may be exercised  only by delivery
to the Company of a written  exercise  agreement in a form approved by the Board
of Directors (which need not be the same for each Optionee),  stating the number
of Shares being purchased,  the restrictions  imposed on the Shares, if any, and
such representations and agreements  regarding the Optionee's  investment intent
and access to  information,  if any, as may be required by the Company to comply
with applicable  securities laws,  together with payment in full of the exercise
price for the number of Shares being purchased.

                         6.2 PAYMENT. Payment for the Shares may be made in cash
(by check) or, where  approved by the Board of Directors in its sole  discretion
at the  time of  grant  and  where  permitted  by law:  (a) by  cancellation  of
indebtedness  of the  Company to the  Optionee;  (b) by  surrender  of shares of
Common  Stock of the Company  that have been owned by the Optionee for more than
six (6) months  (and which have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144
and, if such Shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note,
such note has been fully paid with respect to such  shares) or were  obtained by
the Optionee in the open public  market  having a Fair Market Value equal to the
exercise price of the Option;  (c) by instructing the Company to withhold Shares
otherwise  issuable  pursuant to an exercise of the Option  having a Fair Market
Value equal to the exercise price of the Option (including the withheld Shares);
(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Optionee for services  rendered;
(e) provided  that a public market for the  Company's  stock  exists,  through a
"same day sale"  commitment  from the  Optionee  and a  broker-dealer  that is a
member of the National

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

Association  of  Securities  Dealers (an "NASD  Dealer")  whereby  the  Optionee
irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so
purchased to pay for the exercise price and whereby the NASD Dealer  irrevocably
commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the  exercise  price  directly to
the Company;  (f) provided that a public market for the Company's  stock exists,
through a "margin"  commitment  from the Optionee and an NASD Dealer whereby the
Optionee  irrevocably  elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so
purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the
NASD  Dealer in the amount of the  exercise  price,  and whereby the NASD Dealer
irrevocably  commits upon  receipt of such Shares to forward the exercise  price
directly to the Company; or (g) by any combination of the foregoing.

                           6.3      TAXES.  The Company may make such provisions
as it may deem  appropriate,  consistent with applicable law, in connection with
any Options  granted under the Plan with respect to the withholding of any taxes
or any other tax matters.

                           6.4      LIMITATIONS ON EXERCISE. Notwithstanding the
exercise  periods set forth in the Grant,  exercise of an Option shall always be
subject to the following limitations:

                                    (a)     The Board of Directors may specify a
reasonable  minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an
Option,  provided  that such minimum  number will not prevent the Optionee  from
exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

                                    (b)  An  Option  shall  not  be  exercisable
unless such  exercise  is in  compliance  with the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended  (the  "1933  Act"),  all  applicable  state  securities  laws  and  the
requirements  of any stock  exchange  or national  market  system upon which the
Shares may then be listed,  as they are in effect on the date of  exercise.  The
Company shall be under no obligation to register the Shares with the  Securities
and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") or to effect compliance with the registration,
qualification  or listing  requirements  of any state  securities  laws or stock
exchange,  and the Company  shall have no liability for any inability or failure
to do so.

                           6.5      INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES.  The Company shall
provide  to each  Optionee  a copy of the  annual  financial  statements  of the
Company prior to such  Optionee's  exercise of the Option,  and to each Optionee
annually during the period such Optionee has Options  outstanding,  at such time
after  the close of each  fiscal  year of the  Company  as such  statements  are
released  by the Company to its  shareholders;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  the Company
shall not be required to provide such financial statements to Optionees whose

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

services  in  connection  with the  Company  assure  them  access to  equivalent
information.

                  7. MODIFICATION,  EXTENSION AND RENEWAL OF OPTIONS.  The Board
of Directors shall have the power to modify, extend or renew outstanding Options
and to authorize  the grant of new Options in  substitution  therefor,  provided
that any such  action may not,  without  the  written  consent of the  Optionee,
impair any rights under any Option  previously  granted.  The Board of Directors
shall have the power to reduce the exercise price of outstanding options.

                  8. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK  OWNERSHIP.  No Optionee shall have any
of the rights of a shareholder  with respect to any Shares  subject to an Option
until  such  Option  is  properly  exercised.  No  adjustment  shall be made for
dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to
such date, except as provided in the Plan.

                  9. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY.  Nothing in the Plan or any Option
granted under the Plan shall confer on any Optionee any right to continue in the
employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent,  Subsidiary or
Affiliate  of the  Company  or limit in any way the right of the  Company or any
Parent,  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate of the Company to  terminate  the  Optionee's
employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

                  10.  ADJUSTMENT OF OPTION SHARES. In the event that the number
of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  is  changed by a stock
dividend,  stock  split,  reverse  stock split,  recapitalization,  combination,
reclassification  or similar  change in the  capital  structure  of the  Company
without consideration,  or if a substantial portion of the assets of the Company
are distributed,  without consideration in a spin-off or similar transaction, to
the  shareholders of the Company,  the number of Shares available under the Plan
and the number of Shares subject to  outstanding  Options and the exercise price
per share of such  Options  shall be  proportionately  adjusted,  subject to any
required  action by the Board of  Directors or  shareholders  of the Company and
compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that a fractional
share shall not be issued upon  exercise  of any Option and any  fractions  of a
Share that would have  resulted  shall either be cashed out at Fair Market Value
or the number of shares  issuable  under the  Option  shall be rounded up to the
nearest  whole number,  as  determined  by the Board of Directors;  and provided
further that the exercise price may not be decreased to below the par value,  if
any, for the Shares.

                  11.      ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS BY SUCCESSORS.

                           11.1   ASSUMPTION  OR   REPLACEMENT   OF  OPTIONS  BY
SUCCESSOR. In the event of (a) a merger or consolidation in which

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

the  Company  is  not  the  surviving   corporation  (other  than  a  merger  or
consolidation with a wholly-owned  subsidiary,  a reincorporation of the Company
in a  different  jurisdiction,  or  other  transaction  in  which  there  is  no
substantial  change in the  shareholders  of the Company and the Options granted
under the Plan are  assumed or  replaced  by the  successor  corporation,  which
assumption shall be binding on all Optionees),  (b) a dissolution or liquidation
of the Company,  (c) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company,
or (d) any other transaction which qualifies as a "corporate  transaction" under
Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the  shareholders  of the Company give up all
of their equity  interest in the Company  (EXCEPT for the  acquisition,  sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding  shares of the Company),
any or all  outstanding  Options  may be assumed by the  successor  corporation,
which  assumption  shall be binding on all Optionees.  In the  alternative,  the
successor corporation may substitute equivalent Options or provide substantially
similar consideration to Optionees as was provided to shareholders (after taking
into account the existing provisions of the Options).  The successor corporation
may also  issue,  in place of  outstanding  Shares  of the  Company  held by the
Optionee,  substantially  similar shares or other property subject to repurchase
restrictions no less favorable to the Optionee.

                           11.2  EXPIRATION  OF  OPTIONS.   In  the  event  such
successor  corporation,  if any, refuses to assume or substitute the Options, as
provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in Subsection 11.1(a) above,
such Options shall expire on the  consummation of such  transaction at such time
and on such conditions as the Board of Directors shall  determine.  In the event
such successor corporation,  if any, refuses to assume or substitute the Options
as provided above,  pursuant to a transaction  described in Subsections 11.1(a),
(b) or (c)  above,  or there is no  successor  corporation,  and if the  Company
ceases  to exist as a  separate  corporate  entity,  then,  notwithstanding  any
contrary terms in the Option Grant,  the Options shall expire on a date at least
twenty (20) days after the Board of Directors  gives written notice to Optionees
specifying the terms and conditions of such termination.

                           11.3     OTHER TREATMENT OF OPTIONS.  Subject to any
greater  rights  granted to Optionees  under the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Section  11, in the event of the  occurrence  of any  transaction  described  in
Section  11.1,  any  outstanding  Options  shall be treated as  provided  in the
applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation,
sale of assets or other "corporate transaction."

                  12. ADOPTION. The Plan shall become effective on the date that
it is  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  (the  "Effective  Date").  Upon the
Effective Date, the Board of Directors may grant Options pursuant to the Plan.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                  13. ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan may be administered the Board of
Directors. The interpretation by the Board of Directors of any of the provisions
of the Plan or any Option granted under the Plan shall be final and binding upon
the  Company  and all  persons  having an  interest  in any Option or any Shares
purchased pursuant to an Option.

                  14. TERM OF PLAN.  Options may be granted pursuant to the Plan
from time to time until  such time as all stock  options  previously  granted by
Datatec to selected Datatec employees have been replaced.

                  15.  AMENDMENT OR  TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board of Directors
may at any time  terminate or amend the Plan in any respect  including  (but not
limited to) amendment of any form of Grant,  exercise agreement or instrument to
be executed pursuant to the Plan.

                  16. CERTAIN  DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

                           16.1 "PARENT" means any  corporation  (other than the
Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the
time of the  granting of the Option,  each of such  corporations  other than the
Company owns stock  possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

                           16.2 "SUBSIDIARY"  means any corporation  (other than
the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if,
at the time of granting of the Option,  each of the corporations  other than the
last  corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the
total  combined  voting  power  of all  classes  of  stock  in one of the  other
corporations in such chain.

                           16.3 "AFFILIATE" means any corporation that directly,
or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,  controls or is controlled by,
or is under common control with, another corporation, where "control" (including
the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with") means the possession,
direct or indirect,  of the power to cause the direction of the  management  and
policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by contract or otherwise.

                           16.4 "FAIR  MARKET  VALUE" shall mean the fair market
value of the Shares as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time in
good faith.  If a public  market  exists for the Shares,  the Fair Market  Value
shall be the average of the price of the last trade on each of the six  business
days immediately  prior to the date of determination or, in the event the Common
Stock of

                                       -6-

<PAGE>
the  Company  is listed on a stock  exchange  or on the NASDAQ  National  Market
System,  the Fair Market  Value shall be the closing  price on such  exchange or
quotation system on the last trading day prior to the date of determination.

                                       -7-

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                    1996 SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER OPTION PLAN

                             Dated October 31, 1996


                  1. PURPOSE.  This 1996 Senior  Executive  Officer Stock Option
Plan (the "Plan") is established as a compensatory  plan to attract,  retain and
provide   equity   incentives   to  senior   executive   officers   of   Glasgal
Communications,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  or any  Subsidiary  or Affiliate of the
Company to promote the financial  success of the Company.  Capitalized terms not
previously defined herein are defined in Section 16 of the Plan.

                  The Plan is intended to provide participants with stock- based
incentive  compensation  which is not subject to the deduction  limitation rules
prescribed under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code"),  and should be construed to the extent  possible as providing for
remuneration  which is  "performance-based  compensation"  within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  2.  SHARES.  The  shares of stock that may be  purchased  upon
exercise  of Options  granted  under the Plan (the  "Shares")  are shares of the
common stock, $.001 par value (the "Common Stock") of the Company.

                  3. NUMBER OF SHARES.  The maximum number of Shares that may be
issued  pursuant to Options  granted under the Plan shall not exceed  560,000 in
total  subject to  adjustment  as  provided in the Plan.  The maximum  number of
Shares which may be subject to Options  granted under the Plan to any individual
in any calendar year shall not exceed  560,000,  and the method of counting such
Shares  shall  conform  to  any  requirements  applicable  to  performance-based
compensation  under Section  162(m) of the Code. If any Option is terminated for
any reason  without  being  exercised  in whole or in part,  the Shares  thereby
released  from such Option shall be available  for purchase  under other Options
subsequently  granted  under the Plan. At all times during the term of the Plan,
the Company shall reserve and keep  available  such number of Shares as shall be
required to satisfy the requirements of outstanding Options under the Plan.

                  4.  ELIGIBILITY.  Options  may be granted to senior  executive
officers of the Company or any  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate  of the  Company.  The
Company's Board of Directors (the "Board of Directors") or any committee thereof
designated  by the Board of  Directors  shall  administer  the Plan  (the  "Plan
Committee")  in its sole  discretion  and shall select the recipients of Options
("Optionees"). An Optionee may be granted more than one Option


<PAGE>

under  the Plan.  Each  member of the Plan  Committee  shall be a  "non-employee
director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 (or any successor rule or regulation)
("Rule 16b-3")  promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may
from  time  to time  be  amended,  and the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  (the "Exchange  Act") and shall also be an "outside  director" under
Section 162(m) of the Code.

                  5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.  The Plan Committee  shall
determine the number of Shares subject to the Option,  the exercise price of the
Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms
and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

                     5.1 FORM OF OPTION  GRANT.  Each Option  granted  under the
Plan shall be  evidenced by a written  Stock Option Grant (the  "Grant") in such
form (which need not be the same for each Optionee) as the Plan Committee  shall
from time to time approve.

                     5.2 DATE OF GRANT.  The date of grant of an Option shall be
the date on which the Plan  Committee  makes  the  determination  to grant  such
Option unless otherwise specified by the Plan Committee.  The Grant representing
the Option will be delivered  to the  Optionee  with a copy of the Plan within a
reasonable time after the date of grant.

                     5.3 EXERCISE  PRICE.  The exercise price of an Option shall
be determined by the Plan Committee at the time of grant.

                     5.4 EXERCISE  PERIOD.  Options shall be exercisable  within
the times or upon the events  determined  by the Plan  Committee as set forth in
the Grant.

                     5.5 OPTIONS  TRANSFERABLE.  Options  granted under the Plan
may be freely  transferred or assigned by the Optionee as determined by the Plan
Committee.

                  6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

                     6.1 NOTICE.  Options may be  exercised  only by delivery to
the  Company of a written  exercise  agreement  in a form  approved  by the Plan
Committee (which need not be the same for each Optionee),  stating the number of
Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares, if any, and such
representations  and agreements  regarding the Optionee's  investment intent and
access to information,  if any, as may be required by the Company to comply with
applicable  securities laws, together with payment in full of the exercise price
for the number of Shares being purchased.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                     6.2 PAYMENT. Payment for the Shares may be made in cash (by
check) or, where  approved by the Plan  Committee in its sole  discretion at the
time of grant and where permitted by law: (a) by cancellation of indebtedness of
the Company to the  Optionee;  (b) by surrender of shares of Common Stock of the
Company  that have been owned by the  Optionee for more than six (6) months (and
which have been paid for within the  meaning of SEC Rule 144 and, if such Shares
were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory  note, such note has been
fully paid with respect to such shares) or were  obtained by the Optionee in the
open public  market,  having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise  price of
the Option; (c) by instructing the Company to withhold Shares otherwise issuable
pursuant to an exercise  of the Option  having a Fair Market  Value equal to the
exercise price of the Option (including the withheld  Shares);  (d) by waiver of
compensation due or accrued to Optionee for services rendered; (e) provided that
a public  market  for the  Company's  stock  exists,  through  a "same day sale"
commitment  from  the  Optionee  and a  broker-dealer  that is a  member  of the
National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  (an "NASD  Dealer")  whereby the
Optionee  irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the
Shares so purchased  to pay for the  exercise  price and whereby the NASD Dealer
irrevocably  commits upon  receipt of such Shares to forward the exercise  price
directly to the Company;  (f) provided  that a public  market for the  Company's
stock exists, through a "margin" commitment from the Optionee and an NASD Dealer
whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the
Shares so  purchased  to the NASD Dealer in a margin  account as security  for a
loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the exercise  price,  and whereby the
NASD  Dealer  irrevocably  commits  upon  receipt of such  Shares to forward the
exercise  price  directly  to the  Company;  or (g)  by any  combination  of the
foregoing.

                     6.3 TAXES.  The Company may make such  provisions as it may
deem appropriate, consistent with applicable law, in connection with any Options
granted under the Plan with respect to the withholding of any taxes or any other
tax matters.

                     6.4 LIMITATIONS ON EXERCISE.  Notwithstanding  the exercise
periods set forth in the Grant, exercise of an Option shall always be subject to
the following limitations:

                         (a) The Plan Committee may specify a reasonable minimum
number of Shares that may be purchased  on any  exercise of an Option,  provided
that such minimum number will not prevent the Optionee from  exercising the full
number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

                         (b) An Option  shall  not be  exercisable  unless  such
exercise is in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933
Act"), all applicable state securities laws and

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

the  requirements of any stock exchange or national market system upon which the
Shares may then be listed,  as they are in effect on the date of  exercise.  The
Company shall be under no obligation to register the Shares with the  Securities
and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") or to effect compliance with the registration,
qualification  or listing  requirements  of any state  securities  laws or stock
exchange,  and the Company  shall have no liability for any inability or failure
to do so.

                     6.5 INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES.  The Company shall provide to
each Optionee a copy of the annual financial  statements of the Company prior to
such Optionee's exercise of the Option, and to each Optionee annually during the
period such  Optionee has Options  outstanding,  at such time after the close of
each fiscal year of the Company as such  statements  are released by the Company
to its  shareholders;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  the Company shall not be required to
provide such financial statements to Optionees whose services in connection with
the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

                  7.  MODIFICATION,  EXTENSION AND RENEWAL OF OPTIONS.  The Plan
Committee shall have the power to modify,  extend or renew  outstanding  Options
and to authorize  the grant of new Options in  substitution  therefor,  provided
that any such  action may not,  without  the  written  consent of the  Optionee,
impair any rights under any Option previously granted.  The Plan Committee shall
have the power to reduce the exercise price of outstanding options.

                  8. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK  OWNERSHIP.  No Optionee shall have any
of the rights of a shareholder  with respect to any Shares  subject to an Option
until  such  Option  is  properly  exercised.  No  adjustment  shall be made for
dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to
such date, except as provided in the Plan.

                  9. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY.  Nothing in the Plan or any Option
granted under the Plan shall confer on any Optionee any right to continue in the
employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent,  Subsidiary or
Affiliate  of the  Company  or limit in any way the right of the  Company or any
Parent,  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate of the Company to  terminate  the  Optionee's
employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

                  10.  ADJUSTMENT OF OPTION SHARES. In the event that the number
of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  is  changed by a stock
dividend,  stock  split,  reverse  stock split,  recapitalization,  combination,
reclassification  or similar  change in the  capital  structure  of the  Company
without consideration,  or if a substantial portion of the assets of the Company
are distributed,  without consideration in a spin-off or similar transaction, to
the shareholders of the Company, the number of

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

Shares  available under the Plan and the number of Shares subject to outstanding
Options  and  the   exercise   price  per  share  of  such   Options   shall  be
proportionately  adjusted,  subject to any required action by the Plan Committee
or shareholders of the Company and compliance with applicable  securities  laws;
provided,  however, that a fractional share shall not be issued upon exercise of
any Option and any fractions of a Share that would have resulted shall either be
cashed  out at Fair  Market  Value or the  number of shares  issuable  under the
Option shall be rounded up to the nearest  whole  number,  as  determined by the
Plan  Committee;  and  provided  further  that  the  exercise  price  may not be
decreased to below the par value, if any, for the Shares.

                  11. ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS BY SUCCESSORS.

                     11.1 ASSUMPTION OR REPLACEMENT OF OPTIONS BY SUCCESSOR.  In
the  event of (a) a merger or  consolidation  in which  the  Company  is not the
surviving  corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned
subsidiary,  a reincorporation  of the Company in a different  jurisdiction,  or
other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of
the Company and the  Options  granted  under the Plan are assumed or replaced by
the successor corporation,  which assumption shall be binding on all Optionees),
(b) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company,  (c) the sale of  substantially
all of the assets of the Company,  or (d) any other  transaction which qualifies
as a  "corporate  transaction"  under  Section  424(a) of the Code  wherein  the
shareholders  of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company
(EXCEPT for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the
outstanding  shares  of the  Company),  any or all  outstanding  Options  may be
assumed by the successor  corporation,  which assumption shall be binding on all
Optionees.  In  the  alternative,   the  successor  corporation  may  substitute
equivalent Options or provide  substantially  similar consideration to Optionees
as was  provided  to  shareholders  (after  taking  into  account  the  existing
provisions of the Options).  The successor  corporation may also issue, in place
of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Optionee, substantially similar
shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to
the Optionee.

                     11.2  EXPIRATION  OF OPTIONS.  In the event such  successor
corporation,  if any,  refuses to assume or substitute the Options,  as provided
above,  pursuant to a transaction  described in Subsection  11.1(a) above,  such
Options shall expire on the consummation of such transaction at such time and on
such  conditions  as the Plan  Committee  shall  determine.  In the  event  such
successor  corporation,  if any,  refuses to assume or substitute the Options as
provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in Subsections 11.1(a), (b),
(c) or (d)  above,  or there is no  successor  corporation,  and if the  Company
ceases to exist as a

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

separate  corporate  entity,  then,  notwithstanding  any contrary  terms in the
Option Grant, the Options shall expire on a date at least twenty (20) days after
the Plan Committee  gives written  notice to Optionees  specifying the terms and
conditions of such termination.

                     11.3 OTHER  TREATMENT  OF  OPTIONS.  Subject to any greater
rights granted to Optionees  under the foregoing  provisions of this Section 11,
in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 11.1, any
outstanding Options shall be treated as provided in the applicable  agreement or
plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, sale of assets or other
"corporate transaction."

                     11.4  ASSUMPTION  OF OPTIONS BY THE  COMPANY.  The Company,
from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding  options granted by
another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company
or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Option under the Plan in substitution of
such other  company's  option,  or (b)  assuming  such  option as if it had been
granted  under the Plan if the terms of such assumed  option could be applied to
an Option  granted under the Plan.  Such  substitution  or  assumption  shall be
permissible  if the holder of the  substituted or assumed option would have been
eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan if the other company had applied
the rules of the Plan to such grant.  In the event the Company assumes an option
by  another  company,  the terms and  conditions  of such  option  shall  remain
unchanged  (except that the  exercise  price and the number and nature of Shares
issuable  upon  exercise  of any  such  option  will be  adjusted  appropriately
pursuant  to Section  424(a) of the Code).  In the event the  Company  elects to
grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option,  such new Option may
be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

                  12. ADOPTION. The Plan shall become effective on the date that
it is adopted by the Plan Committee (the "Effective  Date").  Upon the Effective
Date, the Plan Committee may grant Options pursuant to the Plan.

                  13.  ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan may be administered by the Plan
Committee.  The interpretation by the Plan Committee of any of the provisions of
the Plan or any Option  granted  under the Plan shall be final and binding  upon
the  Company  and all  persons  having an  interest  in any Option or any Shares
purchased pursuant to an Option.

                  14. TERM OF PLAN.  Options may be granted pursuant to the Plan
from time to time  within a period of ten (10) years after the date on which the
Plan is adopted by the Plan Committee.

                  15.  AMENDMENT OR  TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Plan Committee may
at any time terminate or amend the Plan in any

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

respect including (but not limited to) amendment of any form of Grant,  exercise
agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to the Plan.

                  16. CERTAIN  DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

                     16.1  "PARENT"  means  any  corporation   (other  than  the
Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the
time of the  granting of the Option,  each of such  corporations  other than the
Company owns stock  possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

                     16.2  "SUBSIDIARY"  means any  corporation  (other than the
Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations  beginning with the Company if, at
the time of granting of the Option, each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other  corporations
in such chain.

                     16.3 "AFFILIATE"  means any corporation  that directly,  or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries,  controls or is controlled by, or
is under common control with, another  corporation,  where "control"  (including
the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with") means the possession,
direct or indirect,  of the power to cause the direction of the  management  and
policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by contract or otherwise.

                     16.4 "FAIR  MARKET  VALUE" shall mean the fair market value
of the  Shares as  determined  by the Plan  Committee  from time to time in good
faith. If a public market exists for the Shares,  the Fair Market Value shall be
the last sale price on the Company's  principal  exchange or quotation system on
the last trading day prior to the date of determination.

                                       -7-

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of December 31, 1996, by and between  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  located at 151  Veterans  Drive,  Northvale,  New Jersey 07647 (the
"Company") and Ralph Glasgal, residing at 4 Pierpont Road, Rockleigh, New Jersey
07647 (the "Executive").

         IN  CONSIDERATION  of  the  covenants  set  forth  herein,   and  other
consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties agree as follows:

         1. TERM.  The Company  agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive
agrees to serve,  on the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  for a period
commencing as of January 1, 1997 and ending on October 31, 1997, or such shorter
period as provided for herein (the "Employment  Period"). It is the intention of
the Executive to retire at the end of the Employment Period.

         2. DUTIES.  The Executive shall serve as the Company's  Chairman of the
Board and  President on a full-time  basis and shall have such powers and duties
as provided by the By-Laws of the Company and as may be prescribed  from time to
time by the Board of Directors of the Company.

         3. COMPENSATION.  For all services rendered by the Executive under this
Agreement,  the Company  shall pay the Executive a salary of $250,000 per annum,
payable in equal,  bi-weekly  installments,  or such other greater amount as the
Board of Directors may determine.  In addition to such salary, the Executive may
be paid a bonus from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors of
the Company. The parties agree that the Company is authorized to deduct from the
annual  salary  of  the  Executive,  and  any  other  compensation  paid  to the
Executive, such sums as are required by law to be deducted or withheld.

         4. EXECUTIVE  BENEFITS.  The Executive shall be entitled to receive the
following benefits from the Company:

                  (a)      The  Company  shall  provide  the  Executive  with an
                           annual car allowance in the amount of $4,000.00, such
                           allowance to be provided to the Executive in ten (10)
                           equal monthly installments;

                  (b)      The  Company  shall  obtain a life  insurance  policy
                           naming the  Executive  as the  insured and such other
                           party as may be designated as the  beneficiary by the
                           Executive,    providing   for   death   benefits   of
                           $50,000.00, with respect to which the Company shall


<PAGE>

                           pay all  applicable  premiums  during the  Employment
                           Period;

                  (c)      The  Company  shall  provide  the  Executive  and his
                           family with  medical  insurance  consistent  with the
                           Company's  current and future  medical  plans for its
                           employees;

                  (d)      The Company shall provide the Executive with annual
                           dental benefits consistent with the Company's
                           current dental plan for all employees;

                  (e)      The  Company  shall   provide  the   Executive   with
                           long-term    disability   insurance   providing   for
                           disability payments of $3,000.00 per month consistent
                           with the Company's current disability  insurance plan
                           for all employees;

                  (f)      The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the
                           Company's  stock  option  plan  as  available  to all
                           senior  executives  of the  Company,  subject  to the
                           discretion of the Board of Directors; and

                  (g)      The Executive shall be entitled to at the rate of
                           vacation of twenty three days per annum.

         5.       TERMINATION.  The parties hereto agree as follows:

                  (a)      The Executive's  employment hereunder shall terminate
                           at  the  end  of  the  Employment  Period,  or on any
                           earlier  date  upon  six (6)  months'  prior  written
                           notice  provided  by either  party to the other party
                           pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section 7 of this
                           Agreement;

                  (b)      Other than as provided in Section 5(a) and Section
                           5(c) hereof, the Executive's employment may be
                           terminated by the Company, prior to the expiration
                           of the Employment Period, for Cause (as defined
                           herein), upon delivery of thirty (30) days prior
                           written notice thereof.  For the purposes of this
                           Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) willful and
                           repeated refusal of the Executive to follow the
                           lawful directives of the Board of Directors of the
                           Company for the performance of material duties
                           which the Executive is required to perform
                           hereunder, other than any such failure resulting
                           from the Executive's incapacity due to physical or
                           mental illness or (ii) conviction of the Executive
                           for a felony involving moral turpitude.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>


                  (c)      If the  Executive  has failed to  fulfill  his normal
                           duties  for  the   Company   because  of  illness  or
                           incapacity  (whether physical or mental) for a period
                           of more than six (6)  consecutive  months  during the
                           term of this Agreement,  the Board may terminate this
                           Agreement  at any time after the  expiration  of such
                           six-month  period  if at such time  such  illness  or
                           incapacity is continuing.

                  (d)      If the Executive dies during the  Employment  Period,
                           the Company shall pay to the Executive's  estate such
                           compensation  as would  otherwise  be  payable to the
                           Executive  until  the end of the  month in which  his
                           death occurs.

                  (e)      In the  event  that  the  Executive's  employment  is
                           terminated  by the  Company  prior  to the end of the
                           Employment  Period  pursuant to Section  5(a) hereof,
                           the  Executive  shall be entitled to receive from the
                           Company an amount  equal to six (6)  months'  salary,
                           together  with any  bonuses  earned as of the date of
                           termination, such payment to be made to the Executive
                           within 30 days of such termination.

         6. MODIFICATION.  This agreement sets forth the entire understanding of
the parties with respect to the subject matter  hereof,  supersedes all existing
agreements between them concerning such subject matter, and may be ratified only
by a written instrument duly executed by each party.

         7. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted to
be given  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be mailed by certified  mail,
return receipt  requested,  or delivered against receipt to the party to whom it
is to be given at the  address of such party set forth in the  preamble  to this
Agreement (or to such other address as the party shall have furnished in writing
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section  7).  Any notice or other
communication  given by  certified  mail  shall be  deemed  given at the time of
certification  thereof,  except for a notice  changing the party's address which
shall be deemed given at the time of receipt thereof.

         8. WAIVER.  Any waiver by either party or a breach of any  provision of
this Agreement  shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other
breach  of such  provision  or of any  breach  of any  other  provision  of this
Agreement. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of
this  Agreement  on one or more  occasions  shall not be  considered a waiver or
deprive that party of the right  thereafter  to insist upon strict  adherence to
that term or any other term of this Agreement. Any waiver must be in writing.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

         9. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If any
provision  of  this  Agreement   shall  be  held  to  be  invalid  or  otherwise
unenforceable,  in  whole  or in  part,  the  remainder  of  the  provisions  or
enforceable  parts hereof shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to
the fullest extent by law.

         10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey,  without  giving effect to
the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                 GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


/S/ RALPH GLASGAL                By: /s/ ISAAC GAON
                                    -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------            Name:  Isaac Gaon
RALPH GLASGAL                        Title: Chief Executive
                                            Officer

                                       -4-


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of October 31, 1996,  by and between  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  located at 151  Veterans  Drive,  Northvale,  New Jersey 07647 (the
"Company")  and Isaac J. Gaon,  residing at 65 Central  Park West,  Apt. 2D, New
York, New York 10023 (the "Executive").

         IN CONSIDERATION of the covenants and agreements set forth herein,  and
other good and valuable  consideration  (the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged) the parties covenant and agree as follows:

         1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE. The Company hereby employs the Executive as
its Chief  Executive  Officer on a  full-time  basis to  perform  the duties and
responsibilities  incident to such offices,  subject at all times to the control
and direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board").

         2. ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND ATTENTION.  The Executive hereby
accepts such  employment and agrees that  throughout  the Employment  Period (as
hereinafter defined),  he will devote such full time,  attention,  knowledge and
skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of
the  business  of the  Company  as are  necessary  to  perform  the  duties  and
responsibilities  assigned  to him  pursuant  to  Section  1  hereof.  As  Chief
Executive Officer, the Executive shall control all of the day-to-day  operations
of the Company including,  without limitation, the ability to hire and terminate
all employees.  The Executive  shall also perform such specific duties and shall
exercise such specific  authority  related to the  management of the  day-to-day
operations of the Company as may be assigned to the Executive  from time to time
by the Board of Directors and which are reasonably  requested to be performed by
the Executive as Chief  Executive  Officer.  The Executive shall at all times be
subject to, observe and carry out such rules, regulations,  policies, directions
and restrictions as the Company shall from time to time establish.

         3. TERM.  The Company  agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive
agrees to serve,  on the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  for a period
commencing as of November 1, 1996 and ending on October 31, 1999, unless earlier
terminated in accordance with Section 12 hereof (the "Employment Period").

         4. COMPENSATION.  For all services rendered by the Executive under this
Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive the following:

                  (a)      a base  salary of  $250,000  per  annum,  payable  in
                           equal, bi-weekly installments,  or such other greater
                           amount  as  the  Board  may  determine  at  its  sole
                           discretion upon an annual review (the "Base Salary").
                           The Base Salary shall be increased


<PAGE>

                           annually,  beginning January 1, 1998, by a percentage
                           equal to the  percentage by which the Consumer  Price
                           Index for Urban Wage Borrowers and Clerical  Workers:
                           New York,  N.Y. -  Northeastern  New Jersey  (1982-84
                           equals  100),  as  published  by the  Bureau of Labor
                           Statistics of the United States  Department of Labor,
                           shall have  increased  over the  preceding  year (the
                           "CPI  Adjustment").  The CPI Adjustment shall be made
                           as soon  as  possible,  but in no  event  later  than
                           fifteen  (15)  days  after  the date  upon  which the
                           Bureau of Labor  publishes  its consumer  price index
                           statistics for the month of December.  Any portion of
                           the   increase   in  the   Executive's   compensation
                           retroactively  due shall be payable  immediately upon
                           determination  of the  adjustment.  If publication of
                           the Consumer Price Index is discontinued, the parties
                           hereto shall accept comparable statistics on the cost
                           of living for the New York,  N.Y. - Northeastern  New
                           Jersey area as computed and published by an agency of
                           the  United  States  or  by a  responsible  financial
                           periodical  of  recognized   authority   then  to  be
                           selected  by the  parties.  Notwithstanding  anything
                           herein  to the  contrary,  in no event  shall the CPI
                           Adjustment  be less than the cost of living  increase
                           in compensation granted to other senior executives of
                           the Company;

                  (b)      In  addition  to  his  Base  Salary  hereunder,   the
                           Executive  shall be  entitled to an  additional  cash
                           bonus (the "Cash Incentive Bonus") during each annual
                           period of the  Employment  Period  of this  Agreement
                           commencing with the annual period November 1, 1996 to
                           October 31, 1997,  based upon achieving the Company's
                           Projected  EBIT (as defined  below).  As used herein,
                           "EBIT" shall mean,  with respect to any annual period
                           hereunder, the sum of the consolidated net income (or
                           loss) for the  Company  and each of its  subsidiaries
                           for  such  period   calculated  in  accordance   with
                           generally accepted accounting  principles,  excluding
                           therefrom any extraordinary  items of income or loss,
                           plus all  amounts  deducted  therefrom  on account of
                           income taxes and interest expense. The Cash Incentive
                           Bonus  shall  be  computed  as  follows:  (i)  if the
                           Company's  actual EBIT for the annual  period  ending
                           October  31,  1997 is  $8,100,000  and the  Company's
                           actual EBIT for the annual periods ending October 31,
                           1998  and 1999 are  equal to EBIT  projections  which
                           shall be  mutually  determined  in good  faith by the
                           Company's  Board of Directors and the Executive prior
                           to such  annual  period  (the  "Projected  EBIT") the
                           Executive  shall  receive a Cash  Incentive  Bonus of
                           $100,000 for each such period in which Projected EBIT
                           is met; and (ii) if the Company's actual EBIT

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                           exceeds the  Projected  EBIT for such annual  period,
                           the  Executive  shall  receive,  in  addition  to the
                           amount earned pursuant to Section 4(b)(i),  an amount
                           equal to 5% of such excess,  provided,  however, that
                           such amount earned  pursuant to Section  4(b)(ii) for
                           each annual period shall not exceed $50,000. The Cash
                           Incentive  Bonus  shall be  determined  no later than
                           ninety (90) days after the end of each annual  period
                           and paid promptly thereafter.

                  (c)      In addition to the Base Salary and the Cash Incentive
                           Bonus  payable  hereunder,  the  Executive  shall  be
                           entitled to receive the options to purchase shares of
                           the  Company's  Common Stock (the  "Option  Incentive
                           Bonus")  during each annual period of the  Employment
                           Period of this Agreement  commencing  with the annual
                           period  November 1, 1996 to October 31,  1997,  based
                           upon achieving the Company's  Projected EBIT for such
                           period.  The Option Incentive Bonus shall be computed
                           as follows:  (i) if the Company's  actual EBIT is 85%
                           of  Projected  EBIT  for  such  annual  period,   the
                           Executive shall receive  options to purchase  100,000
                           shares of common stock,  par value $.001 per share of
                           the Company (the "Common Stock");  (ii) if the actual
                           EBIT  is 100%  of  Projected  EBIT  for  such  annual
                           period,  the Executive shall receive,  in addition to
                           the options  received  pursuant to clause (i) of this
                           sentence, options to purchase 50,000 shares of Common
                           Stock;  and (iii) if the actual EBIT  exceeds 100% of
                           the Projected EBIT, the Executive  shall receive,  in
                           addition to the options received  pursuant to clauses
                           (i) and (ii) of this  sentence,  options to  purchase
                           such number of shares of Common  Stock as shall equal
                           the  number  derived  by  multiplying  (.05)  and the
                           positive  difference  between the actual EBIT and the
                           Projected EBIT for such period.  The Option Incentive
                           Bonus shall be  determined  no later than ninety (90)
                           days after the end of each annual  period and granted
                           immediately  upon such  determination.  Such  options
                           shall have an exercise price equal to the fair market
                           value on the date of grant  (as  computed  using  the
                           average  of  the  last  trade  price  over  the  five
                           consecutive  trading days  immediately  preceding the
                           date of grant) and shall vest as follows:  1/3 on the
                           grant date, 1/3 on the first anniversary of the grant
                           date and 1/3 on the second  anniversary  of the grant
                           date.

                  The  parties  agree that the Company is  authorized  to deduct
from the Base Salary and Cash Incentive  Bonus of the  Executive,  and any other
compensation  paid to the  Executive,  such  sums as are  required  by law to be
deducted or withheld.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

         5. EXECUTIVE  BENEFITS.  The Executive shall be entitled to receive the
following benefits from the Company:

                  (a)      The Company  shall pay or reimburse the Executive for
                           the  cost  of  insurance,   maintenance,  repair  and
                           gasoline for his automobile,  provided, however, that
                           such expenses are reasonably related to the Company's
                           business;

                  (b)      The  Company  shall  obtain a life  insurance  policy
                           naming the  Executive  as the  insured and such other
                           party as may be designated as the  beneficiary by the
                           Executive,    providing   for   death   benefits   of
                           $500,000.00,  with respect to which the Company shall
                           pay all  applicable  premiums  during the  Employment
                           Period.  Such policy  shall  include a cost of living
                           escalator,  provided that such escalator is available
                           on commercially reasonable terms;

                  (c)      The  Company  shall  provide  the  Executive  and his
                           family with  medical  insurance  consistent  with the
                           Company's  current and future  medical  plans for its
                           senior executives;

                  (d)      The Company shall  provide the Executive  with annual
                           dental benefits consistent with the Company's current
                           dental plan for its senior executives;

                  (e)      The  Company  shall   provide  the   Executive   with
                           long-term    disability   insurance   providing   for
                           disability  payments of  $12,500.00  per month.  Such
                           policy may  provide  that no  payments  are  required
                           until the Executive has been disabled for a period of
                           six (6) months;

                  (f)      The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the
                           Company's  stock  option  plan  as  available  to all
                           senior  executives  of the  Company,  subject  to the
                           discretion of the Board; and

                  (g)      The Executive  shall be entitled to twenty three (23)
                           days of paid vacation for each 12 month period during
                           the Employment Period. Any vacation shall be taken at
                           the reasonable and mutual  convenience of the Company
                           and the Executive.

         6. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. The Company shall reimburse the Executive
in accordance with its applicable  policies for all expenses reasonably incurred
by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties  hereunder and the
business of the  Company,  upon the  submission  to the  Company of  appropriate
receipts or vouchers.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

         7. D&O  INSURANCE  COVERAGE.  The Company shall use its best efforts to
obtain and maintain, at the Company's cost and expense, directors' and officers'
liability  insurance  coverage  for the  directors  and officers of the Company,
including the  Executive.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company
to provide such  coverage for the  Executive  if it is not then  providing  such
coverage generally to its directors and officers.

         8.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity  for  the  benefit  of the  Company,  its  subsidiaries  and any of its
affiliates all information, knowledge and data relating to or concerned with the
Company, its subsidiaries and any of its affiliate's operations, sales, business
and affairs,  and he shall not, at any time, either during the Employment Period
or after the  termination of the Executive's  employment with the Company,  use,
disclose or divulge any such information,  knowledge or data to any person, firm
or  corporation  (unless  the  Company  no longer  treats  such  information  as
confidential) other than to the Company or its designees and employees or except
as may otherwise be required in connection  with the business and affairs of the
Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the  Executive  may disclose or divulge such
information,  knowledge  or data that is or becomes  generally  available to the
public through no wrongful act on the Executive's  part or where such disclosure
is legally  compelled by judicial or  administrative  action,  provided that the
Executive  agrees to give the  Company  prompt  notice of any such  judicial  or
administrative  action to enable the Company to seek an  appropriate  protective
order.

         9.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.   Any  idea,  invention,   design,  written
material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,  development  or discovery
conceived,  developed,  created or made by the  Executive  alone or with  others
relating to the businesses of the Company or any of its subsidiaries  during the
Employment  Period and,  whether or not patentable or registrable,  shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Executive shall disclose the
same  promptly and  completely to the Company and shall,  during the  Employment
Period and at any time and from time to time hereafter (i) execute all documents
requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire right,  title and
interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents requested by the Company
for filing and prosecuting such  applications for patents,  trademarks,  service
marks and/or  copyrights as the Company,  in its sole discretion,  may desire to
prosecute,  and (iii) give the Company all  assistance it  reasonably  requires,
including the giving of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding, in order to
obtain, maintain and protect the Company's right therein and thereto.

         10.  EQUITABLE  RELIEF.   The  parties  hereto   acknowledge  that  the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement, the Company shall not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in
the event of any such breach or threatened breach by the Executive,  the Company
shall be entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

available  to  restrain  the  Executive  and any  business,  firm,  partnership,
individual,  corporation  or entity  participating  in such breach or threatened
breach from the  violation of the  provisions  hereof.  Nothing  herein shall be
construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies  available
at law or in equity for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery
of damages and the  immediate  termination  of the  employment  of the Executive
hereunder.

         11.      CHANGE OF CONTROL.

                  (a) If prior to the expiration of the Employment Period, there
is a Change of Control (as such term is defined  herein) and  thereafter  any of
the  following  occur:  (a) the  Executive  is placed in any  position of lesser
stature than that of Chief Executive Officer of the Company;  is assigned duties
inconsistent  with the Chief  Executive  Officer or duties which,  if performed,
would  result  in a  significant  change  in the  nature  or  scope  of  powers,
authority, functions or duties inherent in such positions on the date hereof; is
assigned  performance  requirements or working  conditions which are at variance
with the performance  requirements and working  conditions in effect on the date
hereof; or is accorded treatment on a general basis that is in derogation of his
status as a Chief  Executive  Officer;  (b) the  Executive  ceases to serve as a
member of the  Company's  Board;  (c) any  breach of  Paragraphs  4, 5, 6, or 7,
inclusive,  of this  Agreement;  or (d) any  requirement of the Company that the
location at which the Executive performs his principal duties for the Company be
outside a radius of 50 miles from the location at which the Executive  performed
such duties immediately prior to the Change of Control, then the Agreement shall
be deemed to have been  terminated  by the Company  otherwise  than by reason of
Cause and the Company shall pay to Executive  within five days after notice from
Executive to such effect, as liquidated  damages,  a lump sum cash payment equal
to 2.99  times the "base  amount"  of  Executive's  compensation.  For  purposes
hereof,  "base amount"  shall have the meaning  provided in Section 280G (b) (2)
(A) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  and  the  Proposed
Regulations thereunder.

                  (b) For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  a Change of Control
means (i) the direct or indirect sale, lease,  exchange or other transfer of all
or substantially all (50% or more) of the assets of the Company to any person or
entity or group of persons or  entities  acting in concert as a  partnership  or
other  group (a "Group of  Persons"),  (ii) the merger,  consolidation  or other
business  combination of the Company with or into another  corporation  with the
effect that the  shareholders  of the Company,  as the case may be,  immediately
following the merger,  consolidation or other business combination,  hold 50% or
less of the combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding  securities  of the
surviving   corporation  of  such  merger,   consolidation   or  other  business
combination   ordinarily   (and  apart  from  rights   accruing   under  special
circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors,  (iii) the
replacement  of a majority of the Company's  Board in any given year as compared
to the directors who  constituted  the Company's  Board at the beginning of such
year, and

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

such  replacement  shall not have been approved by the Company's  Board,  as the
case may be, as  constituted  at the  beginning  of such year,  (iv) a person or
Group of Persons shall, as a result of a tender or exchange  offer,  open market
purchases,   privately  negotiated  purchases  or  otherwise,  have  become  the
beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended) of securities of the Company  representing  50% or more
of the  combined  voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  securities  of  such
corporation   ordinarily   (and  apart  from  rights   accruing   under  special
circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors.

         12.      EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Employment  Period shall  terminate  without action on
the part of the Company upon the death of the Executive.  The Employment  Period
shall  also  terminate  upon  30  days  written  notice  by the  Company  to the
Executive,  (i) in the  event  that  the  Executive  shall  become  "Permanently
Incapacitated"  (as  hereinafter  defined);  or (ii) for "Cause" (as hereinafter
defined).  The Employment Period shall also terminate upon written notice by the
Executive to the Company for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined);

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  Permanently  Incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental  disability as  determined  by the  Executive's
physician  or a  physician  designated  by the  Company,  fail to  substantially
perform  his  usual  and  regular  duties  for the  Company  for a period of 120
consecutive  days or for an aggregate of 120 days in any  consecutive  six month
period.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of funds or material  property of the Company,  or willful and
repeated  refusal of the Executive to follow the lawful  directives of the Board
for the  performance  of  material  duties  which the  Executive  is required to
perform hereunder (other than for reason of becoming Permanently Incapacitated),
after at least ten (10) days prior written  notice by the Company  providing the
Executive with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Good Reason" shall mean
any  diminution  of  the  Executive's  position,  duties,   responsibilities  or
compensation  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company  or the  geographic
relocation  of the  Executive's  position  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the
Company.

                  (e) In the event the Employment Period is terminated by reason
of the  Executive's  death,  the  Company  shall,  within  30  days,  pay to the
Executive's  estate the Base Salary,  as adjusted,  to and including the date of
such termination,  any unpaid bonus payments previously  determined by the Board
and all expense reimbursements due the Executive.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  (f) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  (i) by
the Company for Cause, or (ii) by the Executive without Good Reason, the Company
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive his Base Salary, as adjusted, to and
including the date of such  termination,  any unpaid bonus  payments  previously
determined by the Board and all expense reimbursements due the Executive.

                  (g) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  due to
the Executive becoming Permanently  Incapacitated,  the Company shall, within 30
days, pay to the Executive an amount equal to six months of his Base Salary,  as
adjusted,  to and  including  the date of such  termination,  any  unpaid  bonus
payments previously  determined by the Board and all expense  reimbursements due
the Executive.

                  (h) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  (i) by
the Company  without  Cause,  or (ii) by the  Executive  with Good  Reason,  the
Company shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total
of all payments of Base Salary for the remainder of the Employment  Period,  but
in no event shall such payment be less than $500,000. In addition, the Executive
shall be entitled to any unpaid  bonus  payments  previously  determined  by the
Board for the remainder of the Employment Period,  shall be paid for accrued but
unused vacation time determined on a pro-rata basis and shall be entitled to the
benefits  provided  pursuant  to  Section  5  hereof  for the  remainder  of the
Employment Period.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein, no payment
shall be made to the Executive under this Section 12(h) if the Executive is paid
liquidated  damages following a Change of Control of the Company as set forth in
Section 11(a) above.

         13.      PURCHASE OF OPTIONS.

                  In the event the Executive is entitled to  liquidated  damages
upon a  Change  of  Control  as  provided  in  Section  11(a)  hereof  or if the
Employment  Period  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  Cause,  or by the
Executive with Good Reason,  the Company shall purchase from the Executive,  any
and all stock  options  granted by the Company and held by the  Executive at the
time of  termination  or Change of Control,  whether or not vested,  for a price
equal to the Option Purchase  Amount.  The Option Purchase Amount shall mean the
average closing bid price of the Company's  Common Stock on the Nasdaq Small-Cap
market or such other market in which the  Company's  Common Stock is then traded
over five (5) trading days prior to the  termination  less the exercise price of
such  options.  In the  event  the  Option  Purchase  Amount  is not paid to the
Executive  within five business days of the occurrence of any  triggering  event
described  in the  first  sentence  of this  Section  13,  the  Option  Purchase
Agreement shall accrue interest at an interest rate of 10% per annum,  until the
Option Purchase Amount,  plus such accrued  interest,  is paid to the Executive.
The Executive shall also continue to receive his Base Salary, and be entitled to
all  benefits  described  in  Section 5,  until  payment of the Option  Purchase
Amount,  plus  interest,  if any,  at which time  payment of the Base Salary and
entitlement to the benefits

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

described  in  Section  5 shall  terminate  unless  otherwise  provided  in this
Agreement.

         14.      ARBITRATION OF ALL DISPUTES.

                  (a) Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of or relating to
this  Agreement  or the  breach  thereof  (including  the  arbitrability  of any
controversy or claim),  shall be settled by arbitration in the City of New York,
State of New York, by three  arbitrators,  one of whom shall be appointed by the
Company,  one by the  Executive  and the third of whom shall be appointed by the
first  two  arbitrators.  If the  first  two  arbitrators  cannot  agree  on the
appointment of a third arbitrator,  then the third arbitrator shall be appointed
by the American Arbitration  Association.  The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration  Association,  except with
respect to the  selection  of  arbitrators  which  shall be as  provided in this
Section. The cost of any arbitration proceeding hereunder shall be borne equally
by the Company  and the  Executive.  In the  absence of fraud,  the award of the
arbitrators  shall be binding  upon the  parties  and  judgment  thereon  may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

                  (b) In the event that it shall be necessary  or desirable  for
the Executive to retain legal  counsel  and/or incur other costs and expenses in
connection  with  the  enforcement  of  any or all  of  his  rights  under  this
Agreement,  and  provided  that  the  Executive  substantially  prevails  in the
enforcement  of such rights,  the Company shall pay (or the  Executive  shall be
entitled  to  recover  from the  Company,  as the  case may be) the  Executive's
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with the
enforcement of his rights, including the enforcement of any arbitration award up
to $50,000 in the aggregate.

         15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This agreement sets forth the entire
understanding  of the  parties  with  respect to the subject  matter  hereof and
supersedes all existing  agreements between them concerning such subject matter,
provided,  however,  that the employment  agreement  between the Company and the
Executive  which was to expire on its terms on December 31, 1996 shall remain in
full force and effect until November 1, 1996. No amendment to or modification of
this  Agreement  shall be valid or binding  unless made in writing and signed by
the party against whom enforcement thereof is sought.

         16.      NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication required or
permitted to be given by this Agreement shall be writing and shall
be effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally by hand;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;
                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following day,

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

in each case addressed as follows:

                  (i)      if to the Executive:

                           65 Central Park West, Apt. 2D
                           New York, NY 10023

                  (ii)      if to the Company:

                            151 Veterans Drive
                            Northvale, N.J. 07647
                            Attention: James Caci

                            Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this Section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission  provided that such day is a business day and such  transmission is
completed  before  5:00 p.m.  on such day,  failing  which such  notice or other
communication shall be deemed given and received on the first business day after
its  transmission.  Regardless of the foregoing,  if there is a mail stoppage or
labor  dispute or  threatened  labor  dispute which has affected or could affect
normal mail delivery,  then no notice or other communication may be delivered by
registered mail. If there has been a mail stoppage and if a party sends a notice
or other communication by telecopier, telex or other similar means of electronic
communication,  such party shall be  relieved  from the  obligation  to mail the
original document in accordance with this Section.  "Business day" means any day
other than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a  statutory  holiday  observed in New York
City, New York.

         17.  WAIVERS.  No  course of  dealing  nor any delay on the part of any
party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any
such  rights.  No waiver of any  default  or breach of this  Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

         18.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall be governed,  interpreted and
construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey,  except that
body of law relating to choice of laws.

         19.  INVALIDITY.  If any  clause,  paragraph,  section  or part of this
Agreement shall be held or declared to be void, invalid or

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

illegal, for any reason, by any court of competent jurisdiction,  such provision
shall be  ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect any other
clause, paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

         20.  FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  Each  of  the  parties  shall  execute  such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

         21. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
or more counterparts which may be by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an
original,  but  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
instrument.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                           GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                           By: /S/ JAMES CACI
/S/ ISAAC GAON                                ---------------------------------
- --------------------------                    Name:   JAMES M. CACI
ISAAC J. GAON                                 Title:  Chief Financial
                                                      Officer

                                      -12-




                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of October 31, 1996,  by and between  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  located at 151  Veterans  Drive,  Northvale,  New Jersey 07647 (the
"Company") and James M. Caci,  residing at 17 Ackerson Avenue,  Pequannock,  New
Jersey 07440 (the "Executive").

         IN CONSIDERATION of the covenants and agreements set forth herein,  and
other good and valuable  consideration  (the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged) the parties covenant and agree as follows:

         1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE. The Company hereby employs the Executive as
its Vice President- Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer on
a full-time  basis to perform the duties and  responsibilities  incident to such
offices,  subject  at all times to the  control  and  direction  of the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board").

         2. ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND ATTENTION.  The Executive hereby
accepts such  employment and agrees that  throughout  the Employment  Period (as
hereinafter defined),  he will devote such full time,  attention,  knowledge and
skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of
the  business  of the  Company  as are  necessary  to  perform  the  duties  and
responsibilities  assigned to him pursuant to Section 1 hereof,  subject, at all
times, to the direction and control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer
of the  Company.  The  Executive  shall at all times be subject to,  observe and
carry out such rules, regulations,  policies, directions and restrictions as the
Company shall from time to time establish.

         3. TERM.  The Company  agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive
agrees to serve,  on the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  for a period
commencing as of November 1, 1996 and ending on October 31, 1999, unless earlier
terminated in accordance with Section 12 hereof (the "Employment Period").

         4. COMPENSATION.  For all services rendered by the Executive under this
Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive the following:

                  (a)      a base  salary of  $150,000  per  annum,  payable  in
                           equal, bi-weekly installments,  or such other greater
                           amount  as  the  Board  may  determine  at  its  sole
                           discretion upon an annual review (the "Base Salary").
                           The  Base  Salary   shall  be   increased   annually,
                           beginning  November 1, 1997, by a percentage equal to
                           the percentage by which the


<PAGE>

                           Consumer  Price  Index for Urban Wage  Borrowers  and
                           Clerical  Workers:  New York, N.Y. - Northeastern New
                           Jersey  (1982-84  equals  100),  as  published by the
                           Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  of the  United  States
                           Department of Labor,  shall have  increased  over the
                           preceding  year  (the  "CPI  Adjustment").   The  CPI
                           Adjustment shall be made as soon as possible,  but in
                           no event later than  fifteen (15) days after the date
                           upon which the Bureau of Labor publishes its consumer
                           price index statistics for the month of December. Any
                           portion   of  the   increase   in   the   Executive's
                           compensation   retroactively  due  shall  be  payable
                           immediately upon determination of the adjustment.  If
                           publication   of  the   Consumer   Price   Index   is
                           discontinued,   the  parties   hereto   shall  accept
                           comparable  statistics  on the cost of living for the
                           New York,  N.Y. -  Northeastern  New  Jersey  area as
                           computed  and  published  by an agency of the  United
                           States or by a  responsible  financial  periodical of
                           recognized  authority  then  to be  selected  by  the
                           parties.   Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the
                           contrary,  in no event  shall the CPI  Adjustment  be
                           less than the cost of living increase in compensation
                           granted to other senior executives of the Company;

                  (b)      In  addition  to  his  Base  Salary  hereunder,   the
                           Executive  shall be  entitled to an  additional  cash
                           bonus (the "Cash Incentive Bonus") during each annual
                           period of the  Employment  Period  of this  Agreement
                           commencing with the annual period November 1, 1996 to
                           October 31, 1997,  based upon achieving the Company's
                           Projected  EBIT (as defined  below).  As used herein,
                           "EBIT" shall mean,  with respect to any annual period
                           hereunder, the sum of the consolidated net income (or
                           loss) for the  Company  and each of its  subsidiaries
                           for  such  period   calculated  in  accordance   with
                           generally accepted accounting  principles,  excluding
                           therefrom any extraordinary  items of income or loss,
                           plus all  amounts  deducted  therefrom  on account of
                           income taxes and interest expense. The Cash Incentive
                           Bonus  shall  be  computed  as  follows:  (i)  if the
                           Company's  actual EBIT for the annual  period  ending
                           October  31,  1997 is  $8,100,000  and the  Company's
                           actual EBIT for the annual periods ending October 31,
                           1998  and 1999 are  equal to EBIT  projections  which
                           shall be  mutually  determined  in good  faith by the
                           Company's  Board of Directors and the Executive prior
                           to such  annual  period  (the  "Projected  EBIT") the
                           Executive  shall  receive a Cash  Incentive  Bonus of
                           $50,000 for each such period in which Projected

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                           EBIT is met;  and (ii) if the  Company's  actual EBIT
                           exceeds the  Projected  EBIT for such annual  period,
                           the  Executive  shall  receive,  in  addition  to the
                           amount earned pursuant to Section 4(b)(i),  an amount
                           equal to 2.5% of such excess, provided, however, that
                           such amount earned  pursuant to Section  4(b)(ii) for
                           each annual period shall not exceed $50,000. The Cash
                           Incentive  Bonus  shall be  determined  no later than
                           ninety (90) days after the end of each annual  period
                           and paid promptly thereafter.

                  (c)      In addition to the Base Salary and the Cash Incentive
                           Bonus  payable  hereunder,  the  Executive  shall  be
                           entitled to receive the options to purchase shares of
                           the  Company's  Common Stock (the  "Option  Incentive
                           Bonus")  during each annual period of the  Employment
                           Period of this Agreement  commencing  with the annual
                           period  November 1, 1996 to October 31,  1997,  based
                           upon achieving the Company's  Projected EBIT for such
                           period.  The Option Incentive Bonus shall be computed
                           as follows:  (i) if the Company's  actual EBIT is 85%
                           of  Projected  EBIT  for  such  annual  period,   the
                           Executive  shall receive  options to purchase  50,000
                           shares of common stock,  par value $.001 per share of
                           the Company (the "Common Stock");  (ii) if the actual
                           EBIT  is 100%  of  Projected  EBIT  for  such  annual
                           period,  the Executive shall receive,  in addition to
                           the options  received  pursuant to clause (i) of this
                           sentence,  options to purchase an  additional  25,000
                           shares of Common Stock;  and (iii) if the actual EBIT
                           exceeds 100% of the  Projected  EBIT,  the  Executive
                           shall  receive,  in addition to the options  received
                           pursuant  to clauses  (i) and (ii) of this  sentence,
                           options to  purchase  such number of shares of Common
                           Stock  as  shall   equal  the   number   derived   by
                           multiplying   (.025)  and  the  positive   difference
                           between  the actual EBIT and the  Projected  EBIT for
                           such  period.  The Option  Incentive  Bonus  shall be
                           determined  no later than  ninety (90) days after the
                           end of each  annual  period and  granted  immediately
                           upon such  determination.  Such options shall have an
                           exercise  price equal to the fair market value on the
                           date of grant (as  computed  using the average of the
                           last trade  price over the five  consecutive  trading
                           days  immediately  preceding  the date of grant)  and
                           shall vest as follows:  1/3 on the grant date, 1/3 on
                           the first  anniversary  of the grant  date and 1/3 on
                           the second anniversary of the grant date.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

                  The  parties  agree that the Company is  authorized  to deduct
from the Base Salary and Cash Incentive  Bonus of the  Executive,  and any other
compensation  paid to the  Executive,  such  sums as are  required  by law to be
deducted or withheld.

         5. EXECUTIVE  BENEFITS.  The Executive shall be entitled to receive the
following benefits from the Company:

                  (a)      The Company  shall pay or reimburse the Executive for
                           the  cost  of  insurance,   maintenance,  repair  and
                           gasoline for his automobile,  provided, however, that
                           such expenses are reasonably related to the Company's
                           business;

                  (b)      The  Company  shall  obtain a life  insurance  policy
                           naming the  Executive  as the  insured and such other
                           party as may be designated as the  beneficiary by the
                           Executive,  providing for death benefits of $300,000,
                           with  respect  to which  the  Company  shall  pay all
                           applicable  premiums  during the  Employment  Period.
                           Such policy shall include a cost of living escalator,
                           provided   that  such   escalator   is  available  on
                           commercially reasonable terms;

                  (c)      The  Company  shall  provide  the  Executive  and his
                           family with  medical  insurance  consistent  with the
                           Company's  current and future  medical  plans for its
                           senior executives;

                  (d)      The Company shall  provide the Executive  with annual
                           dental benefits consistent with the Company's current
                           dental plan for its senior executives;

                  (e)      The  Company  shall   provide  the   Executive   with
                           long-term    disability   insurance   providing   for
                           disability  payments  of  $8,000.00  per month.  Such
                           policy may  provide  that no  payments  are  required
                           until the Executive has been disabled for a period of
                           six (6) months;

                  (f)      The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the
                           Company's  stock  option  plan  as  available  to all
                           senior  executives  of the  Company,  subject  to the
                           discretion of the Board; and

                  (g)      The Executive  shall be entitled to twenty three (23)
                           days of paid vacation for each 12 month period during
                           the Employment Period. Any vacation shall be taken at
                           the reasonable and mutual  convenience of the Company
                           and the Executive.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

         6. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. The Company shall reimburse the Executive
in accordance with its applicable  policies for all expenses reasonably incurred
by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties  hereunder and the
business of the  Company,  upon the  submission  to the  Company of  appropriate
receipts or vouchers.

         7. D&O  INSURANCE  COVERAGE.  The Company shall use its best efforts to
obtain and maintain, at the Company's cost and expense, directors' and officers'
liability  insurance  coverage  for the  directors  and officers of the Company,
including the  Executive.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company
to provide such  coverage for the  Executive  if it is not then  providing  such
coverage generally to its directors and officers.

         8.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity  for  the  benefit  of the  Company,  its  subsidiaries  and any of its
affiliates all information, knowledge and data relating to or concerned with the
Company, its subsidiaries and any of its affiliate's operations, sales, business
and affairs,  and he shall not, at any time, either during the Employment Period
or after the  termination of the Executive's  employment with the Company,  use,
disclose or divulge any such information,  knowledge or data to any person, firm
or  corporation  (unless  the  Company  no longer  treats  such  information  as
confidential) other than to the Company or its designees and employees or except
as may otherwise be required in connection  with the business and affairs of the
Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the  Executive  may disclose or divulge such
information,  knowledge  or data that is or becomes  generally  available to the
public through no wrongful act on the Executive's  part or where such disclosure
is legally  compelled by judicial or  administrative  action,  provided that the
Executive  agrees to give the  Company  prompt  notice of any such  judicial  or
administrative  action to enable the Company to seek an  appropriate  protective
order.

         9.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.   Any  idea,  invention,   design,  written
material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,  development  or discovery
conceived,  developed,  created or made by the  Executive  alone or with  others
relating to the businesses of the Company or any of its subsidiaries  during the
Employment  Period and,  whether or not patentable or registrable,  shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Executive shall disclose the
same  promptly and  completely to the Company and shall,  during the  Employment
Period and at any time and from time to time hereafter (i) execute all documents
requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire right,  title and
interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents requested by the Company
for filing and prosecuting such  applications for patents,  trademarks,  service
marks and/or  copyrights as the Company,  in its sole discretion,  may desire to
prosecute,  and (iii) give the Company all  assistance it  reasonably  requires,
including the giving

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding, in order to obtain, maintain and
protect the Company's right therein and thereto.

         10.  EQUITABLE  RELIEF.   The  parties  hereto   acknowledge  that  the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement, the Company shall not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in
the event of any such breach or threatened breach by the Executive,  the Company
shall be entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to
restrain  the  Executive  and  any  business,  firm,  partnership,   individual,
corporation or entity participating in such breach or threatened breach from the
violation  of the  provisions  hereof.  Nothing  herein  shall be  construed  as
prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies  available at law or in
equity for such breach or threatened  breach,  including the recovery of damages
and the immediate termination of the employment of the Executive hereunder.

         11.      CHANGE OF CONTROL.

                  (a) If prior to the expiration of the Employment Period, there
is a Change of Control (as such term is defined  herein) and  thereafter  any of
the  following  occur:  (a) the  Executive  is placed in any  position of lesser
stature than that of Vice President- Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
and  Treasurer  of the  Company;  is  assigned  duties  inconsistent  with  Vice
President- Finance,  Chief Financial Officer,  Secretary and Treasurer or duties
which, if performed, would result in a significant change in the nature or scope
of powers, authority, functions or duties inherent in such positions on the date
hereof; is assigned performance  requirements or working conditions which are at
variance with the performance  requirements and working  conditions in effect on
the  date  hereof;  or is  accorded  treatment  on a  general  basis  that is in
derogation of his status as Vice President-  Finance,  Chief Financial  Officer,
Secretary and Treasurer;  (b) any breach of Paragraphs 4, 5, 6, or 7, inclusive,
of this  Agreement;  or (c) any  requirement of the Company that the location at
which the Executive  performs his principal  duties for the Company be outside a
radius of 50 miles  from the  location  at which the  Executive  performed  such
duties  immediately prior to the Change of Control,  then the Agreement shall be
deemed to have been terminated by the Company  otherwise than by reason of Cause
and the  Company  shall pay to  Executive  within  five days after  notice  from
Executive to such effect, as liquidated  damages,  a lump sum cash payment equal
to 2.99  times the "base  amount"  of  Executive's  compensation.  For  purposes
hereof,  "base amount"  shall have the meaning  provided in Section 280G (b) (2)
(A) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  and  the  Proposed
Regulations thereunder.

                  (b) For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  a Change of Control
means (i) the direct or indirect sale, lease,  exchange or other transfer of all
or substantially all (50% or more) of the

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

assets of the  Company to any  person or entity or group of persons or  entities
acting in concert as a partnership  or other group (a "Group of Persons"),  (ii)
the merger,  consolidation or other business  combination of the Company with or
into another  corporation  with the effect that the shareholders of the Company,
as the case may be,  immediately  following the merger,  consolidation  or other
business combination,  hold 50% or less of the combined voting power of the then
outstanding   securities   of  the   surviving   corporation   of  such  merger,
consolidation  or other business  combination  ordinarily (and apart from rights
accruing under special  circumstances)  having the right to vote in the election
of directors,  (iii) the replacement of a majority of the Company's Board in any
given year as compared to the directors who  constituted  the Company's Board at
the beginning of such year, and such replacement shall not have been approved by
the Company's Board, as the case may be, as constituted at the beginning of such
year,  (iv) a person  or Group of  Persons  shall,  as a result  of a tender  or
exchange  offer,  open  market  purchases,  privately  negotiated  purchases  or
otherwise,  have become the  beneficial  owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended) of  securities  of the
Company  representing  50% or more of the  combined  voting  power  of the  then
outstanding  securities of such  corporation  ordinarily  (and apart from rights
accruing under special  circumstances)  having the right to vote in the election
of directors.

         12.      EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Employment  Period shall  terminate  without action on
the part of the Company upon the death of the Executive.  The Employment  Period
shall  also  terminate  upon  30  days  written  notice  by the  Company  to the
Executive,  (i) in the  event  that  the  Executive  shall  become  "Permanently
Incapacitated"  (as  hereinafter  defined);  or (ii) for "Cause" (as hereinafter
defined).  The Employment Period shall also terminate upon written notice by the
Executive to the Company for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined);

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  Permanently  Incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental  disability as  determined  by the  Executive's
physician  or a  physician  designated  by the  Company,  fail to  substantially
perform  his  usual  and  regular  duties  for the  Company  for a period of 120
consecutive  days or for an aggregate of 120 days in any  consecutive  six month
period.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of funds or material  property of the Company,  or willful and
repeated  refusal of the Executive to follow the lawful  directives of the Board
for the  performance  of  material  duties  which the  Executive  is required to
perform hereunder (other than for reason of becoming Permanently Incapacitated),
after at

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

least ten (10) days prior written notice by the Company  providing the Executive
with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Good Reason" shall mean
any  diminution  of  the  Executive's  position,  duties,   responsibilities  or
compensation as Vice President- Finance, Chief Financial Officer,  Secretary and
Treasurer  of  the  Company  or the  geographic  relocation  of the  Executive's
position as Vice  President-  Finance,  Chief Financial  Officer,  Secretary and
Treasurer of the Company.

                  (e) In the event the Employment Period is terminated by reason
of the  Executive's  death,  the  Company  shall,  within  30  days,  pay to the
Executive's  estate the Base Salary,  as adjusted,  to and including the date of
such termination,  any unpaid bonus payments previously  determined by the Board
and all expense reimbursements due the Executive.

                  (f) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  (i) by
the Company for Cause, or (ii) by the Executive without Good Reason, the Company
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive his Base Salary, as adjusted, to and
including the date of such  termination,  any unpaid bonus  payments  previously
determined by the Board and all expense reimbursements due the Executive.

                  (g) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  due to
the Executive becoming Permanently  Incapacitated,  the Company shall, within 30
days, pay to the Executive an amount equal to six months of his Base Salary,  as
adjusted,  to and  including  the date of such  termination,  any  unpaid  bonus
payments previously  determined by the Board and all expense  reimbursements due
the Executive.

                  (h) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  (i) by
the Company  without  Cause,  or (ii) by the  Executive  with Good  Reason,  the
Company shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total
of all payments of Base Salary for the remainder of the Employment  Period,  but
in no event shall such payment be less than $300,000. In addition, the Executive
shall be entitled to any unpaid  bonus  payments  previously  determined  by the
Board for the remainder of the Employment Period,  shall be paid for accrued but
unused vacation time determined on a pro-rata basis and shall be entitled to the
benefits  provided  pursuant  to  Section  5  hereof  for the  remainder  of the
Employment Period.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein, no payment
shall be made to the Executive under this Section 12(h) if the Executive is paid
liquidated  damages following a Change of Control of the Company as set forth in
Section 11(a) above.

                                       -8-

<PAGE>
         13.      PURCHASE OF OPTIONS.

                  In the event the Executive is entitled to  liquidated  damages
upon a  Change  of  Control  as  provided  in  Section  11(a)  hereof  or if the
Employment  Period  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  Cause,  or by the
Executive with Good Reason,  the Company shall purchase from the Executive,  any
and all stock  options  granted by the Company and held by the  Executive at the
time of  termination  or Change of Control,  whether or not vested,  for a price
equal to the Option Purchase  Amount.  The Option Purchase Amount shall mean the
average closing bid price of the Company's  Common Stock on the Nasdaq Small-Cap
market or such other market in which the  Company's  Common Stock is then traded
over five (5) trading days prior to the  termination  less the exercise price of
such  options.  In the  event  the  Option  Purchase  Amount  is not paid to the
Executive  within five business days of the occurrence of any  triggering  event
described  in the  first  sentence  of this  Section  13,  the  Option  Purchase
Agreement shall accrue interest at an interest rate of 10% per annum,  until the
Option Purchase Amount,  plus such accrued  interest,  is paid to the Executive.
The Executive shall also continue to receive his Base Salary, and be entitled to
all  benefits  described  in  Section 5,  until  payment of the Option  Purchase
Amount,  plus  interest,  if any,  at which time  payment of the Base Salary and
entitlement  to the  benefits  described  in  Section 5 shall  terminate  unless
otherwise provided in this Agreement.

         14.      ARBITRATION OF ALL DISPUTES.

                  (a) Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of or relating to
this  Agreement  or the  breach  thereof  (including  the  arbitrability  of any
controversy or claim),  shall be settled by arbitration in the City of New York,
State of New York, by three  arbitrators,  one of whom shall be appointed by the
Company,  one by the  Executive  and the third of whom shall be appointed by the
first  two  arbitrators.  If the  first  two  arbitrators  cannot  agree  on the
appointment of a third arbitrator,  then the third arbitrator shall be appointed
by the American Arbitration  Association.  The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration  Association,  except with
respect to the  selection  of  arbitrators  which  shall be as  provided in this
Section. The cost of any arbitration proceeding hereunder shall be borne equally
by the Company  and the  Executive.  In the  absence of fraud,  the award of the
arbitrators  shall be binding  upon the  parties  and  judgment  thereon  may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

                  (b) In the event that it shall be necessary  or desirable  for
the Executive to retain legal  counsel  and/or incur other costs and expenses in
connection  with  the  enforcement  of  any or all  of  his  rights  under  this
Agreement,  and  provided  that  the  Executive  substantially  prevails  in the
enforcement  of such rights,  the Company shall pay (or the  Executive  shall be
entitled  to  recover  from the  Company,  as the  case may be) the  Executive's
reasonable

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

attorneys' fees and costs and expenses in connection with the enforcement of his
rights,  including the enforcement of any arbitration award up to $50,000 in the
aggregate.

         15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This agreement sets forth the entire
understanding  of the  parties  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof,
supersedes all existing  agreements between them concerning such subject matter.
No  amendment to or  modification  of this  Agreement  shall be valid or binding
unless made in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement  thereof
is sought.

         16. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to
be given by this Agreement shall be writing and shall be effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally by hand;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;
                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following day,

in each case addressed as follows:

                  (i)      if to the Executive:

                           17 Ackerson Avenue
                           Pequannock, New Jersey 07440

                  (ii)      if to the Company:

                            151 Veterans Drive
                            Northvale, N.J. 07647
                            Attention: Isaac Gaon

                            Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this Section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission provided that such day is a business day

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

and such  transmission is completed  before 5:00 p.m. on such day, failing which
such notice or other  communication  shall be deemed  given and  received on the
first business day after its transmission. Regardless of the foregoing, if there
is a mail  stoppage  or labor  dispute or  threatened  labor  dispute  which has
affected  or  could  affect  normal  mail  delivery,  then no  notice  or  other
communication  may be delivered  by  registered  mail.  If there has been a mail
stoppage  and if a party sends a notice or other  communication  by  telecopier,
telex or other similar means of  electronic  communication,  such party shall be
relieved from the  obligation to mail the original  document in accordance  with
this Section.  "Business day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a
statutory holiday observed in New York City, New York.

         17.  WAIVERS.  No  course of  dealing  nor any delay on the part of any
party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any
such  rights.  No waiver of any  default  or breach of this  Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

         18.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall be governed,  interpreted and
construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey,  except that
body of law relating to choice of laws.

         19.  INVALIDITY.  If any  clause,  paragraph,  section  or part of this
Agreement  shall be held or  declared to be void,  invalid or  illegal,  for any
reason,  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect  any other  clause,
paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

         20.  FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  Each  of  the  parties  shall  execute  such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

         21. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
or more counterparts which may be by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an
original,  but  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
instrument.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                       GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                       By:/S/ ISAAC J. GAON
/S/ JAMES M. CACI                         --------------------------------------
- --------------------------                Name:   ISAAC J. GAON
JAMES M. CACI                             Title:  Chief Executive
                                                  Officer


                                      -12-

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of December 31, 1996, by and between  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  located at 151  Veterans  Drive,  Northvale,  New Jersey 07647 (the
"Company")  and Robert F. Gadd IV,  residing at Clinch Road,  Herndon,  Virginia
20170-2412 (the "Executive").

         IN CONSIDERATION of the covenants and agreements set forth herein,  and
other good and valuable  consideration  (the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged) the parties covenant and agree as follows:

         1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE. The Company hereby employs the Executive as
its  Senior  Vice  President  on a  full-time  basis to  perform  the duties and
responsibilities  incident to such offices,  subject at all times to the control
and direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board").

         2. ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND ATTENTION.  The Executive hereby
accepts such  employment and agrees that  throughout  the Employment  Period (as
hereinafter defined),  he will devote such full time,  attention,  knowledge and
skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of
the  business  of the  Company  as are  necessary  to  perform  the  duties  and
responsibilities  assigned to him pursuant to Section 1 hereof,  subject, at all
times, to the direction and control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer
of the  Company.  The  Executive  shall at all times be subject to,  observe and
carry out such rules, regulations,  policies, directions and restrictions as the
Company shall from time to time establish.

         3. TERM.  The Company  agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive
agrees to serve,  on the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  for a period
commencing as of January 1, 1997 and ending on December 31, 1999, unless earlier
terminated in accordance with Section 12 hereof (the "Employment Period").

         4. COMPENSATION.  For all services rendered by the Executive under this
Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive the following:

                  (a)      a base  salary of  $155,000  per  annum,  payable  in
                           equal, bi-weekly installments,  or such other greater
                           amount  as  the  Board  may  determine  at  its  sole
                           discretion upon an annual review (the "Base Salary").
                           The  Base  Salary   shall  be   increased   annually,
                           beginning  January 1, 1998, by a percentage  equal to
                           the percentage by which the


<PAGE>

                           Consumer  Price  Index for Urban Wage  Borrowers  and
                           Clerical  Workers:  New York, N.Y. - Northeastern New
                           Jersey  (1982-84  equals  100),  as  published by the
                           Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  of the  United  States
                           Department of Labor,  shall have  increased  over the
                           preceding  year  (the  "CPI  Adjustment").   The  CPI
                           Adjustment shall be made as soon as possible,  but in
                           no event later than  fifteen (15) days after the date
                           upon which the Bureau of Labor publishes its consumer
                           price index statistics for the month of December. Any
                           portion   of  the   increase   in   the   Executive's
                           compensation   retroactively  due  shall  be  payable
                           immediately upon determination of the adjustment.  If
                           publication   of  the   Consumer   Price   Index   is
                           discontinued,   the  parties   hereto   shall  accept
                           comparable  statistics  on the cost of living for the
                           New York,  N.Y. -  Northeastern  New  Jersey  area as
                           computed  and  published  by an agency of the  United
                           States or by a  responsible  financial  periodical of
                           recognized  authority  then  to be  selected  by  the
                           parties.   Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the
                           contrary,  in no event  shall the CPI  Adjustment  be
                           less than the cost of living increase in compensation
                           granted to other senior executives of the Company;

                  (b)      In  addition  to  his  Base  Salary  hereunder,   the
                           Executive  shall be  entitled to an  additional  cash
                           bonus (the "Cash Incentive Bonus") during each annual
                           period of the  Employment  Period  of this  Agreement
                           commencing  with the annual period January 1, 1997 to
                           December 31, 1997, based upon achieving the Company's
                           Projected  EBIT (as defined  below).  As used herein,
                           "EBIT" shall mean,  with respect to any annual period
                           hereunder, the sum of the consolidated net income (or
                           loss) for the  Company  and each of its  subsidiaries
                           for  such  period   calculated  in  accordance   with
                           generally accepted accounting  principles,  excluding
                           therefrom any extraordinary  items of income or loss,
                           plus all  amounts  deducted  therefrom  on account of
                           income taxes and interest expense. The Cash Incentive
                           Bonus  shall  be  computed  as  follows:  (i)  if the
                           Company's  actual EBIT for the annual  period  ending
                           December  31, 1997 is  $8,100,000  and the  Company's
                           actual EBIT for the annual  periods  ending  December
                           31, 1998 and 1999 are equal to EBIT projections which
                           shall be  mutually  determined  in good  faith by the
                           Company's  Board of Directors and the Executive prior
                           to such  annual  period  (the  "Projected  EBIT") the
                           Executive  shall  receive a Cash  Incentive  Bonus of
                           $45,000 for each such period in which Projected

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                           EBIT is met;  and (ii) if the  Company's  actual EBIT
                           exceeds the  Projected  EBIT for such annual  period,
                           the  Executive  shall  receive,  in  addition  to the
                           amount earned pursuant to Section 4(b)(i),  an amount
                           equal to 2.5% of such excess, provided, however, that
                           such amount earned  pursuant to Section  4(b)(ii) for
                           each annual  period  shall not exceed  $75,000.  [For
                           each  annual  period  in the the  Employment  Period,
                           one-half  of  the  Cash  Incentive   Bonus  shall  be
                           determined  no later than  ninety (90) days after the
                           end of  each  six  month  period  and  paid  promptly
                           thereafter   and  the  other  one-half  of  the  Cash
                           Incentive  Bonus  shall be  determined  no later than
                           ninety (90) days after the end of each  annual  month
                           period  and  paid  promptly  thereafter--  How?  EBIT
                           performance numbers are annual].

                  (c)      In addition to the Base Salary and the Cash Incentive
                           Bonus  payable  hereunder,  the  Executive  shall  be
                           entitled to receive the options to purchase shares of
                           the  Company's  Common Stock (the  "Option  Incentive
                           Bonus")  during each annual period of the  Employment
                           Period of this Agreement  commencing  with the annual
                           period  January 1, 1997 to December 31,  1998,  based
                           upon achieving the Company's  Projected EBIT for such
                           period.  The Option Incentive Bonus shall be computed
                           as follows:  (i) if the Company's  actual EBIT is 85%
                           of  Projected  EBIT  for  such  annual  period,   the
                           Executive  shall receive  options to purchase  40,000
                           shares of common stock,  par value $.001 per share of
                           the Company (the "Common Stock");  (ii) if the actual
                           EBIT  is 100%  of  Projected  EBIT  for  such  annual
                           period,  the Executive shall receive,  in addition to
                           the options  received  pursuant to clause (i) of this
                           sentence,  options to purchase an  additional  20,000
                           shares of Common Stock;  and (iii) if the actual EBIT
                           exceeds 100% of the  Projected  EBIT,  the  Executive
                           shall  receive,  in addition to the options  received
                           pursuant  to clauses  (i) and (ii) of this  sentence,
                           options to  purchase  such number of shares of Common
                           Stock  as  shall   equal  the   number   derived   by
                           multiplying   (.025)  and  the  positive   difference
                           between  the actual EBIT and the  Projected  EBIT for
                           such  period.  The Option  Incentive  Bonus  shall be
                           determined  no later than  ninety (90) days after the
                           end of each  annual  period and  granted  immediately
                           upon such  determination.  Such options shall have an
                           exercise  price equal to the fair market value on the
                           date of grant (as  computed  using the average of the
                           last trade  price over the five  consecutive  trading
                           days

                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                           immediately  preceding  the date of grant)  and shall
                           vest as follows:  1/3 on the grant  date,  1/3 on the
                           first  anniversary  of the grant  date and 1/3 on the
                           second anniversary of the grant date.

                  The  parties  agree that the Company is  authorized  to deduct
from the Base Salary and Cash Incentive  Bonus of the  Executive,  and any other
compensation  paid to the  Executive,  such  sums as are  required  by law to be
deducted or withheld.

         5. EXECUTIVE  BENEFITS.  The Executive shall be entitled to receive the
following benefits from the Company:

                  (a)      The Company  shall pay or reimburse the Executive for
                           the  cost  of  insurance,   maintenance,  repair  and
                           gasoline for his automobile,  provided, however, that
                           such expenses are reasonably related to the Company's
                           business;

                  (b)      The  Company  shall  provide  the  Executive  and his
                           family with  medical  insurance  consistent  with the
                           Company's  current and future  medical  plans for its
                           senior executives;

                  (c)      The Company shall  provide the Executive  with annual
                           dental benefits consistent with the Company's current
                           dental plan for its senior executives;

                  (d)      The  Company  shall  reimburse  the  Executive  on  a
                           quarterly basis for payments made under his long-term
                           disability  insurance  policy  in an  amount  not  to
                           exceed $[ ] per quarterly period;

                  (e)      The Executive shall be entitled to participate in
                           the Company's stock option plan as available to all
                           senior executives of the Company, subject to the
                           discretion of the Board; and

                  (f)      The Executive  shall be entitled to twenty three (23)
                           days of paid vacation for each 12 month period during
                           the Employment Period. Any vacation shall be taken at
                           the reasonable and mutual  convenience of the Company
                           and the Executive.

         6. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. The Company shall reimburse the Executive
in accordance with its applicable  policies for all expenses reasonably incurred
by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties  hereunder and the
business of the  Company,  upon the  submission  to the  Company of  appropriate
receipts or vouchers.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>
         7. D&O  INSURANCE  COVERAGE.  The Company shall use its best efforts to
obtain and maintain, at the Company's cost and expense, directors' and officers'
liability  insurance  coverage  for the  directors  and officers of the Company,
including the  Executive.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company
to provide such  coverage for the  Executive  if it is not then  providing  such
coverage generally to its directors and officers.

         8.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity  for  the  benefit  of the  Company,  its  subsidiaries  and any of its
affiliates all information, knowledge and data relating to or concerned with the
Company, its subsidiaries and any of its affiliate's operations, sales, business
and affairs,  and he shall not, at any time, either during the Employment Period
or after the  termination of the Executive's  employment with the Company,  use,
disclose or divulge any such information,  knowledge or data to any person, firm
or  corporation  (unless  the  Company  no longer  treats  such  information  as
confidential) other than to the Company or its designees and employees or except
as may otherwise be required in connection  with the business and affairs of the
Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the  Executive  may disclose or divulge such
information,  knowledge  or data that is or becomes  generally  available to the
public through no wrongful act on the Executive's  part or where such disclosure
is legally  compelled by judicial or  administrative  action,  provided that the
Executive  agrees to give the  Company  prompt  notice of any such  judicial  or
administrative  action to enable the Company to seek an  appropriate  protective
order.

         9.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.   Any  idea,  invention,   design,  written
material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,  development  or discovery
conceived,  developed,  created or made by the  Executive  alone or with  others
relating to the businesses of the Company or any of its subsidiaries  during the
Employment  Period and,  whether or not patentable or registrable,  shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Executive shall disclose the
same  promptly and  completely to the Company and shall,  during the  Employment
Period and at any time and from time to time hereafter (i) execute all documents
requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire right,  title and
interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents requested by the Company
for filing and prosecuting such  applications for patents,  trademarks,  service
marks and/or  copyrights as the Company,  in its sole discretion,  may desire to
prosecute,  and (iii) give the Company all  assistance it  reasonably  requires,
including the giving of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding, in order to
obtain, maintain and protect the Company's right therein and thereto.

         10.  EQUITABLE  RELIEF.   The  parties  hereto   acknowledge  that  the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement, the Company shall not have an

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
adequate  remedy  at law.  Accordingly,  in the  event  of any  such  breach  or
threatened  breach by the  Executive,  the  Company  shall be  entitled  to such
equitable  and  injunctive  relief as may be available to restrain the Executive
and  any  business,  firm,  partnership,   individual,   corporation  or  entity
participating  in such breach or  threatened  breach from the  violation  of the
provisions hereof.  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company
from pursuing any other  remedies  available at law or in equity for such breach
or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery of damages  and the  immediate
termination of the employment of the Executive hereunder.

         11. CHANGE OF CONTROL.

                  (a) If prior to the expiration of the Employment Period, there
is a Change of Control (as such term is defined  herein) and  thereafter  any of
the  following  occur:  (a) the  Executive  is placed in any  position of lesser
stature than that of Senior Vice  President of the Company;  is assigned  duties
inconsistent  with Senior Vice  President or duties which,  if performed,  would
result in a  significant  change in the  nature or scope of  powers,  authority,
functions or duties  inherent in such positions on the date hereof;  is assigned
performance  requirements or working  conditions  which are at variance with the
performance requirements and working conditions in effect on the date hereof; or
is accorded  treatment on a general basis that is in derogation of his status as
Senior Vice President; (b) any breach of Paragraphs 4, 5, 6, or 7, inclusive, of
this Agreement; or (c) any requirement of the Company that the location at which
the Executive  performs his principal duties for the Company be outside a radius
of 50 miles from the  location  at which the  Executive  performed  such  duties
immediately  prior to the Change of Control,  then the Agreement shall be deemed
to have been terminated by the Company otherwise than by reason of Cause and the
Company shall pay to Executive  within five days after notice from  Executive to
such effect, as liquidated  damages, a lump sum cash payment equal to 2.99 times
the "base  amount" of  Executive's  compensation.  For  purposes  hereof,  "base
amount"  shall have the  meaning  provided  in  Section  280G (b) (2) (A) of the
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  and the  Proposed  Regulations
thereunder.

                  (b) For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  a Change of Control
means (i) the direct or indirect sale, lease,  exchange or other transfer of all
or substantially all (50% or more) of the assets of the Company to any person or
entity or group of persons or  entities  acting in concert as a  partnership  or
other  group (a "Group of  Persons"),  (ii) the merger,  consolidation  or other
business  combination of the Company with or into another  corporation  with the
effect that the  shareholders  of the Company,  as the case may be,  immediately
following the merger,  consolidation or other business combination,  hold 50% or
less of the combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding  securities  of the
surviving corporation of such merger, consolidation or other business

                                       -6-

<PAGE>
combination   ordinarily   (and  apart  from  rights   accruing   under  special
circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors,  (iii) the
replacement  of a majority of the Company's  Board in any given year as compared
to the directors who  constituted  the Company's  Board at the beginning of such
year, and such replacement  shall not have been approved by the Company's Board,
as the case may be, as constituted at the beginning of such year,  (iv) a person
or Group of  Persons  shall,  as a result of a tender or  exchange  offer,  open
market purchases,  privately negotiated purchases or otherwise,  have become the
beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended) of securities of the Company  representing  50% or more
of the  combined  voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  securities  of  such
corporation   ordinarily   (and  apart  from  rights   accruing   under  special
circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors.

         12. EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Employment  Period shall  terminate  without action on
the part of the Company upon the death of the Executive.  The Employment  Period
shall  also  terminate  upon  30  days  written  notice  by the  Company  to the
Executive,  (i) in the  event  that  the  Executive  shall  become  "Permanently
Incapacitated"  (as  hereinafter  defined);  or (ii) for "Cause" (as hereinafter
defined).  The Employment Period shall also terminate upon written notice by the
Executive to the Company for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined);

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  Permanently  Incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental  disability as  determined  by the  Executive's
physician  or a  physician  designated  by the  Company,  fail to  substantially
perform  his  usual  and  regular  duties  for the  Company  for a period of 120
consecutive  days or for an aggregate of 120 days in any  consecutive  six month
period.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of funds or material  property of the Company,  or willful and
repeated  refusal of the Executive to follow the lawful  directives of the Board
for the  performance  of  material  duties  which the  Executive  is required to
perform hereunder (other than for reason of becoming Permanently Incapacitated),
after at least ten (10) days prior written  notice by the Company  providing the
Executive with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Good Reason" shall mean
any  diminution  of  the  Executive's  position,  duties,   responsibilities  or
compensation  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  the  Company  or  the  geographic
relocation of the Executive's position as Vice President- Federal and Enterprise
Systems.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>
                  (e) In the event the Employment Period is terminated by reason
of the  Executive's  death,  the  Company  shall,  within  30  days,  pay to the
Executive's  estate the Base Salary,  as adjusted,  to and including the date of
such termination,  any unpaid bonus payments previously  determined by the Board
and all expense reimbursements due the Executive.

                  (f) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  (i) by
the Company for Cause, or (ii) by the Executive without Good Reason, the Company
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive his Base Salary, as adjusted, to and
including the date of such  termination,  any unpaid bonus  payments  previously
determined by the Board and all expense reimbursements due the Executive.

                  (g) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  due to
the Executive becoming Permanently  Incapacitated,  the Company shall, within 30
days, pay to the Executive an amount equal to six months of his Base Salary,  as
adjusted,  to and  including  the date of such  termination,  any  unpaid  bonus
payments previously  determined by the Board and all expense  reimbursements due
the Executive.

                  (h) In the event the  Employment  Period is terminated  (i) by
the Company  without  Cause,  or (ii) by the  Executive  with Good  Reason,  the
Company shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total
of all payments of Base Salary for the remainder of the Employment  Period,  but
in no event shall such payment be less than $200,000. In addition, the Executive
shall be entitled to any unpaid  bonus  payments  previously  determined  by the
Board for the remainder of the Employment Period,  shall be paid for accrued but
unused vacation time determined on a pro-rata basis and shall be entitled to the
benefits  provided  pursuant  to  Section  5  hereof  for the  remainder  of the
Employment Period.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein, no payment
shall be made to the Executive under this Section 12(h) if the Executive is paid
liquidated  damages following a Change of Control of the Company as set forth in
Section 11(a) above.

         13. PURCHASE OF OPTIONS.

                  In the event the Executive is entitled to  liquidated  damages
upon a  Change  of  Control  as  provided  in  Section  11(a)  hereof  or if the
Employment  Period  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  Cause,  or by the
Executive with Good Reason,  the Company shall purchase from the Executive,  any
and all stock  options  granted by the Company and held by the  Executive at the
time of  termination  or Change of Control,  whether or not vested,  for a price
equal to the Option Purchase  Amount.  The Option Purchase Amount shall mean the
average closing bid price of the Company's  Common Stock on the Nasdaq Small-Cap
market or such other market in which the  Company's  Common Stock is then traded
over five (5) trading days prior to the termination less the exercise price of

                                       -8-

<PAGE>
such  options.  In the  event  the  Option  Purchase  Amount  is not paid to the
Executive  within five business days of the occurrence of any  triggering  event
described  in the  first  sentence  of this  Section  13,  the  Option  Purchase
Agreement shall accrue interest at an interest rate of 10% per annum,  until the
Option Purchase Amount,  plus such accrued  interest,  is paid to the Executive.
The Executive shall also continue to receive his Base Salary, and be entitled to
all  benefits  described  in  Section 5,  until  payment of the Option  Purchase
Amount,  plus  interest,  if any,  at which time  payment of the Base Salary and
entitlement  to the  benefits  described  in  Section 5 shall  terminate  unless
otherwise provided in this Agreement.

         14. ARBITRATION OF ALL DISPUTES.

                  (a) Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of or relating to
this  Agreement  or the  breach  thereof  (including  the  arbitrability  of any
controversy or claim),  shall be settled by arbitration in the City of New York,
State of New York, by three  arbitrators,  one of whom shall be appointed by the
Company,  one by the  Executive  and the third of whom shall be appointed by the
first  two  arbitrators.  If the  first  two  arbitrators  cannot  agree  on the
appointment of a third arbitrator,  then the third arbitrator shall be appointed
by the American Arbitration  Association.  The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration  Association,  except with
respect to the  selection  of  arbitrators  which  shall be as  provided in this
Section. The cost of any arbitration proceeding hereunder shall be borne equally
by the Company  and the  Executive.  In the  absence of fraud,  the award of the
arbitrators  shall be binding  upon the  parties  and  judgment  thereon  may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

                  (b) In the event that it shall be necessary  or desirable  for
the Executive to retain legal  counsel  and/or incur other costs and expenses in
connection  with  the  enforcement  of  any or all  of  his  rights  under  this
Agreement,  and  provided  that  the  Executive  substantially  prevails  in the
enforcement  of such rights,  the Company shall pay (or the  Executive  shall be
entitled  to  recover  from the  Company,  as the  case may be) the  Executive's
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with the
enforcement of his rights, including the enforcement of any arbitration award up
to $50,000 in the aggregate.

         15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This agreement sets forth the entire
understanding  of the  parties  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof,
supersedes all existing  agreements between them concerning such subject matter.
No  amendment to or  modification  of this  Agreement  shall be valid or binding
unless made in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement  thereof
is sought.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>
         16. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to
be given by this Agreement shall be writing and shall be effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally by hand;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;
                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following  day, in each case addressed
                           as follows:

                  (i)      if to the Executive:

                            Clinch Road
                            Herndon, Virginia 20170-2412

                  (ii)      if to the Company:

                            151 Veterans Drive
                            Northvale, N.J. 07647
                            Attention: Isaac Gaon

                            Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this Section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission  provided that such day is a business day and such  transmission is
completed  before  5:00 p.m.  on such day,  failing  which such  notice or other
communication shall be deemed given and received on the first business day after
its  transmission.  Regardless of the foregoing,  if there is a mail stoppage or
labor  dispute or  threatened  labor  dispute which has affected or could affect
normal mail delivery,  then no notice or other communication may be delivered by
registered mail. If there has been a mail stoppage and if a party sends a notice
or other communication by telecopier, telex or other similar means of electronic
communication,  such party shall be  relieved  from the  obligation  to mail the
original document in accordance with this

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

Section.  "Business  day"  means any day other  than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a
statutory holiday observed in New York City, New York.

         17.  WAIVERS.  No  course of  dealing  nor any delay on the part of any
party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any
such  rights.  No waiver of any  default  or breach of this  Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

         18.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall be governed,  interpreted and
construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey,  except that
body of law relating to choice of laws.

         19.  INVALIDITY.  If any  clause,  paragraph,  section  or part of this
Agreement  shall be held or  declared to be void,  invalid or  illegal,  for any
reason,  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect  any other  clause,
paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

         20.  FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  Each  of  the  parties  shall  execute  such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

         21. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
or more counterparts which may be by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an
original,  but  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


/S/ ROBERT F. GADD                        By:  /S/ ISAAC GAON
- --------------------                           --------------
ROBERT F. GADD IV                             Name:   ISAAC GAON
                                              Title:  Chief Executive
                                                       Officer


                                      -11-


                    EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

                              CHRISTOPHER J. CAREY

         This EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of November 1, 1996,  is between  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation (the "Employer") and Christopher J. Carey (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the Employee  currently serves as Chief Executive  Officer of
Datatec Industries, Inc.("Datatec"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Employer  has acquired all of the issued and  outstanding
capital stock of Datatec; and

         WHEREAS,   the  Employer  and  the  Employee  desire  to  continue  his
employment on the terms and conditions set forth below;

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

         SECTION 1.  EMPLOYMENT.  The Employer hereby employs the Employee,  and
the  Employee  hereby  accepts  employment,  upon the terms and  subject  to the
conditions hereinafter set forth.

         SECTION 2.  DUTIES.  The Employee  shall be employed as  President  and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Employer's  Datatec  Division.  Promptly after
execution of this Agreement,  the Employer shall combine the business operations
of the Employer and its subsidiaries, HH Communications Inc., Signatel Ltd., and
Datatec,  into  the  Datatec  Division,  except  that the  Employer's  Strategic
Business  Units,  for  management  purposes,  and  its  Computer-Aided  Software
Integration,  Inc.  subsidiary,  for any purposes,  shall not be included in the
Datatec  Division.  In his capacity as President  of the Datatec  Division,  the
Employee shall be responsible  for  supervising  the following  functions of the
Datatec  Division:   Sales,   customer  service,   technical  support,   project
management,  field service,  staging and  integration,  purchasing,  accounting,
administration  and financial  functions.  The Employee shall not be responsible
for  supervising the legal matters of the Datatec  Division.  The Employee shall
also  serve  as  Chief  Executive   Officer  of  Datatec  and  have  such  other
responsibilities and duties as are assigned by the Employer's Board of Directors
(the  "Board")  and as are  consistent  with the  position of  President  of the
Datatec  Division.  The Employee agrees to devote his full time and best efforts
to the performance of his duties to the Employer.  The Employee shall also serve
as a Director of the  Employer,  to the extent  elected by the  stockholders  of
Employer  Datatec  during the initial and any extended  term of this  Agreement;
provided,  however,  that the  Employee  shall  immediately  be  appointed  as a
Director of the  Employee,  to serve in such  initial term until the next annual
meeting of stockholders  of the Employer.  The Employer shall cause the Board of
Directors of each subsidiary within the Datatec Division to cause its respective
executive  officers  to  directly  report to the  Employee  and to accede to his
authority as


<PAGE>

President  of the  Datatec  Division,  as such  authority  is set  forth in this
Section.

         SECTION  3.  TERM.  The  initial  term of  employment  of the  Employee
hereunder shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement  Date") and shall
continue until October 31, 1999 (the "Initial  Term") unless earlier  terminated
pursuant to SECTION 6.

         SECTION 4.  COMPENSATION  AND BENEFITS.  Until the  termination  of the
Employee's  employment  hereunder,  in  consideration  for the  services  of the
Employee hereunder, the Employer shall compensate the Employee as follows:

         (a)      BASE SALARY.

                  (i)        The Employer shall pay the Employee,  in accordance
                             with the Employer's then current payroll practices,
                             a base salary (the "Base Salary").  The Base Salary
                             will be paid at an annual rate of $250,000.

                  (ii)       Base Salary shall be increased annually,  beginning
                             November  1,  1997,  by a  percentage  equal to the
                             percentage by which the  Consumers  Price Index for
                             Urban Wage  Borrowers  and  Clerical  Workers:  New
                             York,  N.Y.  -  Northeastern  New  Jersey  (1982-84
                             equals  100),  as  published by the Bureau of Labor
                             Statistics  of  the  United  States  Department  of
                             Labor,  shall  have  increased  over the  preceding
                             year.

                  (iii)      The adjustment  provided for inss.4(a)(ii) shall be
                             made  as soon  after  November  1 of  each  year as
                             possible,  but in no event later than  fifteen (15)
                             days  after the date upon which the Bureau of Labor
                             publishes its consumer  price index  statistics for
                             the month of September.  Any portion of an increase
                             in the Executive's  compensation  retroactively due
                             shall be payable  immediately upon determination of
                             the  adjustment.  If  publication  of the  Consumer
                             Price Index is  discontinued,  the  parties  hereto
                             shall accept  comparable  statistics on the cost of
                             living for the New York,  N.Y. -  Northeastern  New
                             Jersey area as computed and  published by an agency
                             of the United States or by a responsible  financial
                             periodical  of  recognized  authority  then  to  be
                             selected by the parties.

         (b)      FIRST INCENTIVE BONUS.

                  (i)        The   Employer   shall  pay  the  Employee  a  non-
                             discretionary  bonus (the "First Incentive  Bonus")
                             of $190,000 for each year of the term of this

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                             Agreement if Actual EBIT, as defined below, for any
                             one-year  period  during  the  term  hereof  ending
                             October  31  exceeds   Actual  EBIT  for  the  next
                             preceding  one  year  period.  It will  be  assumed
                             during the term of this Agreement that the Employee
                             will  earn  the   First   Incentive   Bonus,   and,
                             accordingly,  an amount equal to the maximum  First
                             Incentive  Bonus for each year will be paid ratably
                             in equal  installments  along  with the  Employee's
                             regular payments of Base Salary; provided, however,
                             that in the  event  in any year of the term of this
                             Agreement the First  Incentive  Bonus is not earned
                             in accordance with the above requirements, then the
                             Employee  shall return the unearned  portion of the
                             First  Incentive  Bonus,  to the extent paid to the
                             Employee, within thirty (30) days of being notified
                             by the Employer that the First  Incentive Bonus was
                             not earned,  or at the option of the Employer,  the
                             Employer may  withhold  amounts due to the Employer
                             hereunder   in    satisfaction   of   such   claim.
                             Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the First Incentive
                             Bonus shall be paid for the one year period  ending
                             October 31, 1997  regardless of whether Actual EBIT
                             for  such  year  exceeds  Actual  EBIT for the next
                             preceding  year,  and such  payment  obligation  is
                             deemed absolute and non-contingent.



                  (ii)       In the event  Actual EBIT for any  one-year  period
                             ending October 31, except  October 31, 1997,  shall
                             be less  than  Actual  EBIT for the next  preceding
                             one-year period, the First Incentive Bonus for such
                             year  shall be equal  to  $190,000  less 2% of such
                             amount  for each 1% of  difference  between  Actual
                             EBIT for the  current  one-year  period  and Actual
                             EBIT for the next preceding  year. For example,  if
                             Actual EBIT at October  31,  1997 were  $10,000,000
                             and  Actual   EBIT  for   October   31,  1998  were
                             $9,000,000,  the First Incentive Bonus for the year
                             ended October 31, 1998 would be $152,000,  computed
                             as follows:

                             $10,000,000 - $9,000,000 = $1,000,000
                             $1,000,000 = 10% of $10,000,000

                             Thus,   with  a   reduction   of  2%  for  each  1%
                             difference,  there would be a 20%  reduction in the
                             First Incentive Bonus: $190,000 -(20% x $190,000) =
                             $190,000 - $38,000 = $152,000.

                             "Actual  EBIT" means,  with respect to any one-year
                             period  ending  October 31 during the term  hereof,
                             the sum of (i) the unaudited consolidated net

                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                             income  (or loss) of the  Employer  for such  year,
                             extrapolated  from the financial  statements of the
                             Employer  filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
                             Commission,   excluding   therefrom  the  financial
                             statement effects of the Employer's CASI subsidiary
                             and any other  subsidiary of the Employer which may
                             in the future be acquired, calculated in accordance
                             with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles
                             consistently    applied   and   further   excluding
                             therefrom  any  extraordinary  items of  income  or
                             loss;   and  (ii)  all  amounts   deducted  in  the
                             computation thereof on account of (A) income taxes,
                             (B) interest expense, (C) the Supplemental Bonuses,
                             as defined  below,  (D)  management or similar fees
                             paid by  subsidiaries  of the  Employer  within the
                             Datatec Division to the Employer,  (E) all Employer
                             holding    company   costs,    including    without
                             limitation,  costs of or relating  to the  Chairman
                             and Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Employer  and
                             their  respective   staffs  and  the  costs  of  or
                             relating  to the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
                             Employer   and   his   staff,   including   without
                             limitation,  accounting and auditing  costs;  legal
                             costs,  finance  and  administration,  and costs of
                             management  information  systems, and (F) fees paid
                             by the  Employer to any  investment  banking  firm,
                             venture   capital  firm  or  similar  firm  or  any
                             affiliates   of  such  firm   during   such   year.
                             Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   any   expenses
                             incurred  by  the  Employer  specifically  for  the
                             benefit of the  Datatec  Division at the request of
                             the  Datatec  Division,  or as  may  reasonably  be
                             determined by the Employer to be required, shall be
                             deducted from EBIT.

         (c)      SUPPLEMENTAL BONUSES. The Employee shall also receive from the
                  Employer   on  a   non-discretionary   basis   the   following
                  supplemental bonuses (the "Supplemental Bonuses"):

                  (i)        (A)    For the  period  November  1,  1996  through
                                    October 31, 1997 the Employee  shall be paid
                                    an amount  equal to five (5%) PERCENT OF THE
                                    FIRST $1,000,000,  or part thereof, by which
                                    Actual  EBIT  exceeds  $8,100,000,  plus six
                                    (6%)  percent of the amount by which  Actual
                                    EBIT exceeds  $9,100,000.  Said amount shall
                                    be paid in full within fifteen (15) business
                                    days from the date the applicable  financial
                                    statements   have  been   released   by  the
                                    Employer.

                             (B)    Prior to October  31,  1997 and  October 31,
                                    1998, respectively, Isaac Gaon, or any other

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                                    duly authorized officer of the Employer, and
                                    the Employee  shall in good faith  negotiate
                                    projected  EBIT  ("Projected  EBIT") for the
                                    years of the term hereof  ended  October 31,
                                    1998 and October 31, 1999, respectively.  In
                                    each  year  that  Actual  EBIT  exceeds  the
                                    Projected  EBIT for such year,  the Employee
                                    shall be paid an  amount  equal to  five(5%)
                                    percent  of the  first  $1,000,000  of  such
                                    excess  EBIT,  plus six (6%)  percent of the
                                    amount   by  which   Actual   EBIT   exceeds
                                    $1,000,000  in excess of Projected  EBIT for
                                    such year. Said amounts shall be paid at the
                                    time set forth in ss.4(c)(i)(A).

                  (ii)       (A)    If Actual EBIT for the year November 1, 1996
                                    through  October  31, 1997 equals or exceeds
                                    $8,100,000,   the  Employee   shall  receive
                                    options to purchase 25,000 shares of Glasgal
                                    common stock, $.001 par value (the "Stock"),
                                    plus  options  to  purchase  such  number of
                                    additional  shares of Stock equal to fifteen
                                    (15%)  percent of the Actual  EBIT in excess
                                    of $8,100,000.  For example,  if Actual EBIT
                                    at October  31,  1997 were  $9,100,000,  the
                                    Employee  would  receive  25,000  options to
                                    purchase  Stock  plus  150,000   options  to
                                    purchase Stock computed as follows: 25,000 +
                                    (15% x  $9,100,000  -  8,100,000) = 25,000 +
                                    (15% x  1,000,000)  =  25,000  +  150,000  =
                                    175,000 options.

                             (B)    If in each of the years  ending  October 31,
                                    1998 and October 31,  1999,  the  Employer's
                                    Actual EBIT equals or exceeds the  Projected
                                    EBIT  for  such  year,  the  Employee  shall
                                    receive options to purchase 25,000 shares of
                                    stock plus such number of additional options
                                    equal  to  fifteen   (15%)  percent  of  the
                                    difference,  if any, between Actual EBIT and
                                    Projected EBIT.

                             (C)    All stock  options  shall  have an  exercise
                                    price equal to the average  closing price of
                                    the Stock as quoted in the NASDAQ  Small Cap
                                    Market  or,  if  not  quoted  there,  on the
                                    principal   stock   exchange  on  which  the
                                    Employer's stock is traded, as such price is
                                    reported in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern
                                    Edition for the five (5)  trading  days next
                                    preceding the date of grant.

                             (D)    Options  to be  granted  hereunder  shall be
                                    granted  on the  date  that  the  applicable
                                    financial statements are released by the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                                    Employer,  and  shall be fully  vested  upon
                                    grant;  provided,  however, that one-third -
                                    (33-1/3%)  of the  options  granted  for any
                                    year of the term of this Agreement  shall be
                                    exercisable  immediately  and one-third (33-
                                    1/3%) shall be exercisable on and after each
                                    of the next succeeding  anniversary dates of
                                    grant..

                             (E)    All   options   granted   pursuant  to  this
                                    Agreement  shall be exercisable for a period
                                    of ten (10) years.  The  Employer  shall not
                                    later  than  the  date  of its  next  annual
                                    shareholders  meeting,  put  into  effect  a
                                    stock  option  plan  pursuant  to which  the
                                    options  granted  hereunder  will be issued,
                                    and shall use its best  efforts to  register
                                    the  shares  underlying  the  options  to be
                                    issued to the Employee

         (d)      VACATION.  The  Employee  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks
                  vacation each calendar  year.  Any vacation  shall be taken at
                  the reasonable and mutual  convenience of the Employer and the
                  Employee.

         (e)      INSURANCE;  OTHER  BENEFITS.  Accident,  long-term  disability
                  income,  life and health  insurance for the Employee  shall be
                  provided by the Employer under group accident, life and health
                  insurance  plans  maintained by the Employer for its full-time
                  senior executive  officers as such employment  benefits may be
                  modified  from time to time by the Employer for all  full-time
                  senior executive  officers.  Such insurance and other benefits
                  shall not be less than that  provided  by the  Employer to its
                  senior  executive  officers.  The  amount  and  extent of such
                  coverage shall be subject to the  discretion of the Board.  In
                  addition,  all non-group  policies on the life of the Employee
                  currently paid for by Datatec shall continue to be paid by the
                  Employer  during the first year of the term of this Agreement,
                  and the Employee shall thereafter become the owner of all such
                  policies.  The Employee represents that the approximate amount
                  of premiums with respect to such policies is $20,000 per year.

         (f)      CAR ALLOWANCE.  In connection with the Employee's  employment,
                  the Employee  shall from time to time be required to travel by
                  automobile  on  the  Employer's  business.   Accordingly,  the
                  Employer   shall   provide  to  the  Employee  an   automobile
                  equivalent to the current  automobile  provided by Datatec and
                  shall  also pay for all  maintenance,  service  and  insurance
                  charges..

         (g)      MEMBERSHIPS.  The  Employer  will pay  during the term of this
                  Agreement all of the Employee's membership fees

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                  for  the  Young  President's   Organization  ("YPO")  and  all
                  expenses  incurred  by  the  Employee  in  attending  Members,
                  Members and Spouse, and Members and Family events sponsored by
                  YPO. It is  acknowledged  by the Employer that the  Employee's
                  attendance  at such  events  is in the best  interests  of the
                  Employer  and that time  expended  at such events is not to be
                  considered vacation or personal time.

         SECTION 5. EXPENSES.  In addition to the foregoing,  the Employer shall
pay or reimburse the Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred
by the Employee in the performance of his duties hereunder upon  presentation of
appropriate  vouchers  therefor.  The Employee shall be entitled to the class of
accommodations and transportation  customarily provided to the senior executives
of the Employer when traveling on behalf of the Employer.

         SECTION 6.  TERMINATION.  The  Employee's  employment  hereunder  shall
commence on the  Commencement  Date and  continue  until the  expiration  of the
Initial Term,  and any extension of such term pursuant to SECTION 3, except that
the employment of the Employee hereunder shall earlier terminate:

         (a)      DEATH OR TOTAL  DISABILITY.  Upon  the  death of the  Employee
                  during the term of his employment  hereunder or, at the option
                  of  the  Employer,  in  the  event  of  the  Employee's  total
                  disability,  upon  sixty (60) days'  written  notice  from the
                  Employer.  The Employee shall be deemed totally disabled if he
                  meets  the  criteria  for  disability   under  the  Employer's
                  disability  insurance policy for 180 days,  consecutive or 270
                  days non-  consecutive,  in any twelve (12) month  period.  If
                  there is no disability policy in effect, the Employee shall be
                  deemed totally disabled if he shall be unable, due to physical
                  or  mental  illness,  injury or  incapacity,  to  perform  his
                  regular  full time  duties as  President  and Chief  Executive
                  Officer of the Datatec Division and as Chief Executive Officer
                  of Datatec for the  periods  set forth  above in this  SECTION
                  6(a).

         (b)      FOR CAUSE. For "Cause"  immediately upon written notice by the
                  Employer to the Employee;  provided, that the Employer may not
                  terminate  the Employee for Cause unless (i) such  termination
                  has been  approved  by the  affirmative  vote or  consent of a
                  majority  of  the  directors  on  the  Board   (excluding  the
                  Employee) prior to the time of such termination;  and (ii) not
                  later  than  30  days  prior  to the  effective  date  of such
                  termination,  the Employee  shall be given the  opportunity to
                  appear before the Board,  represented  by counsel,  to address
                  the  grounds  for  such  termination.  For  purposes  of  this
                  Agreement, a termination shall be for Cause if the Board shall
                  determine that any one or more of the following has occurred:

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  (i)        acceptance  of any unlawful  bribe or kickback with
                             respect to the Employer's business; or

                  (ii)       the Employee  shall have been  convicted by a court
                             of competent jurisdiction of, or pleaded guilty to,
                             any felony which the Board reasonably determines in
                             its discretion would materially affect or impair in
                             any way (A) the  Employee's  ability to perform his
                             duties hereunder or (B) the reputation or operation
                             of the Employer's  business or (C) the relationship
                             between the Employer and its  suppliers,  customers
                             or employees; or

                  (iii)      the Employee  shall have  committed a breach of any
                             of the  covenants,  terms  and  provisions  of ss.9
                             hereof  or  a   material   breach  of  any  of  the
                             covenants, terms and provisions of ss.8 hereof; or

                  (iv)       the Employee shall have breached any one or more of
                             the provisions of this Agreement (excluding ss.ss.8
                             and 9 hereof) and such breach shall have  continued
                             for a period of  thirty  (30)  days  after  written
                             notice to the  Employee  specifying  such breach in
                             reasonable detail; or

                  (v)        the Employee  shall have  refused,  after  explicit
                             written notice, to obey any lawful resolution of or
                             direction  by the Board  which is  consistent  with
                             this Agreement and his duties hereunder.

         (c)      TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  Upon  ninety  (90) days  written
                  notice by either the  Employee  or the  Employer  to the other
                  party  hereto.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the Employee
                  shall be deemed to have been  terminated  WITHOUT CAUSE if the
                  termination  is (i)  initiated  by the  Employer and not based
                  substantially  on any reason included in the above  definition
                  of Cause or (ii) if the  Employee  terminates  his  employment
                  hereunder for Good Reason upon ninety (90) days written notice
                  to the Employer.  The Employee  shall be entitled to terminate
                  his employment for Good Reason if any of the following occur:

                  (i)        the   Employee   is  assigned   duties   which  are
                             inconsistent with the position or  responsibilities
                             associated with his position as President and Chief
                             Executive   Officer  of  the   Employer's   Datatec
                             Division or as Chief Executive Officer of Datatec;

                  (ii)       If the Datatec Division (or any part thereof) shall
                             merge or consolidate into or transfer substantially
                             all of its assets  to, or become a  majority  owned
                             subsidiary of, another

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                             corporation,  and the  Employee is not then elected
                             and/or appointed to a position of responsibility in
                             any such surviving,  new or purchasing  corporation
                             equivalent to that provided in SECTION 2 hereof;

                  (iii)      the  Employer  requires the Employee to perform his
                             duties   hereunder   principally  at  any  location
                             outside  a  radius  of  fifty   (50)   miles   from
                             Fairfield, New Jersey, and he notifies the Employer
                             within   30  days   after   notification   of  such
                             relocation  that he is  unwilling  to continue  his
                             employment hereunder at such location; and

                  (iv)       he is removed or not nominated as a Director of the
                             Employer or Datatec  for any reason  other than for
                             Cause as defined in SECTION 6(b) hereof.

         (d)      RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON TERMINATION.

                  (i)        If the  Employer  shall  terminate  the  Employee's
                             employment   hereunder  pursuant  to  SECTION  6(c)
                             hereof,  then (A) the Employee shall be entitled to
                             receive,  as severance pay, payment,  in accordance
                             with the Employer's then current payroll practices,
                             of his Base  Salary  in  effect  at the time of his
                             termination,  his First  Incentive  Bonus,  and his
                             Supplemental Bonus for the remainder of the Initial
                             Term provided,  further that the Employee shall not
                             be  required to  mitigate  his damages  during such
                             period and the  Employer  shall not be  entitled to
                             reduce or offset the amount payable by the Employer
                             under this SECTION  6(d)(i) by any income  received
                             by the Employee  pursuant to any new  employment so
                             long as the Employee is complying with ss.9 hereof.
                             The Employee  shall also be entitled to receive the
                             benefits    and    consideration     provided    in
                             ss.ss.(4)(e)-(g) hereof.

                  (ii)       If   the   Employee's   employment   hereunder   is
                             terminated  pursuant to ss.6(a)  hereof,  then  the
                             Employee (or his estate,  as  applicable)  shall be
                             entitled to receive  within 30 days  following  the
                             completion of the Employer's  financial  statements
                             for the year of this  Agreement  during  which such
                             termination occurs, a prorated portion of the First
                             Incentive Bonus and  Supplemental  Bonuses (if any)
                             for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs
                             determined  by  multiplying  (1) the full amount of
                             the First Incentive Bonus and Supplemental  Bonuses
                             (if  any)  that  would  have  been  payable  to the
                             Employee  pursuant to SECTION  4(b) and 4(c) hereof
                             if his employment hereunder had not been terminated
                             by (2) a fraction, the

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

                             numerator  of which is the  number of days  elapsed
                             during  such  fiscal  year prior to the  Employee's
                             termination  and the  denominator  of which is 365,
                             and  (c) a pro  rated  portion  of the  Options  to
                             Acquire  Common  Stock which would have been issued
                             to  the  Employee  on  the  next  anniversary  date
                             specified  in SECTION  4(c) hereof  computed in the
                             manner  provided in this SECTION  6(d)(ii),  except
                             that the numerator shall be 365.

                  (iii)      Except as otherwise set forth in this SECTION 6(d),
                             the Employee shall not be entitled to any severance
                             or other  compensation after termination other than
                             payment of any  portion of his Base  Salary,  First
                             Incentive  Bonus and  Supplemental  Bonuses through
                             the  date  of  his   termination  and  any  expense
                             reimbursements  under SECTION 5 hereof for expenses
                             incurred in the  performance of his duties prior to
                             termination.  If such termination is not at the end
                             of a period  in  which  measurement  of EBIT  takes
                             place  for   purposes   of  this   Agreement,   the
                             Supplemental  Bonuses  shall be  determined  by the
                             Board of Directors in good faith.

         SECTION  7.   INVENTIONS;   ASSIGNMENT.   All  rights  to  discoveries,
inventions,  improvements,  and  innovations  (including  all data  and  records
pertaining  thereto)  related  to  the  Employer's  business,   whether  or  not
patentable,  copyrightable,  registerable as a trademark, or reduced to writing,
that the  Employee  may  discover,  invent or  originate  during the term of his
employment  hereunder or during his previous employment by the Employer,  either
alone or with others and during working hours or by the use of the facilities of
the Employer  ("Inventions"),  shall be the exclusive  property of the Employer.
The Employee  shall  promptly  disclose all  Inventions to the  Employer,  shall
execute at the request of the Employer any  assignments  or other  documents the
Employer may deem necessary to protect or perfect its right  therein,  and shall
assist the Employer,  at the  Employer's  expense,  in obtaining,  defending and
enforcing  the  Employer's  rights  therein.  The Employee  hereby  appoints the
Employer as his  attorney-in-fact  to execute on his behalf any  assignments  or
other documents deemed necessary by the Employer to protect or perfect its right
to any Inventions.

         SECTION  8.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The  Employee  recognizes  and
acknowledges that certain assets of the Employer,  including without  limitation
information  regarding  customers,   pricing  policies,  methods  of  operation,
proprietary computer programs,  sales,  products,  profits,  costs, markets, key
personnel,  formulae,  product  applications,  technical  processes,  and  trade
secrets (hereinafter called "Confidential  Information") are valuable,  special,
and unique assets of the Employer and its  affiliates.  The Employee  shall not,
during or after his term of  employment,  disclose any part of the  Confidential
Information to

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

any person, firm, corporation,  association,  or any other entity for any reason
or  purpose  whatsoever,  directly  or  indirectly,  except  as may be  required
pursuant to his employment hereunder,  provided,  that Confidential  Information
shall in no event  include  (a)  Confidential  Information  which was  generally
available  to the  public  at the  time of  disclosure  by the  Employer  or (b)
Confidential  Information  which  becomes  publicly  available  other  than as a
consequence  of the breach of the  Employee of his  confidentiality  obligations
hereunder. In the event of the termination of his employment,  whether voluntary
or involuntary  and whether by the Employer or the Employee,  the Employee shall
deliver to the Employer all  documents and data  pertaining to the  Confidential
information  and shall not take with him any  documents  data of any kind or any
reproductions  (in whole or in part) or  extracts  of any items  relating to the
Confidential Information.

         SECTION  9.   NON-COMPETITION.   During  the  term  of  the  Employee's
employment hereunder,  or during any period (and for a period of three (3) years
thereafter)  that the Employer is  compensating  the Employee in accordance with
SECTION 6(d) hereof as a result of terminating the Employee's employment without
Cause,  and until three (3) years after any other  termination of the Employee's
employment  hereunder,  the Employee  will not engage,  directly or  indirectly,
alone or as a shareholder (other than as a holder of less than five percent (5%)
of the common  stock of any  publicly  traded  corporation),  partner,  officer,
member, director, employee or consultant of any other business organization that
is engaged or becomes engaged in the  manufacture,  production,  distribution or
sale of products or the  provision of services  which  compete with the products
manufactured, produced, distributed or sold by the Employer or with the services
provided by the  Employer  or compete in any other  business  activity  that the
Employer is conducting at the time of the Employee's termination,  or solicit or
encourage  any officer,  employee or  consultant of the Employer or to leave its
employ for alternative employment. The Employee will continue to be bound by the
provisions of this SECTION 9 until their  expiration,  and shall not be entitled
to any  compensation  from the Employer  with respect  thereto  except as may be
provided in SECTION 6(d) hereof. If at any time the provisions of this SECTION 9
shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable,  by reason of being vague or
unreasonable  as to area,  duration  or scope of  activity,  this ss.9  shall be
considered  divisible and shall become and be  immediately  amended to only such
area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be reasonable and
enforceable by the court or other body having  jurisdiction over the matter; and
the Employee agrees that this SECTION 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding
as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

         SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a)      INDEMNIFICATION.  The By-Laws of the Employer shall  indemnify
                  the Employee in his capacity as an officer,

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

                  director and agent of the Employer and provide for advances of
                  expenses,  including without  limitation legal fees and costs,
                  incurred  in defense of any claim  against  him to the fullest
                  extent  permitted under Delaware law and shall further provide
                  that such indemnification shall be a contract right.

         (b)      D & O INSURANCE.  The Employer shall  purchase  directors' and
                  officers'   liability  insurance  in  the  minimum  amount  of
                  $1,000,000.

         SECTION 11. GENERAL.

         (a)      NOTICES. All notices and other communications  hereunder shall
                  be in writing or by  written  telecommunication,  and shall be
                  deemed to have been duly given if delivered  personally  or if
                  mailed by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
                  prepaid or sent by written  telecommunication or telecopy,  to
                  the relevant address set forth below, or to such other address
                  as the  recipient of such notice or  communication  shall have
                  specified  to the other party hereto in  accordance  with this
                  SECTION 11(a):

                  If to the Employee, to:
                             Christopher J. Carey
                             450 Claremont Road
                             Bernardsville,N.J. 07924

                             With copies to:
                             Mark K. Lipton, Esq.
                             Podvey, Sachs, Meanor, Catenacci,
                                 Hildner & Cocoziello
                             One Riverfront Plaza
                             Newark, New Jersey 07102

                  If to the Employer, to:
                             Glasgal Communications, Inc.
                             151 Veterans Drive,
                             Northvale, New Jersey 07647

                             With copies to:
                             Robert H. Friedman, Esq.
                             Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                             505 Park Avenue
                             New York, N.Y. 10022

         (b)      EQUITABLE  REMEDIES.  Each of the parties hereto  acknowledges
                  and  agrees  that  upon  any  breach  by the  Employee  of his
                  obligations  under  SECTIONS 7, 8 and 9 hereof,  the  Employer
                  will have no adequate remedy at law, and  accordingly  will be
                  entitled  to  specific   performance  and  other   appropriate
                  injunctive and equitable relief.


                                      -12-

<PAGE>


         (c)      SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
                  invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  in any respect  under any
                  law,  the  validity,   legality  and   enforceability  of  the
                  remaining  provisions  hereof shall not in any way be affected
                  or impaired.

         (d)      WAIVERS.  No delay or  omission  by  either  party  hereto  in
                  exercising  any  right,  power or  privilege  hereunder  shall
                  impair such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or
                  partial  exercise  of  any  such  right,  power  or  privilege
                  preclude any further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any
                  other right, power or privilege.

         (e)      COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  multiple
                  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original,  but
                  all of  which  together  shall  constitute  one and  the  same
                  instrument.

         (f)      ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
                  benefit  of the heirs and  successors  of each of the  parties
                  hereto,  including any entity which acquires substantially all
                  of the assets or equity interest of the Employer.

         (g)      ENTIRE   AGREEMENT.   This   Agreement   contains  the  entire
                  understanding of the parties,  supersedes all prior agreements
                  and  understandings  relating to the subject matter hereof and
                  shall not be amended except by a written instrument  hereafter
                  signed by each of the parties hereto.

         (h)      GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the performance hereof shall
                  be construed and governed in  accordance  with the laws of the
                  State  of New  Jersey  without  regard  to its  principles  of
                  conflicts of law.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  and  intending to be legally  bound  hereby,  the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and
year first above written.

                                  GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.




                                  By: /S/ ISAAC GAON
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     ISAAC GAON, Chief Executive Officer



                                     /S/ CHRISTOPHER J. CAREY
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                              CHRISTOPHER J. CAREY


                                      -13-


                    EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

                                  RAYMOND KOCH

         This EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of November 1, 1996,  is between  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation (the "Employer") and Raymond Koch (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Employee currently serves as President and Chief Operating
Officer of Datatec Industries, Inc.("Datatec"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Employer  has acquired all of the issued and  outstanding
capital stock of Datatec; and

         WHEREAS,   the  Employer  and  the  Employee  desire  to  continue  his
employment on the terms and conditions set forth below;

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

         SECTION 1.  EMPLOYMENT.  The Employer hereby employs the Employee,  and
the  Employee  hereby  accepts  employment,  upon the terms and  subject  to the
conditions hereinafter set forth.

         SECTION 2.  DUTIES.  The Employee  shall be employed as Executive  Vice
President  and Chief  Operating  Officer  of the  Employer's  Datatec  Division.
Promptly  after  execution of this  Agreement,  the Employer  shall  combine the
business  operations  of the Employer and its  subsidiaries,  HH  Communications
Inc.,  Signatel Ltd., and Datatec,  into the Datatec  Division,  except that the
Employer's   Strategic  Business  Units,  for  management   purposes,   and  its
Computer-Aided Software Integration, Inc. subsidiary, for any purpose, shall not
be included in the Datatec Division. In his capacity as Executive Vice President
of the Datatec  Division,  the Employee shall be responsible for supervising the
following  functions  of  the  Datatec  Division:  Customer  service,  technical
support,   project  management,   field  service,   and  staging,   integration,
purchasing,  accounting,  administration and financial  functions.  The Employee
shall not be  responsible  for  supervising  the legal  matters  of the  Datatec
Division: The Employee shall also serve as President and Chief Operating Officer
of Datatec,  and have such other  responsibilities and duties as are assigned by
the President of the Datatec  Division and the Board of Directors  (the "Board")
and as are  consistent  with the position of Executive  Vice President and Chief
Operating  Officer of the Datatec  Division.  The Employee  agrees to devote his
full time and best efforts to the performance of his duties to the Employer. The
Employer  shall  cause the  Directors  of each  subsidiary  within  the  Datatec
Division  to cause its  executive  officers  to accede to the  authority  of the
Executive, as such authority is set forth in


<PAGE>

this SECTION 2, unless otherwise  directed by the Chief Executive Officer of the
Datatec  Division.  Within eighteen (18) months of the date hereof,  if budgeted
results of the Employer  for the fiscal year ending April 30, 1997,  as approved
in good faith by its Board of Directors,  shall have been obtained, the Employer
shall in good faith consider  appointing  the Employee  President of the Datatec
Division and nominating the Employee as a director of the Employer.

         SECTION  3.  TERM.  The  initial  term of  employment  of the  Employee
hereunder shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement  Date") and shall
continue until October 31, 1999 (the "Initial  Term") unless earlier  terminated
pursuant to Section 6.

         SECTION 4.  COMPENSATION  AND BENEFITS.  Until the  termination  of the
Employee's  employment  hereunder,  in  consideration  for the  services  of the
Employee hereunder, the Employer shall compensate the Employee as follows:

         (a)      BASE SALARY.

                  (i)        The Employer shall pay the Employee,  in accordance
                             with the Employer's then current payroll practices,
                             a base salary (the "Base Salary").  The Base Salary
                             will be paid at an annual rate of $250,000.

                  (ii)       Base Salary shall be increased annually,  beginning
                             November  1,  1997,  by a  percentage  equal to the
                             percentage by which the  Consumers  Price Index for
                             Urban Wage  Borrowers  and  Clerical  Workers:  New
                             York,  N.Y.  -  Northeastern  New  Jersey  (1982-84
                             equals  100),  as  published by the Bureau of Labor
                             Statistics of the United States Department of Labor
                             shall have increased over the preceding year.

                  (iii)      The adjustment provided for in ss.4(a)(ii) shall be
                             made  as soon  after  November  1 of  each  year as
                             possible,  but in no event later than  fifteen (15)
                             days  after the date upon which the Bureau of Labor
                             publishes its consumer  price index  statistics for
                             the month of September.  Any portion of an increase
                             in the Executive's  compensation  retroactively due
                             shall be payable  immediately upon determination of
                             the  adjustment.  If  publication  of the  Consumer
                             Price Index is  discontinued,  the  parties  hereto
                             shall accept  comparable  statistics on the cost of
                             living for the New York,  N.Y. -  Northeastern  New
                             Jersey area as computed and  published by an agency
                             of the United States or by a responsible  financial
                             periodical  of  recognized  authority  then  to  be
                             selected by the parties.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

         (b)      FIRST INCENTIVE BONUS.

                  (i)        The   Employer   shall  pay  the  Employee  a  non-
                             discretionary  bonus (the "First Incentive  Bonus")
                             of  $75,000  for  each  year  of the  term  of this
                             Agreement if Actual EBIT, as defined below, for any
                             one-year  period  during  the  term  hereof  ending
                             October  31  exceeds   Actual  EBIT  for  the  next
                             preceding  one  year  period.  It will  be  assumed
                             during the term of this Agreement that the Employee
                             will  earn  the   First   Incentive   Bonus,   and,
                             accordingly,  an amount equal to the maximum  First
                             Incentive  Bonus for each year will be paid ratably
                             in equal  installments  along  with the  Employee's
                             regular payments of Base Salary; provided, however,
                             that in the  event  in any year of the term of this
                             Agreement the First  Incentive  Bonus is not earned
                             in accordance with the above requirements, then the
                             Employee  shall return the unearned  portion of the
                             First  Incentive  Bonus,  to the extent paid to the
                             Employee, within thirty (30) days of being notified
                             by the Employer that the First  Incentive Bonus was
                             not earned,  or at the option of the Employer,  the
                             Employer may  withhold  amounts due to the Employer
                             hereunder   in    satisfaction   of   such   claim.
                             Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the First Incentive
                             Bonus shall be paid for the one year period  ending
                             October 31, 1997  regardless of whether Actual EBIT
                             for  such  year  exceeds  Actual  EBIT for the next
                             preceding  year,  and such  payment  obligation  is
                             deemed absolute and non-contingent.

                  (ii)       In the event  Actual EBIT for any  one-year  period
                             ending October 31, except  October 31, 1997,  shall
                             be less  than  Actual  EBIT for the next  preceding
                             one-year period, the First Incentive Bonus for such
                             year  shall  be equal  to  $75,000  less 2% of such
                             amount  for each 1% of  difference  between  Actual
                             EBIT for the  current  one-year  period  and Actual
                             EBIT for the next preceding  year. For example,  if
                             Actual EBIT at October  31,  1997 were  $10,000,000
                             and  Actual   EBIT  for   October   31,  1998  were
                             $9,000,000,  the First Incentive Bonus for the year
                             ended  October 31, 1998 would be $60,000,  computed
                             as follows:

                             $10,000,000 - $9,000,000 = $1,000,000
                             $1,000,000 = 10% of $10,000,000

                             Thus,   with  a   reduction   of  2%  for  each  1%
                             difference,  there would be a 20%  reduction in the
                             First Incentive  Bonus:  $75,000 -(20% x $75,000) =
                             $75,000 - $15,000 = $60,000.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

                             "Actual  EBIT" means,  with respect to any one-year
                             period  ending  October 31 during the term  hereof,
                             the  sum  of (i)  the  unaudited  consolidated  net
                             income  (or loss) of the  Employer  for such  year,
                             extrapolated  from the financial  statements of the
                             Employer  filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
                             Commission,   excluding   therefrom  the  financial
                             statement effects of the Employer's CASI subsidiary
                             and any other  subsidiary of the Employer which may
                             in the future be acquired, calculated in accordance
                             with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles
                             consistently    applied   and   further   excluding
                             therefrom  any  extraordinary  items of  income  or
                             loss;   and  (ii)  all  amounts   deducted  in  the
                             computation thereof on account of (A) income taxes,
                             (B) interest expense, (C) the cash portion, if any,
                             of the  Supplemental  Incentive  Bonus,  as defined
                             below (except that portion of a Supplemental  Bonus
                             earned for reaching,  but not exceeding,  Projected
                             EBIT, as defined below),  (D) management or similar
                             fees paid by  subsidiaries  of the Employer  within
                             the Datatec  Division to the  Employer;  (E) all of
                             the  Employer's   holding  company   administrative
                             costs,  including without  limitation,  costs of or
                             relating  to  the  Chairman  and  Chief   Executive
                             Officer  of  the  Employer  and  their   respective
                             staffs,  and the costs of or  relating to the Chief
                             Financial  Officer of the  Employer  and his staff,
                             including   without   limitation,   accounting  and
                             auditing costs;  legal fees and costs,  finance and
                             administration, and costs of management information
                             systems  and (F) fees paid by the  Employer  to any
                             investment  banking firm,  venture  capital firm or
                             similar firm or any  affiliates of such firm during
                             such  year.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any
                             expenses incurred by the Employer  specifically for
                             the benefit of the Datatec Division, at the request
                             of the Datatec  Division,  or as may  reasonably be
                             determined by the Employer to be required, shall be
                             deducted from EBIT.

         (c)      SUPPLEMENTAL BONUSES. The Employee shall also receive from the
                  Employer   on  a   non-discretionary   basis   the   following
                  supplemental bonuses (the "Supplemental Bonuses"):

                  (i)               (A) If the Actual EBIT of the  Employer  for
                                    the year  November 1, 1996  through  October
                                    31,  1997  shall  equal at least  $8,100,000
                                    Employee  shall be paid  $50,000.  If Actual
                                    EBIT  shall  equal at or exceed  $9,100,000,
                                    the Employee  shall be paid  additional  the
                                    sum of  $25,000  plus  two AND  ONE-HALF  (2
                                    1/2%) percent of the

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                                    amount   by  which   Actual   EBIT   exceeds
                                    $9,100,000.  Said  amounts  shall be paid in
                                    full within  fifteen (15) business days from
                                    the  date  that  the  applicable   financial
                                    statements   have  been   released   by  the
                                    Employer.

                             (B)    Prior to October  31,  1997 and  October 31,
                                    1998, respectively, Isaac Gaon, or any other
                                    duly authorized officer of the Employer, and
                                    the Employee  shall in good faith  negotiate
                                    projected  EBIT  ("Projected  EBIT") for the
                                    years of the term hereof  ended  October 31,
                                    1998 and  October  31,  1999,  respectively,
                                    said   projections   to  include   quarterly
                                    projections for each such year. In each year
                                    that Actual EBIT equals or exceeds Projected
                                    EBIT,  the Employee  shall be paid  $50,000,
                                    and in each year that  Actual  EBIT  exceeds
                                    the Projected EBIT for such year by at least
                                    $1,000,000,  the Employee  shall be paid the
                                    additional  sum of  $25,000,  plus  two  and
                                    one-half  (2 1/2%)  percent of the amount by
                                    which  Actual  EBIT  exceeds  $1,000,000  in
                                    excess of Projected EBIT for such year. Said
                                    amounts  shall be paid at the time set forth
                                    in ss.4(c)(1)(A).

                  (ii)       (A)    If Actual EBIT for the year November 1, 1996
                                    through  October  31, 1997 equals or exceeds
                                    $8,100,000,   the  Employee   shall  receive
                                    options to purchase 50,000 shares of Glasgal
                                    common stock, $.001 par value (the "Stock"),
                                    plus  options  to  purchase  such  number of
                                    additional  shares  of  Stock  equal to five
                                    (5%) percent of the Actual EBIT in excess of
                                    $8,100,000.  For example,  if Actual EBIT at
                                    October  31,  1997  were   $9,100,000,   the
                                    Employee  would  receive  50,000  options to
                                    purchase   Stock  plus  50,000   options  to
                                    purchase Stock computed as follows: 50,000 +
                                    (5% x $9,100,000 - $8,100,000 = 50,000 + (5%
                                    x  1,000,000)  = 50,000  + 50,000 =  100,000
                                    options.

                             (B)    If in each of the years  ending  October 31,
                                    1998 and October 31,  1999,  the  Employer's
                                    Actual EBIT equals or exceeds the  Projected
                                    EBIT  for  such  year,  the  Employee  shall
                                    receive options to purchase 50,000 shares of
                                    Stock plus such number of additional options
                                    equal   to   five   (5%)   percent   of  the
                                    difference,  if any, between Actual EBIT and
                                    Projected EBIT.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                             (C)    All stock  options  shall  have an  exercise
                                    price equal to the average  closing price of
                                    the Stock as quoted in the NASDAQ  Small Cap
                                    Market  or,  if  not  quoted  there,  on the
                                    principal   stock   exchange  on  which  the
                                    Employer's stock is traded, as such price is
                                    reported in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern
                                    Edition for the five (5)  trading  days next
                                    preceding the date of grant.

                             (D)    Options  to be  granted  hereunder  shall be
                                    granted  on the  date  that  the  applicable
                                    financial  statements  are  released  by the
                                    Employer,  and  shall be fully  vested  upon
                                    grant;  provided,  however,  that  one-third
                                    (33- 1/3 %) of the  options  granted for any
                                    year or six-month period of the term of this
                                    Agreement shall be exercisable  immediately,
                                    and one-third  (33-1/3%)  exercisable on and
                                    after   each   of   the   next    succeeding
                                    anniversary dates of grant.

                             (E)    All   options   granted   pursuant  to  this
                                    Agreement  shall be exercisable for a period
                                    of ten (10) years.  The Employer shall,  not
                                    later  than  the  date  of the  next  annual
                                    stockholders  meeting,  put  into  effect  a
                                    stock  option  plan  pursuant  to which  the
                                    options  granted  hereunder  will be issued,
                                    and shall use its best  efforts to  register
                                    the  shares  underlying  the  options  to be
                                    issued  to  the   Employee  not  later  than
                                    December 31, 1997.



                  (iii)      (A)    Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the
                                    contrary,  if at the  end of the  first  six
                                    months  of any  year  of the  term  of  this
                                    Agreement  Actual  EBIT  equals  or  exceeds
                                    Projected EBIT for the said six months,  the
                                    Employee  shall  receive upon the release of
                                    the applicable  financial statements for the
                                    said six month period  (50%)  percent of the
                                    entire   Stock   Option   portion   of   the
                                    Supplemental Bonuses he would be entitled to
                                    receive  if  Projected  EBIT for the  entire
                                    year ending October 31 had been achieved. In
                                    the  event  Actual  EBIT for the  said  year
                                    exceeds  Projected EBIT for such year, there
                                    shall be an  appropriate  adjustment  in the
                                    amount of options  granted to the  Employee.
                                    In the event  Actual EBIT at the end of said
                                    year  is  less  than  Estimated   EBIT,  the
                                    Employee  shall retain  options  granted for
                                    the first half of the said year.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                             (B)    All    options    granted     pursuant    to
                                    ss.4(c)(3)(A)   above   shall  be   credited
                                    against  the  aggregate  amount,  if any, of
                                    options  to be granted  pursuant  to ss.4(c)
                                    for the applicable year ending October 31.

         (d)      VACATION.  The  Employee  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks
                  vacation each calendar  year.  Any vacation  shall be taken at
                  the reasonable and mutual  convenience of the Employer and the
                  Employee.

         (e)      INSURANCE;  OTHER  BENEFITS.  Accident,  long-term  disability
                  income,  life and health  insurance for the Employee  shall be
                  provided by the Employer under group accident, life and health
                  insurance  plans  maintained by the Employer for its full-time
                  senior executive officers,  as such employment benefits may be
                  modified  from time to time by the Employer for all  full-time
                  senior executive  officers.  Such insurance and other benefits
                  shall not be less than that  provided  by the  Employer to its
                  senior  executive  officers.  The  amount  and  extent of such
                  coverage shall be subject to the  discretion of the Board.  In
                  addition,  all non-group  policies on the life of the Employee
                  currently paid for by Datatec shall continue to be paid by the
                  Employer  during the first year of the term of this Agreement,
                  and the Employee shall thereafter become the owner of all such
                  policies.

         (f)      CAR ALLOWANCE.  In connection with the Employee's  employment,
                  the Employee  shall from time to time be required to travel by
                  automobile  on  the  Employer's  business.   Accordingly,  the
                  Employer  shall provide to the Employee an automobile  expense
                  allowance  of $1,200  per  month,  payable on the first day of
                  each  month  during  the  term of  this  Agreement,  plus  all
                  maintenance, service and insurance charges.

         SECTION 5. EXPENSES.  In addition to the foregoing,  the Employer shall
pay or reimburse the Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred
by the Employee in the performance of his duties hereunder upon  presentation of
appropriate  vouchers  therefor.  The Employee shall be entitled to the class of
accommodations and transportation  customarily provided to the senior executives
of the Employer when traveling on behalf of the Employer.

         SECTION 6.  TERMINATION.  The  Employee's  employment  hereunder  shall
commence on the  Commencement  Date and  continue  until the  expiration  of the
Initial Term,  and any extension of such term pursuant to SECTION 3, except that
the employment of the Employee hereunder shall earlier terminate:

         (a)      DEATH OR TOTAL  DISABILITY.  Upon  the  death of the  Employee
                  during the term of his employment hereunder

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  or,  at the  option  of the  Employer,  in  the  event  of the
                  Employee's  total  disability,  upon sixty (60) days'  written
                  notice from the Employer. The Employee shall be deemed totally
                  disabled if he meets the  criteria  for  disability  under the
                  Employer's   disability   insurance   policy   for  180  days,
                  consecutive or 270 days non-  consecutive,  in any twelve (12)
                  month period. If there is no disability policy in effect,  the
                  Employee  shall  be  deemed  totally  disabled  if he shall be
                  unable,   due  to  physical  or  mental  illness,   injury  or
                  incapacity,  to  perform  his  regular  full  time  duties  as
                  Executive  Vice President and Chief  Operating  Officer of the
                  Employer's Datatec Division or as President of Datatec for the
                  periods set forth above in this Section 6(a).

         (b)      FOR CAUSE. For "Cause"  immediately upon written notice by the
                  Employer to the Employee;  provided, that the Employer may not
                  terminate  the Employee for Cause unless (i) such  termination
                  has been  approved  by the  affirmative  vote or  consent of a
                  majority  of  the  directors  on  the  Board   (excluding  the
                  Employee) prior to the time of such termination;  and (ii) not
                  later  than  30  days  prior  to the  effective  date  of such
                  termination,  the Employee  shall be given the  opportunity to
                  appear before the Board,  represented  by counsel,  to address
                  the  grounds  for  such  termination.  For  purposes  of  this
                  Agreement, a termination shall be for Cause if the Board shall
                  determine that any one or more of the following has occurred:

                  (i)        acceptance  of any unlawful  bribe or kickback with
                             respect to the Employer's business; or

                  (ii)       the Employee  shall have been  convicted by a court
                             of competent jurisdiction of, or pleaded guilty to,
                             any felony which the Board reasonably determines in
                             its discretion would materially affect or impair in
                             any way (A) the  Employee's  ability to perform his
                             duties hereunder or (B) the reputation or operation
                             of the Employer's  business or (C) the relationship
                             between the Employer and its  suppliers,  customers
                             or employees; or

                  (iii)      the Employee  shall have  committed a breach of any
                             of the  covenants,  terms  and  provisions  of ss.9
                             hereof  or  a   material   breach  of  any  of  the
                             covenants, terms and provisions of ss.8 hereof; or

                  (iv)       the Employee shall have breached any one or more of
                             the provisions of this Agreement (excluding ss.ss.8
                             and 9 hereof) and such breach shall have  continued
                             for a period of  thirty  (30)  days  after  written
                             notice to the  Employee  specifying  such breach in
                             reasonable detail; or

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                  (v)        the Employee  shall have  refused,  after  explicit
                             written notice, to obey any lawful resolution of or
                             direction  by the Board  which is  consistent  with
                             this Agreement and his duties hereunder.

         (c)      TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  Upon  ninety  (90) days  written
                  notice by either the  Employee  or the  Employer  to the other
                  party  hereto.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the Employee
                  shall be deemed to have been  terminated  without Cause if the
                  termination  is (i)  initiated  by the  Employer and not based
                  substantially  on any reason included in the above  definition
                  of Cause or (ii) if the  Employee  terminates  his  employment
                  hereunder for Good Reason upon ninety (90) days written notice
                  to the Employer.  The Employee  shall be entitled to terminate
                  his employment for Good Reason if any of the following occur:

                  (i)        the   Employee   is  assigned   duties   which  are
                             inconsistent with the position or  responsibilities
                             associated  with his  position  as  Executive  Vice
                             President  and  Chief  Operating   Officer  of  the
                             Datatec   Division  or  as   President   and  Chief
                             Operating Officer of Datatec;

                  (ii)       If the Datatec Division (or any part thereof) shall
                             merge or consolidate into or transfer substantially
                             all of its assets  to, or become a  majority  owned
                             subsidiary   of,  another   corporation,   and  the
                             Employee is not then elected and/or  appointed to a
                             position of  responsibility  in any such surviving,
                             new or  purchasing  corporation  equivalent to that
                             provided in Section 2 hereof; and

                  (iii)      the  Employer  requires the Employee to perform his
                             duties   hereunder   principally  at  any  location
                             outside  a  radius  of  fifty   (50)   miles   from
                             Fairfield, New Jersey, and he notifies the Employer
                             within   30  days   after   notification   of  such
                             relocation  that he is  unwilling  to continue  his
                             employment hereunder at such location.

         (d)      RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON TERMINATION.

                  (i)        If the  Employer  shall  terminate  the  Employee's
                             employment   hereunder  pursuant  to  SECTION  6(c)
                             hereof,  then (A) the Employee shall be entitled to
                             receive,  as severance pay, payment,  in accordance
                             with the Employer's then current payroll practices,
                             of his Base  Salary  in  effect  at the time of his
                             termination,  his First  Incentive  Bonus,  and his
                             Supplemental  Bonuses for (1) the  remainder of the
                             Initial  Term  or (2) if  such  termination  occurs
                             subsequent to the Initial

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

                             Term,  the  remainder of the then current  one-year
                             extension  thereof;   provided,  further  that  the
                             Employee  shall not be  required  to  mitigate  his
                             damages  during such period and the Employer  shall
                             not be  entitled  to reduce or  offset  the  amount
                             payable by the Employer under this SECTION  6(d)(i)
                             by any income received by the Employee  pursuant to
                             any  new  employment  so long  as the  Employee  is
                             complying with ss.9 hereof. The Employee shall also
                             be   entitled   to   receive   the   benefits   and
                             consideration provided in ss.ss.(4)(e)- (g) hereof.

                  (ii)       If   the   Employee's   employment   hereunder   is
                             terminated pursuant  to ss.6(a)  hereof,  then  the
                             Employee (or his estate,  as  applicable)  shall be
                             entitled to receive  within 30 days  following  the
                             completion of the Employer's  financial  statements
                             for the year of this  Agreement  during  which such
                             termination occurs, a prorated portion of the First
                             Incentive Bonus and  Supplemental  Bonuses (if any)
                             for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs
                             determined  by  multiplying  (1) the full amount of
                             the First Incentive Bonus and Supplemental  Bonuses
                             (if  any)  that  would  have  been  payable  to the
                             Employee  pursuant to SECTION  4(b) and 4(c) hereof
                             if his employment hereunder had not been terminated
                             by (2) a fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the
                             number of days  elapsed  during  such  fiscal  year
                             prior  to  the  Employee's   termination   and  the
                             denominator  of which is 365,  and (c) a pro  rated
                             portion  of the  Options to  Acquire  Common  Stock
                             which would have been issued to the Employee on the
                             next  anniversary  date  specified  in SECTION 4(c)
                             hereof  computed  in the  manner  provided  in this
                             SECTION 6 (d)(ii),  except that the numerator shall
                             be 365.

                  (iii)      Except as otherwise set forth in this SECTION 6(d),
                             the Employee shall not be entitled to any severance
                             or other  compensation  after  termination of other
                             than  payment of any  portion  of his Base  Salary,
                             First  Incentive  Bonus  and  Supplemental  Bonuses
                             through the date of his termination and any expense
                             reimbursements  under SECTION 5 hereof for expenses
                             incurred in the  performance of his duties prior to
                             termination.  If such termination is not at the end
                             of a period  in  which  measurement  of EBIT  takes
                             place  for   purposes   of  this   Agreement,   the
                             Supplemental  Bonuses  shall be  determined  by the
                             Board of Directors in good faith.

         SECTION  7.   INVENTIONS;   ASSIGNMENT.   All  rights  to  discoveries,
inventions, improvements, and innovations (including

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

all data and records  pertaining  thereto)  related to the Employer's  business,
whether  or not  patentable,  copyrightable,  registerable  as a  trademark,  or
reduced to writing,  that the Employee may discover,  invent or originate during
the term of his  employment  hereunder or during his previous  employment by the
Employer,  either alone or with others and during working hours or by the use of
the facilities of the Employer  ("Inventions"),  shall be the exclusive property
of the Employer.  The Employee  shall  promptly  disclose all  Inventions to the
Employer,  shall execute at the request of the Employer any assignments or other
documents  the  Employer  may deem  necessary  to protect  or perfect  its right
therein, and shall assist the Employer, at the Employer's expense, in obtaining,
defending and enforcing  the  Employer's  rights  therein.  The Employee  hereby
appoints  the  Employer  as his  attorney-in-fact  to  execute on his behalf any
assignments or other  documents  deemed  necessary by the Employer to protect or
perfect its right to any Inventions.

         SECTION  8.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The  Employee  recognizes  and
acknowledges that certain assets of the Employer,  including without  limitation
information  regarding  customers,   pricing  policies,  methods  of  operation,
proprietary computer programs,  sales,  products,  profits,  costs, markets, key
personnel,  formulae,  product  applications,  technical  processes,  and  trade
secrets (hereinafter called "Confidential  Information") are valuable,  special,
and unique assets of the Employer and its  affiliates.  The Employee  shall not,
during or after his term of  employment,  disclose any part of the  Confidential
Information to any person, firm, corporation,  association,  or any other entity
for any reason or purpose whatsoever,  directly or indirectly,  except as may be
required  pursuant to his  employment  hereunder,  provided,  that  Confidential
Information  shall in no event include (a)  Confidential  Information  which was
generally  available to the public at the time of  disclosure by the Employer or
(b) Confidential  Information  which becomes publicly  available other than as a
consequence  of the breach of the  Employee of his  confidentiality  obligations
hereunder. In the event of the termination of his employment,  whether voluntary
or involuntary  and whether by the Employer or the Employee,  the Employee shall
deliver to the Employer all  documents and data  pertaining to the  Confidential
information  and shall not take with him any  documents  data of any kind or any
reproductions  (in whole or in part) or  extracts  of any items  relating to the
Confidential Information.

         SECTION  9.   NON-COMPETITION.   During  the  term  of  the  Employee's
employment hereunder,  or during any period (and for a period of three (3) years
thereafter)  that the Employer is  compensating  the Employee in accordance with
SECTION 6(d) hereof as a result of terminating the Employee's employment without
Cause,  and until three (3) years after any other  termination of the Employee's
employment  hereunder,  the Employee  will not engage,  directly or  indirectly,
alone or as a shareholder (other than as a holder of less than five percent (5%)
of the common stock of any publicly traded corporation), partner, officer,

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

member, director, employee or consultant of any other business organization that
is engaged or becomes  engaged in the  provision of services  which compete with
the services  provided by the Employer or compete in any other service  business
that the Employer is conducting at the time of the  Employee's  termination,  or
solicit or encourage  any  officer,  employee or  consultant  of the Employer to
leave its employ for  alternative  employment.  The Employee will continue to be
bound by the provisions of this SECTION 9 until their expiration,  and shall not
be entitled to any compensation from the Employer with respect thereto except as
may be provided in SECTION 6(d) hereof.  If at any time the  provisions  of this
SECTION 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being
vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity,  this SECTION 9
shall be  considered  divisible and shall become and be  immediately  amended to
only such area,  duration  and scope of  activity as shall be  determined  to be
reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having  jurisdiction  over
the matter;  and the Employee  agrees that this SECTION 9 as so amended shall be
valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable  provision had not been
included herein.

         SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a)      INDEMNIFICATION.  The By-Laws of the Employer shall  indemnify
                  the Employee in his capacity as an officer, director and agent
                  of  the   Employer  and  provide  for  advances  of  expenses,
                  including without limitation legal fees and costs, incurred in
                  defense  of  any  claim  against  him to  the  fullest  extent
                  permitted  under  Delaware law and shall further  provide that
                  such indemnification shall be a contract right.

         (b)      D & O INSURANCE.  The Employer shall  purchase  directors' and
                  officers'   liability  insurance  in  the  minimum  amount  of
                  $1,000,000.

         SECTION 11. GENERAL.

         (a)      NOTICES. All notices and other communications  hereunder shall
                  be in writing or by  written  telecommunication,  and shall be
                  deemed to have been duly given if delivered  personally  or if
                  mailed by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
                  prepaid or sent by written  telecommunication or telecopy,  to
                  the relevant address set forth below, or to such other address
                  as the  recipient of such notice or  communication  shall have
                  specified  to the other party hereto in  accordance  with this
                  SECTION 11(a):

                  If to the Employee, to:
                             Raymond Koch
                             P.O. Box 493
                             201 Pleasant Valley Road
                             Mendham, New Jersey 07945

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

                  With copies to:
                             Mark K. Lipton, Esq.
                             Podvey, Sachs, Meanor, Catenacci,
                              Hildner & Cocoziello
                             One Riverfront Plaza
                             Newark, New Jersey 07102

                  If to the Employer, to:
                             Glasgal Communications, Inc.
                             151 Veterans Drive,
                             Northvale, New Jersey 07647

                  With copies to:
                             Robert H. Friedman, Esq.
                             Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                             505 Park Avenue
                             New York, N.Y. 10022

         (b)      EQUITABLE  REMEDIES.  Each of the parties hereto  acknowledges
                  and  agrees  that  upon  any  breach  by the  Employee  of his
                  obligations  under  SECTIONS 7, 8 and 9 hereof,  the  Employer
                  will have no adequate remedy at law, and  accordingly  will be
                  entitled  to  specific   performance  and  other   appropriate
                  injunctive and equitable relief.

         (c)      SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
                  invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  in any respect  under any
                  law,  the  validity,   legality  and   enforceability  of  the
                  remaining  provisions  hereof shall not in any way be affected
                  or impaired.

         (d)      WAIVERS.  No delay or  omission  by  either  party  hereto  in
                  exercising  any  right,  power or  privilege  hereunder  shall
                  impair such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or
                  partial  exercise  of  any  such  right,  power  or  privilege
                  preclude any further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any
                  other right, power or privilege.

         (e)      COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  multiple
                  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original,  but
                  all of  which  together  shall  constitute  one and  the  same
                  instrument.

         (f)      ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
                  benefit  of the heirs and  successors  of each of the  parties
                  hereto,  including any entity which acquires substantially all
                  of the assets or equity interest of the Employer.

         (g)      ENTIRE   AGREEMENT.   This   Agreement   contains  the  entire
                  understanding of the parties,  supersedes all prior agreements
                  and  understandings  relating to the subject matter hereof and
                  shall not be amended except by a

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

                  written  instrument  hereafter  signed by each of the  parties
                  hereto.

         (h)      GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the performance hereof shall
                  be construed and governed in  accordance  with the laws of the
                  State  of New  Jersey  without  regard  to its  principles  of
                  conflicts of law.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  and  intending to be legally  bound  hereby,  the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and
year first above written.


                                      GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                       By: /s/ ISAAC GAON
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          ISAAC GAON, Chief Executive Officer

                                          /s/ RAYMOND KOCH
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                     RAYMOND KOCH




                                      -14-


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT  made as of this  24th day of  April,  1996,  by and
between COMPUTER-AIDED  SOFTWARE INTEGRATION,  INC., a Delaware corporation with
its principal office at 12477 West Cedar Drive,  Suite 201,  Lakewood,  Colorado
80228 ("CASI"),  and DAVID H. TOBEY, residing at 10 Mt. Tamalpais Port, Clayton,
California 94517 (the "Executive") and GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a Delaware
corporation  with its principal  office at 151 Veterans  Drive,  Northvale,  New
Jersey 07647 ("Glasgal").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

                  WHEREAS,  Glasgal Communications,  Inc. ("Glasgal") became the
owner of 800 shares of Common Stock of CASI  representing  80% of the issued and
outstanding  capital  stock  of  CASI  pursuant  to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement
relating to such  purchase  dated as of February  15, 1996 (the "Stock  Purchase
Agreement");

                  WHEREAS,  simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement,
the  parties   hereto   shall  enter  into  a   stockholders'   agreement   (the
"Stockholders'   Agreement")   and  a   registration   rights   agreement   (the
"Registration Rights Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, prior to the acquisition by Glasgal of such shares of
Common Stock of CASI,  the  Executive  owned 100% of the issued and  outstanding
shares of the capital stock of CASI;

                  WHEREAS,  CASI and the  Executive  have  agreed to modify  and
formally  document their existing  long-term  employment  relationship for their
mutual benefit and are desirous of setting out the terms and conditions hereof;

                  NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  covenants  and
agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration
(the receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged  by each of the
parties), the parties covenant and agree as follows:

                  1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE.  CASI hereby employs  Executive as
its President and Chief Executive  Officer,  to perform,  in accordance with the
By-laws of CASI,  the Initial  Business  Plan (as defined in the Stock  Purchase
Agreement) and the Initial Business Plan as amended and approved annually by the
Board of  Directors  of CASI  (the  "Annual  Business  Plan"),  the  duties  and
responsibilities  incident to such offices,  subject at all times to the control
and direction of the Board of Directors of CASI (the "Board of Directors").

                  2.  ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND  ATTENTION.  Executive
hereby  accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  that  throughout  the  Term  (as
hereinafter  defined),  he will devote such full time,  attention  (a minimum of
1,800 hours per year), knowledge and skills,  faithfully,  diligently and to the
best of his ability, in


<PAGE>

furtherance  of the business of CASI as are  necessary to perform the duties and
responsibilities  assigned to him pursuant to Section 1 hereof. As President and
Chief  Executive  Officer,  the Executive  shall  control all of the  day-to-day
operations  of CASI  including,  without  limitation,  the  ability  to hire and
terminate all employees.  The Executive  shall also perform such specific duties
and shall  exercise such  specific  authority  related to the  management of the
day-to-day  operations of CASI as may be assigned to the Executive  from time to
time by the  Board  of  Directors  and  which  are  reasonably  requested  to be
performed  by the  Executive  as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer.  The
Executive  shall at all times be subject  to,  observe and carry out such rules,
regulations,  policies,  directions and  restrictions as CASI shall from time to
time establish.

                  3. TERM. Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Executive's
employment hereunder shall commence as of January 1, 1996 and shall terminate on
April 30, 2001 unless  earlier  terminated in accordance  with Section 12 hereof
(the "Initial  Term"),  and shall  automatically  renew for one (1)-year periods
unless CASI or the Executive  provide to the other written  notice of nonrenewal
during the ninety (90) day period  ended thirty (30) days  immediately  prior to
the expiration of the Initial Term or any renewal  thereof (the Initial Term and
any  such  renewal  thereof  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as the
"Term").

                  4.       COMPENSATION.  As full compensation for his services
CASI shall pay to the Executive the following:

                  (a) an initial  base salary at the rate of one  hundred  fifty
thousand  ($150,000)  dollars ("Base Salary")  commencing as of January 1, 1996,
for the first year of his employment.  For each year thereafter, the Base Salary
will be increased by the percentage increase in the United States consumer price
index ("CPI")  published by the United States  Department of Labor, at January 1
of such year over the CPI at  January 1 of the prior  year;  provided,  further,
that the Board of Directors shall review the Base Salary annually for increases,
but shall have no  obligation  to increase  the Base Salary.  Such  compensation
shall be  payable  in  equal  monthly  installments.  All  compensation  paid to
Executive shall be subject to withholding and other  employment taxes imposed by
applicable law.

                  (b) incentive  compensation  in an amount in cash equal to (i)
15% of gross  earnings for the period  February 15, 1996 through  April 30, 1996
and for each of the six month periods ended October 31, 1996 and April 30, 1997;
and (ii) 30% of gross  earnings for each of the six month  periods ended October
31, 1997, April 30, 1998,  October 31, 1998,  April 30, 1999,  October 31, 1999,
April 30,  2000,  October  31,  2000 and April 30,  2001  (together,  the "Bonus
Payments"). For purposes of this Agreement, gross earnings is defined as the net
income of CASI for the period plus any expenses

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

relating to interest or income taxes or  amortization of goodwill as a result of
the transactions  consummated pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, and plus
expenses relating to any inter-company  allocation of general and administrative
expense (or other expense allocation) from Glasgal or its affiliates,  except as
provided in the Initial  Business Plan, the Annual Business Plan or as otherwise
approved by the  Executive.  The Bonus  Payments  may not exceed an aggregate of
$1.5 million. In addition,  if in any fiscal year the Executive receives a Bonus
Payment  with  respect to the first six (6) months of the fiscal  year and gross
earnings are less than zero (0) (the  "Negative  Gross  Earnings") in the second
six months of the fiscal year,  then gross earnings in the next six month period
shall begin at the amount of the Negative Gross Earnings (rather than zero(0)).

                  5. ADDITIONAL  BENEFITS.  In addition to the  compensation set
forth in Section 4 hereof,  the Executive  (and his family) shall be entitled to
participate in any benefits,  including,  without limitation,  health insurance,
life insurance,  retirement plans and executive thrift and stock option plans on
terms as favorable to those benefits generally available to the senior executive
officers of Glasgal that may be in effect from time to time during the Term.  In
the  alternative,  the Executive may (at his option)  choose to receive the same
level and type of benefits  provided by CASI on the date  hereof.  In such case,
CASI shall  continue to make  available to the  Executive,  during the Term, all
employee  benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to the date hereof.
Glasgal shall use its best efforts to obtain disability insurance for the senior
executives  of  Glasgal  and  its  subsidiaries  (including  the  Executive)  on
commercially reasonable terms.

                  6.  REIMBURSEMENT  OF  EXPENSES.   CASI  shall  reimburse  the
Executive in accordance with its applicable policies for all expenses reasonably
incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder
and the business of CASI,  upon the submission to CASI  appropriate  receipts or
vouchers.

                  7.  VACATION.  Executive  shall be entitled to four (4) weeks'
paid vacation in respect of each twelve (12) month period during the Term,  such
vacation to be taken at times mutually  agreeable to the Executive and the Board
of  Directors.  In the event  that  Executive  requests  vacation  time and such
vacation request is denied by the Board of Directors, CASI shall, at its option,
either (i) carry forward any unused vacation time into the next calendar year or
(ii) pay the  Executive  a pro rata  portion  of his Base  Salary for any unused
vacation time.

                  8. RESTRICTIVE  COVENANT.  In consideration of CASI's entering
into this  Agreement,  the  Executive  agrees  that  while the  Executive  is an
employee of CASI and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, he will not:

                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                  (i)  directly  or  indirectly  own,  manage,   operate,  join,
control,  participate  in,  invest  in,  lend money to,  guarantee  the debts or
obligations  of or  otherwise be connected  with,  in any manner,  whether as an
officer, director, employee, partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity
that is engaged in the business of designing,  developing and marketing software
that functions  substantially the same as software then marketed or developed by
CASI at the time of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder;

                  (ii)  for   himself   or  on  behalf  of  any  other   person,
partnership, corporation or entity, call on any customer of CASI for the purpose
of soliciting, diverting or taking away any customer from CASI;

                  (iii) induce,  influence, or seek to induce or influence,  any
person engaged as an employee, representative,  agent, independent contractor or
otherwise by CASI, to terminate his or her relationship with CASI; or

                  (iv) at any time  utilize  for any  commercial  purpose a name
incorporating  the  words  "Computer-Aided  Software  Integration",  or words or
expressions likely to be confused therewith, or which shall be likely to lead to
confusion with the business conducted by CASI.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to  prohibit  the
Executive  from investing his funds in securities of an issuer if the securities
of such issuer are listed for trading on a national  securities  exchange or are
traded in the  over-the-counter  market  and the  Executive's  holdings  therein
represent less than 5% of the total number of shares or principal  amount of the
securities of such issuer outstanding.

                  The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section
8 are  reasonable  and  necessary  for the  protection  of CASI,  and that  each
provision,  and the period or periods  of time,  geographic  areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities  specified  herein are, and are intended
to be,  divisible.  If any provision of this Section 8,  including any sentence,
clause  or  part  hereof,  shall  be  deemed  contrary  to  law  or  invalid  or
unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining
provisions shall not be affected,  but shall,  subject to the discretion of such
court,  remain in full  force  and  effect  and any  invalid  and  unenforceable
provisions  shall be deemed,  without  further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

                  9.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive  shall hold in a
fiduciary capacity for the benefit of CASI, its parent and any of its affiliates
all information, knowledge and data relating to

                                       -4-

<PAGE>
or concerned with CASI, its parent and any of its affiliate's operations, sales,
business and affairs,  and he shall not, at any time,  either during the Term or
after the termination of the Executive's  employment with CASI, use, disclose or
divulge  any  such  information,  knowledge  or  data  to any  person,  firm  or
corporation  (unless CASI no longer  treats such  information  as  confidential)
other than to CASI or its  designees and employees or except as may otherwise be
required in connection with the business and affairs of CASI; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Executive may disclose or divulge such  information,  knowledge or data
that is or becomes generally  available to the public through no wrongful act on
the Executive's  part or where such disclosure is legally  compelled by judicial
or administrative action, provided that the Executive agrees to give CASI prompt
notice of any such judicial or  administrative  action to enable CASI to seek an
appropriate protective order.

                  10.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  Any  idea,  invention,   design,
written  material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,   development  or
discovery conceived,  developed,  created or made by the Executive alone or with
others relating to computer  integration  development tools during the Term and,
whether or not  patentable or  registrable,  shall become the sole and exclusive
property of CASI. The Executive  shall disclose the same promptly and completely
to CASI and  shall,  during  the  Term  and at any  time  and from  time to time
hereafter  (i) execute all  documents  requested by CASI for vesting in CASI the
entire right,  title and interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents
requested  by CASI for filing and  prosecuting  such  applications  for patents,
trademarks, service marks and/or copyrights as CASI, in its sole discretion, may
desire to prosecute,  and (iii) give CASI all assistance it reasonably requires,
including the giving of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding, in order to
obtain, maintain and protect CASI's right therein and thereto.

                  11. EQUITABLE RELIEF.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement,  CASI shall not have an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly,  in the
event of any such breach or threatened  breach by the  Executive,  CASI shall be
entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain
the Executive and any business,  firm, partnership,  individual,  corporation or
entity  participating in such breach or threatened  breach from the violation of
the provisions  hereof.  Nothing  herein shall be construed as prohibiting  CASI
from pursuing any other  remedies  available at law or in equity for such breach
or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery of damages  and the  immediate
termination of the employment of the Executive hereunder.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                  12.      EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Term  shall  terminate  without  action on the part of
CASI upon the death of the Executive. The Term shall also terminate upon 30 days
written  notice by CASI to the  Executive,  (i) in the event that the  Executive
shall become "permanently  incapacitated" (as hereinafter  defined); or (ii) for
"Cause" (as  hereinafter  defined).  The Term shall also  terminate upon written
notice by the Executive to CASI for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined);

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  permanently  incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental disability,  fail to substantially  perform his
usual and regular duties for CASI for a period of 120 consecutive days or for an
aggregate of 120 days in any consecutive six month period.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of funds or  material  property  of CASI,  or  failure  of the
Executive to devote at least one thousand  eight hundred  (1,800) hours per year
to his duties as President and Chief  Executive  Officer of CASI (other than for
reason of  becoming  permanently  incapacitated),  after  written  notice by the
Company providing Executive with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Good Reason" shall mean
any  diminution  of  the  Executive's  position,  duties,   responsibilities  or
compensation as President and Chief Executive Officer of CASI; or the geographic
relocation of the Executive's  position as President and Chief Executive Officer
of CASI; or the failure of Glasgal to make the capital  contribution to CASI set
forth in Section 5.1 of the Stockholders' Agreement.

                  (e) In the event the Term is terminated (i) by CASI for Cause,
or (ii) by the Executive without Good Reason, CASI shall, within 30 days, pay to
the  Executive his Base Salary,  as adjusted,  to and including the date of such
termination,  any Bonus  Payments  which  would have been earned had the date of
Executive's  termination  been the last day of the calendar year, along with all
expense reimbursements due the Executive.

                  (f) Except as provided in the next sentence,  in the event the
Term is terminated due to the Executive becoming permanently incapacitated, CASI
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive an amount equal to six months of his
Base Salary,  as adjusted,  to and including the date of such  termination,  any
Bonus  Payments  which  would  have  been  earned  had the  date of  Executive's
termination  been the last day of the  calendar  year,  along  with all  expense
reimbursement due the Executive.  In the event the Term is terminated due to the
Executive becoming permanently incapacitated

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

prior to the time Glasgal has obtained disability insurance for the Executive in
accordance  with  Section 5 hereof,  CASI  shall pay to the  Executive  the Base
Salary for the remainder of the Term,  any Bonus  Payments which would have been
earned  had the  date of the  Executive's  termination  been the last day of the
Term, along with all expense reimbursement due the Executive.

                  (g) In the event the Term is  terminated  (i) by CASI  without
Cause,  or (ii) by the Executive with Good Reason,  CASI shall,  within 30 days,
pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total of all payments of Base Salary
for the  remainder of the Term,  but in no event shall such payment be less than
the amount of one year's Base Salary  (such  amount in excess of the Base Salary
for the term  referred  to herein as the  "Excess  Amount").  In  addition,  the
Executive shall be entitled to any remaining Bonus Payments for the remainder of
the Term and shall be entitled to the  benefits  provided  pursuant to Section 5
hereof for the  remainder  of the Term.  Any and all stock  options  held by the
Executive at the time of such termination  shall  automatically  vest and become
exercisable in full as of the  termination  date and shall be exercisable  until
the later of (i) the end of the Term or (ii) the  expiration  date  provided for
pursuant to the terms of such stock options,  at which time all such options not
previously  exercised shall expire.  In the event that such  termination  occurs
during the last 12 months of the Term,  the Excess  Amount  shall not be part of
the  lump  sum  payment  but  shall be paid to the  Executive  in equal  monthly
installments as if the Executive continued to be employed by CASI.

                  13. INSURANCE POLICIES. CASI shall have the right from time to
time to purchase,  increase,  modify or terminate insurance policies on the life
of the  Executive  for the  benefit  of  CASI,  in such  amounts  as CASI  shall
determine in its sole discretion.  In connection therewith, the Executive shall,
at such time or times and at such place or places as CASI may reasonably direct,
submit  himself to such  physical  examinations  and execute  and  deliver  such
documents as CASI may deem necessary or desirable.

                  14. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement,  the Stock
Purchase  Agreement,  the  Stockholders  Agreement and the  Registration  Rights
Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto,  and any prior
agreement  between CASI and the Executive is hereby  superseded  and  terminated
effective immediately and shall be without further force or effect. No amendment
or  modification  shall be valid or binding unless made in writing and signed by
the party against whom enforcement thereof is sought.

                  15.      NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication required
or permitted to be given by this Agreement shall be writing and
shall be effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following day,

in the case of notice to:

                  (i)       the Employee, at:

                            10 Mt. Tamalpais Port
                            Clayton, CA 94517
                            Attention: David Tobey

                            Telecopier No. (510) 673-0482

                  (ii)      CASI, at

                             12477 West Cedar Drive
                             Suite 201
                             Lakewood, Colorado 80228
                             Attention: David Tobey

                             Telecopier No.
 
                  (iii)      Glasgal, at

                              151 Veterans Drive
                              Northvale, N.J. 07647
                              Attention: Isaac Gaon

                            Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission  provided that such day is a business day and such  transmission is
completed  before  5:00 p.m.  on such day,  failing  which such  notice or other
communication shall be deemed given and received on the first business day after
its  transmission.  Regardless of the foregoing,  if there is a mail stoppage or
labor dispute or threatened labor dispute which has

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

affected  or  could  affect  normal  mail  delivery,  then no  notice  or  other
communication  may be delivered  by  registered  mail.  If there has been a mail
stoppage  and if a party sends a notice or other  communication  by  telecopier,
telex or other similar means of  electronic  communication,  such party shall be
relieved from the  obligation to mail the original  document in accordance  with
this section.  "Business day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a
statutory holiday observed in New York City, New York.

                  16. NO ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. Neither this Agreement, nor
the right to receive any payments  hereunder,  may be assigned by the Executive.
This  Agreement  shall be binding upon the Executive,  his heirs,  executors and
administrators  and upon  CASI and  Glasgal,  their  respective  successors  and
assigns.

                  17. WAIVERS. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of
any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of
any such rights.  No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

                  18.   GOVERNING  LAW.  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed,
interpreted  and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
except that body of law relating to choice of laws.

                  19. INVALIDITY. If any clause,  paragraph,  section or part of
this Agreement shall be held or declared to be void, invalid or illegal, for any
reason,  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect  any other  clause,
paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

                  20. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each of the parties shall execute such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

                  21.    COUNTERPARTS.    This   Agreement   may   be   executed
simultaneously  in two or more counterparts  which may be by facsimile,  each of
which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

                  22.  GUARANTY  OF  PAYMENT.   Glasgal  hereby  unconditionally
guarantees  complete  and prompt  payment of all  amounts  due to the  Executive
hereunder.  The obligations of Glasgal shall be direct and primary  obligations,
and the  Executive  shall not be  required  to make any  demand  upon CASI or to
pursue or exhaust any of the Executive's  rights or remedies  against CASI prior
to making any demand on or invoking any of the  Executive's  rights and remedies
against Glasgal.

                  23. INDEMNIFICATION.  CASI and Glasgal, jointly and severally,
shall  indemnify  the  Executive,  to the fullest  extent  permitted by Delaware
General  Corporation  Law, from and against any loss,  claim,  liability  and/or
expense incurred for, or by reason

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

of, or arising out of, acts of the  Executive as an officer  and/or  director of
Glasgal, CASI or any affiliates of Glasgal or CASI.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Employment Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                            COMPUTER-AIDED SOFTWARE INTEGRATION,
                            INC.


                            By:/s/ DAVID H. TOBEY
                               ----------------------------------
                               Name:  DAVID H. TOBEY
                               Title: PRESIDENT & CEO

                              /S/ DAVID H. TOBEY
                            -------------------------------------
                                        DAVID H. TOBEY


                            GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                            By: /S/ JAMES M. CACI
                               ----------------------------------
                               Name:  JAMES M. CACI
                               Title: CFO


                                      -11-


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT  made as of this  31st  day of  July,  1996,  by and
between HH  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.,  an Illinois  corporation  with its principal
office at 650 North Dearborn,  Suite 500, Chicago,  Illinois 60610 ("HH"), FRANK
FRAZEL,  residing  at 525  Meacham  Avenue,  Park  Ridge,  Illinois  60068  (the
"Executive") and GLASGAL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a Delaware corporation with its
principal office at 151 Veterans Drive, Northvale, New Jersey 07647 ("Glasgal").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

                  WHEREAS,  Glasgal  became the owner of 1,000  shares of Common
Stock of HH representing 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of HH
pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  relating to such purchase  dated as of
July 31, 1996 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, prior to the acquisition by Glasgal of such shares of
Common Stock of HH, the  Executive,  together with the other Sellers (as defined
in the Stock Purchase Agreement) owned 100% of the issued and outstanding shares
of the capital stock of HH;

                  WHEREAS,  HH and the  Executive  have  agreed  to  modify  and
formally  document their existing  long-term  employment  relationship for their
mutual benefit and are desirous of setting out the terms and conditions hereof;

                  NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  covenants  and
agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration
(the receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged  by each of the
parties), the parties covenant and agree as follows:

                  1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE. HH hereby employs Executive as its
Vice President, to perform, in accordance with the By-laws of HH, the duties and
responsibilities  incident to such offices,  subject at all times to the control
and direction of the Board of Directors of HH (the "Board of Directors").

                  2.  ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND  ATTENTION.  Executive
hereby  accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  that  throughout  the  Term  (as
hereinafter  defined),  he will devote his full time,  attention,  knowledge and
skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of
the  business of HH to perform the duties and  responsibilities  assigned to him
pursuant to Section 1 hereof.  As Vice  President,  the Executive  shall perform
such specific duties and shall exercise such specific  authority  related to the
management  of  the  day-to-day  operations  of HH as  may  be  assigned  to the
Executive  from time to time by the Board of Directors and which are  reasonably
requested to be performed by the  Executive  as Vice  President.  The  Executive
shall at all times be

<PAGE>
subject to, observe and carry out such rules, regulations,  policies, directions
and restrictions as HH shall from time to time establish.

                  3. TERM. Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Executive's
employment hereunder shall commence as of the date hereof and shall terminate on
April 30, 1999 unless  earlier  terminated in accordance  with Section 12 hereof
(the "Term").

                  4. COMPENSATION.

                  (a) As full  compensation for his services HH shall pay to the
Executive a base salary at the rate of One Hundred  Twenty  Thousand  ($120,000)
Dollars ("Base Salary")  commencing as of the date hereof,  for each year of his
employment.  The Board of Directors  shall  review the Base Salary  annually for
increases,  but shall have no  obligation  to  increase  the Base  Salary.  Such
compensation  shall be payable in equal monthly  installments.  All compensation
paid to Executive  shall be subject to withholding  and other  employment  taxes
imposed by applicable law.

                  (b) In addition,  the Board of  Directors of HH will  consider
the payment of an annual bonus to  Executive.  Such bonus,  together  with bonus
payments made to other senior executive officers of HH, (i) is expected to be in
an amount not to exceed  $240,000,  (ii) will be made at the sole  discretion of
the Board of Directors  of HH, and (iii) is expected to be based on  performance
criteria as reasonably determined by Executive and the Board of Directors of HH.

                  5. ADDITIONAL  BENEFITS.  (a) In addition to the  compensation
set forth in Section 4 hereof,  the Executive (and his family) shall be entitled
to participate in any benefits, including, without limitation, health insurance,
life insurance,  retirement plans and executive thrift and stock option plans on
terms as favorable to those benefits generally available to the senior executive
officers of Glasgal that may be in effect from time to time during the Term.  In
the  alternative,  the Executive may (at his option)  choose to receive the same
level and type of benefits  provided by HH on the date hereof.  In such case, HH
shall continue to make available to the Executive, during the Term, all employee
benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to the date hereof.

                  (b) Upon execution of this Employment Agreement, Glasgal shall
enter into an Option  Agreement  with  Executive in the form attached  hereof as
Annex A.

                  6. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. HH shall reimburse the Executive
in accordance with its applicable  policies for all expenses reasonably incurred
by Executive in connection with the

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
performance of his duties  hereunder and the business of HH, upon the submission
to HH appropriate receipts or vouchers.

                  7.  VACATION.  Executive  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks
paid vacation in respect of each twelve (12) month period during the Term,  such
vacation to be taken at times mutually  agreeable to the Executive and the Board
of  Directors.  In the event  that  Executive  requests  vacation  time and such
vacation  request is denied by the Board of Directors,  HH shall, at its option,
either (i) carry forward any unused vacation time into the next calendar year or
(ii) pay the  Executive  a pro rata  portion  of his Base  Salary for any unused
vacation time.

                  8.  RESTRICTIVE  COVENANT.  In  consideration of HH's entering
into this  Agreement,  the  Executive  agrees  that  while the  Executive  is an
employee of HH and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, he will not:

                  (i)  directly  or  indirectly  own,  manage,   operate,  join,
control,  participate  in,  invest  in,  lend money to,  guarantee  the debts or
obligations  of or  otherwise be connected  with,  in any manner,  whether as an
officer, director, employee, partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity
that is engaged in the business of designing,  developing and marketing software
that functions  substantially the same as software then marketed or developed by
HH at the time of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder;

                  (ii)  for   himself   or  on  behalf  of  any  other   person,
partnership,  corporation or entity,  call on any customer of HH for the purpose
of soliciting, diverting or taking away any customer from HH;

                  (iii) induce,  influence, or seek to induce or influence,  any
person engaged as an employee, representative,  agent, independent contractor or
otherwise by HH, to terminate his or her relationship with HH; or

                  (iv) at any time  utilize  for any  commercial  purpose a name
incorporating the words "HH  Communications",  or words or expressions likely to
be confused  therewith,  or which shall be likely to lead to confusion  with the
business conducted by HH.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to  prohibit  the
Executive  from investing his funds in securities of an issuer if the securities
of such issuer are listed for trading on a national  securities  exchange or are
traded in the  over-the-counter  market  and the  Executive's  holdings  therein
represent less than 5% of the total number of shares or principal  amount of the
securities of such issuer outstanding.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

                  The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section
8 are  reasonable  and  necessary  for  the  protection  of HH,  and  that  each
provision,  and the period or periods  of time,  geographic  areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities  specified  herein are, and are intended
to be,  divisible.  If any provision of this Section 8,  including any sentence,
clause  or  part  hereof,  shall  be  deemed  contrary  to  law  or  invalid  or
unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining
provisions shall not be affected,  but shall,  subject to the discretion of such
court,  remain in full  force  and  effect  and any  invalid  and  unenforceable
provisions  shall be deemed,  without  further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

                  9.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive  shall hold in a
fiduciary  capacity for the benefit of HH, its parent and any of its  affiliates
all information, knowledge and data relating to or concerned with HH, its parent
and any of its affiliate's operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall
not,  at any  time,  either  during  the Term or after  the  termination  of the
Executive's  employment with HH, use,  disclose or divulge any such information,
knowledge or data to any person, firm or corporation (unless HH no longer treats
such  information  as  confidential)  other  than  to HH or  its  designees  and
employees or except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business
and affairs of HH; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Executive may disclose or divulge
such information,  knowledge or data that is or becomes  generally  available to
the  public  through  no  wrongful  act on the  Executive's  part or where  such
disclosure is legally compelled by judicial or administrative  action,  provided
that the  Executive  agrees to give HH prompt  notice  of any such  judicial  or
administrative action to enable HH to seek an appropriate protective order.

                  10.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  Any  idea,  invention,   design,
written  material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,   development  or
discovery conceived,  developed,  created or made by the Executive alone or with
others relating to computer  integration  development tools during the Term and,
whether or not  patentable or  registrable,  shall become the sole and exclusive
property of HH. The Executive shall disclose the same promptly and completely to
HH and shall,  during  the Term and at any time and from time to time  hereafter
(i) execute all  documents  requested by HH for vesting in HH the entire  right,
title and interest in and to the same,  (ii) execute all documents  requested by
HH for filing and prosecuting such applications for patents, trademarks, service
marks and/or copyrights as HH, in its sole discretion,  may desire to prosecute,
and (iii) give HH all assistance it reasonably requires, including the giving of
testimony in any suit,  action or proceeding,  in order to obtain,  maintain and
protect HH's right therein and thereto.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                  11. EQUITABLE RELIEF.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement,  HH shall not have an  adequate  remedy at law.  Accordingly,  in the
event of any such  breach or  threatened  breach by the  Executive,  HH shall be
entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain
the Executive and any business,  firm, partnership,  individual,  corporation or
entity  participating in such breach or threatened  breach from the violation of
the provisions hereof.  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting HH from
pursuing  any other  remedies  available  at law or in equity for such breach or
threatened  breach,   including  the  recovery  of  damages  and  the  immediate
termination of the employment of the Executive hereunder.

                  12. EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Term shall terminate  without action on the part of HH
upon the death of the  Executive.  The Term  shall also  terminate  upon 30 days
written notice by HH to the Executive, (i) in the event that the Executive shall
become "permanently incapacitated" (as hereinafter defined); or (ii) for "Cause"
(as hereinafter defined).

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  permanently  incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental disability,  fail to substantially  perform his
usual and regular duties for HH for a period of 120 consecutive days.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of  funds  or  material  property  of HH,  or  failure  of the
Executive  to devote his full time to his duties as Vice  President of HH (other
than for reason of becoming permanently incapacitated),  after written notice by
the Company providing Executive with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) In the event the Term is  terminated  by HH for Cause,  HH
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive his Base Salary, as adjusted, to and
including the date of such  termination,  along with all expense  reimbursements
due the Executive.

                  (e) In the event the Term is  terminated  due to the Executive
becoming  permanently  incapacitated,  HH shall  pay to the  Executive  the Base
Salary for the remainder of the Term, along with all expense  reimbursement  due
the Executive.

                  (f) In the event the Term is terminated  by HH without  Cause,
HH shall,  within 30 days,  pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total of
all  payments of Base Salary for the  remainder of the Term.  In  addition,  the
Executive shall be entitled to the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

benefits  provided  pursuant to Section 5 hereof for the  remainder of the Term.
Any and all stock options held by the Executive at the time of such  termination
which are exercisable at the time of such termination shall be exercisable for a
period of ninety (90) days  following the date of such  termination  pursuant to
the terms of such stock  options,  at which time all such options not previously
exercised  shall  expire.  Any other stock  options held by the Executive at the
time of such termination shall be forfeited.

                  13. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement,  the Stock
Purchase  Agreement and the Option  Agreement  attached  hereto  constitute  the
entire agreement of the parties hereto,  and any prior agreement  between HH and
the Executive is hereby  superseded and  terminated  effective  immediately  and
shall be without further force or effect. No amendment or modification  shall be
valid or binding  unless  made in writing and signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement thereof is sought.

                  14.  NOTICES.  Any notice or other  communication  required or
permitted  to be  given  by  this  Agreement  shall  be  writing  and  shall  be
effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;
                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following day,

in the case of notice to:

                  (i)      Executive, to the address written on the first page
                           hereof,

                  (ii)     HH, at

                           650 North Dearborn
                           Suite 500
                           Chicago, Illinois 60610
                           Attention:

                           Telecopier No. (312) 751-2475

                  (iii) Glasgal, at

                              151 Veterans Drive
                              Northvale, N.J. 07647
                              Attention: Isaac Gaon

                              Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission  provided that such day is a business day and such  transmission is
completed  before  5:00 p.m.  on such day,  failing  which such  notice or other
communication shall be deemed given and received on the first business day after
its  transmission.  Regardless of the foregoing,  if there is a mail stoppage or
labor  dispute or  threatened  labor  dispute which has affected or could affect
normal mail delivery,  then no notice or other communication may be delivered by
registered mail. If there has been a mail stoppage and if a party sends a notice
or other communication by telecopier, telex or other similar means of electronic
communication,  such party shall be  relieved  from the  obligation  to mail the
original document in accordance with this section.  "Business day" means any day
other than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a  statutory  holiday  observed in New York
City, New York.

                  15. NO ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. Neither this Agreement, nor
the right to receive any payments  hereunder,  may be assigned by the Executive.
This  Agreement  shall be binding upon the Executive,  his heirs,  executors and
administrators and upon HH and Glasgal, their respective successors and assigns.

                  16. WAIVERS. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of
any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of
any such rights.  No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

                  17.   GOVERNING  LAW.  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed,
interpreted  and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
except that body of law relating to choice of laws.

                  18. INVALIDITY. If any clause,  paragraph,  section or part of
this Agreement shall be held or declared to be void, invalid or illegal, for any
reason,  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect  any other  clause,
paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

                  19. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each of the parties shall execute such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  20.    COUNTERPARTS.    This   Agreement   may   be   executed
simultaneously  in two or more counterparts  which may be by facsimile,  each of
which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

                  21. INDEMNIFICATION.  HH shall indemnify the Executive, to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware  General  Corporation Law, from and against
any loss,  claim,  liability  and/or  expense  incurred for, or by reason of, or
arising out of, acts of the Executive as an officer and/or director of HH or any
affiliates of HH.



                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Employment Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                        HH COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By:/S/ STEVEN M. GRUBNER
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  STEVEN M. GRUBNER
                                           Title: PRESIDENT


                                        /S/ Frank Frazel
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                    Frank Frazel


                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By:/S/ ISAAC J. GAON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  ISAAC J. GAON
                                           Title: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


                                       -9-


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT  made as of this  31st  day of  July,  1996,  by and
between HH  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.,  an Illinois  corporation  with its principal
office at 650 North Dearborn, Suite 500, Chicago,  Illinois 60610 ("HH"), STEVEN
GRUBNER,  residing at 108 Brinker Road,  Barrington  Hills,  Illinois 60010 (the
"Executive") and GLASGAL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a Delaware corporation with its
principal office at 151 Veterans Drive, Northvale, New Jersey 07647 ("Glasgal").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

                  WHEREAS,  Glasgal  became the owner of 1,000  shares of Common
Stock of HH representing 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of HH
pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  relating to such purchase  dated as of
July 31, 1996 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, prior to the acquisition by Glasgal of such shares of
Common Stock of HH, the  Executive,  together with the other Sellers (as defined
in the Stock Purchase Agreement) owned 100% of the issued and outstanding shares
of the capital stock of HH;

                  WHEREAS,  HH and the  Executive  have  agreed  to  modify  and
formally  document their existing  long-term  employment  relationship for their
mutual benefit and are desirous of setting out the terms and conditions hereof;

                  NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  covenants  and
agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration
(the receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged  by each of the
parties), the parties covenant and agree as follows:

                  1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE. HH hereby employs Executive as its
President,  to  perform,  in  accordance  with the  Bylaws of HH, the duties and
responsibilities  incident to such offices,  subject at all times to the control
and direction of the Board of Directors of HH (the "Board of Directors").

                  2.  ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND  ATTENTION.  Executive
hereby  accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  that  throughout  the  Term  (as
hereinafter  defined),  he will devote his full time,  attention,  knowledge and
skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of
the  business of HH to perform the duties and  responsibilities  assigned to him
pursuant to Section 1 hereof.  As President,  the  Executive  shall perform such
specific  duties  and shall  exercise  such  specific  authority  related to the
management  of  the  day-to-day  operations  of HH as  may  be  assigned  to the
Executive  from time to time by the Board of Directors and which are  reasonably
requested to be performed by the Executive as President.  The Executive shall at
all times be

<PAGE>

subject to, observe and carry out such rules, regulations,  policies, directions
and restrictions as HH shall from time to time establish.

                  3. TERM. Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Executive's
employment hereunder shall commence as of the date hereof and shall terminate on
April 30, 1999 unless  earlier  terminated in accordance  with Section 12 hereof
(the "Term").

                  4. COMPENSATION.

                  (a) As full  compensation for his services HH shall pay to the
Executive a base salary at the rate of One Hundred  Twenty  Thousand  ($120,000)
Dollars ("Base Salary")  commencing as of the date hereof,  for each year of his
employment.  The Board of Directors  shall  review the Base Salary  annually for
increases,  but shall have no  obligation  to  increase  the Base  Salary.  Such
compensation  shall be payable in equal monthly  installments.  All compensation
paid to Executive  shall be subject to withholding  and other  employment  taxes
imposed by applicable law.

                  (b) In addition,  the Board of  Directors of HH will  consider
the payment of an annual bonus to  Executive.  Such bonus,  together  with bonus
payments made to other senior executive officers of HH, (i) is expected to be in
an amount not to exceed  $240,000,  (ii) will be made at the sole  discretion of
the Board of Directors  of HH, and (iii) is expected to be based on  performance
criteria as reasonably determined by Executive and the Board of Directors of HH.

                  5. ADDITIONAL  BENEFITS.  (a) In addition to the  compensation
set forth in Section 4 hereof,  the Executive (and his family) shall be entitled
to participate in any benefits, including, without limitation, health insurance,
life insurance,  retirement plans and executive thrift and stock option plans on
terms as favorable to those benefits generally available to the senior executive
officers of Glasgal that may be in effect from time to time during the Term.  In
the  alternative,  the Executive may (at his option)  choose to receive the same
level and type of benefits  provided by HH on the date hereof.  In such case, HH
shall continue to make available to the Executive, during the Term, all employee
benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to the date hereof.

                  (b) Upon execution of this Employment Agreement, Glasgal shall
enter into an Option  Agreement  with  Executive in the form attached  hereof as
Annex A.

                  6. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. HH shall reimburse the Executive
in accordance with its applicable  policies for all expenses reasonably incurred
by Executive in connection with the

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

performance of his duties  hereunder and the business of HH, upon the submission
to HH appropriate receipts or vouchers.

                  7.  VACATION.  Executive  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks
paid vacation in respect of each twelve (12) month period during the Term,  such
vacation to be taken at times mutually  agreeable to the Executive and the Board
of  Directors.  In the event  that  Executive  requests  vacation  time and such
vacation  request is denied by the Board of Directors,  HH shall, at its option,
either (i) carry forward any unused vacation time into the next calendar year or
(ii) pay the  Executive  a pro rata  portion  of his Base  Salary for any unused
vacation time.

                  8.  RESTRICTIVE  COVENANT.  In  consideration of HH's entering
into this  Agreement,  the  Executive  agrees  that  while the  Executive  is an
employee of HH and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, he will not:

                  (i)  directly  or  indirectly  own,  manage,   operate,  join,
control,  participate  in,  invest  in,  lend money to,  guarantee  the debts or
obligations  of or  otherwise be connected  with,  in any manner,  whether as an
officer, director, employee, partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity
that is engaged in the business of designing,  developing and marketing software
that functions  substantially the same as software then marketed or developed by
HH at the time of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder;

                  (ii)  for   himself   or  on  behalf  of  any  other   person,
partnership,  corporation or entity,  call on any customer of HH for the purpose
of soliciting, diverting or taking away any customer from HH;

                  (iii) induce,  influence, or seek to induce or influence,  any
person engaged as an employee, representative,  agent, independent contractor or
otherwise by HH, to terminate his or her relationship with HH; or

                  (iv) at any time  utilize  for any  commercial  purpose a name
incorporating the words "HH  Communications",  or words or expressions likely to
be confused  therewith,  or which shall be likely to lead to confusion  with the
business conducted by HH.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to  prohibit  the
Executive  from investing his funds in securities of an issuer if the securities
of such issuer are listed for trading on a national  securities  exchange or are
traded in the  over-the-counter  market  and the  Executive's  holdings  therein
represent less than 5% of the total number of shares or principal  amount of the
securities of such issuer outstanding.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                  The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section
8 are  reasonable  and  necessary  for  the  protection  of HH,  and  that  each
provision,  and the period or periods  of time,  geographic  areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities  specified  herein are, and are intended
to be,  divisible.  If any provision of this Section 8,  including any sentence,
clause  or  part  hereof,  shall  be  deemed  contrary  to  law  or  invalid  or
unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining
provisions shall not be affected,  but shall,  subject to the discretion of such
court,  remain in full  force  and  effect  and any  invalid  and  unenforceable
provisions  shall be deemed,  without  further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

                  9.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive  shall hold in a
fiduciary  capacity for the benefit of HH, its parent and any of its  affiliates
all information, knowledge and data relating to or concerned with HH, its parent
and any of its affiliate's operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall
not,  at any  time,  either  during  the Term or after  the  termination  of the
Executive's  employment with HH, use,  disclose or divulge any such information,
knowledge or data to any person, firm or corporation (unless HH no longer treats
such  information  as  confidential)  other  than  to HH or  its  designees  and
employees or except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business
and affairs of HH; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Executive may disclose or divulge
such information,  knowledge or data that is or becomes  generally  available to
the  public  through  no  wrongful  act on the  Executive's  part or where  such
disclosure is legally compelled by judicial or administrative  action,  provided
that the  Executive  agrees to give HH prompt  notice  of any such  judicial  or
administrative action to enable HH to seek an appropriate protective order.

                  10.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  Any  idea,  invention,   design,
written  material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,   development  or
discovery conceived,  developed,  created or made by the Executive alone or with
others relating to computer  integration  development tools during the Term and,
whether or not  patentable or  registrable,  shall become the sole and exclusive
property of HH. The Executive shall disclose the same promptly and completely to
HH and shall,  during  the Term and at any time and from time to time  hereafter
(i) execute all  documents  requested by HH for vesting in HH the entire  right,
title and interest in and to the same,  (ii) execute all documents  requested by
HH for filing and prosecuting such applications for patents, trademarks, service
marks and/or copyrights as HH, in its sole discretion,  may desire to prosecute,
and (iii) give HH all assistance it reasonably requires, including the giving of
testimony in any suit,  action or proceeding,  in order to obtain,  maintain and
protect HH's right therein and thereto.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                  11. EQUITABLE RELIEF.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement,  HH shall not have an  adequate  remedy at law.  Accordingly,  in the
event of any such  breach or  threatened  breach by the  Executive,  HH shall be
entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain
the Executive and any business,  firm, partnership,  individual,  corporation or
entity  participating in such breach or threatened  breach from the violation of
the provisions hereof.  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting HH from
pursuing  any other  remedies  available  at law or in equity for such breach or
threatened  breach,   including  the  recovery  of  damages  and  the  immediate
termination of the employment of the Executive hereunder.

                  12. EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Term shall terminate  without action on the part of HH
upon the death of the  Executive.  The Term  shall also  terminate  upon 30 days
written notice by HH to the Executive, (i) in the event that the Executive shall
become "permanently incapacitated" (as hereinafter defined); or (ii) for "Cause"
(as hereinafter defined).

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  permanently  incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental disability,  fail to substantially  perform his
usual and regular duties for HH for a period of 120 consecutive days.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of  funds  or  material  property  of HH,  or  failure  of the
Executive  to devote his full time to his duties as  President of HH (other than
for reason of becoming permanently  incapacitated),  after written notice by the
Company providing Executive with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) In the event the Term is  terminated  by HH for Cause,  HH
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive his Base Salary, as adjusted, to and
including the date of such  termination,  along with all expense  reimbursements
due the Executive.

                  (e) In the event the Term is  terminated  due to the Executive
becoming  permanently  incapacitated,  HH shall  pay to the  Executive  the Base
Salary for the remainder of the Term, along with all expense  reimbursement  due
the Executive.

                  (f) In the event the Term is terminated  by HH without  Cause,
HH shall,  within 30 days,  pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total of
all  payments of Base Salary for the  remainder of the Term.  In  addition,  the
Executive shall be entitled to the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

benefits  provided  pursuant to Section 5 hereof for the  remainder of the Term.
Any and all stock options held by the Executive at the time of such  termination
which are exercisable at the time of such termination shall be exercisable for a
period of ninety (90) days  following the date of such  termination  pursuant to
the terms of such stock  options,  at which time all such options not previously
exercised  shall  expire.  Any other stock  options held by the Executive at the
time of such termination shall be forfeited.

                  13. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement,  the Stock
Purchase  Agreement and the Option  Agreement  attached  hereto  constitute  the
entire agreement of the parties hereto,  and any prior agreement  between HH and
the Executive is hereby  superseded and  terminated  effective  immediately  and
shall be without further force or effect. No amendment or modification  shall be
valid or binding  unless  made in writing and signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement thereof is sought.

                  14.      NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication required
or permitted to be given by this Agreement shall be writing and
shall be effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;
                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following day,

in the case of notice to:

                  (i)      Executive, to the address written on the first page
                           hereof,

                  (ii)     HH, at

                           650 North Dearborn
                           Suite 500
                           Chicago, Illinois 60610
                           Attention:

                           Telecopier No. (312) 751-2475

                  (iii)    Glasgal, at

                           151 Veterans Drive
                           Northvale, N.J. 07647
                           Attention: Isaac Gaon

                           Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission  provided that such day is a business day and such  transmission is
completed  before  5:00 p.m.  on such day,  failing  which such  notice or other
communication shall be deemed given and received on the first business day after
its  transmission.  Regardless of the foregoing,  if there is a mail stoppage or
labor  dispute or  threatened  labor  dispute which has affected or could affect
normal mail delivery,  then no notice or other communication may be delivered by
registered mail. If there has been a mail stoppage and if a party sends a notice
or other communication by telecopier, telex or other similar means of electronic
communication,  such party shall be  relieved  from the  obligation  to mail the
original document in accordance with this section.  "Business day" means any day
other than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a  statutory  holiday  observed in New York
City, New York.

                  15. NO ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. Neither this Agreement, nor
the right to receive any payments  hereunder,  may be assigned by the Executive.
This  Agreement  shall be binding upon the Executive,  his heirs,  executors and
administrators and upon HH and Glasgal, their respective successors and assigns.

                  16. WAIVERS. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of
any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of
any such rights.  No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

                  17.   GOVERNING  LAW.  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed,
interpreted  and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
except that body of law relating to choice of laws.

                  18. INVALIDITY. If any clause,  paragraph,  section or part of
this Agreement shall be held or declared to be void, invalid or illegal, for any
reason,  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect  any other  clause,
paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

                  19. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each of the parties shall execute such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  20.    COUNTERPARTS.    This   Agreement   may   be   executed
simultaneously  in two or more counterparts  which may be by facsimile,  each of
which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

                  21. INDEMNIFICATION.  HH shall indemnify the Executive, to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware  General  Corporation Law, from and against
any loss,  claim,  liability  and/or  expense  incurred for, or by reason of, or
arising out of, acts of the Executive as an officer and/or director of HH or any
affiliates of HH.



                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Employment Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                        HH COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By:/S/ STEVEN GRUBNER
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Steven Grubner
                                           Title: PRESIDENT


                                         /S/ MARK HERZOG
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                  MARK HERZOG


                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By: /S/ ISAAC GAON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  ISAAC GAON
                                           Title: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


                                       -9-



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT  made as of this  31st  day of  July,  1996,  by and
between HH  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.,  an Illinois  corporation  with its principal
office at 650 North Dearborn,  Suite 500, Chicago,  Illinois 60610 ("HH"),  MARK
HERZOG,  residing at 1735 N.  Cleveland  Avenue,  Chicago,  Illinois  60614 (the
"Executive") and GLASGAL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a Delaware corporation with its
principal office at 151 Veterans Drive, Northvale, New Jersey 07647 ("Glasgal").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

                  WHEREAS,  Glasgal  became the owner of 1,000  shares of Common
Stock of HH representing 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of HH
pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  relating to such purchase  dated as of
July 31, 1996 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, prior to the acquisition by Glasgal of such shares of
Common Stock of HH, the  Executive,  together with the other Sellers (as defined
in the Stock Purchase Agreement) owned 100% of the issued and outstanding shares
of the capital stock of HH;

                  WHEREAS,  HH and the  Executive  have  agreed  to  modify  and
formally  document their existing  long-term  employment  relationship for their
mutual benefit and are desirous of setting out the terms and conditions hereof;

                  NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  covenants  and
agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration
(the receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged  by each of the
parties), the parties covenant and agree as follows:

                  1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE. HH hereby employs Executive as its
Vice President, to perform, in accordance with the By-laws of HH, the duties and
responsibilities  incident to such offices,  subject at all times to the control
and direction of the Board of Directors of HH (the "Board of Directors").

                  2.  ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND  ATTENTION.  Executive
hereby  accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  that  throughout  the  Term  (as
hereinafter  defined),  he will devote his full time,  attention,  knowledge and
skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of
the  business of HH to perform the duties and  responsibilities  assigned to him
pursuant to Section 1 hereof.  As Vice  President,  the Executive  shall perform
such specific duties and shall exercise such specific  authority  related to the
management  of  the  day-to-day  operations  of HH as  may  be  assigned  to the
Executive  from time to time by the Board of Directors and which are  reasonably
requested to be performed by the  Executive  as Vice  President.  The  Executive
shall at all times be


<PAGE>
subject to, observe and carry out such rules, regulations,  policies, directions
and restrictions as HH shall from time to time establish.

                  3. TERM. Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Executive's
employment hereunder shall commence as of the date hereof and shall terminate on
April 30, 1999 unless  earlier  terminated in accordance  with Section 12 hereof
(the "Term").

                  4. COMPENSATION.

                  (a) As full  compensation for his services HH shall pay to the
Executive a base salary at the rate of One Hundred  Twenty  Thousand  ($120,000)
Dollars ("Base Salary")  commencing as of the date hereof,  for each year of his
employment.  The Board of Directors  shall  review the Base Salary  annually for
increases,  but shall have no  obligation  to  increase  the Base  Salary.  Such
compensation  shall be payable in equal monthly  installments.  All compensation
paid to Executive  shall be subject to withholding  and other  employment  taxes
imposed by applicable law.

                  (b) In addition,  the Board of  Directors of HH will  consider
the payment of an annual bonus to  Executive.  Such bonus,  together  with bonus
payments made to other senior executive officers of HH, (i) is expected to be in
an amount not to exceed  $240,000,  (ii) will be made at the sole  discretion of
the Board of Directors  of HH, and (iii) is expected to be based on  performance
criteria as reasonably determined by Executive and the Board of Directors of HH.

                  5. ADDITIONAL  BENEFITS.  (a) In addition to the  compensation
set forth in Section 4 hereof,  the Executive (and his family) shall be entitled
to participate in any benefits, including, without limitation, health insurance,
life insurance,  retirement plans and executive thrift and stock option plans on
terms as favorable to those benefits generally available to the senior executive
officers of Glasgal that may be in effect from time to time during the Term.  In
the  alternative,  the Executive may (at his option)  choose to receive the same
level and type of benefits  provided by HH on the date hereof.  In such case, HH
shall continue to make available to the Executive, during the Term, all employee
benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to the date hereof.

                  (b) Upon execution of this Employment Agreement, Glasgal shall
enter into an Option  Agreement  with  Executive in the form attached  hereof as
Annex A.

                  6. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. HH shall reimburse the Executive
in accordance with its applicable  policies for all expenses reasonably incurred
by Executive in connection with the

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
performance of his duties  hereunder and the business of HH, upon the submission
to HH appropriate receipts or vouchers.

                  7.  VACATION.  Executive  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks
paid vacation in respect of each twelve (12) month period during the Term,  such
vacation to be taken at times mutually  agreeable to the Executive and the Board
of  Directors.  In the event  that  Executive  requests  vacation  time and such
vacation  request is denied by the Board of Directors,  HH shall, at its option,
either (i) carry forward any unused vacation time into the next calendar year or
(ii) pay the  Executive  a pro rata  portion  of his Base  Salary for any unused
vacation time.

                  8.  RESTRICTIVE  COVENANT.  In  consideration of HH's entering
into this  Agreement,  the  Executive  agrees  that  while the  Executive  is an
employee of HH and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, he will not:

                  (i)  directly  or  indirectly  own,  manage,   operate,  join,
control,  participate  in,  invest  in,  lend money to,  guarantee  the debts or
obligations  of or  otherwise be connected  with,  in any manner,  whether as an
officer, director, employee, partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity
that is engaged in the business of designing,  developing and marketing software
that functions  substantially the same as software then marketed or developed by
HH at the time of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder;

                  (ii)  for   himself   or  on  behalf  of  any  other   person,
partnership,  corporation or entity,  call on any customer of HH for the purpose
of soliciting, diverting or taking away any customer from HH;

                  (iii) induce,  influence, or seek to induce or influence,  any
person engaged as an employee, representative,  agent, independent contractor or
otherwise by HH, to terminate his or her relationship with HH; or

                  (iv) at any time  utilize  for any  commercial  purpose a name
incorporating the words "HH  Communications",  or words or expressions likely to
be confused  therewith,  or which shall be likely to lead to confusion  with the
business conducted by HH.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to  prohibit  the
Executive  from investing his funds in securities of an issuer if the securities
of such issuer are listed for trading on a national  securities  exchange or are
traded in the  over-the-counter  market  and the  Executive's  holdings  therein
represent less than 5% of the total number of shares or principal  amount of the
securities of such issuer outstanding.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                  The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section
8 are  reasonable  and  necessary  for  the  protection  of HH,  and  that  each
provision,  and the period or periods  of time,  geographic  areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities  specified  herein are, and are intended
to be,  divisible.  If any provision of this Section 8,  including any sentence,
clause  or  part  hereof,  shall  be  deemed  contrary  to  law  or  invalid  or
unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining
provisions shall not be affected,  but shall,  subject to the discretion of such
court,  remain in full  force  and  effect  and any  invalid  and  unenforceable
provisions  shall be deemed,  without  further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

                  9.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive  shall hold in a
fiduciary  capacity for the benefit of HH, its parent and any of its  affiliates
all information, knowledge and data relating to or concerned with HH, its parent
and any of its affiliate's operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall
not,  at any  time,  either  during  the Term or after  the  termination  of the
Executive's  employment with HH, use,  disclose or divulge any such information,
knowledge or data to any person, firm or corporation (unless HH no longer treats
such  information  as  confidential)  other  than  to HH or  its  designees  and
employees or except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business
and affairs of HH; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Executive may disclose or divulge
such information,  knowledge or data that is or becomes  generally  available to
the  public  through  no  wrongful  act on the  Executive's  part or where  such
disclosure is legally compelled by judicial or administrative  action,  provided
that the  Executive  agrees to give HH prompt  notice  of any such  judicial  or
administrative action to enable HH to seek an appropriate protective order.

                  10.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  Any  idea,  invention,   design,
written  material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,   development  or
discovery conceived,  developed,  created or made by the Executive alone or with
others relating to computer  integration  development tools during the Term and,
whether or not  patentable or  registrable,  shall become the sole and exclusive
property of HH. The Executive shall disclose the same promptly and completely to
HH and shall,  during  the Term and at any time and from time to time  hereafter
(i) execute all  documents  requested by HH for vesting in HH the entire  right,
title and interest in and to the same,  (ii) execute all documents  requested by
HH for filing and prosecuting such applications for patents, trademarks, service
marks and/or copyrights as HH, in its sole discretion,  may desire to prosecute,
and (iii) give HH all assistance it reasonably requires, including the giving of
testimony in any suit,  action or proceeding,  in order to obtain,  maintain and
protect HH's right therein and thereto.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                  11. EQUITABLE RELIEF.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement,  HH shall not have an  adequate  remedy at law.  Accordingly,  in the
event of any such  breach or  threatened  breach by the  Executive,  HH shall be
entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain
the Executive and any business,  firm, partnership,  individual,  corporation or
entity  participating in such breach or threatened  breach from the violation of
the provisions hereof.  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting HH from
pursuing  any other  remedies  available  at law or in equity for such breach or
threatened  breach,   including  the  recovery  of  damages  and  the  immediate
termination of the employment of the Executive hereunder.

                  12. EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Term shall terminate  without action on the part of HH
upon the death of the  Executive.  The Term  shall also  terminate  upon 30 days
written notice by HH to the Executive, (i) in the event that the Executive shall
become "permanently incapacitated" (as hereinafter defined); or (ii) for "Cause"
(as hereinafter defined).

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  permanently  incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental disability,  fail to substantially  perform his
usual and regular duties for HH for a period of 120 consecutive days.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of  funds  or  material  property  of HH,  or  failure  of the
Executive  to devote his full time to his duties as Vice  President of HH (other
than for reason of becoming permanently incapacitated),  after written notice by
the Company providing Executive with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) In the event the Term is  terminated  by HH for Cause,  HH
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive his Base Salary, as adjusted, to and
including the date of such  termination,  along with all expense  reimbursements
due the Executive.

                  (e) In the event the Term is  terminated  due to the Executive
becoming  permanently  incapacitated,  HH shall  pay to the  Executive  the Base
Salary for the remainder of the Term, along with all expense  reimbursement  due
the Executive.

                  (f) In the event the Term is terminated  by HH without  Cause,
HH shall,  within 30 days,  pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total of
all  payments of Base Salary for the  remainder of the Term.  In  addition,  the
Executive shall be entitled to the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

benefits  provided  pursuant to Section 5 hereof for the  remainder of the Term.
Any and all stock options held by the Executive at the time of such  termination
which are exercisable at the time of such termination shall be exercisable for a
period of ninety (90) days  following the date of such  termination  pursuant to
the terms of such stock  options,  at which time all such options not previously
exercised  shall  expire.  Any other stock  options held by the Executive at the
time of such termination shall be forfeited.

                  13. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement,  the Stock
Purchase  Agreement and the Option  Agreement  attached  hereto  constitute  the
entire agreement of the parties hereto,  and any prior agreement  between HH and
the Executive is hereby  superseded and  terminated  effective  immediately  and
shall be without further force or effect. No amendment or modification  shall be
valid or binding  unless  made in writing and signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement thereof is sought.

                  14.  NOTICES.  Any notice or other  communication  required or
permitted  to be  given  by  this  Agreement  shall  be  writing  and  shall  be
effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;
                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following day,

in the case of notice to:

                  (i)      Executive, to the address written on the first page
                           hereof,

                  (ii)     HH, at

                           650 North Dearborn
                           Suite 500
                           Chicago, Illinois 60610
                           Attention:

                          Telecopier No. (312) 751-2475

                  (iii) Glasgal, at

                        151 Veterans Drive
                        Northvale, N.J. 07647
                        Attention: Isaac Gaon

                        Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission  provided that such day is a business day and such  transmission is
completed  before  5:00 p.m.  on such day,  failing  which such  notice or other
communication shall be deemed given and received on the first business day after
its  transmission.  Regardless of the foregoing,  if there is a mail stoppage or
labor  dispute or  threatened  labor  dispute which has affected or could affect
normal mail delivery,  then no notice or other communication may be delivered by
registered mail. If there has been a mail stoppage and if a party sends a notice
or other communication by telecopier, telex or other similar means of electronic
communication,  such party shall be  relieved  from the  obligation  to mail the
original document in accordance with this section.  "Business day" means any day
other than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a  statutory  holiday  observed in New York
City, New York.

                  15. NO ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. Neither this Agreement, nor
the right to receive any payments  hereunder,  may be assigned by the Executive.
This  Agreement  shall be binding upon the Executive,  his heirs,  executors and
administrators and upon HH and Glasgal, their respective successors and assigns.

                  16. WAIVERS. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of
any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of
any such rights.  No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

                  17.   GOVERNING  LAW.  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed,
interpreted  and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
except that body of law relating to choice of laws.

                  18. INVALIDITY. If any clause,  paragraph,  section or part of
this Agreement shall be held or declared to be void, invalid or illegal, for any
reason,  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect  any other  clause,
paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

                  19. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each of the parties shall execute such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  20.    COUNTERPARTS.    This   Agreement   may   be   executed
simultaneously  in two or more counterparts  which may be by facsimile,  each of
which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

                  21. INDEMNIFICATION.  HH shall indemnify the Executive, to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware  General  Corporation Law, from and against
any loss,  claim,  liability  and/or  expense  incurred for, or by reason of, or
arising out of, acts of the Executive as an officer and/or director of HH or any
affiliates of HH.



                                       -8-

<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Employment Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                        HH COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By:/S/ MARK HERZOG
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  MARK HERZOG
                                           Title: SECRETARY


                                         /S/ STEVEN GRUBNER
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                  Steven Grubner


                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By: /S/ ISAAC GAON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  ISAAC GAON
                                           Title: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT  made as of this  31st  day of  July,  1996,  by and
between HH  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.,  an Illinois  corporation  with its principal
office at 650 North Dearborn, Suite 500, Chicago,  Illinois 60610 ("HH"), GEORGE
TERLIZZI,  residing at 1210 N. Astor, Apartment 5B, Chicago, Illinois 60610 (the
"Executive") and GLASGAL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a Delaware corporation with its
principal office at 151 Veterans Drive, Northvale, New Jersey 07647 ("Glasgal").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

                  WHEREAS,  Glasgal  became the owner of 1,000  shares of Common
Stock of HH representing 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of HH
pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  relating to such purchase  dated as of
July 31, 1996 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, prior to the acquisition by Glasgal of such shares of
Common Stock of HH, the  Executive,  together with the other Sellers (as defined
in the Stock Purchase Agreement) owned 100% of the issued and outstanding shares
of the capital stock of HH;

                  WHEREAS,  HH and the  Executive  have  agreed  to  modify  and
formally  document their existing  long-term  employment  relationship for their
mutual benefit and are desirous of setting out the terms and conditions hereof;

                  NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  covenants  and
agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration
(the receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged  by each of the
parties), the parties covenant and agree as follows:

                  1. EMPLOYMENT OF EXECUTIVE. HH hereby employs Executive as its
Vice President, to perform, in accordance with the By-laws of HH, the duties and
responsibilities  incident to such offices,  subject at all times to the control
and direction of the Board of Directors of HH (the "Board of Directors").

                  2.  ACCEPTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT;  TIME AND  ATTENTION.  Executive
hereby  accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  that  throughout  the  Term  (as
hereinafter  defined),  he will devote his full time,  attention,  knowledge and
skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of
the  business of HH to perform the duties and  responsibilities  assigned to him
pursuant to Section 1 hereof.  As Vice  President,  the Executive  shall perform
such specific duties and shall exercise such specific  authority  related to the
management  of  the  day-to-day  operations  of HH as  may  be  assigned  to the
Executive  from time to time by the Board of Directors and which are  reasonably
requested to be performed by the  Executive  as Vice  President.  The  Executive
shall at all times be


<PAGE>
subject to, observe and carry out such rules, regulations,  policies, directions
and restrictions as HH shall from time to time establish.

                  3. TERM. Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Executive's
employment hereunder shall commence as of the date hereof and shall terminate on
April 30, 1999 unless  earlier  terminated in accordance  with Section 12 hereof
(the "Term").

                  4. COMPENSATION.

                  (a) As full  compensation for his services HH shall pay to the
Executive a base salary at the rate of One Hundred  Twenty  Thousand  ($120,000)
Dollars ("Base Salary")  commencing as of the date hereof,  for each year of his
employment.  The Board of Directors  shall  review the Base Salary  annually for
increases,  but shall have no  obligation  to  increase  the Base  Salary.  Such
compensation  shall be payable in equal monthly  installments.  All compensation
paid to Executive  shall be subject to withholding  and other  employment  taxes
imposed by applicable law.

                  (b) In addition,  the Board of  Directors of HH will  consider
the payment of an annual bonus to  Executive.  Such bonus,  together  with bonus
payments made to other senior executive officers of HH, (i) is expected to be in
an amount not to exceed  $240,000,  (ii) will be made at the sole  discretion of
the Board of Directors  of HH, and (iii) is expected to be based on  performance
criteria as reasonably determined by Executive and the Board of Directors of HH.

                  5. ADDITIONAL  BENEFITS.  (a) In addition to the  compensation
set forth in Section 4 hereof,  the Executive (and his family) shall be entitled
to participate in any benefits, including, without limitation, health insurance,
life insurance,  retirement plans and executive thrift and stock option plans on
terms as favorable to those benefits generally available to the senior executive
officers of Glasgal that may be in effect from time to time during the Term.  In
the  alternative,  the Executive may (at his option)  choose to receive the same
level and type of benefits  provided by HH on the date hereof.  In such case, HH
shall continue to make available to the Executive, during the Term, all employee
benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to the date hereof.

                  (b) Upon execution of this Employment Agreement, Glasgal shall
enter into an Option  Agreement  with  Executive in the form attached  hereof as
Annex A.

                  6. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. HH shall reimburse the Executive
in accordance with its applicable  policies for all expenses reasonably incurred
by Executive in connection with the

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
performance of his duties  hereunder and the business of HH, upon the submission
to HH appropriate receipts or vouchers.

                  7.  VACATION.  Executive  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks
paid vacation in respect of each twelve (12) month period during the Term,  such
vacation to be taken at times mutually  agreeable to the Executive and the Board
of  Directors.  In the event  that  Executive  requests  vacation  time and such
vacation  request is denied by the Board of Directors,  HH shall, at its option,
either (i) carry forward any unused vacation time into the next calendar year or
(ii) pay the  Executive  a pro rata  portion  of his Base  Salary for any unused
vacation time.

                  8.  RESTRICTIVE  COVENANT.  In  consideration of HH's entering
into this  Agreement,  the  Executive  agrees  that  while the  Executive  is an
employee of HH and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, he will not:

                  (i)  directly  or  indirectly  own,  manage,   operate,  join,
control,  participate  in,  invest  in,  lend money to,  guarantee  the debts or
obligations  of or  otherwise be connected  with,  in any manner,  whether as an
officer, director, employee, partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity
that is engaged in the business of designing,  developing and marketing software
that functions  substantially the same as software then marketed or developed by
HH at the time of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder;

                  (ii)  for   himself   or  on  behalf  of  any  other   person,
partnership,  corporation or entity,  call on any customer of HH for the purpose
of soliciting, diverting or taking away any customer from HH;

                  (iii) induce,  influence, or seek to induce or influence,  any
person engaged as an employee, representative,  agent, independent contractor or
otherwise by HH, to terminate his or her relationship with HH; or

                  (iv) at any time  utilize  for any  commercial  purpose a name
incorporating the words "HH  Communications",  or words or expressions likely to
be confused  therewith,  or which shall be likely to lead to confusion  with the
business conducted by HH.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to  prohibit  the
Executive  from investing his funds in securities of an issuer if the securities
of such issuer are listed for trading on a national  securities  exchange or are
traded in the  over-the-counter  market  and the  Executive's  holdings  therein
represent less than 5% of the total number of shares or principal  amount of the
securities of such issuer outstanding.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                  The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section
8 are  reasonable  and  necessary  for  the  protection  of HH,  and  that  each
provision,  and the period or periods  of time,  geographic  areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities  specified  herein are, and are intended
to be,  divisible.  If any provision of this Section 8,  including any sentence,
clause  or  part  hereof,  shall  be  deemed  contrary  to  law  or  invalid  or
unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining
provisions shall not be affected,  but shall,  subject to the discretion of such
court,  remain in full  force  and  effect  and any  invalid  and  unenforceable
provisions  shall be deemed,  without  further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

                  9.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  The Executive  shall hold in a
fiduciary  capacity for the benefit of HH, its parent and any of its  affiliates
all information, knowledge and data relating to or concerned with HH, its parent
and any of its affiliate's operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall
not,  at any  time,  either  during  the Term or after  the  termination  of the
Executive's  employment with HH, use,  disclose or divulge any such information,
knowledge or data to any person, firm or corporation (unless HH no longer treats
such  information  as  confidential)  other  than  to HH or  its  designees  and
employees or except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business
and affairs of HH; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Executive may disclose or divulge
such information,  knowledge or data that is or becomes  generally  available to
the  public  through  no  wrongful  act on the  Executive's  part or where  such
disclosure is legally compelled by judicial or administrative  action,  provided
that the  Executive  agrees to give HH prompt  notice  of any such  judicial  or
administrative action to enable HH to seek an appropriate protective order.

                  10.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  Any  idea,  invention,   design,
written  material,  manual,  system,  procedure,  improvement,   development  or
discovery conceived,  developed,  created or made by the Executive alone or with
others relating to computer  integration  development tools during the Term and,
whether or not  patentable or  registrable,  shall become the sole and exclusive
property of HH. The Executive shall disclose the same promptly and completely to
HH and shall,  during  the Term and at any time and from time to time  hereafter
(i) execute all  documents  requested by HH for vesting in HH the entire  right,
title and interest in and to the same,  (ii) execute all documents  requested by
HH for filing and prosecuting such applications for patents, trademarks, service
marks and/or copyrights as HH, in its sole discretion,  may desire to prosecute,
and (iii) give HH all assistance it reasonably requires, including the giving of
testimony in any suit,  action or proceeding,  in order to obtain,  maintain and
protect HH's right therein and thereto.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                  11. EQUITABLE RELIEF.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the
Executive's  services  are  unique  and  that,  in the  event of a  breach  or a
threatened  breach  by  the  Executive  of any of  his  obligations  under  this
Agreement,  HH shall not have an  adequate  remedy at law.  Accordingly,  in the
event of any such  breach or  threatened  breach by the  Executive,  HH shall be
entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain
the Executive and any business,  firm, partnership,  individual,  corporation or
entity  participating in such breach or threatened  breach from the violation of
the provisions hereof.  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting HH from
pursuing  any other  remedies  available  at law or in equity for such breach or
threatened  breach,   including  the  recovery  of  damages  and  the  immediate
termination of the employment of the Executive hereunder.

                  12. EARLY TERMINATION.

                  (a) The Term shall terminate  without action on the part of HH
upon the death of the  Executive.  The Term  shall also  terminate  upon 30 days
written notice by HH to the Executive, (i) in the event that the Executive shall
become "permanently incapacitated" (as hereinafter defined); or (ii) for "Cause"
(as hereinafter defined).

                  (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
deemed  permanently  incapacitated  in the event that the  Executive  shall,  by
reason of his physical or mental disability,  fail to substantially  perform his
usual and regular duties for HH for a period of 120 consecutive days.

                  (c) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean any
criminal   conviction   of  the   Executive   for  an  offense   involving   the
misappropriation  of  funds  or  material  property  of HH,  or  failure  of the
Executive  to devote his full time to his duties as Vice  President of HH (other
than for reason of becoming permanently incapacitated),  after written notice by
the Company providing Executive with an opportunity to cure such failure.

                  (d) In the event the Term is  terminated  by HH for Cause,  HH
shall, within 30 days, pay to the Executive his Base Salary, as adjusted, to and
including the date of such  termination,  along with all expense  reimbursements
due the Executive.

                  (e) In the event the Term is  terminated  due to the Executive
becoming  permanently  incapacitated,  HH shall  pay to the  Executive  the Base
Salary for the remainder of the Term, along with all expense  reimbursement  due
the Executive.

                  (f) In the event the Term is terminated  by HH without  Cause,
HH shall,  within 30 days,  pay to the Executive an amount equal to the total of
all  payments of Base Salary for the  remainder of the Term.  In  addition,  the
Executive shall be entitled to the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

benefits  provided  pursuant to Section 5 hereof for the  remainder of the Term.
Any and all stock options held by the Executive at the time of such  termination
which are exercisable at the time of such termination shall be exercisable for a
period of ninety (90) days  following the date of such  termination  pursuant to
the terms of such stock  options,  at which time all such options not previously
exercised  shall  expire.  Any other stock  options held by the Executive at the
time of such termination shall be forfeited.

                  13. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement,  the Stock
Purchase  Agreement and the Option  Agreement  attached  hereto  constitute  the
entire agreement of the parties hereto,  and any prior agreement  between HH and
the Executive is hereby  superseded and  terminated  effective  immediately  and
shall be without further force or effect. No amendment or modification  shall be
valid or binding  unless  made in writing and signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement thereof is sought.

                  14.      NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication required
or permitted to be given by this Agreement shall be writing and
shall be effectively given if:

                  (a)      delivered personally;
                  (b)      sent by prepaid courier service;
                  (c)      sent by registered mail; or
                  (d)      sent by prepaid  telecopier,  telex or other  similar
                           means of  electronic  communication  and confirmed by
                           mailing the original document so sent by prepaid mail
                           on the same or following day,

in the case of notice to:

                  (i)      Executive, to the address written on the first page
                           hereof,

                  (ii)     HH, at

                           650 North Dearborn
                           Suite 500
                           Chicago, Illinois 60610
                           Attention:

                           Telecopier No. (312) 751-2475

                  (iii)    Glasgal, at

                           151 Veterans Drive
                           Northvale, N.J. 07647
                           Attention: Isaac Gaon

                           Telecopier No. (201) 768-2947


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

or at such other address as the party to whom such notice or other communication
is to be given shall have advised the party  giving same in the manner  provided
in this section.  Any notice or other communication  delivered  personally or by
prepaid  courier  service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
day it is so  delivered  at such  address,  provided  that if such  day is not a
business  day such  notice or other  communication  shall be deemed to have been
given and  received  on the next  following  business  day.  Any notice or other
communication  sent by  registered  mail  shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice or
other  communication  transmitted by telecopier,  telex or other similar form of
electronic  communication  shall be deemed  given and received on the day of its
transmission  provided that such day is a business day and such  transmission is
completed  before  5:00 p.m.  on such day,  failing  which such  notice or other
communication shall be deemed given and received on the first business day after
its  transmission.  Regardless of the foregoing,  if there is a mail stoppage or
labor  dispute or  threatened  labor  dispute which has affected or could affect
normal mail delivery,  then no notice or other communication may be delivered by
registered mail. If there has been a mail stoppage and if a party sends a notice
or other communication by telecopier, telex or other similar means of electronic
communication,  such party shall be  relieved  from the  obligation  to mail the
original document in accordance with this section.  "Business day" means any day
other than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a  statutory  holiday  observed in New York
City, New York.

                  15. NO ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. Neither this Agreement, nor
the right to receive any payments  hereunder,  may be assigned by the Executive.
This  Agreement  shall be binding upon the Executive,  his heirs,  executors and
administrators and upon HH and Glasgal, their respective successors and assigns.

                  16. WAIVERS. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of
any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of
any such rights.  No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement  shall be
deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

                  17.   GOVERNING  LAW.  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed,
interpreted  and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
except that body of law relating to choice of laws.

                  18. INVALIDITY. If any clause,  paragraph,  section or part of
this Agreement shall be held or declared to be void, invalid or illegal, for any
reason,  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective  but shall not in any way  invalidate  or affect  any other  clause,
paragraph, section or part of this Agreement.

                  19. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each of the parties shall execute such
documents  and take such other  actions as may be  reasonably  requested  by the
other  party to carry out the  provisions  and  purposes  of this  Agreement  in
accordance with its terms.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  20.    COUNTERPARTS.    This   Agreement   may   be   executed
simultaneously  in two or more counterparts  which may be by facsimile,  each of
which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

                  21. INDEMNIFICATION.  HH shall indemnify the Executive, to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware  General  Corporation Law, from and against
any loss,  claim,  liability  and/or  expense  incurred for, or by reason of, or
arising out of, acts of the Executive as an officer and/or director of HH or any
affiliates of HH.



                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Employment Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                        HH COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By:/S/ MARK HERZOG
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  MARK HERZOG
                                           Title: SECRETARY


                                         /S/ GEORGE TERLIZZI
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                  George Terlizzi


                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By: /S/ ISAAC GAON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  ISAAC GAON


                                       -9-


FINOVA
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

BORROWER:                           DATATEC INDUSTRIES INC.

ADDRESS:                            23 MADISON ROAD
                                    FAIRFIELD, NEW JERSEY  07004

DATE:                               MARCH 17, 1997


THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  dated the date set forth above,
is entered into by and between the borrower named above (the "Borrower"),  whose
address is set forth  above and FINOVA  CAPITAL  CORPORATION  ("Lender"),  whose
address  is  1850  North  Central  Avenue,  P.O.  Box  2209,  Phoenix,   Arizona
85002-2209,  with a copy to 355 South Grand  Avenue,  Suite 2400,  Los  Angeles,
California 90071, with a further copy to 1060 First Avenue, P. O. Box 1554, King
of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406, Attention: Portfolio Manager.



<PAGE>




1.       LOANS.

      1.1 TOTAL  FACILITY.  Upon the terms and  conditions  set forth herein and
provided  that no Event of Default or Incipient  Default shall have occurred and
be continuing,  Lender shall, upon Borrower's request, make advances to Borrower
from time to time in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the
Total Facility  amount (the "Total  Facility") set forth on the schedule  hereto
(the "Schedule"), subject to deduction of reserves for accrued interest and such
other reserves as Lender deems proper from time to time, and less amounts Lender
may be obligated to pay in the future on behalf of Borrower.  The Schedule is an
integral part of this Agreement and all  references to "herein",  "herewith" and
words of  similar  import  shall  for all  purposes  be deemed  to  include  the
Schedule.

      1.2 LOANS.  Advances under the Total Facility ("Loans") shall be comprised
of the amounts shown on the Schedule.

      1.3  OVERLINES;  OVERADVANCES.  If at any  time  or  for  any  reason  the
outstanding  amount of advances made pursuant  hereto  exceeds any of the dollar
limitations (such excess, an "Overline") or percentage limitations (such excess,
an "Overadvance")  contained in the Schedule, then Borrower shall, upon Lender's
demand,  immediately pay to Lender, in cash, the full amount of such Overline or
Overadvance. Without limiting Borrower's obligation to repay to Lender on demand
the amount of any such Overline or  Overadvance,  Borrower  agrees to pay Lender
interest  on  the  outstanding   principal   amount  of  any  such  Overline  or
Overadvance, on demand, at the rate set forth in on the Schedule.

      1.4  NOTIFICATION RE CLOSING.  Borrower shall provide Lender with at least
forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice of the Closing,  to enable Lender to
arrange for the  availability  of funds.  In the event the Closing does not take
place on the date specified in Borrower's  notice to Lender,  other than through
the fault of Lender,  Borrower agrees to reimburse  Lender for Lender's costs to
maintain the necessary funds  available for the Closing,  at the applicable Term
Interest Rate with respect to  $2,000,000,  and at the  Revolving  Interest Rate
with respect to an amount equal to the initial advance under the Revolving Loans
Facility  which is to be made on the Closing Date,  for the number of days which
elapse between the date  specified in Borrower's  notice and the date upon which
the Closing  actually  occurs  (which  number of days shall not include the date
specified in Borrower's notice, but shall include the Closing Date).

      1.5 LOAN ACCOUNT. All advances made hereunder shall be added to and deemed
part of the  Obligations  when  made.  Lender  may from time to time  charge all
Obligations of Borrower to Borrower's loan account with Lender.


<PAGE>

2.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

      2.1 INITIAL ADVANCE.  The obligation of Lender to make the initial advance
hereunder is subject to the  fulfillment,  to the satisfaction of Lender and its
counsel,  of each of the following  conditions on or prior to the date set forth
on the Schedule: (a) LOAN DOCUMENTS.  Lender shall have received (i) each of the
Loan Documents, executed by each of the parties thereto and, if applicable, duly
acknowledged  for recording or filing in the appropriate  governmental  offices;
(ii) such Blocked Account or Dominion Account  agreements as it shall determine;
and (iii)  such  other  documents,  instruments  and  agreements  in  connection
herewith as Lender shall require,  executed,  certified  and/or  acknowledged by
such parties as Lender shall  designate;  (b)  TERMINATIONS BY EXISTING  LENDER.
Borrower's,  Parent's  and  HHC's  existing  lenders  shall  have  executed  and
delivered UCC  termination  statements  and other  documentation  evidencing the
termination  of its liens and  security  interests  in the  assets of  Borrower,
Parent, or HHC, or a subordination  agreement in form and substance satisfactory
to Lender in its sole  discretion;  (c)  CHARTER  DOCUMENTS.  Lender  shall have
received copies of Borrower's,  Parent's, HHC's, and CASI's By-laws and Articles
or Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended,  modified,  or supplemented to the
Closing Date,  certified by the Secretary of such  Persons;  (d) GOOD  STANDING.
Lender shall have  received a  certificate  of corporate  status with respect to
Borrower, Parent, HHC, and CASI, dated within ten (10) days of the Closing Date,
by the  Secretary  of State of the state of  incorporation  of each such Person,
which certificate shall indicate that Borrower, Parent, HHC, and CASI is each in
good  standing  in such  state;  (e) FOREIGN  QUALIFICATION.  Lender  shall have
received  certificates  of  corporate  status with  respect to Borrower and each
other Loan Party, each dated within ten (10) days of the Closing Date, issued by
the  Secretary of State of each state in which its failure to be duly  qualified
or licensed would have a material  adverse effect on the financial  condition or
assets of Borrower or any other Loan Party,  indicating  that  Borrower and each
other  Loan  Party  is  in  good  standing;  (f)  AUTHORIZING   RESOLUTIONS  AND
INCUMBENCY.  Lender shall have received a certificate  from the  Secretaries  of
Borrower and Parent  attesting to (i) the adoption of  resolutions of Borrower's
and Parent's Board of Directors and Shareholders (if necessary)  authorizing the
borrowing of money from Lender and execution and delivery of this  Agreement and
the other Loan Documents to which Borrower or Parent is a party, and authorizing
specific  officers  of  Borrower  and  Parent  to  execute  same,  and  (ii) the
authenticity of original  specimen  signatures of such officers;  (g) INSURANCE.
Lender  shall have  received the  insurance  certificates,  certified  copies of
policies,  and the signed Insurance  Letter,  as required by Section 4.4 hereof,
all in form and  substance  satisfactory  to Lender and its  counsel;  (h) TITLE
INSURANCE.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED;] (i) SEARCHES; CERTIFICATES OF TITLE. Lender
shall have received searches  reflecting the filing of its financing  statements
and fixture filings in such jurisdictions as it shall determine,  and shall have
received  certificates of title with respect to the Collateral  which shall have
been  duly  executed  in a manner  sufficient  to  perfect  all of the  security
interests granted to Lender;  (j) LANDLORD AND MORTGAGEE  WAIVERS.  Lender shall
have received  landlord and mortgagee waivers from the lessors and mortgagees of
all  locations  where  any  Collateral  is  located,  in each  case in form  and
substance  satisfactory to Lender and its counsel; (k) FEES. Borrower shall have
paid all fees payable by it on the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement;  (l)
OPINION OF COUNSEL.  Lender shall have received an opinion of Borrower's counsel
covering  such matters as Lender shall  determine  in its sole  discretion;  (m)
OFFICER  CERTIFICATE.  Lender shall have received a certificate of the President
and the Chief Financial  Officer or similar  official of Borrower,  attesting to
the accuracy of each of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth
in the Agreement and the fulfillment of all conditions  precedent to the initial
advance thereunder; (n) SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE.  Lender shall have received signed
certificates of the Borrower's and Parent's Chief Financial  Officer  concerning
the  solvency  and  financial  condition  of Borrower  and  Parent,  on Lender's
standard form; (o) LIFE INSURANCE. Borrower shall have obtained and delivered to
Lender, or shall have caused Parent to obtain and deliver to Lender, one or more
life insurance policies issued in favor of Borrower or Parent insuring the lives
of Isaac Gaon and Christopher  Carey,  which insurance shall be (i) at all times
in an amount not less than $1,000,000 as to each such insured; (ii) issued by an
insurer and in a form and substance  acceptable to Lender; and (iii) assigned to
Lender;   (p)   ENVIRONMENTAL   ASSESSMENT.   Borrower  shall  provide  evidence
satisfactory  to  Lender  that  the  subject   transaction  is   environmentally
acceptable.  If  required  by  Lender,  Borrower  shall  have  retained  a  firm
acceptable to Lender and  knowledgeable  in  environmental  matters to perform a

<PAGE>

Phase I  environmental  investigation  of the real property  owned,  operated or
occupied  by Borrower or any other Loan Party and the  surrounding  areas.  Such
investigation may include,  but not be limited to, soil and ground water testing
and core  samplings  to fully  identify  the scope of any  environmental  issues
impacting the transaction.  All costs incurred in performing such  investigation
shall be borne by Borrower.  The scope and results of such investigation must be
satisfactory  to  Lender  in form  and  substance.  All  costs  associated  with
compliance with the Applicable Laws, as indicated by such  investigation,  shall
be the sole responsibility of Borrower.  Prior to the Closing,  there shall have
been reported to the appropriate regulatory agencies such matters concerning the
condition of all real property owned,  occupied,  or operated by Borrower or any
other Loan Party as Lender,  in its sole discretion,  has determined are subject
to a reporting  obligation  under  Applicable  Laws;  (q)  SCHEDULE  CONDITIONS.
Borrower  and each other Loan Party  shall  have  complied  with all  additional
conditions precedent as set forth in the Schedule attached hereto; and (r) OTHER
MATTERS.   All  other  documents  and  legal  matters  in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall  have  been  delivered  or
executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance  satisfactory  to Lender
and its counsel.

      2.2  SUBSEQUENT  ADVANCES.  The  obligation  of Lender to make any advance
hereunder  (including  the  initial  advance)  shall be subject  to the  further
conditions  precedent  that,  on  and  as of  the  date  of  such  advance:  (a)
REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES.  The representations and warranties of Borrower
and each  other Loan Party set forth in the Loan  Documents  shall be  accurate,
before and after  giving  effect to such advance and to the  application  of any
proceeds thereof; (b) NO DEFAULTS.  No Event of Default and no Incipient Default
has  occurred and is  continuing,  or would result from such advance or from the
application of any proceeds thereof;  (c) NO ADVERSE EVENTS. No material adverse
change  has  occurred  in  the  Borrower's  or  Parent's  business,  operations,
financial condition, or assets or in the condition of the Collateral,  or in the
prospect of repayment of the Obligations;  and (d) APPROVALS.  Lender shall have
received such other approvals,  opinions or documents as Lender shall reasonably
request.

3.       INTEREST RATE AND OTHER CHARGES.

      3.1  INTEREST;  FEES.  Borrower  shall pay  Lender  interest  on the daily
outstanding  balance of Borrower's loan account at the per annum rates set forth
on the  Schedule.  Borrower  shall  also pay  Lender  the fees set  forth on the
Schedule.


<PAGE>

      3.2 DEFAULT  INTEREST RATE. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of an  Event of  Default,  Borrower  shall  pay  Lender  interest  on the  daily
outstanding  balance of Borrower's loan account at a rate per annum which is two
percent (2%) in excess of the rates which would otherwise be applicable  thereto
pursuant to the Schedule.

      3.3 EXAMINATION FEES.  Borrower agrees to pay to Lender an Examination Fee
in the  amount  set forth on the  Schedule  in  connection  with  each  audit or
examination  of Borrower  performed by Lender prior to or after the date hereof.
Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Borrower shall pay to Lender
an  initial  Examination  Fee in an amount  equal to the amount set forth on the
Schedule.  Such initial Examination Fee shall be deemed fully earned at the time
of payment and due and payable upon the closing of this  transaction,  and shall
be deducted  from any good faith deposit paid by Borrower to Lender prior to the
date of this Agreement.

      3.4 EXCESS  INTEREST.  In no event  whatsoever shall the interest rate and
other charges charged  hereunder exceed the highest rate  permissible  under any
law which a court of competent  jurisdiction  shall,  in a final  determination,
deem  applicable  hereto.  In the event that a court  determines that Lender has
received  interest  and  other  charges  hereunder  in  excess  of  the  highest
permissible rate applicable thereto,  Lender shall promptly apply such excess to
the  Obligations in such order as Lender shall  determine in its sole discretion
or refund the amount  thereof to Borrower,  and the  provisions  hereof shall be
deemed amended to provide for such permissible rate.

4.       COLLATERAL.

      4.1  SECURITY  INTEREST  IN THE  COLLATERAL.  To secure  the  payment  and
performance  of the  Obligations  when due,  Borrower  hereby grants to Lender a
first priority  (subject to Permitted Prior  Encumbrances)  security interest in
all of  Borrower's  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  or  arising  Inventory,
Equipment,  Receivables,  the Life Insurance  Policies and the proceeds thereof,
Trademarks,  Licenses, and Patents, and General Intangibles,  including, without
limitation,  all of Borrower's Deposit Accounts, money, any and all property now
or at any time  hereafter in Lender's  possession  (including  claims and credit
balances),  and all  proceeds  (including  proceeds of any  insurance  policies,
proceeds of proceeds and claims  against  third  parties),  all products and all
books  and  records  related  to any of the  foregoing  (all  of the  foregoing,
together  with all  other  property  in which  Lender  may be  granted a lien or
security interest, is referred to herein, collectively, as the "Collateral").

      4.2 PERFECTION AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST. Borrower shall, at its
expense, take all actions requested by Lender at any time to perfect,  maintain,
protect  and  enforce  Lender's  security  interest  and  other  rights  in  the
Collateral  and the  priority  thereof  from  time to time,  including,  without
limitation,  (i) executing and filing  financing or continuation  statements and
amendments  thereof and executing and  delivering  such  documents and titles in
connection  with  motor  vehicles  as  Lender  shall  require,  all in form  and
substance  satisfactory to Lender,  (ii)  maintaining a perpetual  inventory and
complete  and accurate  stock  records,  (iii)  delivering  to Lender  warehouse
receipts  covering any portion of the  Collateral  located in warehouses and for
which warehouse  receipts are issued,  and transferring  Inventory to warehouses
designated by Lender,  (iv) placing  notations on Borrower's books of account to
disclose  Lender's  security  interest  therein and (v) delivering to Lender all
letters  of credit on which  Borrower  is named  beneficiary.  Lender  may file,
without  Borrower's  signature,  one or  more  financing  statements  disclosing
Lender's security interest under this Agreement.  Borrower agrees that a carbon,
photographic,  photostatic  or  other  reproduction  of this  Agreement  or of a
financing statement is sufficient as a financing statement. If any Collateral is
at any time in the possession or control of any  warehouseman,  bailee or any of
Borrower's  agents or processors,  Borrower shall notify such Person of Lender's
security interest in such Collateral and, upon Lender's  request,  instruct them
to  hold  all  such   Collateral  for  Lender's   account  subject  to  Lender's
instructions.  From time to time, Borrower shall, upon Lender's request, execute
and deliver  confirmatory written instruments pledging the Collateral to Lender,
but  Borrower's  failure  to do so shall not affect or limit  Lender's  security
interest or other rights in and to the Collateral.  Until the  Obligations  have
been fully satisfied and Lender's  obligation to make further advances hereunder
has terminated,  Lender's  security interest in the Collateral shall continue in
full force and effect.


<PAGE>

      4.3 PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL. Lender may, in its sole discretion, at any
time  discharge any lien or  encumbrance on the Collateral or bond the same, pay
any insurance,  maintain  guards,  pay any service bureau,  obtain any record or
take any other action to preserve the  Collateral and charge the cost thereof to
Borrower's loan account as an Obligation.

      4.4  INSURANCE.  Borrower  and each other Loan Party  shall  maintain  and
deliver  evidence to Lender of such insurance as is required by Lender,  written
by insurers,  in amounts,  and with lender's loss payee and other  endorsements,
satisfactory to Lender.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the
insurance  requirements  applicable as of the Closing Date shall be as set forth
in the Insurance  Letter.  All premiums with respect to such insurance  shall be
paid by  Borrower  and each  other  Loan  Party as and when  due.  Accurate  and
complete  copies of all policies of insurance shall be delivered by Borrower and
each other Loan Party to Lender.  If  Borrower  or any other Loan Party fails to
comply with this Section, Lender may (but shall not be required to) procure such
insurance at Borrower's  expense and charge the cost thereof to Borrower's  loan
account as an Obligation.

      4.5 LIFE  INSURANCE.  The Life  Insurance  Policies  shall be  assigned to
Lender  (pursuant to an assignment in form  satisfactory to Lender,  hereinafter
referred to as the "Assignment of Life Insurance").  Borrower hereby grants, and
shall cause Parent to grant, to Lender a security interest in the Life Insurance
Policies,  all  replacements  thereof,  any  supplementary  contract  issued  in
connection  therewith,  and all  proceeds of the  foregoing  (including  without
limitation, the beneficiary's interest therein,  collectively referred to as the
"Insurance  Collateral") to secure Borrower's payment and performance of all the
Obligations.  The insurer  under the Life  Insurance  Policies and the terms and
conditions of the Life Insurance Policies are subject to the approval of Lender.
The original of the policy evidencing the Life Insurance Policies,  signed by an
authorized insurance company representative, shall be delivered to Lender within
sixty (60) days following the Closing Date.  The Life  Insurance  Policies shall
require the insurer to provide  Lender  with  thirty (30) days  advance  written
notice of any  cancellation  and/or any material  change in  coverage.  Borrower
warrants and represents  that either it or Parent is and will be (throughout the
entire  term of the  Loan)  the  owner  and  beneficiary  of the Life  Insurance
Policies.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the maturity of
the Life  Insurance  Policies or upon the death of an  individual  insured,  the
proceeds of the Life Insurance Policies shall be paid directly to Lender,  shall
(at the option of Lender) up to the first  $1,000,000  of such  proceeds (for so
long as no Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  or if any proceeds
of the Life  Insurance  Policies shall be received by Lender at any time when an
Event of Default  exists and is  continuing,  then up to the full amount of such
life  insurance  proceeds)  be  treated  as a  prepayment  and,  if treated as a
prepayment, shall be applied in order against (a) all of Borrower's Obligations,
other than as set forth in the remaining subsections of this paragraph,  (b) all
costs and expenses of Lender in  connection  with such  prepayment,  (c) accrued
interest,  and (d) the unpaid  principal  balance of the Loans in such manner as
Lender shall elect,  or, if Lender so elects,  shall be delivered to Borrower or
Parent.  If proceeds  of the Life  Insurance  Policies  in excess of  $1,000,000
(considered  in the aggregate over the term of the Loans) are received by Lender
at any time  when  there  does not then  exist an Event of  Default,  then  such
proceeds  shall be made available to Borrower or Parent for  application  either
against the Loans,  in such manner as Borrower  or Parent  shall  direct,  or to
Borrower  or Parent  for other  corporate  purposes.  No  prepayment  premium or
Termination  Fee shall be due and owing in connection with such  prepayment.  To
the extent that the proceeds of said Life Insurance  Policies  exceed the amount
of Borrower's  Obligations,  any such excess shall be paid by Lender directly to
Borrower or Parent, as applicable.


<PAGE>

5.       EXAMINATION OF RECORDS; FINANCIAL REPORTING.

      5.1 EXAMINATIONS. Lender shall at all reasonable times have full access to
and the right to  examine,  audit,  make  abstracts  and copies from and inspect
Borrower's records, files, books of account and all other documents, instruments
and  agreements  relating  to the  Collateral  and the right to check,  test and
appraise  the  Collateral.  Borrower  will  deliver  to  Lender  any  instrument
necessary  for Lender to obtain  records  from any  service  bureau  maintaining
records for Borrower.  All  instruments  and  certificates  prepared by Borrower
showing the value of any of the Collateral  shall be accompanied,  upon Lender's
request,  by copies of related purchase orders and invoices.  Lender may, at any
time after the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default,
remove from Borrower's premises Borrower's books and records (or copies thereof)
or  require  Borrower  to deliver  such  books and  records or copies to Lender.
Lender  may,  without  expense  to  Lender,  use such of  Borrower's  personnel,
supplies  and  premises  as may  be  reasonably  necessary  for  maintaining  or
enforcing Lender's security interest.  At any time when the Eligible Receivables
or  Eligible  Inventory  of any  other  Loan  Party is  included  in  Borrower's
borrowing  base for purposes of obtaining  advances  under the  Revolving  Loans
Facility  hereunder,  Borrower  shall  cause  each  other  Loan  Party to accord
comparable  access to Lender for any  examinations  or other  inspection of such
party's assets,  books,  and records as Lender would be entitled with respect to
Borrower under this Section 5.1.

      5.2 REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS.  Borrower shall furnish Lender, upon request,
such  information  and  statements  as Lender  shall  request  from time to time
regarding  Borrower's and each other Loan Party's  business  affairs,  financial
condition and the results of its operations.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing,  Borrower will provide Lender with: (i) copies of sales journals,
cash receipt  journals,  deposit slips,  credit memoranda  issued,  and Lender's
standard form  collateral and loan report,  daily;  (ii) upon Lender's  request,
copies of sales invoices,  customer statements,  remittance advices and reports;
(iii) copies of shipping and delivery documents,  upon request; (iv) on or prior
to the dates set forth on the Schedule,  monthly agings (aged from invoice date)
and  reconciliations  of Receivables  (with listings of concentrated  accounts),
payables reports, inventory reports and unaudited financial statements, prepared
on a  consolidated  basis with  Parent  and its  controlled  corporations,  with
respect to the prior month prepared on a basis  consistent  with such statements
prepared in prior months and otherwise in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles,  consistently  applied;  (v)  audited  annual  financial
statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a basis consistent with the most recent Prepared  Financials provided
to Lender by  Borrower,  prepared  on a  consolidated  basis with Parent and its
controlled  corporations,  with the  unqualified  report  thereon of independent
certified public accountants acceptable to Lender, as soon as available,  and in
any event,  within ninety (90) days after the end of each of  Borrower's  fiscal
years;  (vi) an annual operating budget (including  income  statements,  balance
sheets and cash flow statements by month) for the upcoming fiscal year, at least
thirty  (30) days prior to the end of  Borrower's  fiscal  year;  and (vii) such
certificates relating to the foregoing as Lender may request, including, without
limitation,  a monthly  certificate  from the  president or the chief  financial
officer of Borrower  showing  Borrower's  compliance  with each of the financial
covenants set forth in this Agreement,  and stating whether any Event of Default
or any Incipient Default has occurred,  and if so, the steps being taken to cure
such Event of Default or to prevent  such  Incipient  Default  from  becoming an
Event of Default.  In addition,  each other Loan Party shall provide  comparable
information to Lender,  concurrently  with the information  provided by Borrower
hereunder, during any period when the Eligible Receivables or Eligible Inventory
of such Loan Party is  included in  Borrower's  borrowing  base for  purposes of
determining the amount of advances under the Revolving Loans Facility  hereunder
to which Borrower is entitled,  provided,  however,  that the other Loan Parties
shall not be required to provide audited  consolidating  financial statements to
Lender. All reports or financial  statements  submitted by Borrower or any other
Loan Party shall be in reasonable detail and shall be certified by the president
or  principal  financial  officer of  Borrower  or any other Loan Party as being
complete and correct. Borrower and Parent have advised Lender of their intent to
merge HHC with and into Borrower  following the Closing Date.  The provisions of
clause (iv) above to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that HHC has not
been merged into Borrower as of June 1, 1997,  then  commencing as of that date,
with respect to all reports or financial  statements  required to be provided to
Lender by  Borrower  from and after June 1, 1997,  Borrower  shall  provide  the
monthly and annual financial  statements described in clauses (iv) and (v) above
prepared  on both a  consolidated  and  consolidating  basis with Parent and its
controlled  corporations,  provided,  however, that the other Loan Parties shall
not be required to provide audited consolidating financial statements to Lender.
In addition to the  foregoing,  upon request of Lender,  Borrower  shall prepare
financial  statements,  which need not be  audited,  to  separately  present the
financial information and results of operations applicable to CASI.


<PAGE>

6.       COLLATERAL REPORTING; INVENTORY.

      6.1 INVOICES.  Borrower will not, nor will Borrower  permit any other Loan
Party to,  re-date any invoice or sale from the  original  date  thereof or make
sales on extended  terms  beyond  those  customary in  Borrower's  industry,  or
otherwise extend or modify the term of any Receivable. If Borrower becomes aware
of any matter  affecting any  Receivable,  including  information  affecting the
credit of the account debtor  thereon,  Borrower will promptly  notify Lender in
writing.

      6.2 INSTRUMENTS.  In the event any Receivable is or becomes evidenced by a
promissory  note,  trade  acceptance or any other  instrument for the payment of
money,  Borrower  and each  other  Loan  Party  will  immediately  deliver  such
instrument  to Lender  appropriately  endorsed to Lender and,  regardless of the
form of any  presentment,  demand,  notice of  dishonor,  protest  and notice of
protest  with  respect  thereto,  Borrower and each other Loan Party will remain
liable thereon until such  instrument is paid in full. Upon receipt by Lender of
payment in respect of any  instrument  which has been  delivered to Lender,  the
proceeds of such instrument or instruments  shall be applied in reduction of the
outstanding Obligations.

      6.3 PHYSICAL INVENTORY. Borrower shall conduct, and shall cause each other
Loan Party to conduct,  a physical  count of the Inventory at such  intervals as
Lender reasonably  requests (which,  initially,  shall be annually) and promptly
supply Lender with a copy of such accounts  accompanied by a report of the value
(calculated  on the lower of "first in, first out" cost or market  basis) of the
Inventory  and such  additional  information  with  respect to the  Inventory as
Lender may request from time to time.

      6.4  RETURNS.  For so long as no  Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  and subject to the  provisions of Section 9.2, if any account debtor
returns any Inventory to Borrower or any other Loan Party in the ordinary course
of its business,  Borrower shall  promptly  determine the reason for such return
and promptly issue a credit  memorandum to the account debtor (sending a copy to
Lender,  at  Lender's  request)  in the  appropriate  amount.  In the  event any
attempted  return of such  Inventory  occurs after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower and each other Loan Party shall (i)
hold the returned  Inventory in trust for Lender,  (ii)  segregate  all returned
Inventory from all of its other property, (iii) conspicuously label the returned
Inventory as Lender's property and (iv) immediately  notify Lender of the return
of any  Inventory,  specifying  the reason for such  return,  the  location  and
condition  of the  returned  Inventory,  and on Lender's  request  deliver  such
returned  Inventory  to Lender.  Borrower  and each  other Loan Party  shall not
consign any Inventory.

7.       PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS; PROCEEDS OF COLLATERAL.

      7.1 PRINCIPAL  PAYMENTS.  The Term Loan shall be payable in the manner set
forth in Section  1.1 on the  Schedule,  as such  provisions  are more fully set
forth in the Note.  That  portion of the  Obligations  consisting  of  principal
payable on account of the Revolving  Loans Facility shall be payable by Borrower
to Lender immediately upon the earliest of (i) the receipt by Lender or Borrower
of any proceeds of any of the Collateral,  to the extent of said proceeds,  (ii)
the  occurrence of an Event of Default in  consequence of which Lender elects to
accelerate the maturity and payment of such loans,  or (iii) any  termination of
this  Agreement  pursuant  to  Section 16 hereof;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that any
Overline or Overadvance shall be payable on demand pursuant to the provisions of
Section 1.3 hereof.  Upon any  acceleration of the maturity of the Loans or upon
any early  termination of the Revolving Loans  Facility,  the full amount of the
Term Loan shall simultaneously be due and payable in full.


<PAGE>

      7.2 COLLECTIONS.  Until Lender notifies Borrower to the contrary, Borrower
may make collection of all Receivables for Lender and shall receive all payments
as trustee of Lender and  immediately  deliver  all  payments to Lender in their
original form as set forth below, duly endorsed in blank. Lender or its designee
may, in the  circumstances  described  below,  notify  account  debtors that the
Receivables  have been  assigned  to Lender and of  Lender's  security  interest
therein.  Lender may only give the foregoing  notification to account debtors at
any time when  there  exists an Event of Default or an  Incipient  Default,  or,
absent the existence of an Event of Default or Incipient Default, if in Lender's
good faith judgment, based upon credible evidence,  Lender believes that (A) the
Blocked Account or Dominion Account is being circumvented or other circumstances
exist which  threaten  Lender's  ability to maintain its dominion over cash, (B)
the  proceeds  of Lender's  Collateral  are being  diverted  from it, or (C) the
Borrower's or any other Loan Party's  properties  or assets are otherwise  being
misappropriated  (the  foregoing  events being referred to herein as "Designated
Collateral Impairment Events").  After the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default,  or after any Designated  Collateral  Impairment  Event,
Lender may collect the  Receivables  directly  (rather than through the Dominion
Account or the Blocked Account), if elected by Lender, and charge the collection
costs and  expenses  to  Borrower's  loan  account.  Borrower  agrees  that,  in
computing the charges under this Agreement, all items of payment shall be deemed
applied by Lender on  account  of the  Obligations  one (1)  Business  Day after
receipt by Lender of good funds  which have been  finally  credited  to Lender's
account,  whether such funds are received  directly  from  Borrower or any other
Loan  Party or from the  Blocked  Account  bank or the  Dominion  Account  bank,
pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof, and this provision shall apply regardless of the
amount  of  the   Obligations   outstanding  or  whether  any   Obligations  are
outstanding.  Lender is not, however,  required to credit Borrower's account for
the amount of any item of payment which is  unsatisfactory to Lender in its sole
discretion and Lender may charge  Borrower's  loan account for the amount of any
item of payment which is returned to Lender unpaid.

      7.3 ESTABLISHMENT OF A LOCKBOX ACCOUNT OR DOMINION  ACCOUNT.  All proceeds
of Collateral shall, at the direction of Lender, be deposited by Borrower into a
lockbox account,  or such other "blocked account" as Lender may require (each, a
"Blocked  Account") pursuant to an arrangement with such bank as may be selected
by Borrower and be acceptable to Lender.  Borrower  shall issue to any such bank
an irrevocable letter of instruction  directing said bank to transfer such funds
so deposited to Lender,  either to any account maintained by Lender at said bank
or by wire transfer to appropriate  account(s) of Lender. All funds deposited in
a Blocked  Account  shall  immediately  become the sole  property  of Lender and
Borrower  shall  obtain the  agreement  by such bank to waive any offset  rights
against the funds so deposited. Lender assumes no responsibility for any Blocked
Account  arrangement,  including  without  limitation,  any claim of accord  and
satisfaction  or  release  with  respect  to  deposits   accepted  by  any  bank
thereunder.  Alternatively, Lender may establish depository accounts in the name
of Lender at a bank or banks for the  deposit of such funds  (each,  a "Dominion
Account") and Borrower  shall deposit all proceeds of  Receivables  and all cash
proceeds of any sale of Inventory or, to the extent permitted herein,  Equipment
or cause same to be deposited,  in kind, in such Dominion  Accounts of Lender in
lieu of  depositing  same to Blocked  Accounts.  In addition  to the  foregoing,
during any period for which  Borrower is permitted to obtain  advances under the
Revolving   Loans   Facility  which  advances  are  made  against  the  Eligible
Receivables of Parent,  HHC, or CASI, each such entity shall establish a Blocked
Account or Dominion  Account,  which account shall satisfy the  requirements  of
this Section 7.3 as if such Person were Borrower  hereunder,  and into which all
proceeds of Receivables  and all cash proceeds of any sale of Inventory shall be
deposited,  in the same manner as  Borrower is required to make  deposits to the
Blocked Account or the Dominion Account as set forth herein.


<PAGE>

      7.4 PAYMENTS WITHOUT DEDUCTIONS.  Borrower shall pay principal,  interest,
and all other amounts payable hereunder, or under any related agreement, without
any deduction whatsoever,  including,  but not limited to, any deduction for any
setoff or counterclaim.

      7.5  COLLECTION  DAYS UPON  REPAYMENT.  In the event  Borrower  repays the
Obligations in full at any time hereafter, such payment in full will be credited
(conditioned  upon final collection) to Borrower's loan account one (1) Business
Day after Lender's receipt thereof.

      7.6 MONTHLY  ACCOUNTINGS.  Lender will  provide  Borrower  monthly with an
account of  advances,  charges,  expenses  and  payments  made  pursuant to this
Agreement.  Such  account  shall be deemed  correct,  accurate  and  binding  on
Borrower  and an account  stated  (except for  reverses  and  reapplications  of
payments made and corrections of errors  discovered by Lender),  unless Borrower
notifies  Lender in writing to the contrary  within  thirty (30) days after each
account is rendered, describing the nature of any alleged errors or omissions.

8.       POWER OF ATTORNEY.

      Borrower  and  each  other  Loan  Party  hereby  appoints  Lender  and its
designees as Borrower's and such other Loan Party's attorney,  with the power to
endorse  Borrower's  and each other Loan Party's  name,  as  applicable,  on any
checks, notes,  acceptances,  money orders or other forms of payment or security
that come into  Lender's  possession;  to sign  Borrower's  and each  other Loan
Party's name, as  applicable,  on any invoice or bill of lading  relating to any
Receivable,  on drafts against  customers,  on assignments  of  Receivables,  on
notices of assignment,  financing  statements and other public  records,  and on
verifications  of  accounts  sent  to  account  debtors;  to send  requests  for
verification  of  Receivables  to  customers  or  account  debtors;   after  the
occurrence  and  during  the  continuance  of any Event of  Default or after any
Designated  Collateral  Impairment Event, to sign Borrower's and each other Loan
Party's  name, as  applicable,  on notices to customers or account  debtors,  to
notify account debtors that the Receivables  have been assigned to Lender and of
Lender's security interest therein, and to notify the post office authorities to
change the address for delivery of  Borrower's  and each other Loan Party's mail
to an address designated by Lender and to open and dispose of all mail addressed
to Borrower or any other Loan Party;  and to do all other  things  Lender  deems
necessary or desirable to carry out the terms of this Agreement. Borrower hereby
ratifies and approves all acts of such  attorney.  Neither Lender nor any of its
designees will be liable for any acts or omissions nor for any error of judgment
or mistake of fact or law  acting as  Borrower's  attorney.  This  power,  being
coupled with an interest,  is irrevocable  until the Obligations have been fully
satisfied  and  Lender's  obligation  to  provide  loans  hereunder  shall  have
terminated.

9.       RECEIVABLES.

      9.1  ELIGIBILITY.  Borrower  and each  other  Loan  Party  represents  and
warrants  that each  Receivable  covers and will cover a bona fide sale or lease
and  delivery by it of goods or the  rendition by it of services in the ordinary
course  of its  business,  and  will be for a  liquidated  amount  and  Lender's
security  interest will not be subject to any offset,  deduction,  counterclaim,
rights of return or cancellation, lien or other condition. If any representation
and warranty herein is breached as to any Receivable or any Receivable ceases to
be an Eligible Receivable for any reason other than payment thereof, then Lender
may,  in  addition  to  its  other  rights  hereunder,  designate  any  and  all
Receivables owing by that account debtor as not Eligible Receivables;  PROVIDED,
that  Lender  shall  in any such  event  retain  its  security  interest  in all
Receivables,  whether or not Eligible  Receivables,  until the Obligations  have
been fully  satisfied and Lender's  obligation  to provide  loans  hereunder has
terminated.


<PAGE>

      9.2  DISPUTES.  Borrower  and each other Loan Party  shall  notify  Lender
promptly of all disputes and claims and settle or adjust such disputes or claims
at no expense to Lender,  but no discount,  credit or allowance shall be granted
to any  account  debtor and no  returns  of  merchandise  shall be  accepted  by
Borrower or any other Loan Party without Lender's consent, except for discounts,
credits and  allowances  made or given in the ordinary  course of  Borrower's or
such other Loan Party's  business,  as the case may be.  Lender may, at any time
after the occurrence and during the  continuance of an Event of Default,  settle
or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts and upon
terms which Lender considers advisable in its reasonable credit judgment and, in
all cases,  Lender will credit Borrower's loan account with only the net amounts
received by Lender in payment of any Receivables.

10.      EQUIPMENT.

      Borrower shall keep and maintain the Equipment in good operating condition
and repair and make all necessary  replacements thereto to maintain and preserve
the  value  and  operating  efficiency  thereof  at all  times  consistent  with
Borrower's  past practice,  ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Borrower shall not
permit any item of Equipment to become a fixture (other than a trade fixture) to
real estate or an accession to other property.

11.      OTHER LIENS; NO DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL.

      Borrower  represents,  warrants and covenants,  and shall cause each other
Loan Party to represent,  warrant and covenant,  that (a) all  Collateral is and
will  continue  to be owned  by it free  and  clear  of all  liens,  claims  and
encumbrances  whatsoever (except for Lender's security  interest,  the Permitted
Encumbrances,  and such other liens, claims and encumbrances as may be permitted
by Lender in its sole discretion from time to time in writing), and (b) Borrower
and each other Loan Party will not,  without  Lender's  prior written  approval,
sell, encumber or dispose of or permit the sale,  encumbrance or disposal of any
Collateral or any interest of Borrower or any other Loan Party  therein,  except
for the sale of Inventory in the ordinary  course of  Borrower's  and each other
Loan  Party's  business.  In the  event  Lender  gives  any such  prior  written
approval,  the same may be  conditioned  on the sale  price  being  equal to, or
greater  than, an amount  acceptable  to Lender.  The proceeds of any such sales
shall be remitted to Lender  pursuant to this  Agreement for  application to the
Obligations.


<PAGE>

12.      GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

      Borrower represents and warrants, and shall cause each other Loan Party to
represent and warrant, that:

      12.1  DUE  ORGANIZATION.  It  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under  the laws of the  State  set forth on the
Schedule,  is qualified and authorized to do business and is in good standing in
all states in which such  qualification and good standing are necessary in order
for it to conduct its business and own its property, and has all requisite power
and  authority  to conduct  its  business  as  presently  conducted,  to own its
property and to execute and deliver each of the Loan  Documents to which it is a
party and perform all of its Obligations thereunder, and has not taken any steps
to wind-up, dissolve or otherwise liquidate its assets;

      12.2 OTHER NAMES.  Borrower has not, nor has any other Loan Party,  during
the  preceding  five (5)  years,  been known by or used any other  corporate  or
fictitious  name except as set forth on the  Schedule,  nor has  Borrower or any
other Loan Party been the surviving  corporation of a merger or consolidation or
acquired all or  substantially  all of the assets of any person during such time
except as set forth on the Schedule.

      12.3  DUE  AUTHORIZATION.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by
Borrower and each other Loan Party of the Loan  Documents to which it is a party
have been authorized by all necessary  corporate  action and do not and will not
constitute a violation of any  applicable law or of Borrower's or any other Loan
Party's  Articles  or  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  By-Laws  or any other
document, agreement or instrument to which Borrower or any other Loan Party is a
party or by which Borrower or any other Loan Party or their assets are bound;

      12.4 BINDING  OBLIGATION.  Each of the Loan Documents to which Borrower or
any other Loan Party is a party is the legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of
Borrower and each other Loan Party  enforceable  against them in accordance with
its terms;

      12.5  INTANGIBLE  PROPERTY.  Borrower and each other Loan Party  possesses
adequate assets, licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks,
trademark  applications  and trade  names for the  present  and  planned  future
conduct of its business  without any known  conflict  with the rights of others,
and each is valid and has been duly  registered  or filed  with the  appropriate
governmental authorities;


<PAGE>

      12.6 CAPITAL.  Borrower has capital sufficient to conduct its business, is
able to pay its debts as they mature,  and owns  property  having a fair salable
value  greater  than the  amount  required  to pay all of its  debts  (including
contingent debts);

      12.7 MATERIAL  LITIGATION.  Neither  Borrower nor any other Loan Party has
any pending or overtly threatened litigation, actions or proceedings which would
materially and adversely affect its business, assets,  operations,  prospects or
condition,  financial  or  otherwise,  or the  Collateral  or  any  of  Lender's
interests therein;

      12.8 TITLE;  SECURITY  INTERESTS  OF LENDER.  Borrower and each other Loan
Party has good, indefeasible and merchantable title to the Collateral which each
such Person purports to own and, upon the filing of UCC-1  Financing  Statements
and the  recording  of any  mortgages  or deeds of trust  with  respect  to real
property,  in each case in the  appropriate  offices,  this  Agreement  and such
documents  will  create  valid  and  perfected   first  priority  liens  in  the
Collateral, subject only to Permitted Prior Encumbrances;

      12.9 RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS;  LABOR CONTRACTS.  Other than with respect to
those certain contracts  between Borrower and the  International  Brotherhood of
Electrical  Workers,  Local Union No. 1430,  and Borrower and the  International
Brotherhood of Electrical  Workers,  each dated as of January 1, 1995, copies of
which have been  provided to Lender,  neither  Borrower nor Parent is a party or
subject  to any  collective  bargaining  agreements  (or  contracts  with  labor
organizations of a similar nature), or to any contract or subject to any charge,
corporate  restriction,  judgment,  decree  or order  materially  and  adversely
affecting its business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or
otherwise, or which restricts its right or ability to incur Indebtedness, and it
is not party to any labor dispute.  In addition,  no labor contract is scheduled
to expire  during the Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  except as  disclosed to
Lender in writing prior to the date hereof;

      12.10 LAWS.  Neither  Borrower nor any other Loan Party is in violation of
any  applicable  statute,  regulation,  ordinance  or any  order  of any  court,
tribunal  or  governmental  agency,  in any  respect  materially  and  adversely
affecting  the  Collateral  or its business,  assets,  operations,  prospects or
condition, financial or otherwise;

      12.11 CONSENTS.  Borrower and each other Loan Party has obtained or caused
to be obtained or issued any required consent of a governmental  agency or other
Person in connection with the financing contemplated hereby;


<PAGE>

      12.12  DEFAULTS.  Neither  Borrower nor any other Loan Party is in default
with respect to any note, indenture,  loan agreement,  mortgage,  lease, deed or
other  agreement  to which it is a party or by which it or its assets are bound,
nor has any  event  occurred  which,  with the  giving of notice or the lapse of
time, or both, would cause such a default, in either case which default or event
would be reasonably  likely to materially and adversely affect Borrower's or any
other  Loan  Party's  business,  assets,  operations,  prospects  or  condition,
financial or otherwise;

      12.13 FINANCIAL CONDITION. The Prepared Financials fairly present Parent's
and its consolidated subsidiaries' financial condition and results of operations
and those of such other Persons described therein as of the date thereof;  there
are no  material  omissions  from the  Prepared  Financials  or  other  facts or
circumstances not reflected in the Prepared Financials; and, except with respect
to anticipated  financial  results for the quarter ended January 31, 1997, which
anticipated  financial results have been disclosed to Lender,  there has been no
material and adverse change in such financial conditions or operations since the
date of the initial Prepared Financials delivered to Lender hereunder;

      12.14 ERISA. None of Borrower, any ERISA Affiliate,  or any Plan is or has
been in violation of any of the  provisions of ERISA,  any of the  qualification
requirements  of IRC  Section  401(a)  or any of the  published  interpretations
thereunder, nor have Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate received any notice to such
effect.  No notice of intent to  terminate a Plan has been filed  under  Section
4041 of ERISA,  nor has any Plan been terminated  under ERISA.  The PBGC has not
instituted proceedings to terminate, or appoint a trustee to administer, a Plan.
No lien upon the assets of  Borrower  or any other  Loan  Party has arisen  with
respect to a Plan. No prohibited  transaction  or Reportable  Event has occurred
with respect to a Plan.  Neither  Borrower nor any ERISA  Affiliate has incurred
any withdrawal  liability with respect to any Multiemployer  Plan.  Borrower and
each ERISA Affiliate have made all contributions  required to be made by them to
any  Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan  when  due.  There is no  accumulated  funding
deficiency in any Plan, whether or not waived;

      12.15 TAXES. Borrower and each other Loan Party have filed all tax returns
and such  other  reports as it is  required  by law to file and has paid or made
adequate  provision  for the  payment  on or prior  to the date  when due of all
taxes, assessments and similar charges that are due and payable;

      12.16  LOCATIONS.  Borrower's and each other Loan Party's chief  executive
office and the offices and locations  where it keeps the Collateral  (except for
Inventory in transit) are at the locations set forth on the Schedule,  except to
the extent that such  locations  may have been changed after notice to Lender in
accordance with Section 13.5 below;


<PAGE>

      12.17  BUSINESS  RELATIONSHIPS.  There  exists  no  actual  or  threatened
termination,  cancellation  or limitation of, or any  modification or change in,
the  business  relationship  between  Borrower  or any other  Loan Party and any
customer  or any  group of  customers  whose  purchases  individually  or in the
aggregate  are material to the business of Borrower or any other Loan Party,  or
with any material  supplier,  and there exists no present  condition or state of
facts or  circumstances  which would materially and adversely affect Borrower or
any other Loan Party or prevent Borrower or any other Loan Party from conducting
such business after the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  in  substantially  the same  manner in which it has  heretofore  been
conducted; and

      12.18 REAFFIRMATIONS. Each request for a loan made by Borrower pursuant to
this Agreement shall constitute (i) an automatic  representation and warranty by
Borrower  to Lender that there does not then exist any Event of Default and (ii)
a reaffirmation as of the date of said request of all of the representations and
warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents.

13.      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

      Borrower covenants that, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding and
this Agreement is in effect, it shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to:

      13.1 EXPENSES.  Borrower shall  reimburse  Lender for all costs,  fees and
expenses  incurred by Lender in connection  with the  negotiation,  preparation,
execution,  delivery, and administration of each of the Loan Documents,  and for
all  costs,  fees  and  expenses  incurred  by  Lender  in  connection  with the
enforcement of each of the Loan  Documents,  including,  but not limited to, the
attorneys' and paralegals'  fees of in-house and outside  counsel,  lien,  title
search and insurance fees,  appraisal fees, all charges and expenses incurred in
connection with any and all environmental reports and environmental  remediation
activities,  and all other costs,  expenses,  taxes and filing or recording fees
payable in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement
including  without  limitation all such costs, fees and expenses as Lender shall
incur or for which  Lender shall become  obligated  in  connection  with (i) any
inspection or verification of the  Collateral,  (ii) any proceeding  relating to
the Loan  Documents or the  Collateral,  (iii) actions taken with respect to the
Collateral  and  Lender's   security  interest   therein,   including,   without
limitation,  the  defense  or  prosecution  of any action  involving  Lender and
Borrower,  or any other Loan Party, or any third party,  (iv) enforcement of any
of Lender's  rights and remedies with respect to the  Obligations  or Collateral
and (v) consultation  with Lender's  attorneys and participation in any workout,
bankruptcy or other insolvency or other  proceeding  involving any Loan Party or
any Affiliate,  whether or not suit is filed. Borrower shall also pay all Lender
charges in connection  with bank wire  transfers,  forwarding of loan  proceeds,
deposits of checks and other items of payment,  returned  checks,  establishment
and maintenance of lock boxes and other blocked accounts, and all other bank and
administrative  matters,  in  accordance  with  Lender's  schedule  of bank  and
administrative fees and charges in effect from time to time.


<PAGE>

      13.2 TAXES.  File all tax returns and pay or make  adequate  provision for
the payment of all taxes,  assessments and other charges on or prior to the date
when due;

      13.3  NOTICE OF  LITIGATION.  Promptly  notify  Lender in  writing  of any
litigation, suit or administrative proceeding which may materially and adversely
affect the Collateral or Borrower's or any other Loan Party's business,  assets,
operations,  prospects or condition,  financial or otherwise, whether or not the
claim is covered by insurance;

      13.4 ERISA.  Notify Lender in writing (i) promptly upon the  occurrence of
any event  described  in  Paragraph  4043 of ERISA,  other  than a  termination,
partial  termination  or merger of a Plan or a transfer  of a Plan's  assets and
(ii)  prior to any  termination,  partial  termination  or merger of a Plan or a
transfer of a Plan's assets;

      13.5 CHANGE IN LOCATION.  Notify  Lender in writing  forty-five  (45) days
prior to any change in the  location  of  Borrower's  or any other Loan  Party's
chief executive  office or the location of any Collateral,  or Borrower's or any
other Loan Party's opening or closing of any other place of business;

      13.6  CORPORATE  EXISTENCE.  Maintain  its  corporate  existence  and  its
qualification  to do business and good standing in all states  necessary for the
conduct of its business and the ownership of its property and maintain  adequate
assets,  licenses,  patents,  copyrights,  trademarks  and  trade  names for the
conduct of its business;

      13.7  LABOR  DISPUTES.  Promptly  notify  Lender in  writing  of any labor
dispute to which  Borrower or any other Loan Party is or may become  subject and
the  expiration of any labor  contract to which Borrower or any other Loan Party
is a party or bound;

      13.8 VIOLATIONS OF LAW. Promptly notify Lender in writing of any violation
of any law, statute,  regulation or ordinance of any governmental  entity, or of
any agency  thereof,  applicable  to  Borrower or any other Loan Party which may
materially  and adversely  affect the Collateral or Borrower's or any other Loan
Party's  business,  assets,  prospects,  operations or  condition,  financial or
otherwise;

      13.9  DEFAULTS.  Notify Lender in writing within five (5) Business Days of
Borrower's  or any other Loan Party's  default under any note,  indenture,  loan
agreement,  mortgage,  lease or other  agreement to which  Borrower or any other
Loan Party is a party or bound,  or of any other default under any  Indebtedness
of Borrower or any other Loan Party;


<PAGE>

      13.10  CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES.  Promptly  notify  Lender in  writing of the
making of any Capital Expenditure  materially  affecting Borrower's or any other
Loan Party's business, assets, prospects,  operations or condition, financial or
otherwise;

      13.11 BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Keep adequate  records and books of account with
respect  to its  business  activities  in  which  proper  entries  are  made  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently applied,
reflecting all its financial transactions;

      13.12 LEASES; WAREHOUSE AGREEMENTS.  Provide Lender with (i) copies of all
agreements  between  Borrower  or any  other  Loan  Party  and any  landlord  or
warehouseman  which owns any premises at which any Collateral  may, from time to
time,  be located,  and (ii) in addition to all landlord and  mortgagee  waivers
provided  pursuant to Section  2.1(j) above,  additional  landlord and mortgagee
waivers in form  acceptable  to Lender with respect to all  locations  where any
Collateral is hereafter located.

      13.13  ADDITIONAL  DOCUMENTS.  At Lender's  request,  and upon  reasonable
advance notice, promptly execute or cause to be executed and delivered to Lender
any and all documents, instruments and agreements reasonably deemed necessary by
Lender to  facilitate  the  collection  of the  Collateral  or otherwise to give
effect to or carry out the terms or intent of this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any of the
Receivables  with a face value in excess of  $1,000.00  arises out of a contract
with the United  States of America or any  department,  agency,  subdivision  or
instrumentality  thereof,  Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of such fact in
writing and shall execute any  instruments and take any other action required or
requested by Lender to comply with the  provisions of the Federal  Assignment of
Claims Act;

      13.14 FINANCIAL  COVENANTS.  Comply with the financial covenants set forth
on the Schedule.

      13.15  PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF REAL ESTATE.  Parent has advised  Lender that
the Fee Parcel is on the market and that  Parent  intends to sell the Fee Parcel
in the near  future.  Rather than  encumbering  the Fee Parcel  directly  with a
mortgage, Lender has agreed that, in order to minimize the administrative effort
which will be required to sell and  transfer  the Fee Parcel,  Lender  shall not
encumber the Fee Parcel as of the Closing  Date.  Borrower  agrees that it shall
deposit the net proceeds  realized from the sale or other disposition of the Fee
Parcel directly to the Blocked Account or Dominion Account, as applicable (after
the  application  of any sale proceeds  necessary to obtain the release of liens
presently  encumbering  the Fee  Parcel  and to pay  all  reasonable  costs  and
expenses associated with such sale), and shall direct the title company handling
the escrow arising from the sale of the Fee Parcel to disburse such net proceeds
directly to the Blocked Account or Dominion  Account.  Borrower and Lender agree
that such net sale proceeds shall be applied as a prepayment  against Borrower's
Obligations hereunder,  in such order and manner as Lender shall determine,  but
without any Termination Fee or other prepayment premium being applicable to such
prepayment.  In the event  that the Fee  Parcel  has not been sold by August 29,
1997,  Borrower agrees,  upon request of Lender,  to take all steps necessary to
encumber  the Fee  Parcel in favor of  Lender,  subject  to,  and to the  extent
permitted by, the Senior Real Estate Lien.


<PAGE>

      13.16 NJEDA  DEBT.  Following  the  Closing,  Borrower  shall use its best
efforts to cause the New Jersey  Economic  Development  Authority and the Banque
Nationale  de Paris  (Houston  Agency) to execute and  deliver an  Intercreditor
Agreement,  in form and substance  satisfactory to Lender,  which  Intercreditor
Agreement   shall  limit  the  collateral  in  which  the  New  Jersey  Economic
Development  Authority and the Banque Nationale de Paris (Houston Agency) have a
senior lien to certain equipment acceptable to Lender, and shall subordinate the
lien in favor of such Persons on all other assets or property of Borrower to the
lien in favor of Lender  on such  property.  During  the  period  in which  such
Intercreditor  Agreement  is  under  negotiation,  Lender  shall  establish  and
maintain the NJEDA Reserve.  In the event that Borrower has been unable to cause
the New Jersey Economic Development  Authority and the Banque Nationale de Paris
(Houston Agency) to agree to an Intercreditor  Agreement acceptable to Lender on
or before June 30, 1997 (or at any earlier  time when  Borrower  advises  Lender
that Borrower has exhausted its  negotiating  opportunities  with such Persons),
Borrower  shall  cause the NJEDA  Debt to be paid in full,  and shall  cause all
liens  or  other  security  interests  in  favor  of  the  New  Jersey  Economic
Development  Authority and the Banque  Nationale de Paris (Houston Agency) to be
released, at which time Lender shall eliminate the NJEDA Reserve.

      13.17  FINOVA  INVENTORY  FINANCE  FACILITY.  On or before March 31, 1997,
Borrower  shall  enter into the  Inventory  Finance  Facility,  which  Inventory
Finance Facility shall be on terms and conditions  substantially as set forth in
the Conditional  Approval Letter.  The initial proceeds of the Inventory Finance
Facility shall be applied to retire in full the DFS Debt, and in connection with
such repayment  Borrower shall promptly  obtain  releases from DFS of all liens,
security  interests,  financing  statements  or other  interests in favor of DFS
which  may  encumber  the  Collateral.  Concurrently  with  the  closing  of the
Inventory  Finance  Facility,  Lender shall  adjust the amount of the  Inventory
Finance Reserve to equal the maximum Indebtedness permitted to be outstanding to
Borrower  or any other Loan Party  under the  Inventory  Finance  Facility.  The
failure of Borrower to close the Inventory  Finance  Facility and retire the DFS
Debt in accordance with this Section 13.17 shall  constitute an Event of Default
hereunder.


<PAGE>

14.      NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

      Without Lender's prior written consent,  which consent Lender may withhold
in its sole discretion,  so long as any Obligation remains  outstanding and this
Agreement  is in effect,  Borrower  and each other  Loan  Party  shall not:  (a)
MERGERS.  Merge or  consolidate  with or  acquire  any other  Person  (provided,
however,  that the  anticipated  merger of HHC with and into  Borrower,  and any
future  merger  of CASI  with  and  into  Borrower  which  Parent  may  elect to
consummate, shall not be restricted by the provisions hereof), or make any other
material change in its capital  structure or in its business or operations which
might  adversely  affect the  repayment  of the  Obligations;  (b)  LOANS.  Make
advances,  loans or extensions of credit to, or invest in, any Person; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that Borrower  shall be permitted to make loans or advances to Parent,
HHC and CASI if all of the following conditions have been met and remain in full
force and effect: (1) such Person continues to be an Affiliate of Borrower, with
not less than, in the case of HHC, one hundred percent  (100%),  and in the case
of CASI,  eighty percent  (80%),  of its issued and  outstanding  common capital
stock owned by Parent;  (2) such loan is  evidenced  by a  promissory  note from
Parent, HHC or CASI, as applicable,  in the form of that certain Promissory Note
to be  delivered by Parent in favor of Borrower on the Closing  Date,  and those
certain  Secured  Promissory  Notes to be  delivered by HHC and CASI in favor of
Borrower on the  Closing  Date,  all of which  shall each be  endorsed  over and
delivered  to Lender by Borrower  pursuant to the Note Pledge  Agreement of even
date herewith;  (3) such intercompany loans shall be secured by a senior lien on
and security interest in all assets of Parent, HHC and CASI, as applicable, such
lien, with respect to Parent,  being created by the Parent  Security  Agreement,
and with  respect to each of HHC and CASI,  shall have been  created in favor of
Borrower pursuant to those certain Security  Agreements entered into between HHC
and CASI,  respectively,  and Borrower as of the Closing Date,  the rights under
which  shall be  collaterally  assigned  to Lender  pursuant  to the  Collateral
Assignment of Material Agreements delivered by Borrower in favor of Lender as of
the Closing  Date;  (4) HHC and CASI shall each have  delivered  one or more UCC
financing  statements  designating  Borrower  as the  original  "Secured  Party"
thereunder  and Lender as  "Assignee  of Secured  Party," and Parent  shall have
delivered one or more UCC financing  statements  designating  Lender as "Secured
Party"  thereunder,  all of  which  financing  statements  shall be filed in all
appropriate  jurisdictions,  as deemed necessary by Lender,  in order to perfect
Borrower's   security   interest  in  the  assets  of  Parent,   HHC  and  CASI,
respectively;  (5) the  Guaranty  of the Loan in favor of  Lender  from  each of
Parent, HHC and CASI shall remain in full force and effect; and (6) with respect
to each of Parent  and HHC,  the  outstanding  balance  of any such  loans  from
Borrower  shall at no time  exceed  an  amount  equal to one  hundred  and fifty
percent (150%) of the amount which Parent and HHC,  respectively,  would then be
permitted  to borrow  based upon each such  Person's  Eligible  Receivables  and
Eligible  Inventory,  applying the advance rates set forth in Section 1.2 on the
Schedule  (and after taking into account any reserves  applicable to either such

<PAGE>

Person),  and with respect to CASI,  the  outstanding  amount of such loans from
Borrower  shall at no time exceed  $2,000,000  (Borrower and Lender  acknowledge
that the foregoing  limitations  have been  established in a period during which
the corporate  structure of the Loan  Parties'  remains  subject to change,  and
accordingly  Lender and each Loan  Party  agree  that any such  Person  shall be
entitled  to petition  Lender to  reconsider  the levels at which the  foregoing
thresholds  have been  established,  and Lender shall be entitled to adjust such
levels,  following Borrower's fiscal quarter ending October 31, 1997, to amounts
which are acceptable to Lender in light of Borrower's  corporate  structure then
in effect,  and taking  into  account  the  financial  performance  of each Loan
Party);  (c) DIVIDENDS;  MANAGEMENT FEES. Declare or pay cash dividends upon any
of its stock or distribute  any of its property or redeem,  retire,  purchase or
acquire  directly or  indirectly  any of its stock,  or for  Borrower to pay any
management fees to Parent;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that Borrower shall be permitted
to pay dividends and management  fees to Parent,  which dividends and management
fees shall be paid into the Blocked Account or Dominion Account  established for
deposit and collection of the Parent's  Receivables;  and PROVIDED FURTHER, that
Parent shall be permitted to pay dividends in respect of taxes to the extent set
forth on the  Schedule;  (d) ADVERSE  TRANSACTIONS.  Enter into any  transaction
which  materially  and adversely  affects the Collateral or its ability to repay
the  Obligations  in full as and when due; (e)  INDEBTEDNESS  OF OTHERS.  Become
directly or contingently  liable for the  Indebtedness of any Person,  except by
endorsement  of  instruments  for deposit;  (f)  REPURCHASE.  Make a sale to any
customer on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval,
consignment,  or any  other  repurchase  or  return  basis;  (g)  NAME.  Use any
corporate or fictitious  name other than its corporate  name as set forth in its
Articles or Certificate of Incorporation on the date hereof or any trade name or
fictitious  name  certified or registered in favor of Borrower or any other Loan
Party,  all of which names shall be set forth on the Schedule or a supplement to
the  Schedule  which shall be  delivered  by Borrower or any other Loan Party to
Lender in the event any such  trade  names or  fictitious  names are  adopted by
Borrower or any other Loan Party for use after the Closing Date; (h) PREPAYMENT;
PAYMENT OF SUBORDINATED  DEBT. Prepay any Indebtedness other than trade payables
and  other  than  the  Obligations,   make  any  payment  with  respect  to  the
Subordinated   Indebtedness   except  in  accordance   with  the  terms  of  the
Subordination  Agreement applicable to such Subordinated  Indebtedness,  or make
any payment in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness if to do so would result
in an Event of  Default  hereunder,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  Parent  shall be
permitted to prepay the Subordinated  Debt held by Subordinating  Creditor Carey
to the extent and upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth on the Schedule;
(i) CAPITAL EXPENDITURE.  Make or incur any Capital Expenditure if, after giving
effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures by Borrower and
all other Loan  Parties in any fiscal year would  exceed the amount set forth on
the Schedule;  (j) COMPENSATION.  Pay total  compensation,  including  salaries,
withdrawals,  fees, bonuses,  commissions,  drawing accounts and other payments,
whether directly or indirectly, in money or otherwise, during any fiscal year to
all of  Borrower's  and  Parent's  executives,  officers and  directors  (or any
relative  thereof) in an amount in excess of the  compensation  provided  for in
those certain Employment  Agreements  described on the Schedule,  and subject to
the  limitations  on payments of  discretionary  amounts  under such  Employment
Agreements which are set forth on the Schedule; (k) INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur,
assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness (including Indebtedness in connection
with Capital  Leases) in excess of the amount set forth on the  Schedule,  other
than (i) the Obligations,  (ii) trade payables and other contractual obligations
to suppliers  and  customers  incurred in the ordinary  course of business,  and
(iii) other Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement and described on
the Schedule  (other than  Indebtedness  paid on the date of this Agreement from
proceeds of the initial advances hereunder); (l) AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS.  Except
as set forth below or as otherwise permitted herein, sell, transfer,  distribute

<PAGE>

or pay any  money  or  property  to any  Affiliate,  or  invest  in (by  capital
contribution or otherwise) or purchase or repurchase any stock or  Indebtedness,
or any  property,  of any  Affiliate,  or become  liable on any  guaranty of the
indebtedness,  dividends or other obligations of any Affiliate.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  (X) each Loan Party may engage in  transactions  with any other
Loan Party without such  transactions  being subject to the restrictions of this
Section  14(l),  (Y) each Loan Party may pay  compensation  permitted by Section
14(j) to  employees  who are  Affiliates  and,  (Z) if no Event of  Default  has
occurred  and is  continuing,  each Loan Party may engage in  transactions  with
Affiliates  who are not also Loan Parties in the normal  course of business,  in
amounts and upon terms which are fully disclosed to Lender and which are no less
favorable  to such Loan Party than would be  obtainable  in a  comparable  arm's
length  transaction  with  a  Person  who is not an  Affiliate;  (m)  NATURE  OF
BUSINESS.  Enter into any new  business  or make any  material  change in any of
Borrower's  or  any  other  Loan  Party's  business  objectives,   purposes  and
operations;  (n) LENDER'S NAME. Use the name of Lender in connection with any of
Borrower's  or  any  other  Loan  Party's  business  or  activities,  except  in
connection  with  internal  business  matters or as required  in  dealings  with
governmental  agencies and  financial  institutions  or with trade  creditors of
Borrower  or any other Loan Party,  solely for credit  reference  purposes;  (o)
MARGIN  Security.  Own,  purchase  or  acquire  (or enter into any  contract  to
purchase or acquire) any "margin  security" as defined by any  regulation of the
Federal  Reserve  Board as now in  effect  or as the same  may  hereafter  be in
effect; (p) FEE PARCEL. Further encumber the Fee Parcel or assign any portion of
the  proceeds  to be  realized  from a sale of the Fee  Parcel  other  than  the
assignment  of such proceeds to Lender  pursuant to Section  13.15  hereof;  (q)
STOCK OWNERSHIP. Permit Parent to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of the
Borrower  Stock,  CASI Stock,  or HHC Stock now owned or  hereafter  acquired by
Parent;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that Parent shall be permitted to sell or otherwise
dispose of those shares of CASI Stock which,  as of the Closing  Date,  were not
owned by Parent if Parent  subsequently  acquires such shares and the net effect
of any such disposition  (considered on a proportional basis if less than all of
such  shares  of CASI  Stock  subsequently  acquired  by Parent  are then  being
disposed  of),  either  generates  positive  cash flow to Parent or is cash flow
neutral to Parent;  or (r) PRESTIGE  CAPITAL.  Borrow any amounts from  Prestige
Capital Corporation ("Prestige"),  which Person previously served as a lender to
Parent,  or permit  those  certain  UCC  financing  statements  which  designate
Prestige  as secured  party,  being  specifically  file  number  1740644,  filed
December  23,  1996 with the New  Jersey  Secretary  of State,  and file  number
005664,  filed December 27, 1996 with the Bergen County, New Jersey,  Recorder's
Office,  (collectively,  the "Prestige  UCCs"), to remain  outstanding  beyond a
reasonable  period for obtaining  terminations  thereof  following the date upon
which Parent's contract with Prestige shall, by its terms, expire. The foregoing
notwithstanding,  Parent and Borrower each undertake and agree to use their best
efforts  to  obtain  terminations  of the  Prestige  UCC's as soon as  possible,
subject to the  understanding  that this  agreement of Parent and Borrower shall
not obligate either such person to pay fees to Prestige not already provided for
in the loan  documents  between  Parent  and  Prestige  in order to obtain  such
terminations.


<PAGE>

15.      ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

      15.1  DEFINITIONS.  The following  definitions  apply to the provisions of
this Section 15: (i) The term "Applicable  Law" shall include,  but shall not be
limited to, each statute named or referred to in this Section 15.1 and all rules
and  regulations  thereunder,  and any other local,  state and/or  federal laws,
rules,  regulations and ordinances,  whether currently in existence or hereafter
enacted,  which govern,  to the extent applicable to the Property or to Borrower
or  any  other  Loan  Party,  (a)  the  existence,   cleanup  and/or  remedy  of
contamination on real property; (b) the protection of the environment from soil,
air or  water  pollution,  or from  spilled,  deposited  or  otherwise  emplaced
contamination;  (c) the emission or discharge of hazardous  substances  into the
environment;  (d) the control of hazardous wastes;  or (e) the use,  generation,
transport, treatment, removal or recovery of Hazardous Substances. (ii) The term
"Hazardous  Substance" shall mean (a) any oil, flammable substance,  explosives,
radioactive  materials,   hazardous  wastes  or  substances,   toxic  wastes  or
substances or any other wastes,  materials or pollutants which (i) pose a hazard
to the  Property  or to  persons  on or about  the  Property  or (ii)  cause the
Property to be in  violation  of any  Applicable  Law;  (b) asbestos in any form
which  is  or  could  become  friable,   urea   formaldehyde   foam  insulation,
transformers or other equipment which contain dielectric fluid containing levels
of  polychlorinated  biphenyls,  or radon gas;  (c) any  chemical,  material  or
substance  defined as or included in the  definition of "hazardous  substances,"
"waste," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," "extremely hazardous waste,"
"restricted  hazardous waste," or "toxic  substances" or words of similar import
under any  Applicable  Law,  including,  but not limited  to, the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), 42 USC ss.ss.
9601 ET SEQ.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), 42 USC ss.ss.
6901 ET SEQ.; the Hazardous Materials  Transportation Act, 49 USC ss.ss. 1801 ET
SEQ.; and the Federal Water Pollution  Control Act, 33 USC ss.ss.  1251 ET SEQ.;
(d) any other chemical, material or substance,  exposure to which is prohibited,
limited or regulated  by any  governmental  authority  which may or could pose a
hazard to the health and safety of the  occupants  of the Property or the owners
and/or  occupants of property  adjacent to or surrounding  the Property,  or any
other person  coming upon the Property or adjacent  property;  and (e) any other
chemical,  materials  or  substance  which  may or could  pose a  hazard  to the
environment.  (iii) The term "Property"  shall mean all real property,  wherever
located,  in which Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower has any right, title or
interest,  whether now existing or hereafter  arising,  and  including,  without
limitation, as owner, lessor or lessee.


<PAGE>

      15.2  COVENANTS  AND  REPRESENTATIONS.  Each  Loan  Party  represents  and
warrants  that  there  have not been,  during  the  period of such Loan  Party's
possession of any interest in the Property  owned by it, and, to the best of its
knowledge after reasonable inquiry,  there have not been at any other times, any
activities  on  the  Property  involving,   directly  or  indirectly,  the  use,
generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Substances except in
compliance  with  Applicable  Law (a) under,  on or in the land  included in the
Property, whether contained in soil, tanks, sumps, ponds, lagoons, barrels, cans
or  other  containments,  structures  or  equipment,  (b)  incorporated  in  the
buildings,  structures or improvements  included in the Property,  including any
building  material  containing  asbestos,  or (c)  used in  connection  with any
operations  on or in  the  Property.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing and to the extent not included  within the scope of this Section 15.2,
Borrower  represents and warrants that it is in full  compliance with Applicable
Law and has  received  no notice from any person or any  governmental  agency or
other entity of any violation by Borrower or its  Affiliates  of any  Applicable
Law.  Borrower shall be solely  responsible for and agrees to indemnify  Lender,
protect and defend with counsel reasonably acceptable to Lender, and hold Lender
harmless  from and  against  any  claims  actions,  administrative  proceedings,
judgments,  damages,  punitive damages,  penalties,  fines,  costs,  liabilities
(including sums paid in settlements of claims),  interest or losses,  attorneys'
fees  (including any fees and expenses  incurred in enforcing  this  indemnity),
consultant fees, expert fees, and other out-of-pocket costs or expenses actually
incurred by Lender (collectively,  the "Environmental  Costs"), that may, at any
time or from time to time,  arise  directly or indirectly  from or in connection
with: (a) the presence,  suspected presence, release or suspected release of any
Hazardous  Substance whether into the air, soil, surface water or groundwater of
or at the Property,  or any other violation of Applicable Law, or (b) any breach
of the foregoing representations and covenants;  except to the extent any of the
foregoing  result  from  the  actions  of  Lender,  its  employees,  agents  and
representatives. All Environmental Costs incurred or advanced by Lender shall be
deemed  to be made by Lender in good  faith  and  shall  constitute  Obligations
hereunder.

16.      TERM; TERMINATION.

      16.1 TERM.  The  initial  term of the  Revolving  Loans  Facility  and the
obligation of Lender to make advances  with respect  thereto in accordance  with
this Agreement shall be as set forth on the Schedule (the "Initial  Term"),  and
the Revolving Loans Facility and this Agreement shall be  automatically  renewed
for successive periods of one (1) year (each, a "Renewal Term"),  unless earlier
terminated as provided herein.


<PAGE>

      16.2 PRIOR  NOTICE.  Each party  shall  have the right to  terminate  this
Agreement  at the end of the Initial  Term or at the end of any Renewal  Term by
giving the other party written notice not less than sixty (60) days prior to the
effective date of such termination, by registered or certified mail.

      16.3  PAYMENT  IN  FULL.  Upon  the  effective  date of  termination,  the
Obligations shall become immediately due and payable in full in cash.

      16.4 EARLY TERMINATION;  TERMINATION FEE. In addition to the procedure set
forth in Section 16.2,  Borrower may terminate  this  Agreement at any time upon
sixty (60) days' prior written notice and prepay the Obligations.  Upon any such
early  termination  by Borrower or any  termination  of this Agreement by Lender
upon the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default,  then,  and in any such  event,
Borrower shall pay to Lender upon the effective  date of such  termination a fee
(the "Termination Fee") in an amount equal to the amounts shown on the Schedule.

17.      DEFAULT.

      17.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any one or more of the  following  events  shall
constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

      (i)  Borrower  fails  to pay  when  due and  payable  any  portion  of the
Obligations at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise;

      (ii) Borrower or any other Loan Party fails or neglects to perform,  keep,
or observe any Obligation  including,  but not limited to, any term,  provision,
condition,  covenant or agreement  contained in any Loan  Document to which such
Loan Party is a party;


<PAGE>

      (iii) Any material  adverse change occurs in Borrower's and the other Loan
Parties'  business,  assets,  operations,  prospects or condition,  financial or
otherwise, taken as a whole;

      (iv) The prospect of repayment of any portion of the  Obligations,  in the
reasonable  good faith  judgment  of Lender,  as based upon  objective  evidence
available  to  Lender,  is  materially  impaired,  or the value or  priority  of
Lender's security interest in the Collateral is materially impaired;

      (v) Any material portion of Borrower's and the other Loan Parties' assets,
taken as a whole, are seized, attached, subjected to a writ or distress warrant,
are levied upon, or comes into the possession of any judicial officer;

      (vi) Borrower or any other Loan Party shall generally not pay its debts as
they become due or shall enter into any agreement  (whether written or oral), or
offer to enter  into any  agreement,  with all or a  significant  number  of its
creditors regarding any moratorium or other indulgence with respect to its debts
or  the  participation  of  such  creditors  or  their  representatives  in  the
supervision, management or control of the business of Borrower or any other Loan
Party;

      (vii) Any  bankruptcy  or other  insolvency  proceeding  is  commenced  by
Borrower or any other Loan Party,  or any such  proceeding is commenced  against
Borrower  or any other Loan  Party and  remains  undischarged  or  unstayed  for
forty-five (45) days;

      (viii)  Any notice of lien,  levy or  assessment  is filed of record  with
respect to any of  Borrower's  or any other Loan Party's  assets  which  assets,
individually  or in the  aggregate,  have  a  fair  market  value  greater  than
$100,000;

      (ix) Any judgments are entered against Borrower or any other Loan Party in
an aggregate amount exceeding $100,000;

      (x) Any default shall occur under any material  agreement between Borrower
or any other Loan Party and any third party including,  without limitation,  any
default  which  would  result in a right by such third party to  accelerate  the
maturity of any  Indebtedness  of Borrower or any other Loan Party to such third
party with an outstanding principal balance in excess of $100,000;

      (xi) Any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by Borrower,
any  Affiliate  or any  other  Loan  Party in any  Loan  Document  or any  other
statement,  document  or  report  made or  delivered  to  Lender  in  connection
therewith shall prove to have been misleading in any material respect;


<PAGE>

      (xii) Any executive officer of Borrower, or the chief executive officer of
Parent,  ceases to be active in the  day-to-day  management  of  Borrower's  (or
Parent's) operations,  unless a qualified  replacement  reasonably acceptable to
Lender is hired to assume  the job  responsibilities  of the  departing  officer
within sixty (60) days following the date of such departure;

      (xiii) Any  Prohibited  Transaction  or Reportable  Event shall occur with
respect to a Plan which could have a material  adverse  effect on the  financial
condition  of  Borrower  or any other  Loan  Party;  any lien upon the assets of
Borrower  or any other  Loan  Party in  connection  with any Plan  shall  arise;
Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall fail to make full payment when due
of all amounts which Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates may be required to
pay to any Plan or any Multiemployer Plan as one or more contributions  thereto;
Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  creates or permits the creation of any
accumulated funding deficiency, whether or not waived; or

      (xiv) Any transfer of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or
other  evidence of ownership in Borrower  shall occur which causes the Parent to
own less than ninety-eight and one-half percent (98.5%) of the Borrower Stock.

      17.2 REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
of Default, Lender may, at its option and in its sole discretion and in addition
to all of its other rights under the Loan  Documents,  terminate  this Agreement
and declare all of the Obligations to be immediately  payable in full.  Borrower
agrees  that  Lender  shall  also  have all of its  rights  and  remedies  under
applicable law, including,  without limitation,  the default rights and remedies
of a secured  party  under the Code,  and upon the  occurrence  and  during  the
continuance of an Event of Default,  Borrower hereby consents to the appointment
of a  receiver  by Lender in any action  initiated  by Lender  pursuant  to this
Agreement  and to the  jurisdiction  and venue set forth in Section 19.7 hereof,
and  Borrower  waives  notice  and  posting of a bond in  connection  therewith.
Further,  Lender may, at any time, take possession of the Collateral and keep it
on Borrower's  premises,  at no cost to Lender, or remove any part of it to such
other place(s) as Lender may desire or Borrower shall,  upon Lender's demand, at
Borrower's sole cost, assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at
a place  reasonably  convenient  to Lender and Lender may sell and  deliver  any
Collateral at public or private sales,  for cash,  upon credit or otherwise,  at
such  prices  and upon  such  terms  as  Lender  deems  advisable,  at  Lender's
discretion, and may, if Lender deems it reasonable, postpone or adjourn any sale
of the  Collateral by an  announcement  at the time and place of sale or of such
postponed or adjourned sale without giving a new notice of sale. Borrower agrees
that Lender has no obligation to preserve  rights to the  Collateral or marshall
any Collateral for the benefit of any Person. Lender is hereby granted a license
or other right to use, without charge,  Borrower's labels, patents,  copyrights,
name,  trade secrets,  trade names,  trademarks and advertising  matter,  or any
similar  property,  in  completing   production,   advertising  or  selling  any
Collateral and Borrower's rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements
shall inure to Lender's  benefit.  Any requirement of reasonable notice shall be
met if such  notice is mailed  postage  prepaid to  Borrower  at its address set
forth in the  heading to this  Agreement  at least five (5) days  before sale or
other  disposition.  The  proceeds  of sale  shall  be  applied,  first,  to all
attorneys  fees and other expenses of sale,  and second,  to the  Obligations in
such order as Lender shall elect,  in its sole  discretion.  Lender shall return
any excess to Borrower and Borrower  shall remain  liable for any  deficiency to
the fullest  extent  permitted by law.  Each other Loan Party also hereby agrees
that the foregoing  provisions relative to remedies shall be available to Lender
as to the assets of such other Loan Party with  respect to all periods  when any
Eligible Receivables or Eligible Inventory of such other Loan Party are included
in Borrower's  borrowing base for purposes of determining the amount of advances
under the Revolving Loans Facility available to Borrower hereunder.


<PAGE>

      17.3 STANDARDS FOR  DETERMINING  COMMERCIAL  REASONABLENESS.  Borrower and
Lender  agree  that  the  following  conduct  by  Lender  with  respect  to  any
disposition of Collateral shall conclusively be deemed  commercially  reasonable
(but other conduct by Lender, including, but not limited to, Lender's use in its
sole discretion of other or different times,  places and manners of noticing and
conducting any disposition of Collateral shall not be deemed unreasonable):  Any
public or private  disposition  as to which on no later than the tenth  calendar
day prior thereto  written notice  thereof is mailed or personally  delivered to
Borrower and, with respect to any public disposition, on no later than the tenth
calendar day prior thereto  notice  thereof  describing in general  non-specific
terms,  the  Collateral  to be disposed of is  published  once in a newspaper of
general  circulation  in the county  where the sale is to be  conducted,  at any
place designated by Lender,  with or without the Collateral  being present,  and
which  commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.  (provided  that no
notice of any public or private disposition need be given to the Borrower if the
Collateral is  perishable  or threatens to decline  speedily in value or is of a
type customarily sold on a recognized  market).  Without limiting the generality
of  the  foregoing,   Borrower  expressly  agrees  that,  with  respect  to  any
disposition  of  accounts,  instruments  and  general  intangibles,  it shall be
commercially  reasonable for Lender to direct any prospective  purchaser thereof
to ascertain directly from Borrower any and all information concerning the same,
including,  but not limited to, the terms of payment, aging and delinquency,  if
any,  the  financial  condition  of any  obligor  or account  debtor  thereon or
guarantor thereof, and any collateral therefor.


<PAGE>

18.      DEFINITIONS.

      18.1 DEFINED TERMS.  As used in this  Agreement,  the following terms have
the definitions set forth below: "ADA" means the Americans with Disabilities Act
of 1990 (42 U.S.C.ss.  12101,  ET SEQ.) and all applicable  rules,  regulations,
codes, ordinances and guidance documents promulgated or published thereunder.

"AFFILIATE" means any Person controlling,  controlled by or under common control
with Borrower. For purposes of this definition,  "control" means the possession,
directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or cause  direction  of the
management  and policies of  Borrower,  whether  through  ownership of common or
preferred  stock or other equity  interests,  by contract or otherwise.  Without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  each of the  following  shall be an
Affiliate:  any  officer,  director,  employee or other agent of  Borrower,  any
shareholder  or subsidiary of Borrower,  and any other Person with whom or which
Borrower has common shareholders, officers or directors.

"BASE  RATE" shall mean that rate of interest  announced  publicly by  Citibank,
N.A., New York, New York, as its base borrowing  rate, as it exists from time to
time,  notwithstanding  the fact that some persons may borrow money at less than
the Base Rate.

"BORROWER  STOCK"  means,  at  any  given  time,  all  of the  then  issued  and
outstanding capital stock of Borrower.

"BUSINESS  DAY" means any day on which  commercial  banks in all of Los Angeles,
California,  New York, New York,  and  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  are open for
business.

"CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES" means all expenditures made and liabilities incurred for
the acquisition of any fixed asset or improvement,  replacement, substitution or
addition  thereto  which has a useful life of more than one year and  including,
without limitation, those arising in connection with Capital Leases.

"CAPITAL  LEASE" means any lease of property by Borrower or any other Loan Party
that, in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  should be
capitalized for financial reporting purposes and reflected as a liability on the
balance sheet of Borrower or such other Loan Party.

"CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS"  means Borrower's (i) cash on hand or in any bank or
trust company, and checks on hand and in transit,  (ii) monies on deposit in any
money  market  account,  and (iii)  treasury  bills,  certificates  of  deposit,
commercial paper and readily marketable securities at current market value.

"CASI  shall  mean  Computer-Aided   Software  Integration,   Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation.


<PAGE>

"CASI STOCK" means, at any given time, all of the issued and outstanding capital
stock of CASI.

"CLOSING" means the initial advance made by Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

"CLOSING DATE" means the date of the Closing.

"CODE" means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted,  amended,  and in effect in
the State of New York from time to time.

"COLLATERAL" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 above.

"COMMITMENT  LETTER"  shall  mean that  certain  commitment  letter of Lender to
Parent, dated as of February 11, 1997, as accepted by Parent.

"CONDITIONAL  APPROVAL  LETTER"  shall mean that certain  letter dated March 12,
1997 from Lender to Borrower,  as accepted by Borrower on March __, 1997,  which
sets out the material terms and conditions  applicable to the Inventory  Finance
Facility.

"DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS" has the meaning set forth in Section 9-105 of the Code.

"DFS" shall mean Deutsche  Financial Services  Corporation,  which is the lender
with respect to the DFS Debt.

"DFS DEBT" shall mean that certain floorplan finance facility currently extended
to Parent by DFS, with a maximum permitted principal Indebtedness  thereunder as
of the Closing Date in the amount of $300,000.

"DILUTION" shall mean, for any period, the quotient,  expressed as a percentage,
derived when the sum of (i) total non-cash  reductions to Receivables  plus (ii)
all debit memos (i.e.,  invoices  relating to any previously  billed sale) under
ninety (90) days old are divided by Borrower's gross sales for the same period.

"EBITDA"  means,  for any  period,  Parent's  consolidated  net  income  or loss
(excluding  the effect of any  extraordinary  gains or  losses),  determined  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  PLUS or MINUS each of
the following  items, to the extent  deducted from or added to the  consolidated
revenues of Parent in the  calculation of net income or loss: (i)  depreciation;
(ii)  amortization  and other non-cash  charges;  (iii) interest expense paid or
accrued;  and (iv) total federal and state income tax expense  determined as the
accrued  liability  of Parent and its  subsidiaries  in respect of such  period,
regardless  of what portion of such expense has actually been paid by Parent and
its subsidiaries during such period.


<PAGE>

"ELIGIBLE  INVENTORY" means Inventory which Lender, in its sole judgment,  deems
Eligible Inventory, based on such considerations as Lender may from time to time
deem appropriate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Inventory
shall be Eligible  Inventory unless,  in Lender's sole judgment,  such Inventory
(i)  consists of raw  materials  or  finished  goods,  in good,  new and salable
condition  which are not obsolete or  unmerchantable,  and are not  comprised of
packaging,  materials or supplies, or inventory held at outside processors,  and
are not slow-moving or held on consignment;  (ii) meets all standards imposed by
any  governmental  agency or  authority;  (iii)  conforms in all respects to the
warranties and representations set forth herein; (iv) is at all times subject to
Lender's duly perfected,  first priority security interest;  and (v) is situated
at a  location  in  compliance  with  Section  12.16  hereof.  For  purposes  of
determining  the amount of Inventory  Loans to which  Borrower shall be entitled
pursuant to Section 1.2 as set forth in the  Schedule,  Borrower  may include an
amount for Inventory  owned by Parent,  HHC and/or CASI, to the extent that such
Inventory otherwise qualifies as Eligible Inventory  hereunder,  as to each such
Person during any period in which,  with respect to Parent,  the Parent Security
Agreement  remains in full force and effect and Lender has a perfected  security
interest  in such  Inventory,  and as to  Parent,  HHC  and  CASI,  such  Person
satisfies all of the conditions  applicable under Section 14(b) hereof to permit
Borrower to make loans or advances to such Person.

"ELIGIBLE  RECEIVABLES"  means  Receivables  which Lender, in its sole judgment,
shall deem eligible based on such considerations as Lender may from time to time
deem  appropriate.  Without  limiting the foregoing,  a Receivable  shall not be
deemed to be an Eligible  Receivable if (i) the account debtor has failed to pay
the Receivable  within a period of ninety (90) days after invoice date; (ii) the
account  debtor has  failed to pay more than  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of all
outstanding  Receivables  owed by it to Borrower  within  ninety (90) days after
invoice  date;  (iii) the account  debtor is an Affiliate of Borrower;  (iv) the
goods relating  thereto are placed on consignment,  guaranteed  sale,  "bill and
hold" or other  terms  pursuant to which  payment by the  account  debtor may be
conditional;  (v) the  account  debtor is not  located in the  United  States or
Canada,  unless the  Receivable  is  supported by a letter of credit in form and
substance  satisfactory to Lender;  (vi) the account debtor is the United States
or any  department,  agency or  instrumentality  thereof or any  State,  city or
municipality of the United States,  PROVIDED,  however,  that a Receivable shall
not be deemed ineligible by reason of this clause (vi) if Borrower has complied,
to the satisfaction of Lender, with all requirements necessary under the Federal
Assignment  of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;  (vii)  Borrower is or may become
liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services  rendered by the account
debtor to Borrower;  (viii) the account  debtor's total  obligations to Borrower
exceed fifteen percent (15%) of all Eligible Receivables,  to the extent of such
excess; (ix) notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately  preceding clause
(viii), as to individual account debtors approved by Lender from time to time on
the  basis  of  credit  information   acceptable  to  Lender  in  Lender's  sole
discretion,   such  account  debtor's  total   obligations  to  Borrower  exceed
twenty-five percent (25%) of all Eligible Receivables,  or such other percentage
specifically  designated by Lender to be applicable to such account  debtor,  to
the extent of such excess;  (x) the account debtor  disputes  liability or makes
any claim with respect thereto (up to the amount of such liability or claim), or
is subject to any  insolvency or bankruptcy  proceeding,  or becomes  insolvent,
fails or goes out of a material portion of its business; (xi) the amount thereof
consists of late charges or finance  charges;  (xii) the invoice  constitutes  a
progress  billing on a project not yet completed,  except that the final billing
at such time as the matter has been  completed and delivered to the customer may
be deemed an Eligible  Receivable;  (xiii) credit balances over ninety (90) days
past  issue date (with the result  that the total  amount of  Receivables  which
shall be considered ineligible as a result of the operation of clause (i) hereof
shall be determined without giving effect to any credit balances included in the
"over ninety day" column); (xiv) sales for cash or on other terms requiring cash
on delivery (C.O.D.);  or (xv) the face amount thereof exceeds $200,000,  unless
accompanied by evidence of shipment of the goods relating  thereto  satisfactory
to Lender in its sole  discretion.  For  purposes of  determining  the amount of
Receivables Loans to which Borrower shall be entitled pursuant to Section 1.2 as
set forth in the Schedule,  Borrower shall be permitted to include an amount for
Receivables  owned  by  Parent,  HHC  and/or  CASI,  to  the  extent  that  such
Receivables otherwise qualify as Eligible Receivables hereunder, as to each such
Person during any period in which,  with respect to Parent,  the Parent Security
Agreement  remains in full force and effect and Lender has a perfected  security
interest in such Receivables,  and as to HHC and CASI, such Person satisfies all
of the conditions  applicable  under Section 14(b) hereof to permit  Borrower to
make loans or advances to such Person.


<PAGE>

"EQUIPMENT" means all of Borrower's  present and hereafter  acquired  machinery,
molds, machine tools, motors, furniture, equipment, furnishings, fixtures, trade
fixtures,  motor vehicles,  tools,  parts,  dyes, jigs, goods and other tangible
personal  property (other than Inventory) of every kind and description  used in
Borrower's  operations  or  owned by  Borrower  and any  interest  in any of the
foregoing,   and  all  attachments,   accessories,   accessions,   replacements,
substitutions,  additions and  improvements  to any of the  foregoing,  wherever
located.  References  to the Equipment  herein shall include  references to such
assets owned by any other Loan Party for any period during  which,  with respect
to Parent,  the Parent Security  Agreement  remains in full force and effect and
Lender has a perfected  lien on and security  interest in such  assets,  and for
each of HHC and CASI,  during any period  when such  Person  has  satisfied  all
requirements  to be entitled  to obtain  loans from  Borrower  to Section  14(b)
hereof.

"ERISA" means the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
and the regulations thereunder.

"ERISA  AFFILIATE" means each trade or business (whether or not incorporated and
whether or not foreign) which is or may hereafter  become a member of a group of
which Borrower is a member and which is treated as a single employer under ERISA
Section 4001(b)(1), or IRC Section 414.

"EVENT OF  DEFAULT"  means any of the events  set forth in Section  17.1 of this
Agreement.

"EXAMINATION  FEE"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in  Section  3.1 on the
Schedule.

"EXCESS AVAILABILITY" means, as of the date of determination thereof, the amount
by which the  average  daily  total  principal  balance of the  Revolving  Loans
Facility which Borrower would be permitted to have outstanding over the prior 30
days,  based on the formulas and reserves set forth in Section 1.2 hereof and in
the Schedule,  exceeds of sum of the  Receivable  Loans and the Inventory  Loans
then actually outstanding, such excess then being reduced by an amount necessary
to provide for the payment of all  accounts  payable of Borrower  and each other
Loan Party which are more than thirty (30) days past due date.

"EXCESS CASH FLOW" means Operating Cash  Flow/Permitted  less Total  Contractual
Debt Service.

"FACILITY FEE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 on the Schedule.

"FEE  PARCEL"  shall mean that  certain  parcel of real estate  owned by Parent,
located at 151  Veterans  Drive,  Northvale,  New  Jersey,  and which is legally
described on EXHIBIT 18.1 attached hereto.

"GENERAL  INTANGIBLES"  means all general  intangibles of Borrower,  whether now
owned  or  hereafter  created  or  acquired  by  Borrower,   including,  without
limitation,  all choses in action, causes of action, corporate or other business
records, Deposit Accounts, inventions,  designs, drawings, blueprints,  patents,
patent  applications,  trademarks  and the goodwill of the  business  symbolized
thereby, names, trade names, trade secrets, goodwill, copyrights, registrations,
licenses, franchises, customer lists, security and other deposits, rights in all
litigation  presently  or hereafter  pending for any cause or claim  (whether in
contract,  tort  or  otherwise),  and all  judgments  now or  hereafter  arising
therefrom,  all claims of Borrower  against  Lender,  rights to purchase or sell
real or  personal  property,  rights  as a  licensor  or  licensee  of any kind,
royalties, telephone numbers, proprietary information,  purchase orders, and all
insurance policies and claims (including  without limitation credit,  liability,
property and other insurance), tax refunds and claims, computer programs, discs,
tapes and tape files,  claims  under  guaranties,  security  interests  or other
security  held  by or  granted  to  Borrower  to  secure  payment  of any of the
Receivables by an account debtor,  all rights to  indemnification  and all other
intangible   property  of  every  kind  and  nature  (other  than  Receivables).
References to the General  Intangibles  herein shall include  references to such
assets owned by any other Loan Party for any period during  which,  with respect
to Parent,  the Parent Security  Agreement  remains in full force and effect and
Lender has a perfected  lien on and security  interest in such  assets,  and for
each of HHC and CASI,  during any period  when such  Person  has  satisfied  all
requirements  to be entitled  to obtain  loans from  Borrower  to Section  14(b)
hereof.


<PAGE>

"GUARANTIES"  shall mean those  certain  Guaranties  given by each  Guarantor in
favor of Lender,  guaranteeing  repayment of the Obligations by Borrower, as the
same may subsequently be amended, modified, renewed, restated, or replaced.

"GUARANTORS" shall mean each of Parent,  HHC, and CASI,  together with any other
persons who may subsequently execute and deliver a Guaranty in favor of Lender.

"HHC" shall mean HH Communications, Inc., an Illinois corporation.

"HHC STOCK"  means,  at any given time,  all of the then issued and  outstanding
capital stock of HHC.

"INCIPIENT  DEFAULT"  means any event or  condition  which,  with the  giving of
notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default.

"INDEBTEDNESS"   means  all  of  Borrower's  present  and  future   obligations,
liabilities,  debts,  claims and indebtedness,  contingent,  fixed or otherwise,
however evidenced,  created, incurred, acquired, owing or arising, whether under
written or oral agreement,  operation of law or otherwise, and includes, without
limiting the foregoing (i) the Obligations,  (ii) obligations and liabilities of
any Person  secured by a lien,  claim,  encumbrance  or security  interest  upon
property  owned by  Borrower,  even  though  Borrower  has not assumed or become
liable therefor,  (iii) obligations and liabilities created or arising under any
lease  (including  Capital Leases) or conditional  sales contract or other title
retention agreement with respect to property used or acquired by Borrower,  even
though the rights and  remedies of the  lessor,  seller or lender are limited to
repossession, (iv) all unfunded pension fund obligations and liabilities and (v)
deferred taxes. The foregoing  notwithstanding,  Indebtedness  shall not include
the amount of Borrower's accounts payable and accrued expenses  outstanding from
time to time, to the extent that such accounts  payable or accrued  expenses are
current  within their stated terms or within  extensions of such stated terms as
are commercially reasonable and customarily acceptable within the industry.

"INITIAL TERM" has the meaning set forth on the Schedule.

"INSURANCE  LETTER"  means that certain  letter in the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 4.4 setting  forth the  requirements  of Lender with  respect to certain
insurance coverages to be maintained by Borrower.


<PAGE>

"INVENTORY"  means all of  Borrower's  now owned and hereafter  acquired  goods,
merchandise and other personal property, wherever located, to be furnished under
any contract of service or held for sale or lease,  all raw  materials,  work in
process,  finished  goods and  materials  and  supplies  of any kind,  nature or
description  which are or might be used or  consumed in  Borrower's  business or
used in connection with the manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising, selling
or finishing of such goods,  merchandise  and other personal  property,  and all
documents of title or other  documents  representing  them.  Inventory shall not
include any goods,  merchandise or other  personal  property which may be in the
possession  of Borrower  but which is not owned by Borrower.  References  to the
Inventory herein shall include references to such assets owned by any other Loan
Party for any period during which,  with respect to Parent,  the Parent Security
Agreement  remains in full force and effect and Lender has a  perfected  lien on
and security  interest in such assets,  and for each of HHC and CASI, during any
period when such Person has satisfied all  requirements to be entitled to obtain
loans from Borrower to Section 14(b) hereof.

"INVENTORY  FINANCE FACILITY" shall mean that certain inventory finance facility
to be  provided by Lender to  Borrower,  up to a maximum  outstanding  principal
Indebtedness  thereunder of $500,000,  which facility shall constitute a subline
of the Revolving  Loans  Facility.  The Inventory  Finance  Facility shall be on
substantially  the same  terms and  conditions  as set forth in the  Conditional
Approval Letter.

"INVENTORY FINANCE RESERVE" shall mean a reserve against borrowing  availability
under the Revolving  Loans  Facility  which,  as of the Closing  Date,  shall be
established in an amount equal to the maximum permitted  principal  Indebtedness
under the DFS Debt  ($300,000).  Following  the  closing the  Inventory  Finance
Facility,  the amount of the  Inventory  Finance  Reserve  shall be increased to
equal the maximum permitted  principal  Indebtedness under the Inventory Finance
Facility  (initially,  $500,000).  The Inventory Finance Reserve shall remain in
effect  throughout  the term of the Loans for so long as the  Inventory  Finance
Facility is available to Borrower.

"INVENTORY LOANS" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 on the Schedule.

"INVENTORY SUBLIMIT" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 on the Schedule.

"IRC" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and the regulations
thereunder.
<PAGE>

"LIFE INSURANCE  POLICIES" those certain life insurance policies on the lives of
Isaac Gaon and  Christopher  Carey delivered to Lender pursuant to provisions of
Section 2.1(o).

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Stock Pledge
Agreements, the Subordination Agreements, the Insurance Letter, the Validity and
Support  Agreements,  the Note Pledge Agreements,  the Collateral  Assignment of
Material Agreements,  the Guaranties,  the Landlord Waivers, the Parent Security
Agreement,  any other note or notes  executed by Borrower and payable to Lender,
and any other agreement  entered into in connection  with this  Agreement,  such
other security  agreements,  intellectual  property assignments and mortgages as
Lender  may  require  with  respect  to  this   Agreement,   together  with  all
alterations,  amendments,  changes,  extensions,  modifications,   refinancings,
refundings, renewals,  replacements,  restatements, or supplements, of or to any
of the foregoing.

"LOAN  PARTY" and "LOAN  PARTIES"  shall mean,  respectively,  any of  Borrower,
Parent, HHC, or CASI, or any two or more of Borrower, Parent, HHC, and CASI.

"LOAN YEAR" means a period from the Closing  Date or any annual  anniversary  of
the Closing Date through the day preceding  the  immediately  succeeding  annual
anniversary of the Closing Date.

"MATURITY  DATE"  shall  mean  April 1,  2000,  the date  upon  which  the final
installment under the Notes shall be due and payable,  absent an acceleration of
the  maturity  thereof,  whether  such  acceleration  results  from an  Event of
Default,  the  termination of the Revolving Loans Facility prior to the Maturity
Date, or for any other reason permitted hereunder.

"MAXIMUM  AMOUNT"  shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth in  Section  1.2 on the
Schedule.

"MULTIEMPLOYER  PLAN" means a "multiemployer  plan" as defined in ERISA Sections
3(37) or 4001(a)(3) or IRC Section 414(f) which covers  employees of Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate.


<PAGE>

"NJEDA DEBT" means all  outstanding  Indebtedness  of Borrower to the New Jersey
Economic  Development  Authority  and the  Banque  Nationale  de Paris  (Houston
Agency)  pursuant  to that  certain  Loan  Agreement  dated as of March 3,  1992
between  Borrower and such Persons  which,  as of the Closing  Date,  was in the
unpaid principal amount of approximately $675,000.

"NJEDA RESERVE" means a reserve against borrowing availability under Section 1.2
hereof in an amount  equal to the unpaid  principal  balance owed by Borrower on
the Closing Date to the New Jersey Economic Development Authority and the Banque
Nationale de Paris  (Houston  Agency)  pursuant to that  certain Loan  Agreement
dated  as of  March  3,  1992  between  Borrower  and  the New  Jersey  Economic
Development  Authority,  PLUS  an  amount  equal  to  accrued  interest  on such
outstanding  principal  balance  which  shall be due and  payable  with the next
installment of principal or interest accruing  thereunder,  PLUS an amount equal
to any  prepayment  premium or penalty which  Borrower  would be required to pay
under the loan documents applicable to the NJEDA Debt if Borrower were to prepay
all such  Indebtedness  in full,  MINUS an amount  equal to any sinking  fund or
other reserves which may exist, the funds in which are irrevocably  committed to
payment of amounts owed in respect of the NJEDA Debt.

"NOTE" shall mean that certain  Promissory  Note of Borrower in favor of Lender,
dated as of the Closing  Date,  in the original  principal  amount of $2,000,000
evidencing  the  Term  Loan,  as the  same may be  amended,  restated,  renewed,
extended, or replaced from time to time.

"NOTE  PLEDGE   AGREEMENT(S)"   shall  mean   that/those   certain  Note  Pledge
Agreement(s)  of even date herewith by and between  Lender and Borrower  whereby
Borrower  pledges in favor of,  delivers,  and endorses  to,  Lender each of the
promissory notes delivered to Borrower by Parent, HHC and CASI, respectively, in
accordance  with the  provisions of clause (2) of Section  14(b) hereof,  as the
same may subsequently be modified, amended, renewed, restated, or replaced.

"OBLIGATIONS" means all present and future loans, advances,  debts, liabilities,
obligations, covenants, duties and indebtedness at any time owing by Borrower to
Lender (including,  without limitation,  the Revolving Loans Facility,  the Term
Loan, and the Inventory Finance  Facility),  whether evidenced by this Agreement
any note or other  instrument or document,  whether arising from an extension of
credit,  opening of a letter of credit,  banker's  acceptance,  loan,  guaranty,
indemnification  or otherwise,  whether direct or indirect  (including,  without
limitation,  those  acquired by assignment  and any  participation  by Lender in
Borrower's debts owing to others), absolute or contingent, due or to become due,
including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney's
fees and any other sums  chargeable  to  Borrower  hereunder  or under any other
agreement with Lender.

"OPERATING CASH FLOW/ACTUAL"  means, for any period,  Parent's  consolidated net
income or loss  (excluding  the effect of any  extraordinary  gains or  losses),
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  PLUS or
MINUS each of the following  items,  to the extent deducted from or added to the
consolidated  revenues of Parent in the  calculation  of net income or loss: (i)
depreciation;  (ii)  amortization  and other  non-cash  charges;  (iii) interest
expense  paid or accrued;  and (iv) total  federal and state  income tax expense
determined as the accrued liability of Parent and its subsidiaries in respect of
such period,  regardless  of what portion of such expense has actually been paid
by Parent and its subsidiaries  during such period; and after deduction for each
of (a) federal and state income taxes,  to the extent  actually paid during such
period;  (b) any non-cash income;  and (c) all actual Capital  Expenditures made
during such period and not financed.


<PAGE>

"OPERATING CASH FLOW/PERMITTED" means, for any period, Parent's consolidated net
income or loss  (excluding  the effect of any  extraordinary  gains or  losses),
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  PLUS or
MINUS each of the following  items,  to the extent deducted from or added to the
consolidated  revenues of Parent in the  calculation  of net income or loss: (i)
depreciation;  (ii)  amortization  and other  non-cash  charges;  (iii) interest
expense  paid or accrued;  and (iv) total  federal and state  income tax expense
determined as the accrued liability of Parent and its subsidiaries in respect of
such period,  regardless  of what portion of such expense has actually been paid
by Parent and its subsidiaries  during such period; and after deduction for each
of (a) federal and state income taxes,  to the extent  actually paid during such
period;  (b) any non-cash  income;  and (c) all permitted  Capital  Expenditures
(without  regard to any waiver given by Lender with respect to any limitation on
such Capital Expenditures) actually made during such period and not financed.

"OVERADVANCES" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

"OVERLINES" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

"PARENT" means Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  and the
owner, as of the Closing Date, of ninety-eight  and one-half  percent (98.5%) of
the Borrower Stock.

"PARENT SECURITY AGREEMENT" means that certain Security Agreement from Parent in
favor of  Lender  pursuant  to which  Parent  shall  grant a senior  lien on and
security interest in (subject to the Permitted Prior  Encumbrances),  all assets
of Parent,  as security for performance of Parent's  obligations  under Parent's
Guaranty.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation.

"PERMITTED  ENCUMBRANCE"  means each of the liens,  mortgages and other security
interests set forth on the Schedule and incorporated herein by this reference.

"PERMITTED PRIOR ENCUMBRANCE" means the Permitted Encumbrances described in: (i)
clauses  (a),  (b),  and (c) of such  definition,  to the extent  such Liens are
accorded  priority  to the  security  interest  in favor of Lender by law;  (ii)
clause (d) of such  definition,  subject to the  limitations  set forth therein;
(iii)  clauses (e) and (g) of such  definition,  to the extent such Liens solely
encumber the property subject to the Capital Lease or property so acquired; (iv)
clause  (h) of  such  definition  which  represent  an  extension,  renewal,  or
replacement of a Lien described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e), and which
satisfy the limitations set forth in clause (h) thereof; and (v) the Senior Real
Estate Lien.


<PAGE>

"PERMITTED SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of Borrower or any other
Loan Party,  whether existing on the Closing Date or subsequently  incurred,  in
connection  with the  purchase of  personal  property or the leasing of personal
property pursuant to any Capital Leases.

"PERSON" means any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership, joint venture,
trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any
agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

"PLAN" means any plan  described in ERISA Section 3(2)  maintained for employees
of Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

"PREPARED  FINANCIALS"  means the balance sheets of Parent and its  consolidated
subsidiaries  as of October 28, 1996,  and as of each  subsequent  date on which
audited balance sheets are delivered to Lender from time to time hereunder,  and
the  related  statements  of  operations,  changes in  stockholder's  equity and
changes in cash flow for the periods ended on such dates.

"PROHIBITED TRANSACTION" means any transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA
which is not  exempt by  reason of  Section  408 of ERISA,  and any  transaction
described in Section 4975(c) of the IRC which is not exempt by reason of Section
4975(c)(2) of the IRC.

"PROPOSAL"  means that certain proposal letter of Lender to Parent dated January
9, 1997.

"RECEIVABLE LOANS" has the meaning set forth on the Schedule.

"RECEIVABLES"  means all of Borrower's now owned and hereafter acquired accounts
(whether or not earned by performance), proceeds of any letters of credit naming
Borrower as beneficiary, contract rights, chattel paper, instruments,  documents
and all other forms of obligations at any time owing to Borrower, all guaranties
and other  security  therefor,  whether  secured or unsecured,  all  merchandise
returned to or  repossessed  by Borrower,  and all rights of stoppage in transit
and all other rights or remedies of an unpaid  vendor,  lienor or secured party.
References to the  Receivables  herein shall  include  references to such assets
owned by any other Loan  Party for any  period  during  which,  with  respect to
Parent,  the  Parent  Security  Agreement  remains  in full force and effect and
Lender has a perfected  lien on and security  interest in such  assets,  and for
each of HHC and CASI,  during any period  when such  Person  has  satisfied  all
requirements  to be entitled  to obtain  loans from  Borrower  to Section  14(b)
hereof.

"RENEWAL TERM" has the meaning set forth on the Schedule.


<PAGE>

"RENTAL  RESERVES" shall mean a reserve in an amount equal to three month's rent
with respect to any facility in which any Loan Party shall have Inventory or any
other Collateral located,  and with respect to which no satisfactory  Landlord's
Waiver has been  executed  and  delivered  in favor of Lender by the  applicable
landlord of such  facility,  which  Lender  shall be entitled  to  establish  in
Lender's sole discretion.

"REPORTABLE  EVENT" means a reportable  event described in Section 4043 of ERISA
or the  regulations  thereunder,  a withdrawal  from a Plan described in Section
4063 of ERISA,  or a cessation of  operations  described  in Section  4068(f) of
ERISA.

"REVOLVING  INTEREST  RATE"  shall mean the rate of interest  applicable  to the
Revolving Loans Facility in accordance with Section 3.1 on the Schedule.

"SENIOR  CONTRACTUAL  DEBT SERVICE" means,  for any period,  the sum of payments
made or  required  to be made by any  Loan  Party  during  such  period  for (i)
interest  and  scheduled  principal  payments  due on the Term  Loan  (excluding
voluntary  prepayments  and payments made from  Borrower's  Excess Cash Flow, as
required pursuant to Section 7.7 set forth on the Schedule),  (ii) interest only
payments due on the Revolving Loans Facility plus the Collateral Monitoring Fee,
the  Facility  Fee, and the Unused Line Fee,  and (iii)  principal  and interest
payments due on the Permitted Senior Indebtedness.

"SENIOR  REAL ESTATE  LIEN" means that  certain  Mortgage  with respect to which
Parent is the  "Mortgagor"  and Greenpoint  Mortgage  Corp. is the  "Mortageee,"
securing an Indebtedness in the original  principal amount of $1,000,000,  dated
as of April 4, 1996.


<PAGE>

"STOCK PLEDGE  AGREEMENTS"  means those certain Stock Pledge  Agreements of even
date herewith by and between  Lender and Parent  whereby  Parent  pledges shares
constituting  not less than  ninety-eight  and one-half  percent  (98.5%) of the
Borrower Stock,  one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding  stock
in HHC, and eighty  percent (80%) of the issued and  outstanding  stock in CASI,
respectively, to Lender.

"SUBORDINATED DEBT" and "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" (either of which may be used
interchangeably)  mean  liabilities of Borrower or Parent the repayment of which
is subordinated, to the payment and performance of the Obligations,  pursuant to
a subordination agreement on Lender's standard form.

"SUBORDINATED  LOAN DOCUMENTS" means all of the documents executed and delivered
by Borrower or Parent relating to the Subordinated Debt.

"SUBORDINATING  CREDITORS" shall mean Tinicum Investors,  a general partnership,
Frank Brosens,  Christopher J. Carey, and Plan C LLC, each of whom shall execute
and deliver a Subordination Agreement.

"SUBORDINATION AGREEMENTS" shall mean those certain Subordination and Standstill
Agreements,  in form and substance  satisfactory  to Lender,  to be entered into
between Lender and each holder of any Subordinated Debt.

"TERM INTEREST RATE" shall mean the rate of interest applicable to the Term Loan
in accordance with Section 3.1 on the Schedule.

"TERM LOAN" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 on the Schedule.

"TOTAL CONTRACTUAL DEBT SERVICE" means, for any period, the sum of payments made
(or, as to clause (i) of this  sentence,  required to be made) by any Loan Party
during such period for (i) Senior  Contractual  Debt Service,  and (ii) interest
and scheduled  principal  payments due on any and all other  Indebtedness of any
Loan Party, including without limitation the Subordinated Indebtedness.

"TOTAL FACILITY" has the meaning set forth on the Schedule.

"TRADEMARKS,  LICENSES AND PATENTS"  means all of Borrower's and each other Loan
Party's  right,  title  and  interest  in  and  to:  (i)  trademarks,  trademark
registrations,  trade names,  trade name  registrations,  and trademark or trade
name  applications,  including  without  limitation  such as are  listed  on the
Schedule,  attached  hereto and made a part  hereof,  as the same may be amended
from time to time, and (a) renewals thereof, (b) all income, royalties,  damages
and  payments  now and  hereafter  due  and/or  payable  with  respect  thereto,
including,  without  limitation,   damages  and  payments  for  past  or  future
infringements  thereof,  (c) the  right  to sue for  past,  present  and  future
infringements  thereof,  (d) all rights  corresponding  thereto  throughout  the
world, and (e) the goodwill of the business operated by Assignor  connected with
and  symbolized  by any  trademarks  or trade names;  (ii)  license  agreements,
including without  limitation such as are listed on the Schedule attached hereto
and made a part hereof,  and the right to prepare for sale,  sell, and advertise
for sale any Inventory  now or hereafter  owned by Assignor and now or hereafter
covered by such licenses; and (iii) patents and patent applications,  registered
or pending,  including  without  limitation  such as are listed on the Schedule,
attached hereto, together with all income,  royalties,  shop rights, damages and
payments  thereto,  the right to sue for infringements  thereof,  and all rights
thereto  throughout  the  world  and  all  reissues,  divisions,  continuations,
renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part  thereof, and the goodwill of the
business connected with the use of and symbolized by such patents.


<PAGE>

"UNUSED  LINE  FEE"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in  Section  3.1 on the
Schedule.

18.2 OTHER TERMS. All accounting terms used in this Agreement,  unless otherwise
indicated,  shall  have the  meanings  given to such  terms in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles,  consistently applied. All other terms
contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings
provided by the Code, to the extent such terms are defined therein.

19.      MISCELLANEOUS.

      19.1  RECOURSE TO SECURITY;  CERTAIN  WAIVERS.  All  Obligations  shall be
payable by Borrower as provided for herein and, in full, at the  termination  of
this Agreement;  recourse to security will not be required at any time. Borrower
and each other Loan Party waives  presentment  and protest of any instrument and
notice  thereof,  notice of default and, to the extent  permitted by  applicable
law, all other notices to which Borrower or any other Loan Party might otherwise
be  entitled,  except to the  extent  that  this  Agreement  or the  other  Loan
Documents specifically obligate Lender to provide any such notice.

      19.2 NO WAIVER BY LENDER.  Lender's failure to exercise any right,  remedy
or option under this  Agreement or any  supplement  or other  agreement  between
Lender and Borrower or any other Loan Party or delay by Lender in exercising the
same will not operate as a waiver.  No waiver by Lender will be effective unless
in writing and then only to the extent stated.  No waiver by Lender shall affect
its right to require strict  performance of this Agreement.  Lender's rights and
remedies will be cumulative and not exclusive.

      19.3 BINDING ON SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS.  All terms,  conditions,  promises,
covenants,  provisions  and  warranties  shall  inure to the benefit of and bind
Lender's and Borrower's and each other Loan Party's respective  representatives,
successors and assigns.


<PAGE>

      19.4 SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited
or invalid under  applicable  law, it shall be ineffective  only to such extent,
without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

      19.5 AMENDMENTS;  ASSIGNMENTS. This Agreement may not be modified, altered
or amended,  except by an  agreement  in writing  signed by Borrower and Lender.
Borrower may not sell,  assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, or any portion thereof, including,  without limitation, any
of Borrower's rights, title, interests, remedies, powers and duties hereunder or
thereunder.  Borrower  and each other Loan Party  hereby  consents  to  Lender's
participation,  sale, assignment,  transfer or other disposition, at any time or
times  hereafter,  of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents,  or of
any portion hereof or thereof, including,  without limitation,  Lender's rights,
title,  interests,  remedies,  powers and duties  hereunder  or  thereunder.  In
connection  therewith,  Lender may disclose all documents and information  which
Lender now or hereafter  may have relating to Borrower and each other Loan Party
or the business of any such Person. To the extent that Lender assigns its rights
and obligations  hereunder to a third party, Lender shall thereafter be released
from such assigned  obligations to Borrower and such  assignment  shall effect a
novation between Borrower and such third party.

      19.6 INTEGRATION.  This Agreement,  together with the Schedule (which is a
part hereof) and the other Loan Documents,  reflect the entire  understanding of
the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

      19.7 GOVERNING LAW;  WAIVERS.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN
MADE IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL BE  INTERPRETED  IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF NEW YORK AND NOT THE CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK GOVERNING  CONTRACTS TO BE PERFORMED  ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE.  BORROWER
HEREBY AGREES TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN
THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, STATE OF NEW YORK OR, AT THE SOLE OPTION OF LENDER, IN
ANY OTHER COURT IN WHICH LENDER SHALL  INITIATE  LEGAL OR EQUITABLE  PROCEEDINGS
AND  WHICH HAS  SUBJECT  MATTER  JURISDICTION  OVER THE  MATTER IN  CONTROVERSY.
BORROWER  WAIVES ANY  OBJECTION  OF FORUM NON  CONVENIENS  AND  VENUE.  BORROWER
FURTHER  WAIVES  PERSONAL  SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS  UPON IT, AND CONSENTS
THAT ALL SUCH  SERVICE  OF  PROCESS  BE MADE IN THE  MANNER SET FORTH IN SECTION
19.13 HEREOF FOR THE GIVING OF NOTICE.


<PAGE>

      19.8 SURVIVAL.  All of the  representations and warranties of Borrower and
each other Loan Party  contained in this Agreement  shall survive the execution,
delivery and acceptance thereof by the parties. No termination of this Agreement
or of any  guaranty  of the  Obligations  shall  affect  or impair  the  powers,
obligations,  duties, rights, representations,  warranties or liabilities of the
parties hereto and all shall survive such termination.

      19.9 EVIDENCE OF OBLIGATIONS. Each Obligation may, in Lender's discretion,
be evidenced by notes or other instruments issued or made by Borrower to Lender.
If not so evidenced,  such Obligation  shall be evidenced solely by entries upon
Lender's books and records.

      19.10  COLLATERAL  SECURITY.  The  Obligations  shall  constitute one loan
secured by the  Collateral.  Lender may, in its sole  discretion,  (i) exchange,
enforce,  waive or release  any of the  Collateral,  (ii) apply  Collateral  and
direct the order or manner of sale thereof as it may determine and (iii) settle,
compromise,  collect or otherwise liquidate any Collateral in any manner without
affecting  its  right  to take  any  other  action  with  respect  to any  other
Collateral.

      19.11  APPLICATION  OF  COLLATERAL.  Lender shall have the  continuing and
exclusive  right to apply or reverse and  re-apply  any and all  payments to any
portion of the Obligations in such order and manner as Lender shall determine in
its sole discretion. To the extent that Borrower or any other Loan Party makes a
payment  or Lender  receives  any  payment or  proceeds  of the  Collateral  for
Borrower's benefit which is subsequently invalidated,  declared to be fraudulent
or  preferential,  set aside or  required  to be repaid to a trustee,  debtor in
possession,  receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, common law or
equitable cause,  then, to such extent, the Obligations or part thereof intended
to be satisfied shall be revived and continue as if such payment or proceeds had
not been received by Lender.

      19.12 LOAN REQUESTS. Each oral or written request for a loan by any Person
who purports to be any employee,  officer or authorized  agent of Borrower shall
be made to Lender on or prior to 10:00 a.m., Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  time,
on the Business Day on which the  proceeds  thereof are  requested to be paid to
Borrower and shall be conclusively presumed to be made by a Person authorized by
Borrower to do so and the  crediting of a loan to Borrower's  operating  account
shall conclusively  establish  Borrower's  obligation to repay such loan. Unless
and until Borrower otherwise directs Lender in writing, all loans shall be wired
to Borrower's operating account set forth on the Schedule.


<PAGE>

      19.13  NOTICES.  Any notice  required  hereunder  shall be in writing  and
addressed  to the  Borrower  and  Lender  at their  addresses  set  forth at the
beginning of this Agreement.  Notices  hereunder shall be deemed received on the
earlier of receipt, whether by mail, personal delivery, facsimile, or otherwise,
or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

      19.14  BROKERAGE FEES.  Borrower and each other Loan Party  represents and
warrants  to Lender  that,  with  respect to the  financing  transaction  herein
contemplated,  no Person  other than Brooks,  Houghton,  Inc. is entitled to any
brokerage fee or other commission, and Borrower and each other Loan Party agrees
to indemnify and hold Lender harmless  against any and all such claims,  whether
made by Brooks, Houghton, Inc., or any other Person.

      19.15  DISCLOSURE.  No  representation or warranty made by Borrower or any
other Loan  Party in this  Agreement,  or in any  financial  statement,  report,
certificate or any other document furnished in connection  herewith contains any
untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omits  to state  any  material  fact
necessary to make the statements  herein or therein not misleading.  There is no
fact known to  Borrower  or any other Loan Party or which  reasonably  should be
known to  Borrower  or any other Loan Party  which  Borrower  or such other Loan
Party has not  disclosed to Lender in writing  with respect to the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  which  materially  and  adversely  affects the
business, assets,  operations,  prospects or condition (financial or otherwise),
of Borrower or any other Loan Party.

      19.16 PUBLICITY.  Lender is hereby  authorized to issue  appropriate press
releases and to cause a tombstone to be published announcing the consummation of
this transaction and the aggregate amount thereof.

      19.17 CAPTIONS. The Section titles contained in this Agreement are without
substantive meaning and are not part of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

      19.18 INJUNCTIVE RELIEF.  Borrower  recognizes that, in the event Borrower
fails to  perform,  observe  or  discharge  any of its  Obligations  under  this
Agreement,  any  remedy at law may  prove to be  inadequate  relief  to  Lender.
Therefore,  Lender,  if it so  requests,  shall be  entitled  to  temporary  and
permanent  injunctive  relief in any such case without the  necessity of proving
actual damages.

      19.19 COUNTERPARTS; FACSIMILE EXECUTION. This Agreement may be executed in
one or more counterparts,  each of which taken together shall constitute one and
the  same  instrument,   admissible  into  evidence.  Delivery  of  an  executed
counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile  shall be equally as effective as
delivery  of a  manually  executed  counterpart  of this  Agreement.  Any  party
delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile shall also
deliver a manually  executed  counterpart of this Agreement,  but the failure to
deliver  a  manually  executed   counterpart  shall  not  affect  the  validity,
enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement.

      19.20  CONSTRUCTION.  The  parties  acknowledge  that  each  party and its
counsel have reviewed this Agreement and that the normal rule of construction to
the effect that any  ambiguities  are to be resolved  against the drafting party
shall not be employed in the  interpretation of this Agreement or any amendments
or exhibits hereto.

      19.21 TIME OF  ESSENCE.  Time is of the  essence  for the  performance  by
Borrower of the Obligations set forth in this Agreement.

      19.22  LIMITATION OF ACTIONS.  Borrower  agrees that any claim or cause of
action by  Borrower  against  Lender,  or any of Lender's  directors,  officers,
employees,  agents,  accountants  or  attorneys,  based upon,  arising  from, or
relating to this  Agreement,  or any other present or future  agreement,  or any
other transaction  contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto,
or any other matter,  cause or thing whatsoever,  whether or not relating hereto
or thereto,  occurred,  done,  omitted or  suffered to be done by Lender,  or by
Lender's  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,  accountants  or attorneys,
whether  sounding in contract or in tort or  otherwise,  shall be barred  unless
asserted by Borrower by the  commencement  of an action or proceeding in a court
of competent jurisdiction by the filing of a complaint within one year after the
first act,  occurrence or omission upon which such claim or cause of action,  or
any part thereof,  is based and service of a summons and complaint on an officer
of Lender or any other person  authorized to accept service of process on behalf
of Lender, within 30 days thereafter.  Borrower agrees that such one-year period
of time is a reasonable  and sufficient  time for a Borrower to investigate  and
act upon any such claim or cause of action.  The one-year period provided herein
shall not be waived,  tolled, or extended except by a specific written agreement
of Lender.  This provision  shall survive any termination of this Loan Agreement
or any other agreement.

      19.23  LIABILITY.  Neither Lender nor any Lender Affiliate shall be liable
for any indirect,  special,  incidental or  consequential  damages in connection
with any breach of contract,  tort or other wrong  relating to this Agreement or
the  Obligations  or the  establishment,  administration  or collection  thereof
(including   without   limitation   damages  for  loss  of   profits,   business
interruption,   and  the  like),   whether  such  damages  are   foreseeable  or
unforeseeable,  even if  Lender  has been  advised  of the  possibility  of such
damages.  Neither  Lender,  nor any  Lender  Affiliate  shall be liable  for any
claims,  demands,  losses or damages,  of any kind  whatsoever,  made,  claimed,
incurred or suffered by the Borrower through the ordinary  negligence of Lender,
or any Lender  Affiliate.  "Lender  Affiliate"  shall mean  Lender's  directors,
officers, employees, agents, attorneys and any other person or entity affiliated
with or representing Lender.


<PAGE>

      19.24 NOTICE OF BREACH BY LENDER.  Borrower  agrees to give Lender written
notice of (i) any  action or  inaction  by Lender or any  attorney  of Lender in
connection with any Loan Documents that may be actionable  against Lender or any
attorney of Lender or (ii) any defense to the payment of the Obligations for any
reason,  including, but not limited to, commission of a tort or violation of any
contractual duty or duty implied by law. Borrower agrees that unless such notice
is fully  given as promptly as  possible  (and in any event  within  thirty (30)
days) after Borrower has knowledge, or with the exercise of reasonable diligence
should have had  knowledge,  of any such action,  inaction or defense,  Borrower
shall not assert,  and  Borrower  shall be deemed to have  waived,  any claim or
defense arising therefrom.

      19.25 APPLICATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  The net proceeds of any casualty
insurance  insuring  the  Collateral,  after  deducting  all costs and  expenses
(including attorneys' fees) of collection, shall be applied, at Lender's option,
either toward  replacing or restoring the  Collateral,  in a manner and on terms
satisfactory  to Lender,  or toward  payment of the  Obligations.  Any  proceeds
applied to the payment of Obligations  shall be applied in such manner as Lender
may elect. In no event shall such  application  relieve Borrower from payment in
full of all installments of principal and interest which  thereafter  become due
in the order of maturity thereof.

      19.26  MUTUAL  WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY  TRIAL.  LENDER AND  BORROWER  EACH
HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING  BASED UPON,
ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO: (I) THIS AGREEMENT; OR (II) ANY OTHER
PRESENT OR FUTURE INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER;  OR (III)
ANY CONDUCT,  ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF LENDER OR BORROWER OR ANY OF THEIR DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS,  EMPLOYEES,  AGENTS,  ATTORNEYS OR ANY OTHER PERSONS  AFFILIATED  WITH
LENDER OR BORROWER; IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT
OR TORT OR OTHERWISE.


<PAGE>

   BORROWER:

            DATATEC INDUSTRIES INC., A NEW JERSEY CORPORATION


            BY /S/ JAMES C. CACI
              -------------------------------------------------

   LENDER:

            FINOVA CAPITAL CORPORATION, A DELAWARE CORPORATION


            BY /S/ T. HORAK
              -------------------------------------------------
            TITLE VICE PRESIDENT

To the extent the foregoing Loan Agreement contains  provisions which purport to
extend to and bind any of the other Loan Parties,  the undersigned  hereby adopt
and agree to be bound by the terms and  provisions of this Loan  Agreement,  and
hereby make and deliver all representations,  warranties, and covenants in favor
of Lender which by their terms extend to the Loan Parties or any of them.

            GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION


            BY /S/ JAMES C. CACI
              -------------------------------------------------



            HH COMMUNICATIONS, INC., AN ILLINOIS CORPORATION


            BY /S/ JAMES C. CACI
              -------------------------------------------------



            COMPUTED-AIDED SOFTWARE INTEGRATION, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION


            BY 
              -------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

FINOVA
                                   SCHEDULE TO
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

BORROWER:                           DATATEC INDUSTRIES INC.

ADDRESS:                            23 MADISON ROAD
                                    FAIRFIELD, NEW JERSEY  07004

DATE:                               MARCH 17, 1997

This Schedule forms an integral part of the Loan and Security  Agreement between
the above Borrower and FINOVA Capital  Corporation dated the above date, and all
references  herein and therein to "this  Agreement"  shall be deemed to refer to
said Agreement and to this Schedule.



================================================================================
TOTAL FACILITY (SECTION 1.1):

                                 $17,000,000.00



================================================================================
LOANS (SECTION 1.2):

         REVOLVING LOANS: A revolving line of credit consisting of loans against
Borrower's  Eligible  Receivables  ("Receivable  Loans") and against  Borrower's
Eligible  Inventory  ("Inventory  Loans")  (collectively,  the "Revolving  Loans
Facility") in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the lesser
of:

         (a) Fifteen Million  Dollars  ($15,000,000.00)  (the "Maximum  Amount")
MINUS an  amount  equal to the  NJEDA  Reserve,  MINUS  an  amount  equal to the
Inventory  Finance Reserve,  MINUS an amount equal to the Rental Reserve and any
other reserves established by Lender in accordance with this Agreement; or

         (b) the sum of:

         (i) an amount equal to  eighty-five  percent (85%) of the net amount of
         the Eligible Receivables; plus

<PAGE>

         (ii) a revolving line of credit consisting of loans against  Borrower's
         Eligible Inventory in an aggregate  outstanding principal amount not to
         exceed the lesser of:

              (a)  fifty  percent  (50%)  of the  value of  Borrower's  Eligible
              Inventory,  calculated  at the  lower  of  cost  (determined  on a
              first-in, first-out basis) or market, or


              (b) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00) (the
              "Inventory Sublimit"); minus

         (iii) the NJEDA Reserve; minus

         (iv) the Inventory Finance Reserve; minus

         (v) the Rental Reserve and any other reserves established in accordance
with this Agreement.

         TERM LOAN:  Lender  shall make a term loan in the amount of  $2,000,000
(the "Term Loan"),  subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth herein.  The
Term Loan shall be amortized  on a modified  mortgage  amortization  style (with
roughly  equal  payments  of  principal  and  interest  coming  due on the first
Business Day of each month,  subject to  adjustment to reflect the actual number
of days in the preceding month for which interest is being  charged),  amortized
over a five year term, with a three year maturity.  The Note will provide for 36
full monthly  installments  of principal and interest,  and a balloon payment at
the time of the 36th monthly  installment  thereunder (the "Maturity Date"). All
payments  of  principal  and  interest  with  respect  to the Term Loan shall be
payable  monthly  in  arrears.  In the event the  Revolving  Loans  Facility  is
terminated  prior to the Maturity  Date, the entire balance owing under the Term
Loan, if any, will also be due and payable  concurrently with the termination of
the Revolving Loans Facility.


================================================================================
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT (SECTION 2.1):

        The  obligation  of  Lender to make the  initial  advance  hereunder  is
subject to the fulfillment,  to the  satisfaction of Lender and its counsel,  of
each of the following  conditions,  in addition to the  conditions  set forth in
Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above:

        (A) EXCESS  AVAILABILITY.  Borrower shall have Excess Availability under
the Revolving Loans Facility of not less than $750,000,  after (i) giving effect
to the  initial  advance  hereunder,  and (ii)  having  taken into  account  any
applicable  reserves against  borrowing  availability  under the Revolving Loans
Facility.

        (B) SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENTS.  Lender and each  Subordinating  Creditor
shall  have  entered  into a  Subordination  Agreement,  in form  and  substance
satisfactory to Lender.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  each
Subordinating  Creditor  shall enter into one or more  Subordination  Agreements
with Lender, in form and substance  satisfactory to Lender,  providing that such
Subordinating  Creditor's right to payments in respect of the Subordinated  Debt
shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Loan.

        (C) STOCK  PLEDGE.  Parent shall have  executed and  delivered the Stock
Pledge Agreements, pledging in favor of Lender all issued and outstanding common
capital stock of Borrower,  HHC and CASI which is owned by Parent.  Lender shall
be in possession on the Closing Date of original stock  certificates  evidencing
the shares of Borrower  Stock,  HHC Stock,  and CASI Stock so pledged to Lender,
and of Stock Powers and Assignments Apart from Certificate, executed in blank by
Parent, with respect to all such shares.


<PAGE>

        (D) EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENTS.  If required by Lender prior to the Closing,
Borrower  and  Parent  shall  enter  into  employment  agreements,  in form  and
substance  satisfactory to Lender,  with designated key employees of Borrower or
Parent.

        (E) SEARCHES AND REFERENCES. Lender shall have received and approved the
results  of  UCC,  tax  lien,  litigation,  judgment,  and  bankruptcy  searches
regarding  Borrower,  Parent,  HHC and  CASI  and  such  members  of the  senior
management of Borrower and Parent as shall be selected by Lender, and shall have
received satisfactory customer,  vendor and credit reference checks on Borrower,
Parent,  HHC and CASI.  In  addition,  Lender shall have  received  satisfactory
customer,  vendor,  credit  reference and  background  checks on such members of
Borrower's or Parent's senior management as deemed necessary by Lender.

        (F) PRIORITY OF LIEN.  Lender shall be satisfied  that, upon the Closing
of the Loans,  Lender shall be the senior in priority (subject only to Permitted
Prior  Encumbrances) and, subject to the Permitted  Encumbrances,  only secured,
lender with respect to the assets of Borrower,  Parent, and each of HHC and CASI
(with  the lien in favor of  Lender,  as to the  assets of each of HHC and CASI,
being by assignment of the lien granted in favor of Borrower pursuant to Section
14(b) of the Loan Agreement).

        (G) NO ADVERSE CHANGES.  Prior to the Closing, there shall have occurred
no material adverse change in the financial  condition of Borrower and the other
Loan  Parties  taken as a whole  from that shown on the  consolidated  financial
statements  for Parent dated as of October 28, 1996,  other than any such change
reflected in  anticipated  financial  results for the quarter  ended January 31,
1997, which anticipated results have previously been disclosed to Lender. At the
Closing,  each  Guarantor  shall  deliver to Lender an  officer's  certification
confirming  that such Person is unaware of the  existence  of any such  material
adverse change in its financial condition.

        (H) INSURANCE.  Prior to Closing, there shall be in effect such casualty
and hazard insurance,  business interruption,  product and public liability, and
other forms of insurance  as may be required by Lender,  written by insurers and
in forms and amounts satisfactory to Lender.

        (I) NON-RECURRING  EXPENSES.  Borrower and Parent have represented that,
based  upon  information  provided  by Parent  and  Borrower,  certain  expenses
incurred  by Parent and  Borrower  will not be  relevant  to the  operations  of
Borrower or Parent following the Closing (such expenses being referred to herein
as the  "Non-recurring  Expenses").  Lender shall have  reviewed and approved an
analysis of the  Non-recurring  Expenses,  to be performed prior to the Closing,
which shall provide evidence  satisfactory to Lender  confirming that the actual
amounts of such Non-recurring  Expenses are as previously represented to Lender,
and further  addressing the basis for concluding that such expenses shall not be
necessary to be incurred by Borrower or Parent in the future.  Without  limiting
the generality of the  foregoing,  the minimum level of  Non-recurring  Expenses
established  by the  report  of such  accounting  firm  must  not be  less  than
$12,000,000.


        (J) MATERIAL  AGREEMENTS.  Lender  shall have  reviewed and approved all
material agreements to which Borrower or any other Loan Party is a party.

        (K)  PROJECTIONS.  Borrower shall submit cash flow  projections  and pro
forma  balance  sheet with  adjusting  entries  (i)  showing  that the  proposed
financing will provide  sufficient  funds for the Borrower's and each other Loan
Party's  projected working capital needs, (ii) showing that Borrower will have a
tangible  net worth in a minimum  amount to be  considered  solvent  immediately
following the Closing of the Loan, and (iii) showing: (1) that the Borrower will
have reasonably sufficient capital


<PAGE>

for the  conduct  of its  business  following  initial  funds,  and (2) that the
Borrower  will not incur  debts  beyond  its  ability  to pay such debts as they
mature.

         (L) OPINIONS.  To the extent any persons  other than Borrower  shall be
parties  to  the  Loan  Documents,  including  without  limitation  each  of the
Guarantors,  Lender  reserves  the right to  require  satisfactory  opinions  of
counsel for each such person  concerning the proper  organization of such person
and the due authorization,  execution,  delivery,  enforceability,  validity and
binding effect of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party.  Each such
opinion  of counsel  shall  confirm,  to the  satisfaction  of Lender,  that the
opinion is being delivered to Lender at the instruction of the party represented
by such counsel,  that Lender is entitled to rely on such opinion,  and that for
purposes  of such  reliance  Lender is deemed to be in privity  with the opining
counsel.

         (M) ADA  COMPLIANCE.  As of the  Closing,  Borrower and each other Loan
Party shall be in compliance  with the Americans with  Disabilities  Act of 1990
("ADA"),  or,  if any  renovations  of  Borrower's  or any  other  Loan  Party's
facilities or modifications  of Borrower's or any other Loan Party's  employment
practices  shall be required to bring them into  compliance with the ADA, review
and approval by Lender of Borrower's or such other Loan Party's proposed plan to
come into such  compliance.  Borrower  and each other Loan Party  shall  deliver
representations  and  warranties to Lender  concerning  Borrower's or such other
Loan Party's  compliance  with the ADA,  and no evidence  shall have come to the
attention of Lender  indicating  that Borrower or any other Loan Party is not in
compliance  with the ADA  (except to the extent  that  Lender has  reviewed  and
approved Borrower's or such other Loan Party's plan to come into compliance).

         Borrower shall cause the conditions  precedent set forth in Section 2.1
of this  Agreement  and set forth above in this  Schedule to be  satisfied on or
before March 31, 1997.


================================================================================
INTEREST AND FEES (SECTION 3.1):



         REVOLVING  INTEREST  RATE.  Borrower  shall pay Lender  interest on the
daily outstanding balance of the Revolving Loans Facility at a per annum rate of
three-quarters  of one percent  (0.75%) in excess of the Base Rate. The interest
rate chargeable  hereunder shall be increased or decreased,  as the case may be,
without notice or demand of any kind, upon the announcement of any change in the
Base Rate.  Each  change in the Base Rate shall be  effective  hereunder  on the
first day following the  announcement of such change.  Interest  charges and all
other fees and  charges  herein  shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360
days and  actual  days  elapsed  and will be payable to Lender in arrears on the
first day of each month.

         TERM INTEREST RATE. The Term Loan shall bear interest at either a fixed
rate per annum or a variable rate per annum, to be selected by Borrower no later
than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing.  In the event Borrower  elects
that the Term  Interest  Rate  throughout  the term of the Loan shall be a fixed
rate of interest,  the Term  Interest  Rate shall be equal to the per annum rate
offered on a  three-year  U.S.  Treasury  Note in effect as of five (5) Business
Days prior to the  Closing  plus four and  one-half  percent  (4.50%).  The rate
offered on a three-year  U.S.  Treasury  Note shall be defined as the rate shown
under the column  heading "Ask Yld." for "Govt.  Bonds & Notes" in the "Treasury
Bonds,  Notes & Bills"  Section  of THE WALL  STREET  JOURNAL - Western  Edition
published on the fifth Business Day prior to the Closing for the government bond
or note with a maturity date in the same month and year as

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

the Maturity Date, or, if there are more than one government bonds or notes with
a maturity date in the same month and year as the Maturity  Date, the highest of
the rates shown in the "Ask Yld." column for any such bond or note, or, if there
is no government bond or note with a maturity date in the same month and year as
the Maturity Date, the average  (rounded to the next highest basis point) of the
rates  shown in the  "Ask  Yld."  column  for the  bonds or notes in the  months
preceding and following the month in which the Maturity Date falls. In the event
the Borrower  elects that the Term Interest Rate throughout the term of the Loan
shall be a variable  rate of interest,  the Term Interest Rate shall be equal to
the Base Rate plus one and  one-half  percent  (1.5%).  Changes in the Base Rate
shall take  effect in the Term  Interest  Rate  immediately.  Interest  shall be
calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year and charged for the actual  number of
days elapsed.

         COLLATERAL  MONITORING  FEE. At the closing of this  transaction and on
the first  Business Day of each month  thereafter,  Borrower  shall pay Lender a
Collateral  Monitoring Fee of One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars  ($1,500.00) per
month, which shall be deemed fully earned at the time of each payment.

         CLOSING FEE. At the closing of this transaction,  Borrower shall pay to
Lender  a  Closing  Fee in an  amount  equal  to One  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
($100,000), which shall be deemed fully earned at Closing.

         FACILITY  FEE.  Borrower  shall pay to Lender a  Facility  Fee equal to
one-quarter  of one  percent  (0.25%)  per  annum  of the  amount  of the  Total
Facility.  The  Facility  Fee shall be deemed  fully  earned at the time of each
payment  and  shall be due and  payable  annually,  commencing  upon  the  first
anniversary  of the Closing Date and continuing on each  subsequent  anniversary
thereof.

         UNUSED LINE FEE.  Borrower shall pay to Lender an Unused Line Fee equal
to  one-quarter of one percent  (0.25%) per annum of the difference  between the
Maximum Amount and the average daily outstanding  balance of the Revolving Loans
Facility, calculated on a quarterly basis, with payment due quarterly commencing
May 1, 1997 for the partial  quarter  from the Closing  Date  through  April 30,
1997,  and  thereafter  on the  first  Business  Day of  each  quarter  for  the
immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

         EXAMINATION  FEES.  Borrower agrees to pay to Lender an Examination Fee
in the amount of Five Hundred  Dollars  ($500.00) per day, per auditor (plus all
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by Lender and/or such  auditors) in connection
with each audit or examination of Borrower or of any other Loan Party  performed
by Lender prior to or after the date hereof.  Without limiting the generality of
the  foregoing,  Borrower shall pay to Lender an initial  Examination  Fee in an
amount  equal to $500 per day,  per  auditor  (plus all  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred by Lender and/or such auditors) for examinations conducted prior to the
Closing Date.  Such initial  Examination Fee shall be deemed fully earned at the
time of payment and due and payable  upon the closing of this  transaction,  and
shall be deducted  from any good faith  deposit paid by Borrower to Lender prior
to the date of this Agreement.

================================================================================
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS (SECTION 5.2):

         Monthly agings of accounts receivable (aged by invoice date),  listings
of  concentrated  accounts,  and  reconciliations  of accounts  receivable,  and
monthly agings of accounts  payable (aged by invoice date),  and  outstanding or
held check  registers shall be submitted to Lender by the 10th day following the
end of each month; the results of perpetual inventories shall be submitted on or
before the 15th

                                       5

<PAGE>

day following the end of each month; and monthly  internally  prepared financial
statements  shall be  submitted on or before the 30th day  following  the end of
each month. Annual audited financial statements,  prepared by a certified public
accounting firm acceptable to Lender,  and containing an unqualified  opinion of
such  accountants,  shall be provided  within 90 days  following the end of each
fiscal year. In addition to the foregoing,  Borrower's  outside certified public
accounting   firm  shall  deliver  to  Lender  a  letter  on  an  annual  basis,
concurrently with the delivery of Borrower's (or Parent's  consolidated)  annual
audited  financial  statements,  certifying  that the calculation of Excess Cash
Flow,  Operating  Cash  Flow/Actual,   Operating  Cash  Flow/Permitted,   Senior
Contractual Debt Service,  and Total Contractual Debt Service have been prepared
in accordance  with the  requirements  of this  Agreement,  and that the various
calculations  necessary to determine compliance with the Financial Covenants set
forth in Section 13.14 of this Agreement  have been computed in accordance  with
the  requirements  of this  Agreement.  Borrower  shall also  deliver to Lender,
within three (3) Business Days  following the date any such report is filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange  Commission,  a copy of all reports filed by or
on behalf of Parent. On an annual basis, within 30 days prior to the end of each
fiscal year,  Borrower shall provide annual operating budgets  (including income
statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month), for the upcoming
fiscal year. All reports or financial  statements submitted by Borrower shall be
in reasonable  detail and shall be certified by the principal  financial officer
of Borrower as being complete and correct.


================================================================================
BORROWER AND LOAN PARTY INFORMATION:


         BORROWER.

         State of Incorporation (Section 12.1): New Jersey

         Fictitious Names/Prior Corporate  Names/Surviving  Corporation (Section
         12.2):

               Prior Corporate Names: Titronix Corp., Tytronix Corporation

               Fictitious Names:  Datatec Systems, Inc.

               Company Merged, Consolidated, or whose Assets All Acquired:

                        Merger  of  Computer   Installations   Inc.,  a  Georgia
                        corporation  with and into Tytronix  Corporation,  a New
                        Jersey  corporation  as  of  April  23,  1992  (name  of
                        surviving entity changed to Datatec Industries Inc.)

      Borrower Locations (Section 12.16):

      PARENT.

      State of Incorporation (Section 12.1):                Delaware

      Fictitious  Names/Prior  Corporate  Names/Surviving  Corporation  (Section
      12.2):

         Prior Corporate Names: Sellectek Incorporated

         Fictitious Names: Glasgal Communications of New Jersey, Inc.

         Company Merged, Consolidated, or whose Assets All Acquired:

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

                        Merger of  Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.,  a New Jersey
                        corporation  with and  into  Sellectek  Incorporated,  a
                        California   corporation   as  of  May,  1994  (name  of
                        surviving  entity  changed  to  Glasgal  Communications,
                        Inc.)

                        Merger of Glasgal  Communications,  Inc.,  a  California
                        corporation with and into Glasgal Communications,  Inc.,
                        a Delaware corporation as of January 25, 1996.

      Parent Locations (Section 12.16):

      HHC.

      State of Incorporation (Section 12.1):                Illinois

      Fictitious  Names/Prior  Corporate  Names/Surviving  Corporation  (Section
      12.2):

         Prior Corporate Names: Hamilton and Herzog Sales, Inc.

               Fictitious Names:  N/A

               Company Merged, Consolidated, or whose Assets All Acquired:  N/A

      HHC Locations (Section 12.16):

      CASI.

      State of Incorporation (Section 12.1):               Delaware

      Fictitious  Names/Prior  Corporate  Names/Surviving  Corporation  (Section
      12.2):

               Prior Corporate Names:  N/A

               Fictitious Names:  N/A

               Company Merged, Consolidated, or whose Assets All Acquired:  N/A

      CASI Locations (Section 12.16):


Permitted Encumbrances (Section 18.1):          Shall mean:

         (a) liens, mortgages and other security interests (collectively herein,
"Liens")  incurred  and  pledges and  deposits  made in the  ordinary  course of
business in connection  with  workmen's  compensation,  unemployment  insurance,
old-age pensions and other social security benefits;

         (b)  Liens  imposed  by  law,   such  as   carriers',   warehousemen's,
mechanics',  materialmen's  and  vendors'  liens,  incurred in good faith in the
ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not overdue for a
period of ten (10) days or more or which are being  contested  in good  faith by
appropriate  proceedings as to which the Borrower or another Loan Party,  as the
case may be, to the extent required by generally accepted accounting  principles
applied  on a  consistent  basis,  shall  have set aside on its  books  adequate
reserves therefor;

         (c) Liens securing the payment of taxes,  assessments and  governmental
charges or levies,  either (i) not  delinquent  or (ii) being  contested in good
faith by appropriate  legal or  administrative  proceedings  and as to which the
Borrower or another  Loan Party,  as the case may be, to the extent  required by
generally  accepted  accounting  principles applied on a consistent basis, shall
have set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor;
                                      -7-

<PAGE>

         (d) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, provisions,
covenants,  conditions,  waivers,  restrictions  on the use of property or minor
irregularities  of  title  (and  with  respect  to  leasehold  interests,  Liens
incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist by, through or under a landlord
or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee) which do
not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or assets
affected  thereby or  materially  impair the use thereof in the operation of any
Loan Party's business;

         (e) Liens  consisting of Capital Leases which,  together with the Liens
described in clause (g) hereof,  shall be in an aggregate  principal amount from
time to time outstanding not in excess of $1,200,000;

         (f) any judgment  lien unless,  within thirty (30) days after the entry
thereof,  the judgment secured thereby shall not have been discharged,  vacated,
reversed or execution  thereof  shall not have been stayed  pending  appeal,  or
shall not have been  discharged,  vacated or  reversed  within  thirty (30) days
after expiration of any such stay;

         (g) purchase  money Liens upon or in any  property  acquired or held by
the Borrower or any Loan Party to secure the purchase  price of such property or
to  secure  Indebtedness  incurred  solely  for the  purpose  of  financing  the
acquisition of such property,  or Liens existing on such property at the time of
its acquisition,  PROVIDED that (x) such Liens are incurred,  created or assumed
contemporaneously  with the acquisition of such property by the Borrower or such
Loan Party,  (y) such Liens do not encumber any property other than the property
so  acquired,  and  (z)  the  aggregate  principal  amount  from  time  to  time
outstanding of all Liens  described by this clause (g),  together with all Liens
described in clause (e) hereof, shall not exceed $1,200,000; and

         (h)  extensions,  renewals  and  replacements  of Liens  referred to in
paragraphs (a) through (f) above; PROVIDED that (x) any such extension,  renewal
or  replacement  Lien shall be limited to the property or assets  covered by the
Lien  extended,  renewed or replaced,  (y) the  obligations  secured by any such
extension,  renewal or  replacement  Lien shall be  limited to the  property  or
assets  covered  by  the  Lien  extended,  renewed  or  replaced,  and  (z)  the
obligations secured by any such extension,  renewal or replacement Lien shall be
in an amount not greater than the amount of the obligations  secured by the Lien
extended, renewed or replaced.

         Attached  hereto as EXHIBIT 18.1 is a list of UCC financing  statements
of record  which  reflect  various  Permitted  Encumbrances  existing  as of the
Closing Date as described by clauses (e) and (g) of the foregoing definition.


================================================================================
FINANCIAL COVENANTS  (SECTION 13.14):


         Borrower shall comply with all of the following  covenants.  Compliance
shall  be  determined  as of the  end  of  each  quarter,  except  as  otherwise
specifically provided below:

                                      -8-

<PAGE>


                             Senior Debt Service COVERAGE RATIO.  Operating Cash
                             Flow/Actual  must be at least 1.40 times the amount
                             necessary to meet Senior  Contractual  Debt Service
                             at all times  throughout  the term of the Loan. The
                             foregoing   covenant  shall  be  tested  quarterly,
                             simultaneously  with  the  delivery  of  Borrower's
                             corresponding    financial   information   required
                             hereunder,  commencing  April 30, 1997. Each of the
                             tests  conducted at the end of April,  1997,  July,
                             1997, October,  1997, and January, 1998 shall cover
                             the period from the Closing Date through the end of
                             the relevant quarter.  Commencing with the test for
                             April 30, 1998, and thereafter  throughout the term
                             of the Loan, the foregoing covenant shall be tested
                             quarterly, on a rolling twelve (12) month basis.

Total Debt Service
COVERAGE RATIO.              Operating  Cash  Flow/Actual  must be at least 1.28
                             times   the   amount   necessary   to  meet   Total
                             Contractual  Debt  Service at all times  throughout
                             the term of the Loan. The foregoing  covenant shall
                             be  tested  simultaneously  with,  and in the  same
                             manner  as,  the  senior  debt   service   coverage
                             covenant set forth in the preceding paragraph.

EBITDA.                      Borrower shall maintain EBITDA,  tested  quarterly,
                             of not  less  than  the  amount  set  forth  in the
                             following table:


                                  PERIOD                 EBITDA
                                  ------                 ------

                                  2/1/97 - 4/30/97       $  800,000
                                  2/1/97 - 7/31/97       $1,850,000
                                  2/1/97 - 10/31/97      $2,840,000
                                  2/1/97 - 1/31/98       $2,990,000
                                  5/1/97 - 4/30/98       $4,000,000
                                  Every trailing
                                  12 month period
                                  thereafter             $4,000,000

================================================================================
NEGATIVE COVENANTS (SECTION 14):

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:  Borrower  and each  other  Loan  Party  shall not make or
                       incur any Capital  Expenditure  if, after  giving  effect
                       thereto, the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures
                       by Borrower and all other Loan Parties in any fiscal year
                       would exceed, without Lender's prior written consent, the
                       sum of (a)  $1,200,000  and (b) the  amount  expended  by
                       Borrower  and  all  other  Loan  Parties  from  insurance
                       proceeds  for the repair or  replacement  of any property
                       damaged or destroyed in casualty.


COMPENSATION:          Borrower  and  Parent  shall not pay total  compensation,
                       including   salaries,    withdrawals,    fees,   bonuses,
                       commissions,   drawing   accounts   and  other   payments
                       (including  automobile  allowances),  whether directly or
                       indirectly, in money or otherwise, during any fiscal year
                       to all of Borrower's  and Parent's  executives,  officers
                       and directors (or any relative  thereof) in excess of the
                       amounts   provided  for  in  those   certain   Employment
                       Agreements  described in the following  table,  copies of
                       each of which have been delivered to Lender:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                   DATE OF
                       EMPLOYEE               EMPLOYER     OFFICE                 AGREEMENT
                       --------               --------     ------                 ---------

<S>                    <C>                     <C>         <C>                    <C>
                       Ralph Glasgal           Parent      Chairman of the        December 31, 1996
                                                           Board and
                                                           President
</TABLE>

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                    <C>                     <C>         <C>                    <C>
                       Isaac J. Gaon            Parent     Chief Executive        October 31, 1996
                                                           Officer
                       Christopher J. Carey     Parent     President and Chief    November 1, 1996
                                                           Executive
                                                           Officer (Datatec)
                       Raymond Koch             Parent     Executive Vice         November 1, 1996
                                                           President and
                                                           Chief Operating
                                                           Officer
                                                           (Datatec)
                       Robert F. Gadd, IV       Parent     Senior Vice Pres.      December 31, 1996
                       James M. Caci            Parent     Vice President         October 31, 1996
                                                            - Finance,
                                                           Chief Financial
                                                           Officer,
                                                           Secretary and
                                                           Treasurer
                       Steven Grubner           HHC        President               July 31, 1996
                       Mark Herzog              HHC        Vice President          July 31, 1996
                       George Terlizzi          HHC        Vice President          July 31, 1996
                       Frank Frazel             HHC        Vice President          July 31, 1996
                       David H. Tobey           CASI       President and Chief     April 24, 1996
                                                           Executive
                                                           Officer

</TABLE>

                       In no event shall  Borrower or Parent be permitted to pay
                       any bonuses,  incentive  compensation,  or other forms of
                       discretionary    compensation   or    remuneration    (as
                       distinguished  from  a  normal  base  salary)  to  any of
                       Borrower's or Parent's executives, officers, or directors
                       (or any relative  thereof),  including without limitation
                       any forms of discretionary  compensation  provided for in
                       the above-referenced  Employment Agreements,  at any time
                       when any of the  following  events have  occurred and are
                       continuing,  and until such events have either been cured
                       or waived by Lender: (i) failure of Borrower to have paid
                       when due any  Indebtedness or any other  Obligation owing
                       from  Borrower  to Lender,  regardless  of  whether  such
                       indebtedness became due by lapse of time,  declaration of
                       acceleration,  or otherwise; (ii) any failure of Borrower
                       to satisfy the  "Financial  Covenants" for any period set
                       forth in Section 13.14 of this Agreement and the Schedule
                       hereto  (such  restrictions  to apply only until the next
                       period   that   Borrower    satisfies   such   "Financial
                       Covenants");   (iii)  at  any  time   when  any   monthly
                       internally   prepared  financial   statements  or  annual
                       audited  financial  statements  of Borrower have not been
                       provided by the time such  statements  are required to be
                       delivered  to Lender in  accordance  with  Section 5.2 of
                       this  Agreement;  and (iv) upon the occurrence and during
                       the  continuance of any other Event of Default under this
                       Agreement  as to which  Lender  has  delivered  a written
                       notice to Borrower  declaring  such  occurrence  to be an
                       Event of Default hereunder.


INDEBTEDNESS:          Borrower  shall not  create,  incur,  assume or permit to
                       exist any  Indebtedness,  nor shall  Borrower  permit any
                       other Loan Party to  create,  incur,  assume or permit to
                       exist any  Indebtedness,  other than (i) the Obligations,
                       (ii) trade payables and other contractual  obligations to
                       suppliers and customers  incurred in the ordinary  course
                       of business,  (iii)  Indebtedness  incurred in connection
                       with the making of Capital  Expenditures  by Borrower and
                       all  other  Loan  Parties,  provided  that the  principal
                       amount of such  Indebtedness  incurred  during any fiscal
                       year of  Borrower  and all other Loan  Parties  shall not
                       exceed    $1,200,000,    (iv)   that   certain   existing
                       Indebtedness  which will continue in force  following the
                       Closing, a listing of which is attached hereto as EXHIBIT
                       14(K),  and (v) other  Indebtedness  to the  extent  such
                       Indebtedness  is  secured  by  a  Permitted   Encumbrance
                       hereunder.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>


================================================================================
TERM (SECTION 16.1):

                       The  initial  term of this  Agreement  shall be three (3)
                       years from the date hereof (the "Initial Term") and shall
                       be  automatically  renewed  upon the mutual  agreement of
                       Lender and  Borrower  for  successive  periods of one (1)
                       year  each  (each,  a  "Renewal  Term"),  unless  earlier
                       terminated  as  provided  in  Section  16 or 17  above or
                       elsewhere in this Agreement.


================================================================================
TERMINATION FEE (SECTION 16.4):

                       (A)  REVOLVING  LOANS   FACILITY.   The  Termination  Fee
                       applicable to the Revolving  Loans Facility  provided for
                       in Section 16.4 shall be an amount equal to the following
                       percentage  of the average daily  outstanding  balance of
                       the  Obligations  thereunder  for the 180-day  period (or
                       lesser  period,  if  applicable)  preceding  the  date of
                       termination:

                            (1) four  percent  (4%),  if such early  termination
                            occurs during the Loan Year beginning on the Closing
                            Date; and

                            (2) three percent  (3%),  if such early  termination
                            occurs  during the Loan Year  beginning on the first
                            anniversary of the Closing Date.



                       (B) TERM LOAN. The prepayment  premium  applicable to the
                       Term Loan provided for in Section 16.4 shall be equal to:

                            (1) four percent (4%) of the amount  prepaid if such
                            prepayment is made during the Loan Year beginning on
                            the Closing Date; and


                            (2) three percent (3%) of the amount prepaid if such
                            prepayment is made during the Loan Year beginning on
                            the first anniversary of the Closing Date.


================================================================================
TRADEMARKS, LICENSES AND PATENTS (SECTION 18.1):

 Patent No.    Patent Date    Patent Owner   Description     Countries in which
                                              of Patent         Patent filed

 4,245,343       1-31-81        Datatec      Automatic Shunt     US & Canada
                                             Device
 1,164,065       3-20-84        Datatec      Automatic Shunt     US & Canada
                                             Device
 4,713,811       6-15-95        Datatec      Automatic           US
                                             Mode Switch
                                             for a series

COPYRIGHTS OWNED BY CASI
Computer-Aided Software Integration, Inc.
Integrator's Workbench Series
The Configurator

                                      -11-

<PAGE>


================================================================================
DISBURSEMENT (SECTION 19.12):

                       Unless and until  Borrower  otherwise  directs  Lender in
                       writing, all loans shall be wired to Borrower's following
                       operating account:


                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                       ---------------------------------------------------------

================================================================================
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS:

                       (A) Article 7 of the  Agreement is hereby  amended to add
                       the following provision as new Section 7.7 thereof:


                            7.7 EXCESS CASH FLOW PREPAYMENTS.  Within sixty (60)
                            days  following  receipt  by  Lender  of  Borrower's
                            annual audited financial statements, commencing with
                            such financial statements for Borrower's fiscal year
                            ending April 30,  1998,  Lender may deliver a notice
                            to  Borrower  requiring  Borrower to prepay the Term
                            Loan in an amount up to twenty-five percent (25%) of
                            Borrower's  Excess  Cash  Flow  for such  year.  Any
                            prepayments  required  under  this  Section  7.7 are
                            strictly  at the  sole  option  of  Lender,  and are
                            payable  within thirty (30) days  following the date
                            of demand by Lender.  All amounts  paid  pursuant to
                            this  Section  7.7  shall  be  applied  against  the
                            balloon payment coming due on the Maturity Date with
                            respect to the Term Loan until such  amount has been
                            paid in full, and thereafter against payments coming
                            due  under  the  Note in the  inverse  order  of the
                            maturity of such  payments.  No  Termination  Fee or
                            other form of prepayment premium shall be applied to
                            any payments made under this Section 7.7.


                       (B)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 14, and in
                       particular  Section  14(h)  thereof,   to  the  contrary,
                       Borrower/Parent  shall be permitted  to make  prepayments
                       against the  Subordinated  Debt held by Plan C LLC, in an
                       amount not to exceed twenty-five  percent (25%) of Excess
                       Cash Flow generated for the preceding  fiscal year,  such
                       payments to be made not more  frequently  than  annually,
                       provided  that  all  of  the  following   conditions  are
                       satisfied:  (1) such  payment is made  within  sixty (60)
                       days  following   Lender's  receipt  of  Parent's  annual
                       audited  financial   statements,   commencing  with  such
                       financial  statements  for  Parent's  fiscal  year ending
                       April 30,  1998;  (2) no Event of  Default  or  Incipient
                       Default  exists  either  as of the last  day in  Parent's
                       immediately  preceding  fiscal year or as of the date any
                       such  prepayment of  Subordinated  Indebtedness  is to be
                       made;  and (3) the payment to Plan C LLC shall not create
                       any Event of Default or Incipient Default hereunder;  and
                       (4) after giving effect to such payment,  Borrower  shall
                       have remaining Excess  Availability in an amount not less
                       than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).  In the event that
                       the full  amount of any  payment  proposed  to be made to
                       Plan C LLC  hereunder  is  limited  by the  operation  of
                       clause (4) of the immediately  preceding sentence,  but a
                       lesser  payment  could be made which  would  satisfy  all
                       conditions  of the  preceding  sentence,  Borrower/Parent
                       shall be permitted to make the maximum  payment to Plan C
                       LLC which would satisfy all of the foregoing conditions.

                       (C)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 14, and in
                       particular Section 14(c) thereof, to the contrary, Parent
                       shall be permitted to pay dividends,  on a  one-time-only
                       basis, to certain of its former or current  shareholders,
                       including without

                                      -12-

<PAGE>


                       limitation  persons who were shareholders of corporations
                       which have  subsequently been merged with and into any of
                       the Loan Parties,  to the extent that such  corporations,
                       prior to being so merged, had in effect an election to be
                       taxed  as an  S-Corporation  under  the  Code  (all  such
                       corporations being referred to herein collectively as the
                       "Prior  S-Corp."),  which  distributions  shall  be in an
                       amount  sufficient  for the  payment of federal and state
                       income taxes payable by such  shareholders  for the final
                       tax period,  ending with the date the Prior  S-Corp.  was
                       merged with and into the applicable Loan Party, for which
                       tax period the Prior S-Corp.  was taxed as a pass-through
                       entity  under  the Code  (such  final  tax  period  being
                       referred to herein as the "Tax Year") and resulting  from
                       the inclusion in such shareholder's taxable income of the
                       shareholder's  share of the  taxable  income of the Prior
                       S-Corp.   for  the  Tax  Year,   subject  to   reasonable
                       assumptions  as to the  marginal tax bracket to which the
                       shareholders  of the Prior S-Corp.  generally are subject
                       (the "Tax Amount"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for
                       any tax  period  of the  Prior  S-Corp.  prior to the Tax
                       Year,  the  Prior  S-Corp.  had a loss  for tax  purposes
                       (which  loss  has not  been  previously  used  to  offset
                       taxable income in accordance  with this  sentence),  then
                       for  purposes of  determining  the Tax Amount for the Tax
                       Year,  the taxable  income of the Prior  S-Corp.  for the
                       current  Tax Year  shall be reduced by the amount of such
                       loss.  On or about the fifth  (5th) day prior to the date
                       on which estimated federal income tax payments in respect
                       of  the  Tax  Year  are  required  to  be  paid  by  such
                       individuals,  Parent  may  make  a  distribution  to  the
                       shareholders  of the Prior S-Corp.  which,  together with
                       prior  distributions  for the Tax Year on  account of the
                       Tax  Amount,  shall  not  exceed  the  lesser  of  (i)  a
                       reasonable  estimate of the Tax Amount or (ii)  $700,000,
                       which will be comprised of forgiveness  of  distributions
                       previously made by Parent and  characterized as loans, in
                       the total amount of approximately $450,000, with not more
                       than  $250,000  of such  distributions  being made in the
                       form of disbursement after the Closing Date of additional
                       amounts  to  shareholders  of the  Prior  S-Corp  without
                       Lender's prior written consent.



Borrower:                               Lender:

DATATEC INDUSTRIES INC.,                FINOVA CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware
a New Jersey corporation                corporation



By /s/ James C. Caci                    By  T.Horok
   -----------------                        ---------------------------
                                        Title Vice President


                                      -13-

<PAGE>

To the extent the  foregoing  Schedule to Loan and Security  Agreement  contains
provisions  which  purport to extend to and bind any of the other Loan  Parties,
the  undersigned  hereby adopt and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions
of this Schedule,  and hereby make and deliver all representations,  warranties,
and covenants in favor of Lender which by their terms extend to the Loan Parties
or any of them.

            GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION


            BY /s/ JAMES M. CACI
              ---------------------------------------------------


            HH COMMUNICATIONS, INC., AN ILLINOIS CORPORATION


            BY /s/ JAMES M. CACI
              ---------------------------------------------------


            COMPUTED-AIDED SOFTWARE INTEGRATION, INC.,
            A DELAWARE CORPORATION


            BY__________________________________________________


                                      -14-


                  THIS NOTES AND WARRANTS  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement")
is made and entered into this 18th day of February, 1997, by and between Tinicum
Investors  and  Frank  Brosens  (each  a  "Purchaser"  and   collectively,   the
"Purchasers")  and Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company").

                                   BACKGROUND

                  The  Company  desires  to sell and each  Purchaser  desires to
purchase promissory notes having a principal amount of $1,000,000 (the "Notes"),
to be dated the date of issue  thereof,  to mature  February 18,  1999,  to bear
interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof until the principal
thereof  shall have  become due and  payable at the rate of 10% per annum and on
overdue  payments at the rate  specified  therein,  to be  convertible  into the
Company's  Common Stock  following the  expiration  of six months  following the
Closing   Date  (as  defined   hereinafter   to  the  extent  the  Notes  remain
outstanding),  and to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
In  consideration  for the purchase of the Notes, the Company will issue to each
Purchaser (i) a warrant (the "Original  Warrants"),  to be  substantially in the
form of Exhibit B attached hereto,  for the purchase of 250,000 shares of Common
Stock of the  Company,  par value $.001 per share (the  "Common  Stock"),  at an
exercise  price  of  $5.25  per  share,  and  (ii) an  additional  warrant  (the
"Conditional  Warrants"),  to be substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached
hereto,  for the  purchase of 100,000  additional  shares of Common  Stock at an
exercise price of $5.25 per share, which Conditional Warrants expire pursuant to
their terms if the Note is repaid  within 90 days of the date  hereof.  The term
"Notes" as used  herein  shall  include  each such  promissory  notes  delivered
pursuant  to any  provision  of this  Agreement  and each such  promissory  note
delivered in  substitution  or exchange for any other Note  pursuant to any such
provision.  The term  "Warrants"  as used  herein  shall  include  the  Original
Warrants and the Conditional Warrants.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and of the
mutual  representations,  warranties and covenants  hereinafter  set forth,  the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  THE PURCHASE

                  1.1 THE PURCHASE AND SALE. Subject to the terms and conditions
set forth herein,  at the Closing described below, the Company will sell and the
Purchasers will purchase the Notes and Warrants for an aggregate  purchase price
of $2,000,000 (the "Purchase Price").

                  1.2 THE CLOSING. The closing of the transactions  contemplated
hereby (the "Closing")  shall take place at the offices of Olshan Grundman Frome
& Rosenzweig LLP, 505 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022 on February 18, 1997
at 10:00  A.M.  or at such  other  place or time as the  parties  may agree (the
"Closing  Date").  At the Closing,  (i) the  Purchase  Price shall be payable by
delivery of immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account


<PAGE>
of the Company  that shall be specified in writing by the Company not later than
one Business Day prior to the Closing  Date,  and (ii) the Company shall deliver
to each Purchaser one or more Notes registered in the name of such Purchaser (or
its nominee)  evidencing the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased
by such  Purchaser  and the  Original  Warrants  registered  in the name of such
Purchaser (or its nominee).

                  1.3 TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the Purchasers fail
to deliver  immediately  available funds  representing the Purchase Price by the
close of business on the Closing Date,  this Agreement shall terminate and be of
no force and effect  without the  requirement  of any notice from, or any action
by, the Company.

                                   ARTICLE II

                         Representations and Warranties
                             CONCERNING THE COMPANY

                  The Company  hereby  represents and warrants to the Purchasers
as follows:

                  2.1  ORGANIZATION  AND STANDING.  The Company is a corporation
duly  organized  and existing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in
good standing under such laws.

                  2.2 CORPORATE POWER.  The Company has all requisite  corporate
power and  authority to enter into this  Agreement  and the Company will have at
the  Closing  Date all  requisite  corporate  power to sell  the  Notes  and the
Warrants  and to carry out and perform its  obligations  under the terms of this
Agreement.

                  2.3  CAPITALIZATION.  The  authorized,  issued and outstanding
capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 34,000,000 shares of Glasgal Common
Stock and (ii) 4,000,000  shares of preferred  stock, par value $.001 per share.
There are 21,772,560  shares of the Company's Common Stock and 100,000 shares of
Preferred Stock currently issued and outstanding.

                  2.4 SUBSIDIARIES  AND  INVESTMENTS.  Other than Signatel Ltd.,
Computer-Aided Software Integration,  Inc., HH Communications,  Inc. and Datatec
Industries Inc., the Company does not own,  directly or indirectly,  any capital
stock,  or  other  equity  ownership  or  proprietary  interest,  in  any  other
corporation, association, trust, partnership, joint venture.

                  2.5 SEC  REPORTS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  The Company has
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC"),  and  has
heretofore  made  available to the  Purchasers  true and complete  copies of all
forms, reports,  schedules,  statements and other documents required to be filed
by it under the  Securities  Act and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended  (the   "Exchange   Act")  (as  such  documents  have  been  amended  or
supplemented since the time of their filing,  collectively,  the "SEC Reports").
As of their  respective  dates, the SEC Reports have been prepared in conformity
with Generally Accepted

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
Accounting  Principles  consistently applied and as of the dates indicated,  and
for the periods then ended, present fairly the financial position and results of
operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

                  2.6 ABSENCE OF UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. Except as described in
the SEC Reports,  the Company has no material debts,  liabilities or obligations
of any kind, whether accrued,  absolute,  contingent or other, whether due or to
become due,  except as incurred in the ordinary  course of business,  that would
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

                  2.7 ABSENCE OF CHANGES.  Since  October 31, 1996,  the Company
has operated in the ordinary  course of business  consistent with past practice.
Since  October 31,  1996,  there has not  occurred  any change in the  financial
condition, results of operations, assets, liabilities or business of the Company
which, in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

                  2.8 FULLY PAID  SHARES.  The shares of Common  Stock  issuable
upon the exercise of the Warrants or upon conversion of the Notes, when acquired
by the  Purchasers  will be fully paid and  non-assessable,  free of  preemptive
rights  and  encumbrances,  and will have the same  rights  under the  Company's
certificate of incorporation and by-laws as all other shares of Common Stock.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         Representations and Warranties
                                  OF PURCHASERS

                  Each  Purchaser  (as to himself  only) hereby  represents  and
warrants to the Company as follows:

                  3.1 INVESTMENT  INTENT,  ETC. Each Purchaser is an "accredited
investor" as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated  under
the Securities Act. Each Purchaser has received, examined and reviewed copies of
the Company's most recent reports, as amended,  filed under the Exchange Act and
other publicly  available  documents  requested by him and  recognizes  that the
investment in the Company's  Notes and Warrants  involves a high degree of risk.
Each Purchaser has been advised that it may not be possible to readily liquidate
this investment.  Each Purchaser's  overall commitment to the Notes and Warrants
which are not readily marketable is not  disproportionate  to his net worth, his
investment  in the  Company  will not cause such  overall  commitment  to become
excessive,  and he can afford to bear the loss of his entire  investment  in the
Company.  Each  Purchaser  has such  knowledge  and  experience in financial and
business  matters  that he is capable of  evaluating  the merits and risks of an
investment  in the Company.  Each  Purchaser  confirms that the Company has made
available to him the  opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from,
the  Company  concerning  the  Company  and the  activities  of the  Company and
otherwise to obtain any additional  information,  to the extent that the Company
possesses such information or could acquire it without

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

unreasonable  effort  or  expense,  necessary  to  verify  the  accuracy  of the
information conveyed to such Purchaser.  Each Purchaser hereby acknowledges that
he has been  advised  that  this  offering  of Notes and  Warrants  has not been
registered with, or reviewed by, the Securities and Exchange  Commission because
this offering is intended to be a non-public  offering  pursuant to Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act. Each Purchaser represents that the Notes and Warrants are
being purchased for such Purchaser's own account,  for investment  purposes only
and not with a view towards  distribution  or resale to others.  Each  Purchaser
agrees that he will not attempt to sell, transfer,  assign,  pledge or otherwise
dispose such Notes and Warrants or the shares of Company Stock  underlying  such
Notes and Warrants unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless
in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the Company an  exemption  from such
registration  is  available.  Each  Purchaser  understands  that  no  securities
administrator of any state has made any finding or determination relating to the
fairness of this  investment and that no securities  administrator  of any state
has recommended or endorsed,  or will recommend or endorse,  the offering of the
Notes and Warrants. The execution, delivery and performance by each Purchaser of
this  Agreement  are  within  the  powers  of such  Purchaser,  have  been  duly
authorized and will not  constitute or result in a breach or default  under,  or
conflict with, any order, ruling or regulation of any court or other tribunal or
of any governmental commission or agency, or any agreement or other undertaking,
to which each  Purchaser is a party or by which each  Purchaser  is bound.  Each
Purchaser  has relied  solely upon the advice of its own tax and legal  advisors
with  respect  to the tax and  other  legal  aspects  of this  investment.  Each
Purchaser is purchasing  the Notes and Warrants for his account,  and not in any
agency,  fiduciary or similar  capacity.  The source of the funds evidencing the
Purchase Price are from legally available funds of each Purchaser.

                  3.2 RISK  FACTORS.  Each  Purchaser  has conducted his own due
diligence with respect to all aspects of this  transaction  and is familiar with
the  following  risk  factors  inherent  in the  purchase  of the  Notes and the
Warrants:

                  A.  WORKING  CAPITAL  DEFICIENCIES;  HISTORY  OF  LOSSES.  The
                  Company has a history of limited  working  capital and has had
                  working capital  deficiencies  of $2,679,000,  $10,223,000 and
                  $3,910,000 for the fiscal years ended April 30, 1995 and 1996,
                  and the six months ended  October 31, 1996,  respectively.  In
                  addition,  although  the Company had net income of  $1,426,000
                  for the six months  ended  October 31,  1996,  it incurred net
                  losses of  $2,392,000  and  $13,418,000  for the fiscal  years
                  ended April 30, 1995 and 1996.  There can be no assurance that
                  the Company will generate sufficient revenues to meet expenses
                  or to operate  profitably  in the  future.  If the  Company is
                  unable to generate sufficient cash flow from its operations it
                  would  have  to seek  additional  borrowings,  effect  debt or
                  equity  offerings or otherwise raise capital.  There can be no
                  assurance  that any such  financing  will be  available to the
                  Company, or if available, that the terms will be acceptable to
                  the Company.  In addition,  the ability to raise other capital
                  might  be  restricted  by  financial  covenants  contained  in
                  currently existing borrowing agreements.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                           B. REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.  The Company's  primary
                  revolving  credit facility  expired on September 30, 1996. The
                  Company's subsidiary,  Datatec Industries Inc. ("Datatec"), is
                  a party to a revolving  credit facility which expires on March
                  31, 1997. Datatec has in the past been in violation of certain
                  of the financial  covenants  contained in its credit facility.
                  At October 31, 1996,  $9,400,000  was  outstanding  under such
                  agreement.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
                  able to enter into a new revolving  credit  agreement.  If the
                  Company  is  unable  to  enter  into  a new  revolving  credit
                  agreement,  the Company's business may be materially adversely
                  affected.  On  February  12,  1997,  the  Company  received  a
                  commitment  from Finova  Capital  Corporation  for a revolving
                  line of credit and term loan facility in the aggregate  amount
                  of $17 million.  There can be no assurance,  however, that the
                  Company will consummate such loan arrangement.

                           C. DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's future
                  success depends in large part on the continued  service of its
                  key  personnel.  In  particular,  the loss of the  services of
                  Isaac  Gaon,  Chief  Executive  Officer,   Robert  Gadd,  Vice
                  President  - Federal  and  Enterprise  Systems,  David  Tobey,
                  President  of  Computer  Aided  Software   Integration,   Inc.
                  ("CASI"),  of which the  Company  owns 80% of the  issued  and
                  outstanding shares or Christopher  Carey,  President and Chief
                  Executive  Officer  of  Datatec,  of which  the  Company  owns
                  approximately  98.5% of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares,
                  could have a material  adverse effect on the operations of the
                  Company. The Company has an employment agreement with Mr. Gaon
                  which expires on October 31, 1999,  which may be terminated by
                  the  Company  for cause or by Mr.  Gaon for good  reason.  The
                  Company  has an  employment  agreement  with Mr.  Tobey  which
                  expires  on April 30,  2001,  which may be  terminated  by the
                  Company for cause or by Mr. Tobey for good reason. The Company
                  has an  employment  agreement  with Mr. Gadd which  expires on
                  December 31, 1996 and which may be terminated by Mr. Gadd upon
                  six months prior  written  notice to the Company.  The Company
                  has an  employment  agreement  with Mr. Carey which expires on
                  October 31, 1999,  which may be  terminated by the Company for
                  cause or by Mr. Carey for good reason.  The  Company's  future
                  success and growth also  depends on its ability to continue to
                  attract,  motivate  and  retain  highly  qualified  employees,
                  including  those with the  technical  expertise  necessary  to
                  operate the business of the Company. There can be no assurance
                  that the Company will be able to attract,  motivate and retain
                  such persons.

                           D.  COMPETITION.  The  Company  competes  with  other
                  companies  involved in the installation and servicing of local
                  and wide area  networks,  the  provision of software  tools to
                  systems    integrations   and   the   distribution   of   data
                  communications equipment.  These competitors include local and
                  national systems integrators, computer manufacturers, software
                  vendors, telephone companies and distribution companies. These
                  markets are highly competitive,  and some companies with which
                  the Company competes are substantially larger and have

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                  significantly greater resources than the Company. There can be
                  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  compete
                  successfully in the future.

                           E. CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.  Ralph Glasgal,
                  the  Chairman  of the  Board  and  President  of the  Company,
                  through  his   beneficial   ownership  and  through  a  voting
                  agreement with Direct Connect  International  Inc. ("DCI") has
                  the power to vote  approximately  24% of the Common Stock. DCI
                  has pledged 1,175,000 of the shares of Common Stock it owns in
                  the Company as  collateral  for a loan. If the pledgee were to
                  become the owner of such shares,  Mr.  Glasgal would no longer
                  have the power to vote such shares.  In addition,  Mr.  Carey,
                  President and Chief Executive Officer of Datatec has the power
                  to vote approximately 18% of the Common Stock.

                           F.  EXTENDED LEAD TIMES FOR  REALIZATION  OF REVENUE.
                  Due to the nature and size of orders  that the  Company is now
                  pursuing there is a longer lead time between the initiation of
                  prospective business and the consummation of a transaction, if
                  any.  Consequently,  significantly more resources are required
                  to  manage  this  process.  As  such,  there is  likely  to be
                  substantial  fluctuations in sales volume on a  month-to-month
                  and  quarter-to-quarter  basis.  The  pursuit  of this type of
                  business  increases the Company's risk of failure,  especially
                  given its present level of working  capital.  As a result,  if
                  the Company  experiences  lower than expected sales volume for
                  an extended period of time,  there will be a material  adverse
                  effect on the Company.

                           G. SHARES  ELIGIBLE  FOR FUTURE  SALE.  The sale,  or
                  availability for sale, of substantial  amounts of Common Stock
                  in the public market  pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise  could
                  adversely  affect  the market  price of the  Common  Stock and
                  could impair the Company's ability to raise additional capital
                  through the sale of its equity securities.

                           H. NO  DIVIDENDS.  The Company  currently  intends to
                  retain earnings,  if any, for use in the business and does not
                  anticipate  paying any  dividends to its  stockholders  in the
                  foreseeable future.

                           I. RIGHTS OF COMMON STOCK SUBORDINATE TO EXISTING AND
                  FUTURE  PREFERRED  STOCK.  The Certificate of Incorporation of
                  the Company  authorizes the issuance of a maximum of 4,000,000
                  shares of  preferred  stock,  par value  $.001 per share.  The
                  Company   currently  has  outstanding   1,000,000   shares  of
                  Preferred  Stock.  The  holders  of the  Preferred  Stock  are
                  entitled to receive dividends in an amount of 6% per annum and
                  are entitled to a preferential  distribution on liquidation of
                  the  Company.  In  addition,  the  Company  may be required to
                  redeem the Preferred  Stock under certain  circumstances.  The
                  shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into Common Stock in
                  accordance with their respective  Certificates of Designation.
                  Holders of the Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                  matter submitted to the stockholders,  provided, however, that
                  the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of a  majority  of the
                  outstanding  Preferred  Stock, is required as to those matters
                  which (i) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or
                  rights  given  to the  Preferred  Stock or (ii)  authorize  or
                  create  any  class  of  stock   ranking  as  to  dividends  or
                  distribution of assets upon a liquidation  senior to, prior to
                  or PARI PASSU with the Preferred  Stock. If additional  shares
                  of  preferred  stock are issued in the future,  the terms of a
                  series of preferred stock may be set by the Company's Board of
                  Directors  without approval by the holders of the Common Stock
                  of the  Company.  Such  terms  could  include,  among  others,
                  preferences as to dividends and  distributions  on liquidation
                  as well as separate  class  voting  rights.  The rights of the
                  holders of the Company's  Common Stock will be subject to, and
                  may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any
                  preferred stock that may be issued in the future.

                           J.  CERTAIN  ANTI-TAKEOVER  CHARTER  PROVISIONS.  The
                  future  issuance of preferred  stock by the Company could have
                  the effect of making it more  difficult  for a third  party to
                  acquire,  or of discouraging a third party from  acquiring,  a
                  majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. Other
                  than the Preferred  Stock described  herein,  the Company does
                  not have any present plans to issue any  additional  shares of
                  preferred stock.

                           K. ACQUISITIONS.  It is currently  anticipated that a
                  portion  of the  Company's  future  growth  will  result  from
                  acquisitions of other similar or complementary  businesses. In
                  October  1994,  the Company  consummated  the  acquisition  of
                  Signatel,  Ltd.  ("Signatel").  On April 24, 1996, the Company
                  acquired 80% of the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of
                  CASI,  a provider  of software  tools and  services to systems
                  integrators  and  independent  software  vendors.  On July 31,
                  1996, the Company  acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding
                  capital stock of HH Communications, Inc. ("HH"), which resells
                  computer   networking   equipment  and  provides   value-added
                  services in  connection  with such  equipment.  On October 31,
                  1996, the Company acquired  approximately  98.5% of the issued
                  and   outstanding   capital   stock  of  Datatec,   a  network
                  integrator. The Company has no other current plan or agreement
                  to acquire any other business.  There can be no assurance that
                  any other  transaction  will be  consummated or that they will
                  result  in  increased  levels of profit  for the  Company.  In
                  addition,  there can be no assurance  that the Company will be
                  able  to  integrate  or  manage  successfully  other  acquired
                  businesses.



                                       -7-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                              ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

                  4.1 REGISTRATION  RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  The Company hereby agrees
to use its best efforts to cause a registration  statement  under the Securities
Act (the  "Registration  Statement")  covering  the  resale of an  aggregate  of
500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants within
30 days following the Closing Date and to remain current and effective to permit
the sale of the Shares  until the earlier of (a) the date that all of the Shares
have been sold pursuant to the Registration Statement,  (b) the date the holders
of the Shares receive an opinion of counsel  satisfactory to each Purchaser that
the Shares may be sold under the provisions of Rule 144(k) promulgated under the
Securities  Act, or (c) the five year  anniversary  of the effective date of the
Registration  Statement.  If  any of  the  Notes  remain  outstanding  180  days
following the Closing Date,  the Company  further agrees to use its best efforts
to  immediately  file a  registration  statement  under the  Securities Act (the
"Conditional Registration Statement") covering the resale of (i) those shares of
Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Conditional  Warrants and (ii)
those  shares of Common Stock into which the Notes are  convertible  on the date
prior to the filing of such Conditional Registration Statement. If the Notes are
prepaid  prior to 180 days and after 90 days  following  the Closing  Date,  the
Company will use its best  efforts to file a  registration  statement  under the
Securities Act covering the resale of those shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the  exercise  of  the  Conditional  Warrants  within  30  days  following  such
prepayment of the Notes.

                  The rights  contained  in this  Section  4.1 are  referred  to
collectively as the "Registration  Rights".  The Company shall bear all expenses
incurred  in the  preparation  and  filing of any  Registration  Statement  with
respect to the  Registration  Rights,  except that the Purchasers  shall pay any
underwriting  discounts  or  commissions  and the  expenses  of their  own legal
counsel.

                  4.2  SUBORDINATION.  Each Purchaser  agrees that he will enter
into such  agreements as may be reasonably  required by any  prospective  senior
lenders of the Company to subordinate the Notes to obligations  which may become
due and owing to such senior lenders.


                                    ARTICLE V

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  5.1 AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION. This Agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Purchaser and the Company.

                  5.2 WAIVER. Any breach of any obligation,  covenant, agreement
or condition contained herein shall be deemed waived by the non-breaching party,
only by a writing,  setting forth with particularity the breach being waived and
the scope of the waiver,  but such  waiver  shall not operate as a waiver of, or
estoppel with respect to, any  subsequent  or other  breach.  No waiver shall be
implied  from any conduct or action of the  non-breaching  party.  No failure or
delay by any party in  exercising  any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder or
under the  Documents  and no course of dealing by any party  shall  operate as a
waiver and any right, power or privilege

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

hereunder or under any Document nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

                  5.3  NOTICES.  All  notices,   requests,   demands  and  other
communications  required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand:
                  (a)      if to the Company, to:

                           Glasgal Communications Inc.
                           23 Madison Road
                           Fairfield, New Jersey  07004
                           Attn:  Chief Financial Officer

                           with a copy to:

                           Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                           505 Park Avenue
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention:  Robert H. Friedman, Esq.

                  (b)      if to Purchasers, to:

                           Frank Brosens
                           10 Bedford Center Road
                           Bedford Hills, New York 10507

                           Tinicum Investors
                           990 Stewart Avenue
                           Garden City, New York 11530
                           Attention: John Keane

                           with a copy to:

                           Tinicum Incorporated
                           800 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention: Eric Ruttenberg

or to such other address as any party shall have  specified by notice in writing
to the other in compliance with this Section 5.3.

                  5.4 BINDING  NATURE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and all of the
provisions  hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective  successors and assigns,  but neither this Agreement
nor any of the rights, interests or obligations

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

hereunder  shall be assigned by any of the parties  hereto without prior written
consent of the other parties.

                  5.5  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  and the legal  relations
among the parties  hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of New York  applicable  to contracts  made and  performed
therein.

                  5.6  EXPENSES.  All costs and expenses  incurred in connection
with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.

                  5.7 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts
with the same effect as if both parties had signed one and the same instrument.

                  5.8 FORM OF  SIGNATURE.  The parties  hereto agree to accept a
facsimile  transmission copy of their respective signatures as evidence of their
respective  actual  signatures to this Agreement;  PROVIDED  HOWEVER,  that each
party who produces a facsimile signature agrees, by the express terms hereof, to
place,  immediately  after  transmission  of its  signature  by fax,  a true and
correct  original copy of its signature in overnight  mail to the address of the
other party.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By: /S/ JAMES CACI
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  James Caci
                                           Title: Chief Financial Officer


                                        /S/ FRANK BROSENS
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                     FRANK BROSENS


                                        TINICUM INVESTORS


                                        By: /S/ ERIC TUTTENBERG
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Eric Ruttenberg
                                           Title: General Partner

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

                                LIST OF EXHIBITS


Exhibit A         FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B         FORM OF ORIGINAL WARRANT
Exhibit C         FORM OF CONDITIONAL WARRANT

                                      -12-

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE UNITED  STATES  SECURITIES  ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED
STATES OR TO U.S.  PERSONS (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER SAID
ACT) EXCEPT IN TRANSACTIONS  EXEMPT FROM THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS OF SAID
ACT.

                       FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE


$1,000,000                                                     February 18, 1997


                  WHEREAS,  [ ]  (the  "Lender")  desires  to  loan  to  Glasgal
Communications,  Inc. (the "Borrower"),  and the Borrower desires to borrow from
the  Lender,  the  principal  amount  of  $1,000,000  pursuant  to the terms and
conditions contained in this Convertible Promissory Note (the "Note"). This Note
is being  issued  pursuant  to the  provisions  of a Note and  Warrant  Purchase
Agreement  dated February 18, 1997 by and among the Lender,  the Borrowers.  All
capitalized  terms used in this Note that are not defined  herein shall have the
meaning assigned to them in the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration  herein
contained,  the Lender hereby  agrees to loan to the Borrower,  and the Borrower
hereby  promises to pay to the order of the Lender or his  successors or assigns
the principal  amount of one million  ($1,000,000)  dollars on February 18, 1999
(the "Maturity Date"),  unless this Note shall have been converted prior thereto
as  provided  herein,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on such date and as
specified below.

                  The Borrower also  promises to pay interest on the  $1,000,000
principal  amount of this Note on the  Maturity  Date at a rate equal to 10% per
annum (on the basis of a 360-day year and actual  number of days  elapsed)  from
and including the date hereof until such principal sum shall be paid in full and
to pay  interest on any overdue  installment  of principal or interest at a rate
equal to 12% per annum.

                  All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note
shall be made in lawful  money of the United  States of  America in  immediately
available  funds  to the  Lender,  at [ ], or at such  other  place  as shall be
designated in writing by the Lender for such purpose.

                  The Borrower hereby waives diligence,  presentment,  dishonor,
demand,  notice and protest and, to the full extent  permitted by law, the right
to plead any statute of  limitations as a defense to any demand  hereunder.  The
Borrower promises to

<PAGE>
pay all costs and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees, incurred in
the collection and enforcement of this Note.

                  This  Note may be  converted  in whole  but not in part at any
time after August 18, 1997 and prior to the  Maturity  Date at the option of the
Lender  into the common  stock,  $.001 par value of the  Borrower  (the  "Common
Stock").  The  number of shares of Common  Stock  into  which the Note  Shall be
convertible  shall mean the Adjusted Face Amount (as defined  below) on the date
of conversion  divided by the 80% of the average  closing bid price per share of
Common Stock for the five (5) trading days immediately  preceding the conversion
date on the Nasdaq  Small-Cap  Market or such other market,  quotation system or
exchange on which the Company's  Common Stock is then listed.  The Adjusted Face
amount  shall mean the  1,000,000  principal  amount plus any  accrued  interest
thereon.

                  On the  Maturity  Date,  if this  Note  shall  not  have  been
converted prior thereto as provided herein,  the Borrower shall pay to the order
of the Lender or his  successors or assigns the  principal  amount of $1,000,000
plus accrued and unpaid  interest at the rate set forth above. If any payment on
this Note  becomes  due and  payable on a day which is not a Business  Day,  the
maturity  thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day and interest  shall
be payable at the applicable rate during such extension period.

                  The terms of this Note are not subject to amendment  except by
written agreement of the Lender and the Borrower and the Borrower may assign its
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender.

                  Prior to August 18, 1997, this Note may be prepaid at any time
by the Borrower either in whole or in part. After August 18, 1997, this Note may
only be prepaid by the Borrower  following 30 days prior  written  notice to the
Lender.

                  This Note shall be governed by and  construed  and enforced in
accordance  with the laws of State of New York,  without regard to principles of
conflicts of laws.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Borrower has duly executed this Note,
the day and year first above written.

                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                       -2-

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT OF 1993 (THE  "ACT") OR ANY  STATE'S  SECURITIES  LAWS AND THESE
SECURITIES  MAY  NOT  BE  RESOLD  OR  OTHERWISE   TRANSFERRED  UNLESS  THEY  ARE
SUBSEQUENTLY  REGISTERED  PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM APPLICABLE  REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE AND
TRANSFER AS SET FORTH HEREIN.


                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

               For the Purchase of 250,000 Shares of Common Stock

                                       of

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       WARRANT.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received,  ______________  (the
"Holder"), as registered owner of this Warrant, is entitled at any time from the
date hereof until 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on February 18, 2002,  but not
thereafter,  to subscribe for, purchase and receive,  in whole or in part, up to
two hundred fifty thousand  (250,000) shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, par
value $.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), of Glasgal  Communications,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company") in accordance with the terms hereof.

                  This  Warrant is being  issued  pursuant to a Note and Warrant
Purchase Agreement dated February 18, 1997.

                  The exercise price (the "Exercise  Price") per share of Common
Stock in respect of any exercise of this Warrant shall be $5.25.

2.       EXERCISE.

                  In order to exercise this Warrant,  the exercise form attached
hereto must be duly executed,  completed and delivered to the Company,  together
with this Warrant and payment of the applicable Exercise Price for the Shares of
the Common Stock being  purchased.  If the rights  represented  hereby shall not
have been  exercised  before 5:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time, on February 18, 2002 this
Warrant  shall  become and be void and without  further  force or effect and all
rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

<PAGE>

3.       TRANSFER.

                  3.1  GENERAL  RESTRICTIONS.  The  registered  Holder  of  this
Warrant,  by such  Holder's  acceptance  hereof,  agrees that he shall not sell,
transfer or assign or hypothecate this Warrant except in a transaction that does
not require  registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
"Act").  This Warrant shall not be transferred  unless and until (i) the Company
has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that this Warrant may be sold
pursuant to an exemption from  registration  under the Act, the  availability of
which is established to the reasonable  satisfaction  of the Company,  or (ii) a
registration  statement  relating to this  Warrant has been filed by the Company
and  declared   effective  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  (the
"Commission"). The Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant
shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth below.

                  3.2  RESTRICTIONS  IMPOSED BY THE ACT. The Holder by accepting
this Warrant  confirms  that the Warrants were acquired by the Holder solely for
investment  and  with  no  present  intention  to  distribute  any  Warrants  or
securities  issuable upon the exercise  thereof and that the Holder will dispose
of  securities  issuable  upon  the  exercise  hereof  only in  compliance  with
applicable  Federal  and state  securities  laws.  The  Shares  of Common  Stock
purchased  upon  exercise of this Warrant  shall not be  transferred  unless and
until (i) the  Company has  received  the opinion of counsel for the Holder that
such Shares may be sold  pursuant to an exemption  from  registration  under the
Act, the availability of which is established to the reasonable  satisfaction of
the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such Shares has been
filed by the Company and declared effective by the Commission.

                  Each  certificate  for  securities  purchased upon exercise of
this Warrant  shall bear a legend as follows  unless such  securities  have been
registered under the Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act").  The
                  securities  may not be  offered  for sale,  sold or  otherwise
                  transferred  except (i) pursuant to an effective  registration
                  statement  under the Act or (ii) pursuant to an exemption from
                  registration under the Act in respect of which the Company has
                  received an opinion of counsel  satisfactory to the Company to
                  such effect."

4.       NEW WARRANTS TO BE ISSUED.

                  4.1 PARTIAL EXERCISE OR TRANSFER.  Subject to the restrictions
in  Section  3  hereof,  this  Warrant  may be  exercised  in  whole or in part,
provided, however that the Holder must purchase

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
a minimum of 25,000  Shares each time he chooses to purchase  Shares,  except to
purchase  the  remaining  Shares  available to him. In the event of the exercise
hereof in part, upon surrender of this Warrant for  cancellation,  together with
the duly executed  exercise form, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the
Holder  without  charge a new  warrant or new  warrants  of like tenor with this
Warrant  in the name of the  Holder  evidencing  the right to  purchase,  in the
aggregate, the remaining number of underlying Shares of Common Stock purchasable
hereunder after giving effect to any such partial exercise.

                  4.2 LOST CERTIFICATE.  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence
satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant
and of an  indemnification in favor of the Company,  reasonably  satisfactory to
it, the Company  shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor and date.
Any such new warrants  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute an additional  contractual obligation
on the part of the Company.

5. RESERVATION. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of
its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of issuance upon
exercise of the Warrant, such number of authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock,  free from  preemptive  rights,  as shall be issuable  upon the  exercise
thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Warrant and
payment of the applicable  Exercise Price  therefor,  all shares of Common Stock
shall be duly and validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable and not subject
to  preemptive  rights of any  stockholder.  The Company  further  covenants and
agrees that upon exercise of this Warrant and payment of the applicable Exercise
Price  therefor,  all shares of Common  Stock shall be duly and validly  issued,
fully  paid and  nonassessable  and not  subject  to  preemptive  rights  of any
stockholder.  If the  Common  Stock  is then  listed  on a  national  securities
exchange,  all shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall
also be duly listed thereon.

6.       ADJUSTMENTS.  The Exercise  Price and the number of shares  purchasable
hereunder are subject to adjustment from to time as follows.

                  6.1  MERGER,  SALE OF ASSETS,  ETC.  If at any time while this
Warrant, or any portion thereof, is outstanding and unexpired there shall be (i)
a  reorganization  (other  than a  combination,  reclassification,  exchange  or
subdivision  of  shares  otherwise  provided  for  herein),  (ii)  a  merger  or
consolidation  of the  Company  with or into  another  corporation  in which the
Company is the surviving  entity but the shares of the  Company's  capital stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to the  merger  are  converted  by virtue of the
merger  into  other  property,  whether  in the  form of  securities,  cash,  or
otherwise, or (iii) a sale or transfer of the

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

Company's  properties  and assets as, or  substantially  as, an  entirety to any
other person, then as a part of such reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale
or transfer  lawful  provision  shall be made so that the holder of this Warrant
shall  thereafter be entitled to receive upon  exercise of this Warrant,  during
the period  specified  herein and payment of the Exercise  Price then in effect,
the number of shares of stock or other  securities  or property of the successor
corporation resulting from such reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  sale or
transfer that a holder of the shares  deliverable  upon exercise of this Warrant
would  have been  entitled  to receive  in such  reorganization,  consolidation,
merger,  sale or transfer if this Warrant had been exercised  immediately before
such reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale or transfer,  all subject to
further  adjustment as provided in this Section 6. The  foregoing  provisions of
this   Section   6  shall   similarly   apply  to   successive   reorganization,
consolidations,  mergers,  sales and transfers and to the stock or securities of
any other  corporation that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this
Warrant. If the per-share  consideration payable to the holder hereof for shares
in  connection  with  any  such  transaction  is in a form  other  than  cash or
marketable securities,  then the value of such consideration shall be determined
in good faith by the Company's  Board of Directors.  In all events,  appropriate
adjustment  (as  determined in good faith by the  Company's  Board of Directors)
shall be made in the  application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect
to the rights and interests of the Holder after the transaction, to the end that
the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable  after that event, as near as
reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after
that event upon exercise of this Warrant.

                  6.2 ADJUSTMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES.  In the
event that, prior to the issuance by the Company of all the Shares issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant,  there shall be any change in the  outstanding  Common
Stock  by  reason  of  the  declaration  of  stock   dividends,   or  through  a
recapitalization  resulting  from  stock  splits or  combinations,  without  the
payment to the  Company  of any  compensation  therefor  in money,  services  or
property,  the  remaining  Shares still subject to this Warrant and the Purchase
Price thereof shall be appropriately  adjusted (but without regard to fractions)
by the Board of Directors of the Company to reflect such change.


7.       CERTAIN NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

         7.1 HOLDER'S RIGHT TO RECEIVE NOTICE. Nothing herein shall be construed
as conferring  upon the Holder the right to vote or consent or to receive notice
as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having
any rights

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

whatsoever  as a  stockholder  of  the  Company  prior  to the  exercise  hereof
(including the right to receive dividends).

                  7.2 TRANSMITTAL OF NOTICES.  All notices,  requests,  consents
and other  communications  under this  Warrant  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given or made when hand delivered, or when delivered by
responsible overnight courier:

                           (i)      If to the registered Holder of this Warrant,
                                    to:
                                    [Insert address of Holder]


                           (ii)     if to the Company, to:

                           Glasgal Communications, Inc.
                           23 Madison Road
                           Fairfield, New Jersey 07004
                           Attn: James Caci, Chief Financial Officer

         Either of the Holder or the Company may change the foregoing address by
         notice given pursuant to this Section 7.2.


8.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                  8.1  PURCHASE  FOR  INVESTMENT.  By  his  acceptance  of  this
Warrant,  the Holder  represents  and warrants that the Holder has acquired this
Warrant for the Holder's own account for investment and not with the view to the
distribution  thereof,  except in accordance with  applicable  federal and state
securities  laws. The Holder  represents that he is an "accredited  investor" as
such term is defined under Rule 501 of  Regulation D promulgated  under the Act.
The Holder confirms that he has been advised that the Warrants and the Shares of
Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of this Warrant have not been,  registered
under the Act and that he has  consulted  with and been advised by counsel as to
the  restrictions  on resale  to which  this  Warrant  and such  Shares  will be
subject.

                  8.2      AMENDMENTS.  All modifications or amendments to this
Warrant shall require the written consent of each party.

                  8.3 HEADINGS.  The headings  contained herein are for the sole
purpose of  convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect
the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

                  8.4 ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Warrant  constitutes  the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and
supersede all prior agreements and

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

understandings  of the parties,  oral and  written,  with respect to the subject
matter hereof.

                  8.5 BINDING  EFFECT.  This  Warrant  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
permitted assignees,  respective successors,  legal representatives and assigns,
and no other  person  shall have or be  construed to have any legal or equitable
right,  remedy or claim  under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Warrant or
any provisions herein contained.

                  8.6  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Warrant  shall be  governed by and
construed  and  enforced in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,
without giving effect to conflict of laws.

                  8.7 WAIVER,  ETC.  The failure of the Company or the Holder to
at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Warrant shall not be deemed or
construed  to be a waiver of any such  provision,  nor to in any way  affect the
validity of this Warrant or any provision  hereof or the right of the Company or
any Holder to thereafter  enforce each and every  provision of this Warrant.  No
waiver of any breach,  noncompliance or  nonfulfillment of any of the provisions
of this  Warrant  shall be  effective  unless set forth in a written  instrument
executed  by the party or  parties  against  whom or which  enforcement  of such
waiver  is  sought;  and  no  waiver  of  any  such  breach,   noncompliance  or
nonfulfillment  shall be  construed  or  deemed  to be a waiver  of any other or
subsequent breach, noncompliance or nonfulfillment.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its duly authorized officer as of the 18th day of February, 1997.


                                        GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

[Insert Name of Holder]



By:
   ----------------------
   Name:
   Title:

                                       -7-

<PAGE>


Form to be used to exercise Warrant:

GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
23 Madison Road
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004


Date: ________________, 19__

                  The  Undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to exercise the
within  Warrant and to  purchase  __________  shares of Common  Stock of Glasgal
Communications,  Inc. and hereby makes payment of $_____________ (at the rate of
$5.25 per share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue
the  shares  as to which  this  Warrant  is  exercised  in  accordance  with the
instructions given below.


                                                --------------------------------
                                                Signature



                                                --------------------------------
                                                Signature Guaranteed


                   INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Name
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (Print in Block Letters)

Address
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Warrant in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever,  and must be guaranteed by a
bank,  other than a savings  bank,  or by a trust  company  or by a firm  having
membership on a registered national securities exchange.

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT OF 1993 (THE  "ACT") OR ANY  STATE'S  SECURITIES  LAWS AND THESE
SECURITIES  MAY  NOT  BE  RESOLD  OR  OTHERWISE   TRANSFERRED  UNLESS  THEY  ARE
SUBSEQUENTLY  REGISTERED  PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM APPLICABLE  REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE AND
TRANSFER AS SET FORTH HEREIN.


                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

               For the Purchase of 100,000 Shares of Common Stock

                                       of

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       WARRANT.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received,  ______________  (the
"Holder"),  as registered owner of this Warrant,  is entitled at any time during
the period  commencing May 18, 1997 and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on February  18,  2002,  but not  thereafter,  to  subscribe  for,  purchase and
receive,  in whole or in part,  up one hundred  thousand  (100,000)  shares (the
"Shares") of Common Stock,  par value $.001 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  of
Glasgal  Communications,   Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company")  in
accordance with the terms hereof.

                  This  Warrant is being  issued  pursuant to a Note and Warrant
Purchase Agreement dated February 18, 1997 and  notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary  herein,  if the Notes (as such term is defined in the Note and Warrant
Purchase  Agreement)  are paid by the Company on or prior to May 18, 1997,  this
Warrant
shall not vest and shall immediately terminate.

                  The exercise price (the "Exercise  Price") per share of Common
Stock in respect of any exercise of this Warrant shall be $5.25.

2.       EXERCISE.

                  In order to exercise this Warrant,  the exercise form attached
hereto must be duly executed,  completed and delivered to the Company,  together
with this Warrant and payment of the applicable Exercise Price for the Shares of
the Common Stock being  purchased.  If the rights  represented  hereby shall not
have been exercised before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on February 18, 2002 this


<PAGE>
Warrant  shall  become and be void and without  further  force or effect and all
rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

3.       TRANSFER.

                  3.1  GENERAL  RESTRICTIONS.  The  registered  Holder  of  this
Warrant,  by such  Holder's  acceptance  hereof,  agrees that he shall not sell,
transfer or assign or hypothecate this Warrant except in a transaction that does
not require  registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
"Act").  This Warrant shall not be transferred  unless and until (i) the Company
has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that this Warrant may be sold
pursuant to an exemption from  registration  under the Act, the  availability of
which is established to the reasonable  satisfaction  of the Company,  or (ii) a
registration  statement  relating to this  Warrant has been filed by the Company
and  declared   effective  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  (the
"Commission"). The Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant
shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth below.

                  3.2  RESTRICTIONS  IMPOSED BY THE ACT. The Holder by accepting
this Warrant  confirms  that the Warrants were acquired by the Holder solely for
investment  and  with  no  present  intention  to  distribute  any  Warrants  or
securities  issuable upon the exercise  thereof and that the Holder will dispose
of  securities  issuable  upon  the  exercise  hereof  only in  compliance  with
applicable  Federal  and state  securities  laws.  The  Shares  of Common  Stock
purchased  upon  exercise of this Warrant  shall not be  transferred  unless and
until (i) the  Company has  received  the opinion of counsel for the Holder that
such Shares may be sold  pursuant to an exemption  from  registration  under the
Act, the availability of which is established to the reasonable  satisfaction of
the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such Shares has been
filed by the Company and declared effective by the Commission.

                  Each  certificate  for  securities  purchased upon exercise of
this Warrant  shall bear a legend as follows  unless such  securities  have been
registered under the Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act").  The
                  securities  may not be  offered  for sale,  sold or  otherwise
                  transferred  except (i) pursuant to an effective  registration
                  statement  under the Act or (ii) pursuant to an exemption from
                  registration under the Act in respect of which the Company has
                  received an opinion of counsel  satisfactory to the Company to
                  such effect."


                                       -2-

<PAGE>
4.       NEW WARRANTS TO BE ISSUED.

                  4.1 PARTIAL EXERCISE OR TRANSFER.  Subject to the restrictions
in  Section  3  hereof,  this  Warrant  may be  exercised  in  whole or in part,
provided,  however that the Holder must purchase a minimum of 25,000 Shares each
time he chooses to purchase  Shares,  except to purchase  the  remaining  Shares
available to him. In the event of the exercise hereof in part, upon surrender of
this Warrant for  cancellation,  together with the duly executed  exercise form,
the  Company  shall cause to be  delivered  to the Holder  without  charge a new
warrant  or new  warrants  of like  tenor  with this  Warrant in the name of the
Holder evidencing the right to purchase, in the aggregate,  the remaining number
of underlying Shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder after giving effect
to any such partial exercise.

                  4.2 LOST CERTIFICATE.  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence
satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant
and of an  indemnification in favor of the Company,  reasonably  satisfactory to
it, the Company  shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor and date.
Any such new warrants  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute an additional  contractual obligation
on the part of the Company.

5. RESERVATION. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of
its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of issuance upon
exercise of the Warrant, such number of authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock,  free from  preemptive  rights,  as shall be issuable  upon the  exercise
thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Warrant and
payment of the applicable  Exercise Price  therefor,  all shares of Common Stock
shall be duly and validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable and not subject
to  preemptive  rights of any  stockholder.  The Company  further  covenants and
agrees that upon exercise of this Warrant and payment of the applicable Exercise
Price  therefor,  all shares of Common  Stock shall be duly and validly  issued,
fully  paid and  nonassessable  and not  subject  to  preemptive  rights  of any
stockholder.  If the  Common  Stock  is then  listed  on a  national  securities
exchange,  all shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall
also be duly listed thereon.

6.       ADJUSTMENTS.  The Exercise  Price and the number of shares  purchasable
hereunder are subject to adjustment from to time as follows.

                  6.1  MERGER,  SALE OF ASSETS,  ETC.  If at any time while this
Warrant, or any portion thereof, is outstanding and unexpired there shall be (i)
a  reorganization  (other  than a  combination,  reclassification,  exchange  or
subdivision  of  shares  otherwise  provided  for  herein),  (ii)  a  merger  or
consolidation of the Company

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

with or into another  corporation  in which the Company is the surviving  entity
but the shares of the Company's capital stock  outstanding  immediately prior to
the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in
the form of securities,  cash, or otherwise,  or (iii) a sale or transfer of the
Company's  properties  and assets as, or  substantially  as, an  entirety to any
other person, then as a part of such reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale
or transfer  lawful  provision  shall be made so that the holder of this Warrant
shall  thereafter be entitled to receive upon  exercise of this Warrant,  during
the period  specified  herein and payment of the Exercise  Price then in effect,
the number of shares of stock or other  securities  or property of the successor
corporation resulting from such reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  sale or
transfer that a holder of the shares  deliverable  upon exercise of this Warrant
would  have been  entitled  to receive  in such  reorganization,  consolidation,
merger,  sale or transfer if this Warrant had been exercised  immediately before
such reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale or transfer,  all subject to
further  adjustment as provided in this Section 6. The  foregoing  provisions of
this   Section   6  shall   similarly   apply  to   successive   reorganization,
consolidations,  mergers,  sales and transfers and to the stock or securities of
any other  corporation that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this
Warrant. If the per-share  consideration payable to the holder hereof for shares
in  connection  with  any  such  transaction  is in a form  other  than  cash or
marketable securities,  then the value of such consideration shall be determined
in good faith by the Company's  Board of Directors.  In all events,  appropriate
adjustment  (as  determined in good faith by the  Company's  Board of Directors)
shall be made in the  application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect
to the rights and interests of the Holder after the transaction, to the end that
the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable  after that event, as near as
reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after
that event upon exercise of this Warrant.

                  6.2 ADJUSTMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES.  In the
event that, prior to the issuance by the Company of all the Shares issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant,  there shall be any change in the  outstanding  Common
Stock  by  reason  of  the  declaration  of  stock   dividends,   or  through  a
recapitalization  resulting  from  stock  splits or  combinations,  without  the
payment to the  Company  of any  compensation  therefor  in money,  services  or
property,  the  remaining  Shares still subject to this Warrant and the Purchase
Price thereof shall be appropriately  adjusted (but without regard to fractions)
by the Board of Directors of the Company to reflect such change.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>


7.       CERTAIN NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

                  7.1 HOLDER'S RIGHT TO RECEIVE NOTICE.  Nothing herein shall be
construed  as  conferring  upon the  Holder  the right to vote or  consent or to
receive  notice as a  stockholder  for the  election of  directors  or any other
matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company prior
to the exercise hereof (including the right to receive dividends).

                  7.2 TRANSMITTAL OF NOTICES.  All notices,  requests,  consents
and other  communications  under this  Warrant  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given or made when hand delivered, or when delivered by
responsible overnight courier:

                           (i)      If to the registered Holder of this Warrant,
                                    to:
                                    [Insert address of Holder]


                           (ii)     if to the Company, to:

                          Glasgal Communications, Inc.
                          23 Madison Road
                          Fairfield, New Jersey 07004
                          Attn: James Caci, Chief Financial Officer

         Either of the Holder or the Company may change the foregoing address by
         notice given pursuant to this Section 7.2.


8.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                  8.1  PURCHASE  FOR  INVESTMENT.  By  his  acceptance  of  this
Warrant,  the Holder  represents  and warrants that the Holder has acquired this
Warrant for the Holder's own account for investment and not with the view to the
distribution  thereof,  except in accordance with  applicable  federal and state
securities  laws. The Holder  represents that he is an "accredited  investor" as
such term is defined under Rule 501 of  Regulation D promulgated  under the Act.
The Holder confirms that he has been advised that the Warrants and the Shares of
Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of this Warrant have not been,  registered
under the Act and that he has  consulted  with and been advised by counsel as to
the  restrictions  on resale  to which  this  Warrant  and such  Shares  will be
subject.

                  8.2      AMENDMENTS.  All modifications or amendments to this
Warrant shall require the written consent of each party.

                  8.3      HEADINGS.  The headings contained herein are for the
sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

limit or affect the meaning or  interpretation of any of the terms or provisions
of this Warrant.

                  8.4 ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Warrant  constitutes  the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and
supersede  all prior  agreements  and  understandings  of the parties,  oral and
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

                  8.5 BINDING  EFFECT.  This  Warrant  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
permitted assignees,  respective successors,  legal representatives and assigns,
and no other  person  shall have or be  construed to have any legal or equitable
right,  remedy or claim  under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Warrant or
any provisions herein contained.

                  8.6  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Warrant  shall be  governed by and
construed  and  enforced in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,
without giving effect to conflict of laws.

                  8.7 WAIVER,  ETC.  The failure of the Company or the Holder to
at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Warrant shall not be deemed or
construed  to be a waiver of any such  provision,  nor to in any way  affect the
validity of this Warrant or any provision  hereof or the right of the Company or
any Holder to thereafter  enforce each and every  provision of this Warrant.  No
waiver of any breach,  noncompliance or  nonfulfillment of any of the provisions
of this  Warrant  shall be  effective  unless set forth in a written  instrument
executed  by the party or  parties  against  whom or which  enforcement  of such
waiver  is  sought;  and  no  waiver  of  any  such  breach,   noncompliance  or
nonfulfillment  shall be  construed  or  deemed  to be a waiver  of any other or
subsequent breach, noncompliance or nonfulfillment.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its duly authorized officer as of the 18th day of February, 1997.


                                      GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

[Insert Name of Holder]



By:
   ----------------------------
   Name:
   Title:

                                       -7-

<PAGE>


Form to be used to exercise Warrant:

GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
23 Madison Road
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004


Date: ________________, 19__

                  The  Undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to exercise the
within  Warrant and to  purchase  __________  shares of Common  Stock of Glasgal
Communications,  Inc. and hereby makes payment of $_____________ (at the rate of
$5.25 per share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue
the  shares  as to which  this  Warrant  is  exercised  in  accordance  with the
instructions given below.


                                                --------------------------------
                                                Signature


                                                --------------------------------
                                                Signature Guaranteed


                   INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Name
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (Print in Block Letters)

Address
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Warrant in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever,  and must be guaranteed by a
bank,  other than a savings  bank,  or by a trust  company  or by a firm  having
membership on a registered national securities exchange.

                                       -8-


                  THIS STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  is made and
entered into this 10th day of July, 1997, by and between Glasgal Communications,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company") and Direct Connect  International
Inc., a Delaware  corporation  having its principal place of business located at
266 Harristown Road, Suite 108, Glen Rock, New Jersey 07452 (the "Purchaser").

                  In   consideration   of  the   premises   and  of  the  mutual
representations, warranties and covenants hereinafter set forth, the Company and
the Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                              THE PURCHASE AND SALE

                  1.1 THE PURCHASE AND SALE. Subject to the terms and conditions
set forth herein,  at the Closing described below, the Company will sell and the
Purchaser  will  purchase an aggregate of 130,000  shares (the  "Shares") of the
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") for
an aggregate  purchase  price of $500,000 (the "Purchase  Price").  The Purchase
Price shall be paid as provided in Section 1.3.

                  1.2 EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS. Glasgal Communications,  Inc.,
a New Jersey  corporation,  Ralph Glasgal and the Purchaser  have entered into a
certain Common Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated as of January 7, 1994 (the "1994
Agreement").  Pursuant to the 1994 Agreement, the Company has a right to sell to
the Purchaser up to 1,337,239 shares of its Common Stock at approximately  $6.54
per share upon the receipt by the  Purchaser of Warrant  Proceeds (as defined in
the 1994  Agreement),  subject  to certain  conditions  set forth  therein.  The
parties  hereby  acknowledge  that the  Purchase of the Shares  pursuant to this
Agreement shall reduce the Company's right to sell shares of its Common Stock to
the Purchaser under Section 3.2(b) of the 1994 Agreement by 130,000 shares.

                  The Company and the Purchaser  have also entered into a letter
agreement  dated as of October 13,  1995  pursuant  to which the  Purchaser  has
agreed to transfer to the Company, at a price of $3.00 per share, 200,000 shares
of the  Company's  Common  Stock in the event that the Company  does not receive
$8.25  million from the  Purchaser  pursuant to the terms of the 1994  Agreement
prior to October 10, 1997.  Following the Closing of this Agreement,  the letter
agreement by and between the Company and the  Purchaser  dated as of October 13,
1995 shall immediately terminate with no further action of the parties.

                  1.3 THE CLOSING. The closing of the transactions  contemplated
hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the principal  offices of the Company
at 20 C Commerce Way, Totowa, New


<PAGE>

Jersey  07512 on July 14,  1997 at 10:00 A.M.  or at such other place or time as
the parties may agree (the "Closing Date").  At the Closing,  the Purchase Price
shall be payable by delivery of immediately  available funds by wire transfer to
an account of the  Company  that shall be  specified  in writing by the  Company
prior to the Closing.  Within five  business  days  following  the Closing,  the
Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares.

                  1.4 TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the Purchaser fails
to deliver  immediately  available funds  representing the Purchase Price by the
close of business on the Closing Date,  this Agreement shall terminate and be of
no force and effect  without the  requirement  of any notice from, or any action
by, the Company.

                                   ARTICLE II

                         Representations and Warranties
                             Concerning the Company
                             ----------------------

                  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as
                  follows:

                  2.1  ORGANIZATION  AND STANDING.  The Company is a corporation
duly  organized  and existing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in
good standing under such laws.

                  2.2 CORPORATE POWER.  The Company has all requisite  corporate
power and  authority to enter into this  Agreement  and the Company will have at
the Closing Date all requisite  corporate  power to sell the Shares and to carry
out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

                  2.3  CAPITALIZATION.  The  authorized  capital  stock  of  the
Company  consists of (i)  34,000,000  shares of Common Stock and (ii)  4,000,000
shares of preferred  stock, par value $.001 per share.  There are  approximately
23,708,690 shares of the Company's Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock
currently issued and outstanding.

                  2.4 SEC  REPORTS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  The Company has
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC"),  and  has
heretofore  made  available to the  Purchaser  true and  complete  copies of all
forms, reports,  schedules,  statements and other documents required to be filed
by it under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act") and
the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act") (as
such documents have been amended or supplemented since the time of their filing,
collectively,  the "SEC Reports"). As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports
have been prepared in conformity with

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  consistently  applied and as of the
dates  indicated,  and for the periods then ended,  present fairly the financial
position  and results of  operations  of the Company as of the dates and for the
periods indicated.

                  2.5 ABSENCE OF UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. Except as described in
the SEC Reports,  the Company has no material debts,  liabilities or obligations
of any kind, whether accrued,  absolute,  contingent or other, whether due or to
become due,  except as incurred in the ordinary  course of business,  that would
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

                  2.6 FULLY  PAID  SHARES.  The  Shares,  when  acquired  by the
Purchaser will be fully paid and  non-assessable,  free of preemptive rights and
encumbrances,  and will have the same rights under the Company's  certificate of
incorporation and by-laws as all other shares of Common Stock.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                OF THE PURCHASER

                  The  Purchaser  represents  and  warrants  to the  Company  as
follows:

                  3.1  INVESTMENT  INTENT,  ETC.  The  Purchaser  has  received,
examined and reviewed copies of the Company's most recent  reports,  as amended,
filed under the Exchange Act and other publicly available documents requested by
it and recognizes  that the  investment in the Shares  involves a high degree of
risk.  The  Purchaser  has been  advised  that it may not be possible to readily
liquidate this  investment.  The Purchaser's  overall  commitment to the Shares,
which are not readily marketable,  is not disproportionate to its net worth, its
investment  in the  Company  will not cause such  overall  commitment  to become
excessive,  and it can afford to bear the loss of its entire  investment  in the
Company.  The  Purchaser  has such  knowledge  and  experience  in financial and
business  matters  that it is capable of  evaluating  the merits and risks of an
investment in the Common Stock of the Company.  The Purchaser  confirms that the
Company  has  made  available  to its  representatives  the  opportunity  to ask
questions of, and receive  answers from, the Company  concerning the Company and
the   activities  of  the  Company  and  otherwise  to  obtain  any   additional
information,  to the extent that the Company possesses such information or could
acquire it  without  unreasonable  effort or  expense,  necessary  to verify the
accuracy of the information  conveyed to him. The Purchaser hereby  acknowledges
that it has been  advised that this  offering of Shares has not been  registered
with,  or reviewed  by, the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  because this
offering is intended to be a non-public offering pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. The Purchaser

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

represents  that  the  Shares  are  being  purchased  for its own  account,  for
investment  purposes only and not with a view towards  distribution or resale to
others. The Purchaser agrees that it will not attempt to sell, transfer, assign,
pledge or  otherwise  dispose the Shares  unless they are  registered  under the
Securities Act or unless in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the Company
an exemption from such registration is available. The Purchaser understands that
no securities  administrator  of any state has made any finding or determination
relating to the fairness of this investment and that no securities administrator
of any state has  recommended  or endorsed,  or will  recommend or endorse,  the
offering of the Shares. The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser
of this Agreement will not constitute or result in a breach or default under, or
conflict with, any order, ruling or regulation of any court or other tribunal or
of any governmental commission or agency, or any agreement or other undertaking,
to which the  Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound.  The  Purchaser  has
relied solely upon the advice of its own tax and legal  advisors with respect to
the tax and other legal aspects of this investment.  The Purchaser is purchasing
the  Shares  for  its  account,  and not in any  agency,  fiduciary  or  similar
capacity. The source of the funds evidencing the Purchase Price are from legally
available funds of the Purchaser.

                  3.2      LEGENDS.  The Purchaser understands that the
certificates evidencing the Shares will bear a legend substantially
as follows:

                  "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
                  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
                  "ACT"),  OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT
                  BE TRANSFERRED  UNTIL (I) A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE
                  ACT SHALL HAVE BECOME  EFFECTIVE  WITH REGARD THERETO AND THEY
                  SHALL HAVE BEEN  REGISTERED  OR  QUALIFIED  FOR SALE UNDER THE
                  APPROPRIATE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR (II) IN THE OPINION OF
                  COUNSEL TO THE  CORPORATION,  REGISTRATION  AND  QUALIFICATION
                  UNDER THE ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE APPROPRIATE STATE
                  IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER."

                  The legend  referred  to above shall be removed by the Company
from any certificate at such time as the holder of the shares represented by the
certificate  delivers  an  opinion  of counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Company to the effect  that such legend is not  required  in order to  establish
compliance  with any  provisions of the  Securities  Act, or at such time as the
holder of such  shares  satisfies  the  requirements  of Rule  144(k)  under the
Securities Act, as then in effect with respect to such shares.

                  3.3 RISK  FACTORS.  The  Purchaser  has  conducted its own due
diligence with respect to all aspects of this  transaction  and is familiar with
the risk factors inherent in the purchase of the

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

Shares,  and has been fully  apprised that all or a portion of the proceeds from
this investment will be used for working capital  purposes which may include the
repayment of indebtedness.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             REGISTRATION OF SHARES

                  4.1 "PIGGYBACK  REGISTRATION".  (a) If the Company at any time
or from time to time during the three (3) year period  commencing on the Closing
Date proposes to register any Common Stock under the  Securities Act (other than
pursuant  to  a  registration  statement  (including   pre-effective  amendments
thereto) (i) on Form S-8 or any successor form to such form, (ii) on Form S-4 or
any  successor  form to such form,  (iii) filed in  connection  with an exchange
offer  or  an  offering  of  Common  Stock  or  of  securities   convertible  or
exchangeable  into Common  Stock made  solely to its  existing  shareholders  in
connection  with a rights  offering or solely to  employees  of the Buyer,  or a
post-effective amendment to any then effective registration statement),  it will
give written  notice to the Purchaser of its intention at least ten (10) days in
advance of the filing of any Registration  Statement with respect thereto.  Upon
the written request of the Purchaser given within five (5) days after receipt of
such notice, the Company, subject to Section 4.1(b) below, will cause the Shares
and/or the resale of the Shares requested by the Purchaser to be registered,  to
be so registered.

                  (b) (i) In the case of an underwritten offering by the Company
of Common Stock,  the Company  shall,  with respect to Shares that the Purchaser
then  desires  to  sell,  enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  with the same
underwriters  engaged by the Company with respect to securities being offered by
the Company and cause such  underwriters to include in any such underwriting all
of the Common Shares that the Purchaser then desires to sell; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that  such  underwriting  agreement  is in  substantially  the same  form as the
underwriting agreement that the Buyer enters into in connection with the primary
offering it is making.

                      (ii)  If  the  managing  underwriter  with  respect  to an
offering  pursuant to this  Section 4.1  requests in writing  that the number of
Shares of the  Purchaser  that are  entitled to be  registered  pursuant to this
Section 4.1 be reduced  because in the judgment of the managing  underwriter the
offering  would be materially and adversely  affected,  then the Shares that the
Purchaser  wishes to register  pursuant to this  Section 4.1 shall be reduced by
such amount as the managing  underwriter  may  determine in writing so as to not
materially and adversely affect the proposed  offering,  which reduced number of
Shares shall be included in such offering.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this  Section  4.1,  the
Company  shall  have the right at any time  after it shall  have  given  written
notice pursuant to this Section 4.1  (irrespective  of whether a written request
for inclusion of any such securities  shall have been made) to elect not to file
any such  proposed  registration  statement,  or to withdraw  the same after the
filing but prior to the effective date thereof.

                  4.2 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. Each Registration Statement filed
pursuant to this Article IV shall be pursuant to the procedures set forth below:

                  (a) The Company shall notify the Purchaser  promptly  after it
shall  receive  notice  thereof,  of the date and time  when  such  Registration
Statement and each  post-effective  amendment  thereto has become effective or a
supplement to any prospectus  forming a part of such Registration  Statement has
been filed;

                  (b) The Company shall furnish to the Purchaser such reasonable
number of copies of the  Registration  Statement and  prospectus  and such other
documents as Purchaser may reasonably  request in order to facilitate the public
offering of the Shares;

                  (c) The  Company  shall use its best  efforts to  register  or
qualify  the Shares  covered  by such  Registration  Statement  under such state
securities  or  blue  sky  laws  of  such  jurisdictions  as the  Purchaser  may
reasonably request,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be obligated
to file any  general  consent  to  service of process or to qualify as a foreign
corporation  in any  jurisdiction  in which it is not so qualified or to subject
itself to taxation in connection with any such  registration or qualification of
such securities;

                  (d) The Company  shall notify the Purchaser  participating  in
such  registration  promptly  of any  request  by the SEC for  the  amending  or
supplementing  of such  Registration  Statement or prospectus or for  additional
information.  The  Purchaser  agrees  that,  upon receipt of any notice from the
Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in this  subsection
(d),  the  Purchaser  will  forthwith  discontinue  the offer and sale of Shares
pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Shares until receipt by the
Purchaser  and  underwriters  of the  copies  of such  supplemented  or  amended
prospectus and, if so directed by the Company, the Purchaser will deliver to the
Company  all copies,  other than  permanent  file copies then in the  Purchaser'
possession,  of the most recent  prospectus  covering such Shares at the time of
receipt of such notice; and

                  (e) The Company  shall advise the Purchaser  participating  in
such  registration,  promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain  knowledge
thereof,  of  the  issuance  of  any  stop  order  by  the  SEC  suspending  the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement or

                                       -6-

<PAGE>
the  initiation or  threatening  of any proceeding for that purpose and promptly
use its best  efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
withdrawal if such stop order should be issued.

                  4.3  EXPENSES  OF  REGISTRATION.  All  expenses of the Company
incident to the Company's  performance  of or compliance  with the provisions of
this Article IV shall be borne by the Company including without limitation:

                  (a)      All registration and filing fees;

                  (b) Fees and expenses of  compliance  with all  securities  or
blue sky laws  (including fees and  disbursements  of counsel for the Company in
connection with blue sky qualifications of the Shares;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that
the Company  shall not be  required to consent to general  service of process in
any such state); and

                  (c) Fees and  disbursements of the Company and its independent
auditors.

                  Nothing in this  Section  4.3 shall be deemed to  require  the
Company to pay or bear any expenses of the Purchaser's  attorneys or accountants
or any other personal  expenses or any  underwriting  discounts  relating to the
Shares,  selling commissions or similar fees attributable pro rata to the Shares
if such registration  results in an Underwritten  Offering of all or any portion
of the Shares.

                                    ARTICLE V

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  5.1 AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION. This Agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Purchaser and the Company.

                  5.2 WAIVER. Any breach of any obligation,  covenant, agreement
or condition contained herein shall be deemed waived by the non-breaching party,
only by a writing,  setting forth with particularity the breach being waived and
the scope of the waiver,  but such  waiver  shall not operate as a waiver of, or
estoppel with respect to, any  subsequent  or other  breach.  No waiver shall be
implied  from any conduct or action of the  non-breaching  party.  No failure or
delay by any party in  exercising  any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder or
under the  Documents  and no course of dealing by any party  shall  operate as a
waiver and any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder  or under any Document nor
shall any single or partial exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
power or privilege.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  5.3  NOTICES.  All  notices,   requests,   demands  and  other
communications  required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand:

                  (a)     if to the Company, to:

                          Glasgal Communications, Inc.
                          20 C Commerce Way
                          Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                          Attn:  Isaac J. Gaon

                           with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                           Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                           505 Park Avenue
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention: Robert Friedman, Esq.

                  (b)      if to Purchaser, to:

                           Direct Connect International, Inc.
                           266 Harristown Road, Suite 108
                           Glen Rock, New Jersey 07452
                           Attention: Joseph Salvani

or to such other address as any party shall have  specified by notice in writing
to the other in compliance with this Section 5.3.

                  5.4 BINDING  NATURE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and all of the
provisions  hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective  successors and assigns,  but neither this Agreement
nor any of the rights,  interests or obligations  hereunder shall be assigned by
any of the parties hereto without prior written consent of the other parties.

                  5.5  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY THE PURCHASER.  The Purchaser has been
informed  that the  Company's  Common  Stock is  publicly-traded  on the  Nasdaq
Small-Cap Market and that the Purchase Price for the Shares may bear no relation
to the future  market  value or book value of the Common  Stock.  The  Purchaser
further  acknowledges  that  it  has  reviewed  such  information  as  it  deems
appropriate  to evaluate  whether to enter into this  Agreement.  The  Purchaser
further  acknowledges  that  he is  not  relying  on  any  oral  information  or
representations from the Company or any other person, including  representatives
of the Company in  connection  with its  decision to enter into this  Agreement,
including  the  Company's  financial  condition,  prospects,  present  or future
results of operations,  business plans or the potential for future  appreciation
in the Company's Common Stock.

                  5.6  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  and the legal  relations
among the parties hereto shall be governed by and

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey  applicable to
contracts made and performed therein.

                  5.7  EXPENSES.  All costs and expenses  incurred in connection
with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.

                  5.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts
with the same effect as if both parties had signed one and the same instrument.

                  5.9 FORM OF  SIGNATURE.  The parties  hereto agree to accept a
facsimile  transmission copy of their respective signatures as evidence of their
respective  actual  signatures to this Agreement;  PROVIDED  HOWEVER,  that each
party who produces a facsimile signature agrees, by the express terms hereof, to
place,  immediately  after  transmission  of its  signature  by fax,  a true and
correct  original copy of its signature in overnight  mail to the address of the
other party.

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

                            GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                            By: /S/ ISAAC J. GAON
                               --------------------------------------
                               Name:  Isaac J. Gaon
                               Title: Chief Executive Officer


                            DIRECT CONNECT INTERNATIONAL INC.


                            By: /S/ JOSEPH SALVANI
                            -----------------------------------------
                            Name:  Joseph M. Salvani
                            Title: Chairman of the Board



                                      -10-


                  THIS STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  is made and
entered into this 25th day of July, 1997, by and between Glasgal Communications,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  and each of the purchasers named
on the execution pages hereof (the "Purchasers").

                  WHEREAS,  the Seller  desires to sell to each  Purchaser,  and
each such Purchaser desires,  severally,  but not jointly, to purchase, all upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,  the number
of shares of the common stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Shares"),  of the
Company set forth below such Purchaser's name on the execution pages hereof.

                  In   consideration   of  the   premises   and  of  the  mutual
representations, warranties and covenants hereinafter set forth, the Company and
each Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                              THE PURCHASE AND SALE

                  1.1 THE  PURCHASE  AND  SALE.  (a)  Subject  to the  terms and
conditions set forth herein,  at the Closing  described  below,  the Seller will
sell, and each  Purchaser will purchase,  the number of Shares set forth on each
such Purchaser's execution page.

                  (b) The purchase price for the Shares is $3.875 per share,  or
an aggregate  amount as set forth below each  Purchaser's  name on the execution
pages hereof. The Purchase Price shall be paid as provided in Section 1.2.

                  1.2 THE CLOSING. The closing of the transactions  contemplated
hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the principal  offices of the Company
at 20 C Commerce Way, Totowa, New Jersey 07512 on July 25, 1997 at 10:00 A.M. or
at such other place or time as the parties may agree (the  "Closing  Date").  At
the  Closing,  the  Purchase  Price shall be payable by delivery of  immediately
available  funds by wire  transfer  to an account of the  Company  that shall be
specified in writing by the Company  prior to the Closing.  Within five calendar
days  following  the  Closing,  the Company  shall  deliver to each  Purchaser a
certificate representing the Shares.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                             CONCERNING THE COMPANY

                  The Company  hereby  represents and warrants to the Purchasers
                  as follows:

                  2.1  ORGANIZATION  AND STANDING.  The Company is a corporation
duly  organized  and existing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in
good standing under such laws.

                  2.2 CORPORATE POWER.  The Company has all requisite  corporate
power and  authority to enter into this  Agreement  and the Company will have at
the Closing Date all requisite  corporate  power to sell the Shares and to carry
out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

                  2.3  CAPITALIZATION.  The  authorized,  issued and outstanding
capital stock of the Company  consists of (i) 34,000,000  shares of Common Stock
and (ii) 4,000,000 shares of preferred  stock, par value $.001 per share.  There
are approximately  23,708,690 shares of the Company's Common Stock and no shares
of Preferred Stock currently issued and outstanding.

                  2.4 SEC  REPORTS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  The Company has
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC"),  and  has
heretofore  made  available to each  Purchaser  true and complete  copies of all
forms, reports,  schedules,  statements and other documents required to be filed
by it under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act") and
the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act") (as
such documents have been amended or supplemented since the time of their filing,
collectively,  the "SEC Reports"). As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports
have been prepared in conformity with Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles
consistently  applied and as of the dates  indicated,  and for the periods  then
ended,  present  fairly the financial  position and results of operations of the
Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

                  2.5 ABSENCE OF UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. Except as described in
the SEC Reports,  the Company has no material debts,  liabilities or obligations
of any kind, whether accrued,  absolute,  contingent or other, whether due or to
become due,  except as incurred in the ordinary  course of business,  that would
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

                  2.6 FULLY  PAID  SHARES.  The  Shares,  when  acquired  by the
Purchasers will be fully paid and non-assessable,  free of preemptive rights and
encumbrances, and will have the same rights

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
under the Company's certificate of incorporation and by-laws as all other shares
of Common Stock.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                OF THE PURCHASERS

                  Each Purchaser,  as to himself or herself only, represents and
warrants to the Company as follows:

                  3.1 INVESTMENT  INTENT,  ETC. Each Purchaser is an "accredited
investor" as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated  under
the  Securities  Act.  Each  Purchaser or his  investment  advisor has received,
examined and reviewed copies of the Company's most recent  reports,  as amended,
filed  under  the  Exchange  Act and  other  publicly  available  documents  and
recognizes  that the  investment  in the Shares  involves a high degree of risk.
Each Purchaser has been advised that it may not be possible to readily liquidate
this investment.  Each Purchaser's  overall commitment to the Shares,  which are
not readily marketable, is not disproportionate to his net worth, his investment
in the Company will not cause such overall  commitment to become excessive,  and
he can afford to bear the loss of his entire  investment  in the  Company.  Each
Purchaser has such  knowledge and  experience in financial and business  matters
that  such  Purchaser  is  capable  of  evaluating  the  merits  and risks of an
investment in the Common Stock of the Company.  Each Purchaser confirms that the
Company has made  available to such  Purchaser the  opportunity to ask questions
of, and  receive  answers  from,  the  Company  concerning  the  Company and the
activities of the Company and otherwise to obtain any additional information, to
the extent that the  Company  possesses  such  information  or could  acquire it
without unreasonable effort or expense,  necessary to verify the accuracy of the
information  conveyed  to him.  Each  Purchaser  hereby  acknowledges  that such
Purchaser has been advised that this offering of Shares has not been  registered
with,  or reviewed  by, the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  because this
offering is intended to be a non-public offering pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities  Act. Each Purchaser  represents  that the Shares are being purchased
for such  Purchaser's own account,  for investment  purposes only and not with a
view towards  distribution  or resale to others.  Each Purchaser  agrees that he
will not attempt to sell,  transfer,  assign,  pledge or  otherwise  dispose the
Shares  unless they are  registered  under the  Securities  Act or unless in the
opinion  of  counsel   satisfactory  to  the  Company  an  exemption  from  such
registration  is  available.  Each  Purchaser  understands  that  no  securities
administrator of any state has made any finding or determination relating to the
fairness of this  investment and that no securities  administrator  of any state
has recommended or endorsed,  or will recommend or endorse,  the offering of the
Shares.  Each  Purchaser  has relied  solely  upon the advice of its own tax and
legal advisors with

                                       -3-

<PAGE>
respect to the tax and other legal aspects of this investment. Each Purchaser is
purchasing the Shares for such  Purchaser's own account,  and not in any agency,
fiduciary or similar capacity.

                  3.2  APPROVALS  AND  CONSENTS.  The  execution,  delivery  and
performance by each Purchaser of this Agreement will not constitute or result in
a breach or default under, or conflict with, any order,  ruling or regulation of
any court or other tribunal or of any governmental  commission or agency, or any
agreement or other  undertaking,  to which such Purchaser is a party or by which
he is bound. No action, approval,  consent or authorization,  including, but not
limited to, any action,  approval,  consent or authorization by any governmental
or quasi-governmental agency,  commission,  board, bureau, or instrumentality is
necessary or required as to each Purchaser in order to constitute this Agreement
as a valid,  binding and enforceable  obligation of such Purchaser in accordance
with its terms.  The source of the funds  evidencing the Purchase Price are from
legally available funds of each Purchaser.

                  3.3 LEGENDS.  Each Purchaser understands that the certificates
evidencing the Shares will bear a legend substantially as follows:

                  "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
                  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
                  "ACT"),  OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT
                  BE TRANSFERRED  UNTIL (I) A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE
                  ACT SHALL HAVE BECOME  EFFECTIVE  WITH REGARD THERETO AND THEY
                  SHALL HAVE BEEN  REGISTERED  OR  QUALIFIED  FOR SALE UNDER THE
                  APPROPRIATE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR (II) IN THE OPINION OF
                  COUNSEL TO THE  CORPORATION,  REGISTRATION  AND  QUALIFICATION
                  UNDER THE ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE APPROPRIATE STATE
                  IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER."

                  The legend  referred  to above shall be removed by the Company
from any certificate at such time as the holder of the shares represented by the
certificate  delivers  an  opinion  of counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Company to the effect  that such legend is not  required  in order to  establish
compliance  with any  provisions of the  Securities  Act, or at such time as the
holder of such  shares  satisfies  the  requirements  of Rule  144(k)  under the
Securities Act, as then in effect with respect to such shares.

                  3.4 RISK  FACTORS.  Each  Purchaser  has conducted his own due
diligence with respect to all aspects of this  transaction  and is familiar with
the risk  factors  inherent in the  purchase of the  Shares,  which  include the
following:

                  WORKING CAPITAL  DEFICIENCIES;  HISTORY OF LOSSES. The Company
has  a  history  of  limited   working  capital  and  has  had  working  capital
deficiencies of $2,679,000, $10,223,000 and $4,103,000 for

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

the fiscal  years  ended  April 30,  1995 and 1996,  and the nine  months  ended
January 31, 1997, respectively. In addition, the Company has incurred net losses
of  $2,392,000,  $13,418,000  and  $844,417 for the fiscal years ended April 30,
1995 and 1996, and the nine months ended January 31, 1997, respectively.

         There can be no  assurance  that the Company will  generate  sufficient
revenues to meet expenses or to operate profitably in the future. If the Company
is unable to generate  sufficient cash flow from its operations it would have to
seek additional  borrowings,  effect debt or equity offerings or otherwise raise
capital.  There can be no assurance that any such financing will be available to
the Company, or if available,  that the terms will be acceptable to the Company.
In addition, the ability to raise other capital might be restricted by financial
covenants contained in currently existing borrowing agreements.

         POSSIBLE NEED FOR  ADDITIONAL  FINANCING.  As of January 31, 1997,  the
Company had cash and cash  equivalents of $556,000.  The Company may be required
to seek additional financing to finance its working capital requirements.  There
can be no  assurance  that  any  additional  financing,  if  required,  will  be
available to the Company on acceptable  terms, if at all. The Company  currently
has limited  availability under its line of credit. Any inability by the Company
to obtain additional financing, if required, will have a material adverse effect
on the operations of the Company.

         SUBSTANTIAL  INDEBTEDNESS.  As of January  31,  1997,  the  Company had
outstanding  on  a  consolidated  basis  approximately  $12,133,000  million  of
indebtedness.  The level of the  Company's  indebtedness  could  have  important
consequences to its future prospects,  including the following: (i) limiting the
ability  of the  Company  to obtain any  necessary  financing  in the future for
working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  debt  service  requirements  or other
purposes;  (ii) requiring that a substantial  portion of the Company's cash flow
from  operations,  if any,  be  dedicated  to the  payment of  principal  of and
interest  on  its  indebtedness  and  other  obligations;   (iii)  limiting  its
flexibility  in planning for, or reacting to changes in, its business;  (iv) the
Company will be more highly  leveraged than some of its  competitors,  which may
place it at a competitive disadvantage;  and (v) increasing its vulnerability in
the event of a downturn in its business.

         DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's  future success  depends in
large part on the continued  service of its key personnel.  In  particular,  the
loss of the services of Isaac Gaon, Chief Executive  Officer,  Robert Gadd, Vice
President,  or  Christopher  Carey,  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of
Datatec,  of which  the  Company  owns  approximately  98.5% of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares,  could have a material  adverse effect on the operations of
the Company.  The Company has employment  agreements with Messrs. Gaon, Gadd and
Carey which each expire on

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
October 31, 1999. Each of these  employment  agreements may be terminated by the
Company for cause or by the  employee  for good  reason.  The  Company's  future
success and growth also depends on its ability to continue to attract,  motivate
and retain  highly  qualified  employees,  including  those  with the  technical
expertise  necessary  to operate the  business of the  Company.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company  will be able to attract,  motivate  and retain such
persons.

         COMPETITION.  The Company competes with other companies involved in the
design,  installation,  integration,  deployment and servicing of local and wide
area networks,  the provision of software tools to systems  integrations and the
distribution of data communications  equipment.  These competitors include local
and national systems  integrators,  computer  manufacturers,  software  vendors,
telephone  companies  and  distribution  companies.  These  markets  are  highly
competitive,   and  some   companies   with  which  the  Company   competes  are
substantially larger and have significantly  greater resources than the Company.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete  successfully
in the future.

         CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL  STOCKHOLDERS.  Ralph Glasgal, the Chairman of the
Board and President of the Company, through his beneficial ownership and through
a voting agreement with Direct Connect  International Inc. ("DCI") has the power
to vote  approximately  24% of the Common Stock.  DCI has pledged  approximately
300,000 of the shares of Common Stock it owns in the Company as  collateral  for
various  obligations.  If the pledgees  were to become the owner of such shares,
Mr. Glasgal would no longer have the power to vote such shares. In addition, Mr.
Carey,  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of Datatec has the power to vote
approximately 17% of the Common Stock.

         EXTENDED LEAD TIMES FOR  REALIZATION OF REVENUE.  Due to the nature and
size of orders  that the  Company is now  pursuing  there is a longer  lead time
between  the  initiation  of  prospective  business  and the  consummation  of a
transaction, if any. Consequently,  significantly more resources are required to
manage this process. As such, there is likely to be substantial  fluctuations in
sales volume on a month-to-month  and  quarter-to-quarter  basis. The pursuit of
this type of business increases the Company's risk of failure,  especially given
its present level of working capital.  As a result,  if the Company  experiences
lower than expected sales volume for an extended period of time, there will be a
material adverse effect on the Company.

         VOLATILITY  OF THE COMPANY'S  COMMON STOCK PRICES.  The market price of
the Company's  Common Stock has  experienced  significant  volatility,  with per
share  closing bid prices  ranging  from a low of $4.50 to a high of $10.75 over
the nine month  period from May 1, 1996 to January 31,  1997.  Announcements  of
technological innovations for new commercial products of the Company or its

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

competitors, developments concerning propriety rights or governmental regulation
or  general  conditions  in the  market for the  Company's  services  may have a
significant  effect on the  Company's  business  and on the market  price of the
Company's  securities.  Sales of a  substantial  number of  shares  by  existing
security  holders  could also have an adverse  effect on the market price of the
Company's securities.

         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. The sale, or availability for sale, of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 or
otherwise could adversely  affect the market price of the Common Stock and could
impair the Company's ability to raise additional capital through the sale of its
equity securities.

         NO CASH  DIVIDENDS.  The  Company  has not paid cash  dividends  on its
Common  Stock since its  inception,  other than  certain  distributions  made to
stockholders in amounts  sufficient to reimburse the Company's  stockholders for
income  tax  liabilities  arising  from the  Company's  former  status as an "S"
corporation.  The Company currently intends to retain earnings,  if any, for use
in the business and does not anticipate paying any dividends to its stockholders
in the foreseeable future.

         RIGHTS OF COMMON STOCK  SUBORDINATE TO PREFERRED STOCK. The Certificate
of  Incorporation  of the  Company  authorizes  the  issuance  of a  maximum  of
4,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,  par value $.001 per share.  If shares of
preferred  stock are issued in the  future,  the terms of a series of  preferred
stock may be set by the  Company's  Board of Directors  without  approval by the
holders of the Common  Stock of the  Company.  Such terms could  include,  among
others,  preferences as to dividends and distributions on liquidation as well as
separate class voting rights.  The rights of the holders of the Company's Common
Stock will be subject to, and may be  adversely  affected  by, the rights of the
holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future.

         CERTAIN  ANTI-TAKEOVER  CHARTER  PROVISIONS.  The  future  issuance  of
preferred stock by the Company could have the effect of making it more difficult
for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a
majority  of the  outstanding  voting  stock  of the  Company.  Other  than  the
Preferred Stock described herein, the Company does not have any present plans to
issue any additional shares of preferred stock.

         ACQUISITIONS.  It is  currently  anticipated  that  a  portion  of  the
Company's  future  growth  will  result from  acquisitions  of other  similar or
complementary   businesses.   In  October  1994,  the  Company  consummated  the
acquisition  of Signatel,  Ltd.  ("Signatel").  On April 24,  1996,  the Company
acquired  80% of the  issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of  Computer-Aided
Software  Integration,  Inc. ("CASI"), a provider of software tools and services
to systems

                                       -7-

<PAGE>
integrators  and  independent  software  vendors.  On July 31, 1996, the Company
acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of HH Communications,
Inc.  ("HH"),   which  resells  computer   networking   equipment  and  provides
value-added services in connection with such equipment. On October 31, 1996, the
Company acquired approximately 98.5% of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of Datatec,  a network  integrator.  The Company  has no other  current  plan or
agreement  to acquire any other  business.  There can be no  assurance  that any
other  transaction  will be  consummated  or that they will result in  increased
levels of profit for the Company.  In addition,  there can be no assurance  that
the Company  will be able to  integrate or manage  successfully  other  acquired
businesses.

                  3.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  No  representations  or warranties have
been made to each  Purchaser by the Seller,  and in  subscribing  for the Shares
such  Purchaser  is not  relying  upon  any  representations  other  than  those
contained herein.

                  3.6 PURCHASER INFORMATION. Any information that each Purchaser
has heretofore furnished or is simultaneously  herewith furnishing to the Seller
with respect to such Purchaser's  financial position and business  experience is
correct and  complete as of the date of this  Agreement  and, if there should be
any material change in such information, each Purchaser will immediately furnish
revised or corrected information to the Company.

                  3.7 FINDERS.  Each Purchaser represents and warrants that such
Purchaser has not retained any finder, broker, agent, financial advisor or other
intermediary in connection with the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers,  directors,
affiliates,   subsidiaries,   employees  and  agents  from   liability  for  any
compensation  to any such  intermediary  retained by such Purchaser and the fees
and expenses of defending against such liability or alleged liability.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             REGISTRATION OF SHARES

                  4.1 "PIGGYBACK  REGISTRATION".  (a) If the Company at any time
or from time to time during the three (3) year period  commencing on the Closing
Date proposes to register any Common Stock under the  Securities Act (other than
pursuant  to  a  registration  statement  (including   pre-effective  amendments
thereto) (i) on Form S-8 or any successor form to such form, (ii) on Form S-4 or
any  successor  form to such form,  (iii) filed in  connection  with an exchange
offer  or  an  offering  of  Common  Stock  or  of  securities   convertible  or
exchangeable  into Common  Stock made  solely to its  existing  shareholders  in
connection  with a rights  offering or solely to  employees  of the Buyer,  or a
post-effective

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

amendment to any then effective  registration  statement),  it will give written
notice to each  Purchaser of its  intention at least ten (10) days in advance of
the filing of any Registration  Statement with respect thereto. Upon the written
request  of any  Purchaser  given  within  five (5) days  after  receipt of such
notice,  the Company,  subject to Section  4.1(b)  below,  will cause the Shares
and/or the resale of the Shares requested by such Purchaser to be registered, to
be so registered.

                  (b) (i) In the case of an underwritten offering by the Company
of Common Stock,  the Company shall,  with respect to Shares that each Purchaser
then  desires  to  sell,  enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  with the same
underwriters  engaged by the Company with respect to securities being offered by
the Company and cause such  underwriters to include in any such underwriting all
of the  Common  Shares  that each  Purchaser  then  desires  to sell;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that such underwriting  agreement is in substantially the same form as
the  underwriting  agreement  that the Buyer enters into in connection  with the
primary offering it is making.

                      (ii)  If  the  managing  underwriter  with  respect  to an
offering  pursuant to this  Section 4.1  requests in writing  that the number of
Shares of each  Purchaser  that are entitled to be  registered  pursuant to this
Section 4.1 be reduced  because in the judgment of the managing  underwriter the
offering would be materially and adversely  affected,  then the Shares that such
Purchaser  wishes to register  pursuant to this  Section 4.1 shall be reduced by
such amount as the managing  underwriter  may  determine in writing so as to not
materially and adversely affect the proposed  offering,  which reduced number of
Shares shall be included in such offering.

                  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this  Section  4.1,  the
Company  shall  have the right at any time  after it shall  have  given  written
notice pursuant to this Section 4.1  (irrespective  of whether a written request
for inclusion of any such securities  shall have been made) to elect not to file
any such  proposed  registration  statement,  or to withdraw  the same after the
filing but prior to the effective date thereof.

                  4.2  "S-3  REGISTRATION".  In the  event  that a  Registration
Statement  relating to the resale of the Shares by the  Purchasers  has not been
filed on or before  August 1, 1997,  the Company  shall use its best  efforts to
file a  Registration  Statement on Form S-3 covering the resale of the Shares of
Common Stock by each of the  Purchasers  within 30 days following such date. The
Company shall use its best efforts to cause any such  Registration  Statement to
remain  current and effective to permit the sale of the Shares until the earlier
of  (a)  the  date  that  all of the  Shares  have  been  sold  pursuant  to the
Registration  Statement,  (b) the date the  holders  of the  Shares  receive  an
opinion of counsel

                                       -9-

<PAGE>
satisfactory  to each Purchaser that the Shares may be sold under the provisions
of Rule  144(k)  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act,  or (c) the two  year
anniversary of the effective date of the Registration Statement.

                  4.3 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. Each Registration Statement filed
pursuant to this Article IV shall be pursuant to the procedures set forth below:

                  (a) The Company shall notify each Purchaser  promptly after it
shall  receive  notice  thereof,  of the date and time  when  such  Registration
Statement and each  post-effective  amendment  thereto has become effective or a
supplement to any prospectus  forming a part of such Registration  Statement has
been filed;

                  (b)  The  Company  shall  furnish  to  each   Purchaser   such
reasonable  number of copies of the  Registration  Statement and  prospectus and
such other documents as Purchaser may reasonably  request in order to facilitate
the public offering of the Shares;

                  (c) The  Company  shall use its best  efforts to  register  or
qualify  the Shares  covered  by such  Registration  Statement  under such state
securities  or blue  sky  laws  of such  jurisdictions  as  each  Purchaser  may
reasonably request,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be obligated
to file any  general  consent  to  service of process or to qualify as a foreign
corporation  in any  jurisdiction  in which it is not so qualified or to subject
itself to taxation in connection with any such  registration or qualification of
such securities;

                  (d) The Company shall notify each Purchaser  participating  in
such  registration  promptly  of any  request  by the SEC for  the  amending  or
supplementing  of such  Registration  Statement or prospectus or for  additional
information.  Each  Purchaser  agrees that,  upon receipt of any notice from the
Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in this  subsection
(d), such  Purchaser  will  forthwith  discontinue  the offer and sale of Shares
pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Shares until receipt by the
Purchaser  and  underwriters  of the  copies  of such  supplemented  or  amended
prospectus and, if so directed by the Company, the Purchaser will deliver to the
Company all copies,  other than permanent  file copies then in such  Purchaser's
possession,  of the most recent  prospectus  covering such Shares at the time of
receipt of such notice; and

                  (e) The Company shall advise each Purchaser  participating  in
such  registration,  promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain  knowledge
thereof,  of  the  issuance  of  any  stop  order  by  the  SEC  suspending  the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of
any proceeding for that purpose and promptly use its best efforts to prevent the

                                      -10-

<PAGE>
issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should
be issued.

                  4.4  EXPENSES  OF  REGISTRATION.  All  expenses of the Company
incident to the Company's  performance  of or compliance  with the provisions of
this Article IV shall be borne by the Company including without limitation:

                  (a)      All registration and filing fees;

                  (b) Fees and expenses of  compliance  with all  securities  or
blue sky laws  (including fees and  disbursements  of counsel for the Company in
connection with blue sky qualifications of the Shares;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that
the Company  shall not be  required to consent to general  service of process in
any such state); and

                  (c) Fees and  disbursements of the Company and its independent
auditors.

                  Nothing in this  Section  4.3 shall be deemed to  require  the
Company to pay or bear any expenses of the Purchasers'  attorneys or accountants
or any other personal  expenses or any  underwriting  discounts  relating to the
Common Shares,  selling commissions or similar fees attributable pro rata to the
Common Shares if such registration results in an Underwritten Offering of all or
any portion of the Common Shares.

                  4.5 LOCK-UP.  Each of the  Purchasers  hereby agree that for a
period of 90 days from the Closing Date, they will not offer, sell,  transfer or
otherwise  dispose  of any of the  Shares  which are owned  (beneficially  or of
record) by them,  irrespective  of whether  there is an  effective  Registration
Statement  covering the resale of the Shares,  without the prior written consent
of the Company.

                                    ARTICLE V

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  5.1 AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION. This Agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Purchaser and the Company.

                  5.2 WAIVER. Any breach of any obligation,  covenant, agreement
or condition contained herein shall be deemed waived by the non-breaching party,
only by a writing,  setting forth with particularity the breach being waived and
the scope of the waiver,  but such  waiver  shall not operate as a waiver of, or
estoppel with respect to, any  subsequent  or other  breach.  No waiver shall be
implied  from any conduct or action of the  non-breaching  party.  No failure or
delay by any party in  exercising  any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder or
under the  Documents  and no course of dealing by any party  shall  operate as a
waiver and any right, power or

                                      -11-

<PAGE>
privilege  hereunder  or under any  Document  nor shall  any  single or  partial
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

                  5.3  NOTICES.  All  notices,   requests,   demands  and  other
communications  required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand:

                  (a)      if to the Company, to:

                           Glasgal Communications, Inc.
                           20 C Commerce Way
                           Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                           Attn:  Isaac J. Gaon

                           with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                           Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                           505 Park Avenue
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention: Robert Friedman, Esq.

                  (b)      if to the Purchasers, at each such address
                           set forth on the execution pages hereof.

and,  in each case,  to such other  address as any party shall have given to the
other parties by notice in writing to the other in compliance  with this Section
5.3.

                  5.4 BINDING  NATURE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and all of the
provisions  hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective  successors and assigns,  but neither this Agreement
nor any of the rights,  interests or obligations  hereunder shall be assigned by
any of the parties hereto without prior written consent of the other parties.

                  5.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY THE PURCHASERS. Each Purchaser has been
informed  that the  Company's  Common  Stock is  publicly-traded  on the  Nasdaq
Small-Cap Market and that the Purchase Price for the Shares may bear no relation
to the future  market value or book value of the Common  Stock.  Each  Purchaser
further  acknowledges  that  he  has  reviewed  such  information  as  he  deems
appropriate  to evaluate  whether to enter into this  Agreement.  Each Purchaser
further  acknowledges  that  he is  not  relying  on  any  oral  information  or
representations from the Company or any other person, including  representatives
of the Company in  connection  with his  decision to enter into this  Agreement,
including  the  Company's  financial  condition,  prospects,  present  or future
results of

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

operations,  business  plans or the  potential  for future  appreciation  in the
Company's Common Stock.

                  5.6  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  and the legal  relations
among the parties  hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of New Jersey  applicable to contracts  made and performed
therein.

                  5.7  EXPENSES.  All costs and expenses  incurred in connection
with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.

                  5.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts
with the same effect as if both parties had signed one and the same instrument.

                  5.9 FORM OF  SIGNATURE.  The parties  hereto agree to accept a
facsimile  transmission copy of their respective signatures as evidence of their
respective  actual  signatures to this Agreement;  PROVIDED  HOWEVER,  that each
party who produces a facsimile signature agrees, by the express terms hereof, to
place,  immediately  after  transmission  of its  signature  by fax,  a true and
correct  original copy of its signature in overnight  mail to the address of the
other party.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

                     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.



                                  GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                 By: /s/ James Caci
                                     -------------------------------------
                                     Name:  James Caci
                                     Title: Vice President


                                      -14-

<PAGE>


                     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                 PURCHASER:


                                 /S/ J.M. SALVANI
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Name: DIRECT CONNECT INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                 Address:
                                 266 Harristown Road #108
                                 Glen Rock, NJ 07452


                                 Number of Shares Purchased:

                                 350,000


                                 Aggregate Purchase Price:


                                 $1,356,250

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                 PURCHASER:


                                 /S/ PETER SIMONE
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Name: 


                                 Address:
                                 105 Stillwell Avenue
                                 Laurel Hollow, NY 11791


                                 Number of Shares Purchased:

                                 25,000


                                 Aggregate Purchase Price:


                                 $96,875

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                 PURCHASER:


                                 /S/ ERIC CHAUVET
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Name: ERIC CHAUVET


                                 Address:
                                 15, ch de L'Ermitage
                                 CH-1222 VESENAZ-GENEVE


                                 Number of Shares Purchased:

                                 50,000


                                 Aggregate Purchase Price:


                                 $193,750

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
                     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                 PURCHASER:


                                 /S/ KENNETH Q. YIP
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Name: KENNETH Q. YIP
                                       VICE PRESIDENT


                                 Address:
                                 39 E. 31st - Suite 400
                                 New York, New York 10016


                                 Number of Shares Purchased:

                                 10,000


                                 Aggregate Purchase Price:


                                 $38,750

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
                     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                 PURCHASER:


                                 /S/ GEOREGE KOO
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Name: GEORGE KOO


                                 Address:
                                 82-15 16TH PLACE
                                 HILLCREST, NY 11432


                                 Number of Shares Purchased:

                                 5,000


                                 Aggregate Purchase Price:


                                 $19,375

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
                     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                 PURCHASER:
                                 ORACLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED

                                 /S/ ROBERT K. DICKINSON
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Name: ROBERT K. DICKINSON


                                 Address:
                                 Warner Building
                                 85 Reid Street, Hamilton HM12
                                 Bermuda


                                 Number of Shares Purchased:

                                 125,000


                                 Aggregate Purchase Price:


                                 $484,375

                                      -15-
<PAGE>


                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                20C Commerce Way
                            Totowa, New Jersey 07512


                                                                   July 25, 1997

Direct Connect International, Inc.
266 Harristown Road, Suite 108
Glen Rock, New Jersey 07452
Attention: Joseph Salvani

                           Re:      Glasgal Communications, Inc.,
                                    (THE "Company")
Gentlemen:

                  Reference is hereby made to that certain Common Stock Purchase
Agreement dated as of January 7, 1994 by and among Glasgal Communications, Inc.,
a New Jersey corporation,  Ralph Glasgal and Direct Connect International,  Inc.
("DCI"),  as amended by Section 1.2 of that  certain  Stock  Purchase  Agreement
dated July 10, 1997, by and between the Company and DCI (the "1994 Agreement").

                  Pursuant  to the 1994  Agreement,  the  Company has a right to
sell to the  Purchaser up to 1,207,239  shares (the "Put  Shares") of its Common
Stock at  approximately  $6.54 per share upon the  receipt by the  Purchaser  of
Warrant  Proceeds (as defined in the 1994  Agreement),  subject to certain other
conditions  set forth  therein.  In  consideration  for the  agreement of DCI to
purchase  additional  shares of the Company's  Common Stock  pursuant to a Stock
Purchase  Agreement to be entered into  simultaneously  herewith  (the  "Current
Agreement"),  the parties  hereby amend Section  3.2(b) of the 1994 Agreement to
increase  DCI's  conditional  right to purchase  shares of the Company's  Common
Stock to  1,207,239  shares  (the  "Call  Shares"),  subject  to  certain  other
conditions set forth therein.

                  In connection with the execution of the Current Agreement, DCI
hereby  authorizes  and directs the  Company to release all  reserved  shares of
Common Stock issuable upon DCI's exercise of the Call Shares.  DCI  acknowledges
and agrees  that the  Company's  obligation  to issue the Call  Shares  shall be
immediately  suspended  until such time as the  Company  amends  its  charter to
increase its authorized Common Stock. The Company hereby covenants and agrees to
use its best  efforts to cause its  Stockholders  to approve  the  amendment  to
increase its authorized Common Stock at its next Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


<PAGE>

                  If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement, please so
indicate by signing below in the space provided.

                                          Very truly,

                                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                          By:/s/ James M. Caci
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Name:  James M. Caci
                                             Title: Chief Financial Officer

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

DIRECT CONNECT INTERNATIONAL, INC.



By: /s/ Joseph Salvani
   --------------------------------
         Name:  JOSEPH SALVANI
         Title: Chairman of the Board



                                       -2-

                  THIS STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  is made and
entered into this 30th day of June, 1997, by and between Glasgal Communications,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company")  and Ralph Glasgal an individual
residing at 4A Pierpont Road, Rockleigh, N.J. 07647 (the "Purchaser").

                  In   consideration   of  the   premises   and  of  the  mutual
representations, warranties and covenants hereinafter set forth, the Company and
the Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                              THE PURCHASE AND SALE

                  1.1 THE PURCHASE AND SALE. Subject to the terms and conditions
set forth herein,  at the Closing described below, the Company will sell and the
Purchaser  will  purchase an aggregate of 160,000  shares (the  "Shares") of the
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") for
an aggregate  purchase  price of $620,000 (the "Purchase  Price").  The Purchase
Price shall be paid as provided in Section 1.2.

                  1.2 THE CLOSING. The closing of the transactions  contemplated
hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the principal  offices of the Company
at 20 C Commerce Way, Totowa, New Jersey 07512 on June 27, 1997 at 10:00 A.M. or
at such other place or time as the parties may agree (the  "Closing  Date").  At
the  Closing,  the  Purchase  Price shall be payable by delivery of  immediately
available  funds by wire  transfer  to an account of the  Company  that shall be
specified in writing by the Company  prior to the  Closing.  Within ten calendar
days  following  the  Closing,  the  Company  shall  deliver to the  Purchaser a
certificate representing the Shares.

                  1.3 TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the Purchaser fails
to deliver  immediately  available funds  representing the Purchase Price by the
close of business on the Closing Date,  this Agreement shall terminate and be of
no force and effect  without the  requirement  of any notice from, or any action
by, the Company.

                                   ARTICLE II

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                             CONCERNING THE COMPANY

                  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as
                  follows:


<PAGE>
                  2.1  ORGANIZATION  AND STANDING.  The Company is a corporation
duly  organized  and existing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in
good standing under such laws.

                  2.2 CORPORATE POWER.  The Company has all requisite  corporate
power and  authority to enter into this  Agreement  and the Company will have at
the Closing Date all requisite  corporate  power to sell the Shares and to carry
out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

                  2.3  CAPITALIZATION.  The  authorized,  issued and outstanding
capital stock of the Company  consists of (i) 34,000,000  shares of Common Stock
and (ii) 4,000,000 shares of preferred  stock, par value $.001 per share.  There
are  approximately  23,708,690  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock and [no]
shares of Preferred Stock currently issued and outstanding.

                  2.4 SEC  REPORTS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  The Company has
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC"),  and  has
heretofore  made  available to the  Purchaser  true and  complete  copies of all
forms, reports,  schedules,  statements and other documents required to be filed
by it under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act") and
the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act") (as
such documents have been amended or supplemented since the time of their filing,
collectively,  the "SEC Reports"). As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports
have been prepared in conformity with Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles
consistently  applied and as of the dates  indicated,  and for the periods  then
ended,  present  fairly the financial  position and results of operations of the
Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

                  2.5 ABSENCE OF UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. Except as described in
the SEC Reports,  the Company has no material debts,  liabilities or obligations
of any kind, whether accrued,  absolute,  contingent or other, whether due or to
become due,  except as incurred in the ordinary  course of business,  that would
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

                  2.6 FULLY  PAID  SHARES.  The  Shares,  when  acquired  by the
Purchaser will be fully paid and  non-assessable,  free of preemptive rights and
encumbrances,  and will have the same rights under the Company's  certificate of
incorporation and by-laws as all other shares of Common Stock.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                OF THE PURCHASER

                  The  Purchaser  represents  and  warrants  to the  Company  as
follows:

                  3.1  INVESTMENT  INTENT,  ETC. The Purchaser is an "accredited
investor" as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated  under
the Securities Act. The Purchaser has received,  examined and reviewed copies of
the Company's most recent reports, as amended,  filed under the Exchange Act and
other publicly  available  documents  requested by him and  recognizes  that the
investment in the Shares  involves a high degree of risk. The Purchaser has been
advised that it may not be possible to readily  liquidate this  investment.  The
Purchaser's overall commitment to the Shares,  which are not readily marketable,
is not disproportionate to his net worth, his investment in the Company will not
cause such overall commitment to become excessive, and he can afford to bear the
loss of his entire  investment in the Company.  The Purchaser has such knowledge
and  experience  in  financial  and  business  matters  that  he is  capable  of
evaluating  the merits  and risks of an  investment  in the Common  Stock of the
Company.  The Purchaser  confirms that the Company has made available to him the
opportunity  to  ask  questions  of,  and  receive  answers  from,  the  Company
concerning the Company and the activities of the Company and otherwise to obtain
any  additional  information,  to the extent  that the  Company  possesses  such
information  or  could  acquire  it  without  unreasonable  effort  or  expense,
necessary  to verify  the  accuracy  of the  information  conveyed  to him.  The
Purchaser  hereby  acknowledges  that he has been advised that this  offering of
Shares has not been registered with, or reviewed by, the Securities and Exchange
Commission  because  this  offering  is  intended  to be a  non-public  offering
pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act. The Purchaser  represents  that
the Shares are being purchased for his own account, for investment purposes only
and not with a view  towards  distribution  or resale to others.  The  Purchaser
agrees that he will not attempt to sell, transfer,  assign,  pledge or otherwise
dispose the Shares unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless
in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the Company an  exemption  from such
registration  is  available.   The  Purchaser  understands  that  no  securities
administrator of any state has made any finding or determination relating to the
fairness of this  investment and that no securities  administrator  of any state
has recommended or endorsed,  or will recommend or endorse,  the offering of the
Shares.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the  Purchaser  of this
Agreement  will not  constitute  or  result  in a breach or  default  under,  or
conflict with, any order, ruling or regulation of any court or other tribunal or
of any governmental commission or

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

agency, or any agreement or other undertaking, to which the Purchaser is a party
or by which he is bound.  The Purchaser has relied solely upon the advice of its
own tax and legal  advisors  with respect to the tax and other legal  aspects of
this investment. The Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for his account, and not
in any agency, fiduciary or similar capacity. The source of the funds evidencing
the Purchase Price are from legally available funds of the Purchaser.

                  3.2 LEGENDS.  The Purchaser  understands that the certificates
evidencing the Shares will bear a legend substantially as follows:

                  "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
                  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
                  "ACT"),  OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT
                  BE TRANSFERRED  UNTIL (I) A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE
                  ACT SHALL HAVE BECOME  EFFECTIVE  WITH REGARD THERETO AND THEY
                  SHALL HAVE BEEN  REGISTERED  OR  QUALIFIED  FOR SALE UNDER THE
                  APPROPRIATE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR (II) IN THE OPINION OF
                  COUNSEL TO THE  CORPORATION,  REGISTRATION  AND  QUALIFICATION
                  UNDER THE ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE APPROPRIATE STATE
                  IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER."

                  The legend  referred  to above shall be removed by the Company
from any certificate at such time as the holder of the shares represented by the
certificate  delivers  an  opinion  of counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Company to the effect  that such legend is not  required  in order to  establish
compliance  with any  provisions of the  Securities  Act, or at such time as the
holder of such  shares  satisfies  the  requirements  of Rule  144(k)  under the
Securities Act, as then in effect with respect to such shares.

                  3.3 RISK  FACTORS.  The  Purchaser  has  conducted his own due
diligence with respect to all aspects of this  transaction  and is familiar with
the risk  factors  inherent in the  purchase  of the Shares,  and has been fully
apprised that all or a portion of the proceeds from this investment will be used
to repay indebtedness owed to FINOVA Capital Corporation.

                  3.4  APPLICABILITY OF "SHORT SWING PROFIT RULE". The Purchaser
is aware of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and
the rules promulgated  thereunder which provides that any director,  officer, or
owner of ten percent or more of any class of an issuer's  securities who reaps a
"profit" on the  "purchase"  or "sale" of equity  securities  within a six-month
period,  must  return  the profit to the  issuer.  Specifically,  the  Purchaser
recognizes that his investment in the Shares is a "purchase"  under such statute
which will be matched  with any "sale"  occurring  within six months prior to or
within six months after the Closing Date. The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that
he may be

                                       -4-

<PAGE>
required to return any "profits  realized"  from any such short term  "purchase"
and "sale" to the Company.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             REGISTRATION OF SHARES

                  4.1 "PIGGYBACK  REGISTRATION".  (a) If the Company at any time
or from time to time during the three (3) year period  commencing on the Closing
Date proposes to register any Common Stock under the  Securities Act (other than
pursuant  to  a  registration  statement  (including   pre-effective  amendments
thereto) (i) on Form S-8 or any successor form to such form, (ii) on Form S-4 or
any  successor  form to such form,  (iii) filed in  connection  with an exchange
offer  or  an  offering  of  Common  Stock  or  of  securities   convertible  or
exchangeable  into Common  Stock made  solely to its  existing  shareholders  in
connection  with a rights  offering or solely to  employees  of the Buyer,  or a
post-effective amendment to any then effective registration statement),  it will
give written  notice to the Purchaser of its intention at least ten (10) days in
advance of the filing of any Registration  Statement with respect thereto.  Upon
the written request of the Purchaser given within five (5) days after receipt of
such notice, the Company, subject to Section 4.1(b) below, will cause the Shares
and/or the resale of the Shares requested by the Purchaser to be registered,  to
be so registered.

                  (b) (i) In the case of an underwritten offering by the Company
of Common Stock,  the Company  shall,  with respect to Shares that the Purchaser
then  desires  to  sell,  enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  with the same
underwriters  engaged by the Company with respect to securities being offered by
the Company and cause such  underwriters to include in any such underwriting all
of the Common Shares that the Purchaser then desires to sell; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that  such  underwriting  agreement  is in  substantially  the same  form as the
underwriting agreement that the Buyer enters into in connection with the primary
offering it is making.

                      (ii)  If  the  managing  underwriter  with  respect  to an
offering  pursuant to this  Section 4.1  requests in writing  that the number of
Shares of the  Purchaser  that are  entitled to be  registered  pursuant to this
Section 4.1 be reduced  because in the judgment of the managing  underwriter the
offering  would be materially and adversely  affected,  then the Shares that the
Purchaser  wishes to register  pursuant to this  Section 4.1 shall be reduced by
such amount as the managing  underwriter  may  determine in writing so as to not
materially and adversely affect the proposed  offering,  which reduced number of
Shares shall be included in such offering.

                  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this  Section  4.1,  the
Company shall have the right at any time after it shall have given

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
written notice pursuant to this Section 4.1  (irrespective  of whether a written
request for inclusion of any such securities  shall have been made) to elect not
to file any such proposed registration  statement, or to withdraw the same after
the filing but prior to the effective date thereof.

                  4.2 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. Each Registration Statement filed
pursuant to this Article IV shall be pursuant to the procedures set forth below:

                  (a) The Company shall notify the Purchaser  promptly  after it
shall  receive  notice  thereof,  of the date and time  when  such  Registration
Statement and each  post-effective  amendment  thereto has become effective or a
supplement to any prospectus  forming a part of such Registration  Statement has
been filed;

                  (b) The Company shall furnish to the Purchaser such reasonable
number of copies of the  Registration  Statement and  prospectus  and such other
documents as Purchaser may reasonably  request in order to facilitate the public
offering of the Shares;

                  (c) The  Company  shall use its best  efforts to  register  or
qualify  the Shares  covered  by such  Registration  Statement  under such state
securities  or  blue  sky  laws  of  such  jurisdictions  as the  Purchaser  may
reasonably request,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be obligated
to file any  general  consent  to  service of process or to qualify as a foreign
corporation  in any  jurisdiction  in which it is not so qualified or to subject
itself to taxation in connection with any such  registration or qualification of
such securities;

                  (d) The Company  shall notify the Purchaser  participating  in
such  registration  promptly  of any  request  by the SEC for  the  amending  or
supplementing  of such  Registration  Statement or prospectus or for  additional
information.  The  Purchaser  agrees  that,  upon receipt of any notice from the
Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in this  subsection
(d),  the  Purchaser  will  forthwith  discontinue  the offer and sale of Shares
pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Shares until receipt by the
Purchaser  and  underwriters  of the  copies  of such  supplemented  or  amended
prospectus and, if so directed by the Company, the Purchaser will deliver to the
Company  all copies,  other than  permanent  file copies then in the  Purchaser'
possession,  of the most recent  prospectus  covering such Shares at the time of
receipt of such notice; and

                  (e) The Company  shall advise the Purchaser  participating  in
such  registration,  promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain  knowledge
thereof,  of  the  issuance  of  any  stop  order  by  the  SEC  suspending  the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of
any proceeding for that purpose and promptly use its best efforts to prevent the
issuance of any

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued.

                  4.3  EXPENSES  OF  REGISTRATION.  All  expenses of the Company
incident to the Company's  performance  of or compliance  with the provisions of
this Article IV shall be borne by the Company including without limitation:

                  (a) All registration and filing fees;

                  (b) Fees and expenses of  compliance  with all  securities  or
blue sky laws  (including fees and  disbursements  of counsel for the Company in
connection with blue sky qualifications of the Shares;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that
the Company  shall not be  required to consent to general  service of process in
any such state); and

                  (c) Fees and  disbursements of the Company and its independent
auditors.

                  Nothing in this  Section  4.3 shall be deemed to  require  the
Company to pay or bear any expenses of the Purchaser's  attorneys or accountants
or any other personal  expenses or any  underwriting  discounts  relating to the
Common Shares,  selling commissions or similar fees attributable pro rata to the
Common Shares if such registration results in an Underwritten Offering of all or
any portion of the Common Shares.


                                    ARTICLE V

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  5.1 AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION. This Agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Purchaser and the Company.

                  5.2 WAIVER. Any breach of any obligation,  covenant, agreement
or condition contained herein shall be deemed waived by the non-breaching party,
only by a writing,  setting forth with particularity the breach being waived and
the scope of the waiver,  but such  waiver  shall not operate as a waiver of, or
estoppel with respect to, any  subsequent  or other  breach.  No waiver shall be
implied  from any conduct or action of the  non-breaching  party.  No failure or
delay by any party in  exercising  any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder or
under the  Documents  and no course of dealing by any party  shall  operate as a
waiver and any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder  or under any Document nor
shall any single or partial exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
power or privilege.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  5.3  NOTICES.  All  notices,   requests,   demands  and  other
communications  required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  delivered  by hand:  (a) if to the Company,
to:

                          Glasgal Communications, Inc.
                          20 C Commerce Way
                          Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                          Attn:  Isaac J. Gaon

                          with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                          Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                          505 Park Avenue
                          New York, New York 10022
                          Attention: Robert Friedman, Esq.

                  (b)      if to Purchaser, to:

                           Ralph Glasgal
                           4A Pierpont Road,
                           Rockleigh, N.J. 07647

or to such other address as any party shall have  specified by notice in writing
to the other in compliance with this Section 5.3.

                  5.4 BINDING  NATURE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and all of the
provisions  hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective  successors and assigns,  but neither this Agreement
nor any of the rights,  interests or obligations  hereunder shall be assigned by
any of the parties hereto without prior written consent of the other parties.

                  5.5  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY THE PURCHASER.  The Purchaser has been
informed  that the  Company's  Common  Stock is  publicly-traded  on the  Nasdaq
Small-Cap Market and that the Purchase Price for the Shares may bear no relation
to the future  market  value or book value of the Common  Stock.  The  Purchaser
further  acknowledges  that  he  has  reviewed  such  information  as  he  deems
appropriate  to evaluate  whether to enter into this  Agreement.  The  Purchaser
further  acknowledges  that  he is  not  relying  on  any  oral  information  or
representations from the Company or any other person, including  representatives
of the Company in  connection  with his  decision to enter into this  Agreement,
including  the  Company's  financial  condition,  prospects,  present  or future
results of operations,  business plans or the potential for future  appreciation
in the Company's Common Stock.

                  5.6  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  and the legal  relations
among the parties hereto shall be governed by and

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey  applicable to
contracts made and performed therein.

                  5.7  EXPENSES.  All costs and expenses  incurred in connection
with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.

                  5.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts
with the same effect as if both parties had signed one and the same instrument.

                  5.9 FORM OF  SIGNATURE.  The parties  hereto agree to accept a
facsimile  transmission copy of their respective signatures as evidence of their
respective  actual  signatures to this Agreement;  PROVIDED  HOWEVER,  that each
party who produces a facsimile signature agrees, by the express terms hereof, to
place,  immediately  after  transmission  of its  signature  by fax,  a true and
correct  original copy of its signature in overnight  mail to the address of the
other party.

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

                                 GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                By: /S/ JAMES CACI
                                    ------------------------------------
                                    Name: James Caci
                                    Title: Vice-President



                                /S/ RALPH GLASGAL
                                ----------------------------------------
                                RALPH GLASGAL



                                      -10-


                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1

                          GLASGAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                    COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

                  Net loss per common  share is computed by dividing net loss by
the  weighted  average  number  of  shares of  common  stock  and  common  stock
equivalents outstanding during each year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                             1997                          1996                         1995
                                             ----                          ----                         ----



Income (loss) from
<S>                                        <C>                            <C>                        <C>        
continuing operations                         $702,000                   $(5,149,000)                 $2,596,000

Discontinued operations                    (5,662,000)                    (8,046,000)                (4,989,000)

Extraordinary item                                   -                      (223,000)                          -
                                            ----------                   ------------                 ----------

Net loss                                  $(4,960,000)                  $(13,418,000)               $(2,393,000)
                                           ===========                   ============                ===========



Weighted average number
of shares outstanding                       21,151,000                     18,354,000                 16,181,000

Assumed issuances under
exercise of stock options
and warrants                                 2,406,000                           -(1)                  1,800,000
                                            ----------                     ----------                 ----------

Weighted average and
common stock equivalents                    23,557,000                     18,354,000                 17,981,000
                                            ==========                     ==========                 ==========




Income (loss) per share
from continuing operations                      $.03                         $(.28)                          $.14

Discontinued operations
per share                                       (.24)                         (.44)                          (.27)

Extraordinary item per
   share                                           -                          (.01)                             -
                                                -----                      ------                            -----

Net loss per share                             ($.21)                        ($.73)                         ($.13)
                                               ======                        ======                         ======
</TABLE>




(1)      Common stock equivalents outstanding for 1996 were antidilutive and
         therefore not included.


                                                                    Exhibit 21.1


                                             Jurisdiction of      Percentage
                                              Incorporation          Owned
                                              -------------          -----

Datatec Industries, Inc.                       New Jersey            98.5%

HH Communications, Inc.                         Illinois             100%

Computer-Aided Software Integration             Delaware              80%

Signatel, Ltd.                                   Canada              100%



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1



                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT



To Glasgal Communications, Inc.:


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report  dated  August 9,  1997,  included  in this Form 10-K into the  Company's
previously  filed  Registration  Statements,  File Numbers  33-87122,  33-94802,
33-93470, 333-08381, 333-03414, 333-09509, 333-15541, 333-16579, and 333-22257.



                                                         /s/ Arthur Anderson LLP
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Arthur Anderson LLP

Roseland, New Jersey
August 9, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM GLASGAL
COMMUNICATIONS INC.'S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF APRIL 30, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED
IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                                         <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                             12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                           APR-30-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                                APR-30-1997
<CASH>                                                        1,135,000
<SECURITIES>                                                          0
<RECEIVABLES>                                                11,809,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                                    520,000
<INVENTORY>                                                   2,134,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                             20,820,000
<PP&E>                                                        6,579,000
<DEPRECIATION>                                                2,945,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                               27,804,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                        23,777,000
<BONDS>                                                               0
<COMMON>                                                         24,000
                                                 0
                                                           0
<OTHER-SE>                                                  (2,024,000)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                 27,804,000
<SALES>                                                      59,481,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                             59,481,000
<CGS>                                                        37,159,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                                37,159,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                             20,784,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                      0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                           (1,155,000)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                                 813,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                                    111,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                             702,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                              (5,662,000)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                       0
<CHANGES>                                                             0
<NET-INCOME>                                                (4,960,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                    (0.21)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                    (0.21)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission